^1

MEMOIRS

•d 7-^

OF THE

CARNEGIK MUSEUM

VOL. IX

W. J. HOLLAND, Editor

&

IN

Z^^76I

<f:

-•^u-

PITTSBURGH

Published by the Authority of the Board of Trustees of the
CARNEGIE INSTITUTE
October, 1922 — November, 1924

PRESS OF

THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.

AND

CARNEGIE INSTITUTE PRESS
PITTSBURGH, PA.

PREFATORY NOTE

The Ninth Volume of the Memoirs of the Carnegie Museum, herewith sub-
mitted, consists of four Memoirs. The first of these in the order of publication is
a paper upon The Fresh- Water Fishes of Northwestern South America by Dr. C.
H. Eigenmann, and was issued in October, 1922. The second is an article by Dr.
Carl J. Drake, containing descriptions of the types of thirty-two new species and
varieties of Neotropical Tingitidce. This paper was also issued in October, 1922.
The third article is a paper upon The Skull of Diplodocus by W. J. Holland, issued
as a separate in November, 1924. The fourth Memoir is a paper by Mr. O. A.
Peterson upon the genus Dolichorhinus. This paper likewise was issued as a
separate in November, 1924. It will be observed that a period of two years elapsed
between the publication of Memoir No. 2 and Memoirs Nos. 3 and 4. This fact
must be attributed to changes in the method of publication, which were made by
the Board of Trustees of the Institute, who decided to install their own printing-
press. This decision was accompanied by many and unavoidable delays, such as
are incident to the initiation of all new enterprises. The first two numbers appeared
with the imprint of the New Era Printing Company, Lancaster, Pennsylvania.
The last two were printed by the Carnegie Institute Press.

It is sincerely hoped that the various difficulties and delays attendant uj^on
the installation of the new printing-press of the Institute will be overlooked by
subscribers to the publications of the Carnegie Museum and we hope that from
this time forward the publications of the Museum may be issued with the same
promptness which has for the most part characterized their appearance during
the many years which have passed since their publication was commenced.

W. J. Holland, Editor

Carnegie Museum
November 10, 1924

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

Title i-ii

Prefatory Note iii

Table of Contents v

List of Figures in Text vii-viii

List of Plates ix-x

List of Genera, Species, and Varieties Described in this Volume as

New to Science, or Redescribed and Figured xDxii

Errata, Corrigenda, etc xiii

Memoir No. 1. The Fishes of Western South America. Part I. The
Fresh- Water Fishes of Northwestern South America,
Including Colombia, Panama, and the Pacific Slopes of
Ecuador and Peru, Together with an Appendix upon the
Fishes of the Rio Meta in Colombia. By Carl H. Eigen-

mann. (Plates DXXXVIII) 1-350

Memoir No. 2. Neotropical Tingitidse with Descriptions of Three New
Genera and Thirty-two new Species and Varieties
(Hemiptera). By Carl J. Drake. (Plate XXXIX) . . . .35i ^^78
Memoir No. 3. The Skull of Diplodocus. By W. J. Holland. (Plates

XL-XLIII) 379-403

AIemoir No. 4. Osteology of Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, with a
Review of the Species of Dolichorhinus in the Order of
their Publication. By O. A. Peterson. (Plates XLIV-

LVII) 405-472

Index 473-487

LIST OF FIGURES IN TEXT

FIGURE Memoir No. 1 page

1 . Shores of the Atrato 11

2. The Cauca River near Cali (Juancita) 12

3. Narrows of the Rio Magdalena below Girardot 13

4. Tambo, Atrato basin 14

5. The Alagdalena at Girardot 15

6. Upper Rimac Valley 21

7. Map of Central Peru from Callao to Rio Ucayale 23

8. Pectoral spines of Hexaneniatichthys simonsi (Starks) 29

9. Hexanematichthys henni Eigenmann 30

10. Cetopsorhamdia nasus Eigenmann and Fisher 36

11. Rhamdia wagneri {Gunther) 38

12. Rhamdia cinerascens (Gunther) 39

13. Nannorhanidia nemacheir Eigenmann and Fisher 41

14. Teeth of upper jaw and palate of Pseudoplaty stoma fasciaturn (L.) 46

15. Astrohlepus trifasciatus Eigenmann 52

16. H emiancistrus landoni Eigenmann 72

17. P seudancistrus pediculatus Rigewmaim 79

18. P seudancistrus carnegiei Pig'enmaim 79

19. Chw.tostoinus fischeri i^temdachner 83

20. Ancistrus centrolepis Regan 87

21. Sketch-map of the upiier drainage area of the Rio Meta 220

Memoir No. 2

1. Nyctotingis osborni gen. et sp. nov 363

2. a. Leptobyrsa splendida Drake, sp. nov 374

b. Leptobyrsa elegantula Drake, sp. nov 374

Memoir No. 3

1. Photograph of left side of skull of Diplodocus. (C. M. No. 11,161) 385

2. Anterior view of the teeth of Diplodocus. (C. M. No. 11,161) 388

3. Posterior view of teeth of Diplodocus. (C. M. No. 11,161) 388

4. Jaws of Diplodocus seizing a mussel 390

vii

viil

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

FIGURE PAGE

5. View of anterior end of right upper jaw of diplodocine skull (C. M.

No. ll,162)atX showing successional teeth overlapping teeth in front . 391

6. View of fragment, showing at a that the successional tooth has invaded

the cavity of this tooth 392

7. Reproduction of palatal view of skull given by Professor Marsh 392

8. Section through skull 394

9. View from in front looking into the skull of Diplodocus, (No. 11,161). . . 395

10. Outline of basal view of skull of Diplodocus 396

11. Side view of jiosterior region of skull of Diplodocus 401

Memoir No. 4

1. Sketch-map showing the location of the quarry where Mr. Douglass

obtained much of his material representing Dolichorhinus 405

2. Showing position of different specimens of Dolichorhinus in quarry 406

3. Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, No. 12,200, Field Museum N. H 413

4. Dolichorhinus hyognathus (Osborn), Type, No. 10,273, Princeton Uni-

versity Vluseum 431

5. Dolichorhinus cornuius (Osborn),Type, No. 1,851, A. M.N.H., lateral view. 432

6. Dolichorhinus cornuius (Osborn), Do. superior view 433

7. Dolichorhinus cornuius (Osborn), Do. anterior view 434

8. Dolichorhinus heterodon Douglass, Type, No. 2,340, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss.,

side view 435

9. Dolichorhinus heterodon Douglass, Do. palatal view 435

10. Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, Type, No. 2,347, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss.,

superior view 438

11. Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, Do. palatal view 438

12. Dolichorhinus intermedius Osborn, Type, No. 1,837, A. M. N. H., superior

view 439

13. Dolichorhinus superior (Riggs), Type, No. 12,188, Field Museum N. H.,

lateral view 440

14. Dolichorhinus superior (Riggs), Do. lateral view 440

Dolichorhinus superior (Riggs), Do. palatal view 441

15. Dolichorhinus superior (Riggs), Do. superior view 441

16. Dolichorhinus fluminalis Riggs, Type, No. 12,205, Field Museum N. H.,

lateral view 442

17. Dolichorhinus fluminalis Riggs, Type, palatal view 442

18. Dolichorhinus flumincdis Riggs, Do. superior view 443

LIST OF PLATES

PLATE

I.

IT

III.

IV.
V.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XL

XII.

XIII.

XIV.
XV.

XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
XIX.
XX.
XXI.
XXII.
XXIII.
XXIV.
XXV.
XXVI .
XXVII.
XXVIII.
XXIX.
XXX.
XXXI.

Memoir No. 1

Xyliphius, Bunocephalus, Cetopsorhamdia, Chasmpcranus.
Pseudopimelodus, Microglanis.

Hemicetopsis, Perugia, Pseudoplaty stoma.

Cetopsorhamdia, Imparginis, N annorhaindia.

Trachycorystes fisheri.

Astroblepus.

Astroblepus.

Cory dor as, Hoplosternum, Cheiridodus.

Hemiancistrus.

H emiancistrus , Pseudancistrus.

CochUodon, Lasiancistrus .

Pseudancistrus, Choetosto^nus, Ancistrus.

Chcetostomus, Ancistrus.

Loricaria.

Loricaria.

Sturisoma.

Curimatus.

Curimatus.

Parodon, Apareiodon, Prochilodus, Saccodon, Characidium.
Prochilodus, Copeina, Leporinus.

Pijrrhulina, Lebiasina, Piabucina.

Brycon.

Brycon.

Hyphessobrycon, Astyanax, Thoracocharax.

Char ax, Roeboides.

Gilbertolus, Acestrocephalus, Ctenolucius.

Alollienisia, Rivulus, Gambusia, Pseudopoecilia, Poeciliopsis.
Stolephorus, Joturus, Stellifer, Sicydium.

H emieleotris , Gobius, Awaous, Thalassophnjne.
ypquidens.

JEquidens, Cichlasoma .

IX

X

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

PLATE

XXXII.

XXXIII.

XXXIV.

XXXV.

XXXVI.

XXXVII.

XXXVIII.

XXXIX.

XL.

XLI.

XLII.

XLIII.

XLIV.

XLV.

XLVI.

XLVII.

XLVIII.

XLIX.

L.

LI.

LII.

LIII.

LIV.

LV.

LVI.

LVII.

Cichlasoma, Geophagus.

^quidens, Cichlasoma.

Plecostomus, Moenkhausia, Pomadasys, Sternarchus.

Sternarchus, Sternopygus.

Map of Northwestern South America, Section One.

Map of Northwestern South America, Section Two.

Map of Northwestern South America, Section Three.

Memoir No. 2
N eotropical Tingitidce.

Memoir No. 3

Fig. 1. 'View of left side of skull of Diplodocus, (C. M., No. 11,161)
Fig. 2. Skull and cervical vertebrae of Diplodocus, (C. M., No. 3,452)
Fig. 1. Superior view of outer surface of skull of Diplodocus, (C. M.
No. 11,161).

Fig. 2. Palatal view of skull of Diplodocus, (C. M., No. 11,161).
Fig. 1. Photograph of palatal view of skull of Diplodocus, (C. M.

No. 11,161).

Fig. 2. Photograph of palatal view of skull of Diplodocus,

(C. XL, No. 11,161).

Skull of Diplodocus, (C. XI., No. 11,255).

Memoir No. 4

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. Skull and lower jaw (No. 11,071
C. XL, Cat. Vert. Foss).

Dolichorhinus. Skulls, Nos. 11,072, 3,117, 11,080, C. M., Cat. Vert
Foss.

Dolichorhinus. Skull, N^o. 11,081, C. M., Cat. Vert. Foss.
Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. Position of skeletons in quari-y
Dolichorhinus. Bones of fore limb.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. Bones of fore foot.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. Sacrum.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. Sacrum and caudals.
Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. Bones of hind limb.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. Bones of hind foot.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. Views of manus and pes.
Articulated skeleton of Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

Restored Skeleton of Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

Restoration of Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

GENERA, SPECIES, AND VARIETIES DESCRIBED AS NEW TO SCIENCE
OR REDESCRIBED AND FIGURED IN THIS VOLUME OF
THE MEAIOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

MAMMALIA (FOSSILIA)

Perissodactyla

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, redescribed and nearly completel}^ figured;

skeleton restored (Uinta beds, Utah) pp. 405-445.

Dolichorhinus hyognathus (Osborn). Notes upon, figs., p. 431.

Dolichorhinus cornutus (Osborn). Notes upon, figs., pp. 431-434.

Dolichorhinus helerodon Douglass. Notes upon, figs., pp. 435-437.

Dolichorhinus intermedius Osborn. Notes upon, figs., pp. 439-440.

Dolichorhinus superior (Riggs). Notes upon, figs., pp. 440-441.

Dolichorhinus fluminalis Riggs. Notes upon, figs., pp. 442-443.

REPTILIA (FOSSILIA)

Order Dinosauria
Family DiPLonociDiE
Diplodocus hayi Holland, sp. nov., p. 397.

PISCES (VIVENTES)

Hexanematichthys henni Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 30; Cetopsorhanidia hoquiUcx
Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 37; Astroblepus rosei Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 55; Ple-
costomus plecostonius panamerisis Eigenmann, subsp. nov., p. 69; Cheirododus
Eigenmann, gen. nov., genotype Plecostonius hondce Regan, p. 70; Leporinodus
Eigenmann, gen. nov., genotype Leporinodus retropinnis Eigenmann, sp. nov.,
p. 116; Leporinus sexde^itatus Eigenmann, nom. nov. for L. viltatus Steindaclmer
(not L. viltatus C. & V.); Leporinus y-ophorus Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 233; Lepo-
rellus timhore Eigenmann, nom. nov. for L. pictus Llitken (not Leporinus pictus
Knox) ;Hyphessohry con panamensis dagiice Eigenmann, var. nov., 141; Phenaco-
brycon Eigenmann, gen. nov., genotype Bryconamericus henni Eigenmann;
Rceboides caucee Eigenmann, sp. nov., ]). 162; Roeboides hildebrandi Eigenmann,

XI

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

xii

sp. nov., p. 162; Roeboides meeki Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 163; Stellifer melanocheir
Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 193; Cichlasoma ornatum gephyrum Eigenmann, subsp.
nov., p. 205; Thalassophryne quadrizonatus Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 217; Chas-
niocranus rosce Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 220; Impar finis microps Eigenmann and
Fisher, sp. nov., p. 221; Cochliodon plecostomoides Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 225;
ChcBtosto7nus dorsalis Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 226; Curimatus metce Eigenmann,
sp. nov., p. 230; Prochilodus maricB Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 231; Pyrrhulina
lugubris Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 231; Copeina osgoodi Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 232;
Moenkhausia metoe Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 234; Char ax metcB Eigenmann, sp. nov.,
p. 238; /Equidens inarm Eigenmann, sp. nov., p. 240; AHquidens metoe Eigenmann,
sp. nov., p. 241.

INSECTA
RHYNCHOTA
Heteroptera
Family tingitidae

Phatnonia varians Drake, sp. nov., French Guiana, p. 352; Monanthia jigurata
Drake sp. nov., Brazil, p. 354; Monanthia balli Drake, sp. nov., Hayti, p. 355;
Teleonemia chapadiana Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 356; Teleoneniia hasemani
Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 357; Teleonemia simulans Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 358;
Eurypharsa phyllophila Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 367; Amblystira morrisoni
Drake, sp. nov., San Domingo, p. 360; Amblystira nyctalis Drake, sp. nov., p. 360;
Amblystira silvicola Drake, sp. nov., S. America, p. 361; Amblystira marginata
Drake, sp. nov.. Canal Zone, p. 362; Nyctotingis Drake, gen. nov., genotype A.
osborni Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 362-3; Tigava notabilis Drake, sp. nov., Brazil,
p. 364; Tigava jansoni Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 364; Tigava mollicula Drake, sp.
nov., Brazil, p. 365; Tingis americana Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 366; Neotingis
Drake, gen. nov., genotype N. hollandi Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 367; Athens
elongata Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 367; Acysta brasiliensis uniseriata Drake, var.
nov., Brazil, p. 368; Corycera Drake, gen. nov., genotype C. comptula Drake, sp.
nov., Brazil, p. 369; Corycera rugulosa Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 369; Leptopharsa
illudens Drake, sp. nov.. West Indies, p. 370; Leptopharsa longula Drake, sp. nov.,
Brazil, p. 371; Leptopharsa manihotoe Drake, sp. nov., Trinidad, p. 371; Gelchossa
albocosta Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 372; Gelchossa magnifica Drake, sp. nov.,
Brazil, p. 373; Leptobyrsa elegantula Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 373; Leptobyrsa
splendida Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, }). 374; Leptobyrsa decora Drake, sp. nov., Co-
lombia, Ecuador, p. 375; Leptobyrsa ardua Drake, sp. nov., Brazil, p. 376; Dicysta
sagillata Drake, sp. nov., Panama, p. 376.

ERRATA, CORRIGENDA, etc.

P. 80.
P. 122.

P. 124.

P. 135.
P. 136.
P. 178.

P. 178.

P. 179.
P. 182.
P. 185.

. P. 186.

P. 187.

P. 188.

P. 226.

P. 226.

P. 227.
P. 232.

P. 250.

PI. IV.
P. 344.
P. 398.
P. 433.

Seventh line from bottom: for “ Leptancistrus” substitute the original
spelling in the paper quoted: Leptoancistrus .

After sixth line from bottom add:

15324, I. U. M., two, largest 37 mm., Tambo, Wilson.

15325, I. U. M., one, 31 mm., Quibdo, Wilson.

Fourteenth line from bottom, instead of: “and therefore might be re-
ferred to Piahucina” read: in other words 4.9 per cent, of these
Lebiasinas revert to Piahucina.

Sixth line from bottom, add at beginning of line: 13468 I. U. M.

Second line from bottom, for “on the Atrato” read: in the Atrato Basin.

Line 10 from bottom, for “Stolephorus Lacepede” read: Anchoviella
Fowler.

Ninth line from bottom, for ^‘Stolephorus lucidus Jordan and Gilbert”
read: Anchoviella lucidus (Jordan and Gilbert).

Lines one and five, for “Stolephorus” read: “Anchoviella.”

Line 23, instead of “ H eterandria” read: Pceciliopsis.

Line 15, after “ditches with pools” add: draining into Lake Titicaca.

Line 19, for “ Esocidce” read: Belonidce.

Line 4, omit “and querimana.”

Line 13, instead of “cephalus Linnaeus” read: ramnielsbergi Tschudi.

Line 1, omit.

Line 2, instead of “querimana” read: Mugil.

Line 14 from bottom, delete this line.

Line 13 from bottom, instead of “Menidia chagresi Meekand Hildebrand”
read: Thyrina chagresi (Aleek and Hildebrand).

Line 18, instead of “anomalus Regan” read: dorsalis spec. nov.

Lines 19 and 20 omit.

Line 7 from bottom, instead of “dorsalis sp. nov.” read: anomalus Regan.

Line 6 from bottom, omit “(partirn).”

Line 12 from bottom, instead of “No. 125” read: 126, p. 96.

Line 17, instead of “A series of light spots extends” read: Series of light
spots extend.

After line 3 add :

1922, The Nature and Origin of the Fishes of the Pacific Slope of Ecuador,
Peru and Chili, Proceedings American Philosophical Society, LX,
1922, pp. 503-523.

For “ N ahnorhamdia” road'.Nannorhamdia.

For “ Pomodasys” read: Pomadasys; make same change on PI. XXXlV.

Last line for “anterio” read: antero.

For “ragees” read: ranges.

xiii

Publications of the Carnegie Museum, Serial No. 112

MEMOIES

OF THE

CAENEGIE MUSEUM

VOL. IX

NO, 1

W. J. HOLLAND, Editor

THE FISHES OP WESTERN [SOUTH AMERICA, PART I

The Feesh-Water Fishes op Northwestern South America, Including Colombia, Panama,
AND THE Pacific Slopes of Ecuador and Peru, Together with an Appendix
upon the Fishes of the Eio Meta in Colombia

BY

C. H. EIGENMANN

PITTSBURGH

Published by the Authority of the Board of Trustees of the
CARNEGIE INSTITUTE
October, 1922

u

JA r lo

'i'A'f •'/?!! iVUi

PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

ANNUAL REPORTS OF THE DIRECTOR

1898, 30e. (scarce); 1899, 25c.; 1900, 30c. (scarce); 1901-22, 25c. each.

REPORTS OF PROCEEDINGS OF FOUNDER’S DAY

1898-1922, 35c.. each.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE lilUSEUM

The Annals are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, @ $3.50 per volume;
Vols. I-XIV, 1901-1922, bound in green cloth @ $4.00; bound in J Morocco @ $4.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

The Memoirs are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, at $10 per volume;
bound in green buckram at $10.75, and in half-morocco at $12.00.

VOL. I. (1901-3)

No. 1. Diplodocus, Its Osteology, Taxonomy, etc. No. 3. Osteology of the Steganopodes. Shufeldt $2.76

Hatcher $3.00 ‘ ‘ 4. Classification of Chalcid Flies. Ashmead . . 6.50

‘ ‘ 2. Oligocene Canidse. Hatcher 1.50

VOL. II. (1904-6)

No. 1. OsteologyofHaplocanthosaurus, etc. Hatcher $2.00

“ 2. Osteology of Baptanodon. Gilmore 1.50

“ 3. FossilAvian Remains from Armissan. East-
man 1.00

“ 4. New Rodents and Discussion of Origin of

Dsemonelix. Peterson 1.75

No. 5. Tertiary of Montana. Douglass $1.00

“ 6. Osteology of Diplodocus. Holland 1.50

“ 7. Osteology of Protostega. Wieland 76

“ 8. New Suilline Remains from the Miocene of

Nebraska. Peterson .75

" 9. Notes on the Osteology of Baptanodon, etc.

Gilmore 1.00

“ 10. The Crawfishes of Pennsylvania. Ortmann 4.00

No. 1. Archaeological Investigations in Costa Rica.

Hartman $6.00

VOL. m.

No. 2. Osteology of Moropus. ^oi.land and Peter-

son

$6.00

No.

1.

Early Chinese Writing. Chaleant

$3.00

i (

2.

Formosan Fishes. Jordan

.25

( (

3.

Entelodontidse. Peterson

2.60

< (

4.

Fishes of Formosa. Jordan and Richard-

SON

1.25

VOL. IV.

No. 5. New Carnivores from the Miocene of West-
ern Nebraska. Peterson $1.50

“ 6. Monograph of the Najades of Pennsylvania.

Pts. I and II. Ortmann 2.50

“ 7. Catalog Eocene Fishes from Monte Bolca in

Carnegie Museum. Eastman 3.00

VOL. V.

The Fresh Water Fishes of British Guiana. Eigenmann. $10 unbound; $10.75 cloth; $12.00 i morocco.

VOL. VI.

No. 1. Fishes from Korea. Jordan and Metz $1.50 No. 4. Fishes obtained in Japan. 1911. Jordan

‘ ‘ 2. Lantern-fishes of Japan. Gilbert ........ 1.00 and Thompson $3.50

“ 3. Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America. Max Nos. 5-7. Fossil Fishes in the Carnegie Museum.

Mapes Ellis 1.50 Parts U-IV. Eastman 6.00

vn.

No. 1. The Cheirodontinse. Eigenmann $3.60

‘ ‘ 2. Turtles of Uinta Formation. Gilmore .... 2.00

No. 3. Ophidia from S. America. Grieein 2.00

No. 4. Pimelodella and Typhlobagrus. Eigenmann. 2.00

No. 5. The Pygidiidse. Eigenmann 2.50

No. 6. American Diceratheres. Peterson 2.25

VIII.

No. 1. Monograph of the Naiades of Peimsylvania.

Part III. Ortmann $5.00

No. 1. The Fishes of Western South America.

Part I. Eigenmann $15.00

No. 2. Fossil Plants from Montana.. Jennings... $3.50
No. 3. South American Naiades. Ortmann. 5.00

IX

No. 2. Neotropical Tingitidae. Drake. 2.00

REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

Nos. 1-59. See preceding lists. {Mostly out of print.)

Corrigendum

p. 5, 3rd line from bottom, for “Covitagina” read Cartagena.

MEMOIES

OP THE

CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

VoL. IX No. 1.

THE FISHES OF WESTERN SOUTH AMERICA, PART I.

THE FRESH-WATER FISHES OF NORTHWESTERN SOUTH AMERICA,
INCLUDING COLOMBIA, PANAMA, AND THE PACIFIC
SLOPES OF ECUADOR AND PERU, TOGETHER
WITH AN APPENDIX UPON THE FISHES
OF THE RIO META IN COLOMBIA.*

By C. H. Eigenmann.

(Plates I-XXXVIII.)

INTRODUCTORY.

The present memoir deals with the fresh-water fishes of the area between the
Panama Canal and the southern boundary of Peru, between the Pacific Ocean and
the continental divide from Crucero Alto in Peru to northern Ecuador, thence
along the crest dividing the Amazon, Orinoco, and Maracaibo Basins on the east
from the Magdalena Basin to the west. It thus includes the fishes of all of the
streams on the Pacific slopes of Peru, Ecuador, Colombia, and southern Panama,
as well as of the rivers of Colombia flowing north into the Caribbean Sea and the
Chagres River of Panama, which also empties into the Caribbean. The fishes of
Chile will be dealt with elsewhere.

I planned an expedition to Colombia as early as 1891. The trip was aban-
doned, however, and other work engrossed my attention. In 1904 when the United
States took over the Panama Canal, I thought the time opportune to arouse
interest in a general biological survey of Panama. I wrote first of all to the United
States National Museum and received in reply a communication dated April 15,

* Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 172.

1

2

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

1904, and signed by Dr. Richard Rathbun, Assistant Secretary. He said in
substance that “the Smithsonian Institution is . . . endeavoring to arrange . . .
for a complete natural history investigation, which would, . . . include- the fresh-
water fishes. . . . The fullest opportunity will be given for collecting in all the
important groups.”

In Science, N.S., XXII, July 7, 1905, pp. 18-20, and in the Popular Science
Monthly, June, 1906, pp. 515-530, and more fully in “Reports of the Princeton
University Expeditions to Patagonia,” III, 1910, pp. 275-511, 1 published estimates
of the importance of a biological survey of Panama and the bearing of the distri-
bution of the fishes in this area upon the general problem of the distribution of
fishes in South America.

At the meeting of the American Microscopical Society at Sandusky, Ohio, in
August, 1905, resolutions were passed on my initiative, urging a biological survey
of Panama. The following reasons, as given, were published in the proceedings
of the meeting:

“Panama is a point of strategic importance in the study of the distribution
of fresh-water organisms in South and Middle America. It is certain that the
Pacific slope fresh-water fauna of South and Middle America was derived from the
Atlantic slope fauna. The Isthmus of Panama is one of the possible routes of
migration. The Panama Canal, when completed, will destroy natural barriers
and cause the faunas of the two slopes to mingle to a great extent. It will thus
permanently obliterate the natural and primitive conditions, and it is highly
desirable that a biological survey of this region be made before the completion of
the canal.”

At the meeting of the International Zoological Congress at Boston in 1907 the
Section on Zoogeographical Distribution passed similar resolutions and submitted
them to the general session. Mr. Alexander Agassiz, the presiding officer, mis*
understanding the resolutions and believing that they called for the duplication of
work upon the oceanic faunas already in large part done under his direction,
remarked when the resolutions were introduced, that he hoped the Congress would
“have nothing to do with such a foolish proposition.”

I therefore sent a communication to the Council through Professor Henry
Fairfield Osborn, giving an abstract of the report on which the resolutions were
based, accompanied by distributional maps and explaining in detail the purpose of
the resolutions. The Council, of which Mr. Agassiz was President, thereupon
approved the resolutions, and they were passed unanimously by the general session.

At the meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science

EIGENMANN: pishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

3

in December, 1907, a resolution was adopted urging the President and Congress
to make provision for a biological survey of the Panama Canal Zone. The per-
manent Secretary was instructed to send copies of the resolution to the President,
the Vice President, the Speaker of the House, and the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution. Similar resolutions were passed by the Ohio Academy of Sciences,
the Indiana Academy of Sciences, and the American Society of Naturalists.

In Science, ioT December 16, 1910 (N.S., Vol. XXXII, pp. 855-856) appeared
an article, from which the following extracts have been taken :

“A biological survey of the Panama Canal Zone is about to be undertaken
under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution. . . .

“Secretary Walcott considered these appeals [resolutions mentioned above]
and under his direction a meeting of representatives of the National Museum, the
Bureau of Fisheries, and the Biological Survey, the Bureau of Entomology, and
the Bureau of Plant Industry of the Department of Agriculture was held. Their
decisions confirmed the desirability of such a survey and in consequence of their
opinions he prepared the . . . memorandum which was submitted to President
Taft.

“President Taft fully approved the plan for a biological survey and suggested
that such arrangements be made with the Secretary of. War, the Secretary of
Agriculture., and the Secretary of Commerce and Labor as would enable him to
have their active cooperation in this important work. The arrangements are now
,in an advanced state, and field parties will be sent to the isthmus at an early date.”

SOURCES OF THE COLLECTIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

With other naturalists sent to investigate various branches of zoology, the
late Dr. S. E. Meek, from the Field Museum of Natural History of Chicago, and
Mr. S. F. Hildebrand, representing the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, spent the winter
of 1910-11 in and about the Panama Canal Zone studying the fishes. Later they
spent a second season in Panama, exploring among other places the southern part
of the Tuyra Basin. Their report, a splendid volume, has appeared as “The
Fishes of the Fresh Waters of Panama” in the publications of the Field Museum
of Natural History (Pub. 191, 1916, Zool. Series, Vol. 10, No. 15, pp. 1-374, 26
plates). In preparing this report, Mr. Hildebrand availed himself of the collections
and laboratories of Indiana University during the winter of 1915-1916. Dupli-
cates of the Meek and Hildebrand Collection are in the Indiana University Mu-
seum, and the Carnegie Museum received some of them through an exchange with
the U. S. National Museum.

4

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

To carry the work southward to the San Juan and Atrato Rivers I arrived
at Cartagena, Colombia, on January 3, 1912. I was accompanied by Mr. Arthur
Bierhaus, who, however, returned after our first month in the field. The full
account of this expedition appears elsewhere in this volume under the caption,
^‘The Colombian Reconnaissance.’’ Manuel Gonzales of Bogota became my chief
assistant from Bogota to Buenaventura and Cartagena. He later collected for me
within a radius of a few days’ travel of Bogota, especially to the eastward of Bogota
in the head-waters of the Rio Meta.

Brother Apolinar Maria, Director of the ‘'Institute de la Salle” of Bogota
has sent me various collections between 1914 and 1918, especially from the "llanos,”
or jilains, at the eastern base of the Andes, the streams of which form a part of the
Orinoco system by way of the Meta River. These collections, together with those
of Gonzales mentioned above, are reported upon in Appendix I of this paper.

After my return from Colombia Mr. Carl G. Fisher and Mr. Hugh McK.
Landon, both of Indianapolis, provided the means to enable Mr. Charles E. Wilson
and Mr. Arthur W. Henn, at the time students in Indiana University, to visit
western Colombia in 1913. The Carnegie Museum received the first series of
fishes from this expedition and granted my request that an account of this new
material, appropriately illustrated, should be incorporated in my report upon the
fishes of Colombia.

Mr. Landon and Indiana University later provided the means to enable Mr.
Henn to continue his trip to southern Ecuador and along the interandean plateaus ,
of Ecuador. The first series of this expedition is in the collections of Indiana
University, the second series is in the Carnegie Museum. An account of this
trip occurs elsewhere under the title, " The Landon Expedition to Colombia and
Ecuador.”

I have had the cooperation of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science, the Bache Fund of the National Academy of Sciences, the University of
Illinois, and lastly of Mr. Will G. Irwin of Columbus, Indiana, who helped carry
the survey as far south as Puerto Montt in Chile during the Irwin Expedition.

Collections from this area have been lent to me by the Field Museum of Natural
History, the National Museum, and the Museum of Comparative Zoology. I have
also had the privilege of examining some of the collections of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and of Leland Stanford, Jr., University. I have
examined over ninety-five per cent of the entire recorded fauna. I failed to see, or
failed to recognize, slightly less than five per cent of the total fauna.

The drawings were made by Mr. W. S. Atkinson of Stanford University and

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

5

Dr. Clarence H. Kennedy, now of Ohio State University. The photographs of the
fishes are the joint product of Dr. W. A. Cogshall, Miss Maud Siebenthal, and
myself.

Indiana University relieved me of teaching duties to enable me to collect
the material and to prepare this memoir.

Physical Features.^

The Pacific slope of South America, four thousand Hiiles long and rarely over
one hundred miles wide, resembles a veritable shoe-string in shape. Conditions
in this area vary from extremely wet to extremely dry, from wet tropical to dry
and wet temperate, and from heat to cold, as one goes south from Panama to
Cape Horn.

The rainfall in the Canal Zone exceeds two hundred inches per annum. In
Buenaventura it is said to be between two hundred and fifty and four hundred
inches per year. This condition prevails to the Rio Esmeraldas in Ecuador (Veatch,
“Quito to Bogota,” p. 163). South of the Rio Esmeraldas the country becomes
more and more arid. On the coasts of Peru and of Chile south to Copiapo the
rainfall is negligible; it does not average one inch per annum. In Peru all of the
water for agriculture is derived from the rivers descending from the mountains,
and in a portion of Chile, between the Loa and Copiapo Rivers, even this source
fails. In Serena, central Chile, the annual amount has ranged from about two
to eight and one-half inches per annum (observations made between 1869 and
1910); and in Santiago between four and thirty-one inches, the latter, an extreme
record, in one of the years between 1873 and 1910. In Concepcion the rainfall
has been between 26.6 and 40 inches during the period from 1876 to 1910; in
Valdivia between seventy-three and one hundred and forty-three inches from 1872
to 1910; and at Puerto Montt between seventy-one and one hundred and twenty-
eight inches.

The amount of rainfall also varies very greatly with the altitude at any cross-
section. Behind the coastal range there are local dry areas, even in the wet regions
of Colombia. The upper Dagua river runs through such a “rain shadow” between
Caldas and Cisnero, and the upper Cauca runs in the shadow of the western Cordil-
lera and is comparatively arid.

Throughout Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia there are two main chains of the
Andes, the Maritime or Western Cordillera, extending from near Gevitagina in

^ This account of the physical features of the country is in large part a reproduction of what ap-
peared in the Indiana University Studies, No. 45, pp. 5-11 (1920).

6

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Colombia to Cape Horn, and east of these the older of the two, called Blanca (or
white) in Peru, Oriental in Ecuador, and Central in Colombia.

Peru.

The physical features of western Peru are very simple. The crests of the
Western Cordillera always form the divide between the Titicaca or Atlantic
drainage and the Pacific drainage. The crest has an elevation of over 14,000 feet
everywhere, except in northern Peru. At Huarmarca, inland from Paita, a dip in
the crest has an elevation of only 6,700 feet. ■ Enoch (“Peru,” 1910, p. 11), says:

“The traveller who enters the interior of Peru from the Pacific Coast must
invariably cross the Andes at an altitude of 14,000 feet or more, for the passes of
the main Cordillera all reach this elevation. There is one exception in the northerly
part of the country towards the frontier of Ecuador, where a low gap exists in the
Andes of some 6,700 feet elevation; but this is the only exception in thousands of
miles of continuous mountain chain.”

In Peru the Pacific slope' is drained by a large number of rivers rising in the
western Andes. After a comparatively short and very swift course they either
empty into the ocean, or are lost in the sands near the coast, or are more or less
exhausted in irrigation projects. Only one of the rivers has a north and south
trend for any considerable distance. This is the Rio Santa in central Peru, which
in its upper course flows between two chains of the Western Cordillera.

All of the rivers have a very great seasonal fluctuation. The Peruvian Bureau
of Engineers has made observations extending through a number of years. Ac-
cording to their observations the crest of the flow is usually reached in March and
the minimum about August. The minimum is reached earlier in the south than
in the north. The period from January to June is usually unfavorable for ichthyo- •
logical exploration. Their results, as given in Boletin No. 84, Cuerpo de Ingenieros
de Alinas de Peru, Lima, 1917, are generalized in the following table:

The stretches between successive rivers on the Pacific slope of Peru are in
most cases extremely dr}^ deserts, or mountain masses into which the rivers have
cut deep gorges. The Vitor River in southern Peru, for instance, rises in an upland
meadow (over 14,000 feet), flows through a region of volcanic ash, and has in its
middle course a valley (Vitor Valle) about a mile wide, cultivated in vines, figs,
small fruits, and grain. It then falls to a lower level near the coast, where there
is another valley. Looking from tbe hills about Yura near Arequipa toward the
ocean, the land is a billowy mass of arid, sand-drifted mountains and plains, with
nothing green visible anywhere.^

2 At Arequipa there is one species of Pygidmm, At Tiabaya a species of “p^J® rey” (Basilichthys)

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

7

Discharge of Various Rivers of Peru.

(Cubic meters per second, always at the same date in the months indicated.)

Name of River.

Maximum.

Month.

Minimum.

Month.

Santa

Cub. M.
1,250

Feb.-March

Cub. M.
37.0

June-Oct.

Chira

1,250

■ Jan.-March

5.4

Sept.-Nov.

Tumbez

750

Jan.-April

10.0

Sept.-Nov.

Piura

480

Feb.-March

0.0

Sept.-Feb.

Chicama

320

U a

1.5

June-Nov.

Pativilca

280

u

10.7

May-Oct.

Jequetepeque

250

March

1.3

June-Nov.

Canete

240

Feb. -April

13.2

June-Oct.

Lambayeque

220

Jan.-April

1.4

({

Huaura

190

Feb.-April

9.0

(( U

Zana

170

Mar.-April

0.7 .

June-Dee.

Moche

170

Feb.-April

0.3

June-Nov.

Pisco

140

Feb.-March

0.8

July-Oct.

Ica

140

a li

0.0

May- June

Rimac ■

no

ii

5.9

June-Sept.

Chancay

100

Feb.-April

1.0

June-Oct.

Chincha

90

Feb.-March

0.1

June-Nov.

Mala

80

Feb.-March

0.2

(( ((

La Leche

80

Feb.-May

0.8

U (C

Viru ■

70

Feb.-March

0.0

June-Dee.

The Rimac has a somewhat different course. With its tributaries it rises in
small glacial lakes having elevations of from 15,000 to 16,000 feet, and inhabited,
in part at least, by Orestias. There is then a descent of a few thousand feet with
very swift water, which is not suitable for fishes. Within this belt the streams are
clear in the morning, but in the afternoon the melting of frozen ground rolls down
thin mud, in which nothing can live.^

Between Rio Blanco and Lima, distant in a straight line less than fifty miles,
the river has a fall of over nine thousand feet. At Chosica it has an annual fluc-
tuation between a minimum of ten cubic meters per second in September and a
maximum of one hundred and fifteen cubic meters per second in March.

The Jequetepeque in northern Peru, with a total length of about seventy-five
miles and a more gentle slope than the Rimac, has a minimum flow of about five

is added. At Vitor Valle the Pygidium could not be found and the “peje rey” shares the river with a
giant shrimp. I could not get to the lower course of this river.

^ Even at Rio Blanco at about 10,000 feet elevation we secured nothing. At Matucana (7,500
feet), we secured a few small specimens of Pygidium, Basilichthys, Lebiasina, and Bryconamericus, the
four species constituting the entire fauna of the river. At Chosica (1,900 feet) and at Lima we secured
the same four species in abundance.

8

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cubic meters per second in September and a maximum of two hundred and twenty
in March.^

The Piura River at Piura is reduced during the dry season to a few stagnant
pools, in which the fishes become crowded together. Some of them starve, but
others succeed in living through the dry season.

In southern Peru the interandean region is occupied by Lake Titicaca. In
northern Peru, this region is drained by longitudinal rivers, which turn eastward
and eventually reach the Atlantic. As stated above, throughout the whole of
Peru and northward to the Tumbez River the divide between the Pacific and
Atlantic drainage follows the crest of the Western Cordillera.

Ecuador.

In Ecuador the crests of the two main chains of the Cordilleras are but a
few miles apart. They are joined here and there by cross-ridges, formed in part
of old lava-flows, which divide the area between them into a series of highland
parks, having elevations of from six thousand to ten thousand feet. Some of the
parks drain into the Pacific, others into the Atlantic. The continental divide
thus lies along the crest of the eastern chain from Popayan in southern Colombia
to as far as Cotopaxi in northern Ecuador. It then shifts westward to the crest
of the Western Cordillera, then again to the Eastern Cordillera, again to the
Western, once more to the Eastern, finally shifting to the western crests, where it
remains through all of Peru to southern Chile.

It may be questioned whether the northern parks of Ecuador are drained
into the Pacific, because the heavy rainfall has enabled the Patia and the tributaries
of the Esmeraldas to cut back through the Western Cordillera and thus to annex
the interandean streams, or whether the present trend of these interandean rivers
is not due to the late formation of the Cordillera of Bogota, which in southern
Colombia and northern Ecuador is piled up against the Cordillera Oriental. In
the center and south of Ecuador, others of the interandean parks are tapped by
Pacific slope rivers, such as the Tumbez, Rompida, Canar, Chanchan, and Chimbo.

The Rio Patia in southern Colombia rises near Popayan, flows between the
Eastern and Western Cordilleras southwestward to about ninety miles north of
the Equator, where it breaks through the Western Cordillera and flows north-
westward to empty into the Pacific near Tumaco. A large southern tributary,
the Guaitara, rises between the two Cordilleras about forty-five miles north of the

^ In addition to the fishes of the Riinac river, the following species occur here: Mquidens coeruleo-
punctatus, Pimelodella yuncensis, Brycon atricaudatus, Philypnus maculatus, and Astroblepus rosei. Basil-
ichthys semotilus is not found so far north. The first and third are outriggers of the Guayas fauna.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 9

Equator and flows between them until it joins the Patia, where the latter bends
from a southwestern to a northwestern course.

The Rio Mira, with a length of about a hundred miles, flows northwestward,
emptying into the Pacific at the northern border of Ecuador.

The Esmeraldas, with a general trend nearly parallel to that of the Mira,
drains the parks about Quito and empties into the Pacific approximately sixty
miles southwest of the mouth of the Mira at 1° North.

The rivers emptying directly into the Pacific between the Esmeraldas and
the Guayas are all small, the largest of them, the Rio de Chone and the Rio de
Portoviejo, are less than forty miles long, measured from source to mouth. South
of Portoviejo, the country is dry and the rivers are still shorter. In the area
between Cuenca and the coast the streams of the Atlantic slope rise within about
thirty-five miles of the Pacific coast.

According to Wolf and to Sievers, the Coastal Cordilleras between Esmeraldas
and Guayaquil reach a height in places of two thousand three hundred feet. In
the north about Esmeraldas and Manabi they are of late Tertiary and Quaternary
origin. Southward about Portoviejo they consist of older formations. The
youngest land of Ecuador lies between the Coastal Cordilleras and the Western
Cordillera. Even as late as Quaternary times, the present Guayas Basin was a
gulf reaching from Machala to the base of the Cordilleras. This gulf has been
largely filled by sediments, thus forming the present Guayas Basin. The Cretaceous
mountains of the Coastal Cordilleras reach a height of two thousand three hundred
feet, while the Tertiary portions reach a height of from six hundred to one thousand
feet. The rolling land of the Quaternary has an elevation of from sixty to two
hundred and fifty feet. Between the Coastal Cordilleras andThe Western Cordil-
lera there are a number of characteristically lowland streams with a north and
south trend. The southern part of the former gulf is drained through the Vinces,
Caracol, Chimbo, and Barranca Alta Rivers into the southward flowing Guayas,
which is an extension of the Rio Vinces. Paralleling the Vinces, the Daule drains
the area west of it to within about thirty miles of the coast.

Colombia.

In Colombia conditions become complicated. The western Andes of Ecuador
are continued through the whole of Colombia to Cartagena.

The eastern Andes, as the Cordillera Central, are also continued through the
whole of Colombia to Santa Marta, but are cut in two by a great fault occupied
by the valley of the lower Cauca and the lower Magdalena.

10

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

It has been questioned whether the Sierra of Santa Marta really belongs to
the Eastern Andes. If not, the Central Cordillera ends south of the junction of
the Cauca and the Magdalena.

The two chains coalesce near Medellin in central Colombia. South of Popayan
the Patia valley between the two old chains of the Cordilleras is drained into the
Pacific. North of Popayan it is drained by the Rio Cauca, which starts in a high
interandean plateau about Popayan^ and flows to Cartago, where it begins a
turbulent course through the knot of the Western and Central Cordilleras to
Caceres, from which place it flows more gently to the Magdalena at a point where
in former times it probably emptied into a bay similar to the present Lake
Maracaibo.

The complications in Colombia are due to the formation of two younger
chains of Cordilleras. One of these is the Cordillera Oriental of Colombia or the
Cordillera of Bogota. These Eastern Andes and the plains of Bogota have been
studied by Hettner (^‘Die Kordilleren von Bogota,’^ Petermann’s Mittheilungen,
Erganzhft. No. 104, 1892). He finds that the Cordillera of Bogota begins between
latitude 1° and 2° North, as a range of low hills joined to the Eastern Cordillera of
Ecuador. These hills are cut through by the tributaries of the Amazon flowing
from the Eastern Cordillera. They gain in height at 2° and are no longer crossed
by streams. The upper Magdalena has cut into these Cordilleras lengthwise, so
that it runs between two of the chains as far north as Honda. At Honda the
Magdalena cuts through the westernmost chain of the Cordillera of Bogota and
flows in the depression between the Central Cordillera and the Cordillera of Bogota.
Towards the north the Cordillera widens and then divides into several chains
separated by plains.. The westernmost of these is the Sierra de Peri j a, which
extends to the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta; the middle chain is replaced on the
north by Lake Maracaibo; the eastern and largest chain becomes the Cordillera
de Merida, which ends at the depression of Barquisimeto. Beyond this are the
Caribbean Mountains, which form the coastal chain of Venezuela.

The Cordillera of Bogota, aside from a few Quaternary deposits laid down

^ Veatch (“Quito to Bogota,” p. 139) says: “Timbio is in the drainage basin of the Patia River at
an elevation of 5,900 feet, while Popayan is on a tributary of the Cauca a few miles to the north at an
elevation of 5,600 feet and, as we rode along, we were naturally on the alert to determine exactly when
we crossed the inter-oceanic divide, but were unable to do so. The slight rise north of Timbio is very
flat-topped, and from anything we could see from the trail the Rio Timbio could quite as well have joined
the Cauca as the Patia.. The intervening elevation is much less striking than the “Cuchilla de Dolores,”
which lies between two tributaries of the Patia.

“After a time we saw in a slight depression in the plain the white walls and red roofs and church-
towers of Popayan, and not till then did we know that we had crossed the divide.”

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

11

after the formation of the Andes^ consists probably entirely of Cretaceous sedi-
mentary rocks. The youngest strata, the Guaduas layers, may be Tertiary, but
this has not been determined paleontologically and is doubtful. A few rocks older
than the Cretaceous are the crystalline schists with quarzite and quarzitic con-
glomerate, seen near Quetame. The southern part of the Cordillera of Bogota
consists of erect or slightly inclined mountainous folds, comparable to the Jura.
The westernmost areas consist of the Guaduas layers and are the youngest. During
the entire Cretaceous, and perhaps during part of the Tertiary, the region was
submerged. The formation of the mountains probably began in the Tertiary.

The fourth of the Cordilleras of Colombia is the Coastal Cordillera. This is
the youngest of the great mountain chains of Colombia.

Hettner (“Die Anden des westlichen Columbiens,” Petermann’s Mittheilungen,
1893, p. 129) has also studied this chain. According to his observations, the
Coastal Cordillera begins at the Bay of Buenaventura and extends northward
through more than three degrees to the slight depression occupied by the Truando
River, which separates it from the mountains of Darien. It reaches a maximum
height of eighteen hundred meters, but ordinarily does not exceed one thousand
meters. Near the middle there are really two chains, between which the Baudo
flows. The western slope is very steep, the distance between the crest and the
ocean being in some places only a few hundred feet. According to Karsten the
rocks of the Coastal Cordilleras contain, as fossils, species of shells and corals,

Fig. 1. Shores of the Atrato. The tall tree has more than fifty pendent bird-nests upon it.

12

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

which still live in the Pacific Ocean at the base of these mountains. It seems that
the Coastal Cordilleras are of late Quaternary origin. There are no crystalline
rocks.

If Hettner is right about the age of the Coastal Cordilleras, then the streams
at present flowing westward from the Western Cordillera such as the Calima,
Cucurrupi, Jujiado, Sipi, Tamana, Condoto, and,, upper San Juan rivers of the
Pacific drainage, and the Raspadura, upper Atrato, Certegui, Yurri, and Sucio
rivers now of the Atlantic, flowed directly into the Pacific at no very remote period.
Along with the formation of the Coastal Cordillera, there was formed the trough
between them and the Western Cordillera, which is indicated at present by the
Gulf of Uraba on the north and the Bay of Buenaventura on the south.

Fig. 2. The Cauca River near Cali (Juancita). Rafts of bamboos.

The rivers Atrato and San Juan must have been later developments: the
Atrato gathering the waters of the Raspadura and the streams north of it flowing
from the Western Andes and emptying them into the Caribbean; the San Juan
gathering the waters of the streams between the upper San Juan and the Rio
Calima flowing from the Western Cordillera and emptying them into the Pacific.

It seems then that the oldest of the present rivers of Western Colombia is
the Cauca. The Magdalena, which is the largest river, developed with the forma-
tion of the newer Cordillera of Bogota. The youngest rivers are the San Juan

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

13

and the Atrato. A lowering of Colombia north of Buenaventura by as little as
two hundred feet would convert the valleys of the San Juan and the Atrato into
two long bays, or a strait, and cause the Magdalena, the Cauca, and the Cesar
Rivers to empty independently into a lake or great bay, like Lake Maracaibo,
extending from Santa Marta to slightly above El Banco.

The Colombian Reconnaissance.

Accompanied by Mr. Arthur J. Bierhaus, I reached Cartagena on January 3d,
1912. It had been my intention to ascend the Rio Atrato, descend the Rio San
Juan, go eastward over the Quindio Pass to Girardot, descend the Rio Magdalena,
and sail home from Cartagena. A side trip to Bogota was planned. However,
when I reached Colombia, there was an unusual drought and the route had to
be reversed.

There is no fresh water about Cartagena and at the earliest moment we left
for Soplaviento on the Dique. Thence, I went to Calamar on the Magdalena.
From Calamar the expedition went up the Magdalena River by steamer to La
Dorada, collecting at various stopping places, Barbosa, El Banco, Canaletal,
Puerto Wilches, Penas Blancas, and Puerto Berrio. From La Dorada the route
was by rail to the upper part of the Magdalena, collections being made on the
way at Honda, especially in Bernal Creek. The upper part of the Magdalena
was followed to Girardot, where extensive collections were made. From Girardot
the route led first over the western rim of the plain at an elevation of about 8,800
feet to Bogota on an elevated plain among the eastern Cordilleras. Collections
were made on the plain near Puente la Suba, north of Bogota, and at Madrid near the

Fig. 3. Narrows of the Rio Magdalena below Girardot

14

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

western margin of the plains of Bogota (about 8,500 ft.). A return was made
to Girardot, from which place a pack-train conveyed the expedition via Chicoral
to Quatro Esquinas, Ibague, Toche, across the Quindio Pass of the Central Cor-
dillera (at an elevation of 11,200 feet) to Boquilla, Piedra Moler, and Cartago near
the Cauca River. The Cauca being too low for the regular steamers, the pack-train
was used through the Cauca valley by way of Paila, Buga La Grande, Buga to
Cali, collections being made at Paila and at Cali and in the Cauca near Cali.

By still another pack-train the Western Cordillera was crossed. Near Cali
the continental divide is at an elevation of 6,000 feet. After collecting at Caldas
(3,722 feet) the valley of the Dagua was descended by rail, collections being made
at Cisnero (1,046 feet), at Cordova (120 feet) and in the tidal waters of this river.

From Buenaventura, on the Pacific coast of Colombia, a steamer was taken
up the San Juan River to Puerto Negria; thence a dugout and a crew of Indians
carried the expedition as far as Istmina. Collections were made at both the latter
places and half-way between them. From Istmina, after a ride of two hours up
a little stream and across the low continental divide (300 feet), the valley of the
Atrato was entered near Tambo. By dugout the settlement of Boca de Raspadura

Fig. 4. Tambo, Atrato basin.

was reached. Thence the Raspadura was followed into the Quito River, which
was traversed to Quibdo. Collections were made at Boca de Certegui and near the

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

15

towH of Quibdo, at the junction of the Quito River with the Atrato. From
Quibdo a specially chartered steamer was taken to Rio Sucio, where additional
collections were made. From Sucio a steamer carried the expedition back to the
starting point at Cartagena.

The reconnaissance outlined above was made possible through the hearty
cooperation of Dr. William Lowe Bryan, President of Indiana University. The
Trustees of the University granted me leave of absence for the purpose of the trip.
President Bryan joined me in giving a note to the Bloomington National Bank
for a sum advanced toward expenses. When it was found that the expenses would
exceed the original estimate, he borrowed an additional sum and cabled it to me
in Colombia. The Bloomington National Bank kindly lent the money without
interest. . _ .

On my return from Colombia the Carnegie Museum purchased the first series
and the duplicates of the collection, after the second series had been set aside for
the Museum of Indiana University, and thus covered more than the entire expenses
of the trip, with the understanding that it was to be my duty to prepare a report
on the expedition.

Everywhere along the line of travel, I met with the most courteous cooperation
on the part of citizens of. Colombia and on the part of others traveling, or tempor-
arily in residence. Among those who deserve special mention are:

Mr. W. E. H. Diekin, Mr. Thomas Miller, Mr. Harry D. Cutbill, Dr. Felipe
Zapata, and Dr, R. A. Salas of the railroads of Colombia, all of whom furnished
me with free transportation. Mr. Henri Banneau, a commercial traveler from
Paris, who was familiar with all the traveled parts of South America, became
enthusiastic over the fishing. Under his guidance the boat-crew on the steamer
up the Magdalena secured valuable material. At Honda and about Bogota he
himself entered actively into the work of collecting, and between Calamar and
Bogota he relieved me entirely of the vexatious handling of my baggage. Mr.
L. M, Monsanto of New York kindly acted as interpreter during the earlier part
of the journey. Brother Apolinar Maria at Bogota secured guides to the best
fishing-places. Mr. Edward H. Mason of Cali helped in various ways both before
and after I landed in Colombia. Mr. J. A. Mayolo of Buenaventura and the
steamship company he represents granted me special favors; I am further indebted
to Mr. Mayolo for letters of introduction and other courtesies.

The complete itinerary follows. Wherever it was possible, if the steamer on
the Magdalena stopped for but an hour, collections wece made:

January 3d-10th, at Cartagena, in the bay. llth-lSth, at Soplaviento, in the

16

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Dique. 14th-15th, at Cartagena (in connection with the Custom House). 16th-
18th, at Calamar, in the Rio Magdalena. 19th-27th, on S. S. ‘‘Neiva” to La
Dorada. Collections were made: 20th, at Barbosa; 21st, at El Banco; 22d, at
Bodega Central; 23d, at Penas Blancas; 24th, at Puerto Berrio (‘’elevation 429
feet)”; 27th, at La Dorada. 28th, in Bernal Creek at Honda; 29th, at Rios
Perico and Guarino, six miles below Honda.

Fig. 5. The Magdalena at Girardot.

February 1st, Girardot, Rio Magdalena. 2d-3d, Bogota. 4ih, Puente La
Suba north of Bogota. Sth, in Zerrezuela river at Madrid. 6th, at Falls of Te-
quendama. 8th-llth, at Girardot ■’■on the Rio Magdalena. 12th, at Chicoral.
13th, in Rio Gualandai (1,566 feet). 14th-16th, at Ibague. 16th-17th, were spent
on road to Toche. 18th-19th, spent in crossing the Quindio Pass (11,200 feet) to
Boquilla, Rio Quindio (5,725 feet). 20th, at Balsa. 21st, at Piedra Moler, Rio
Viejo. 22d-23d, at Cartago (3,012 feet). 24th, at Saragosa. 25th, at Paila.
26th, at Buga la Grande. 27th, at Buga. 28th, at La Torre, on the Cauca. 29th,
at Cali (3,312 feet).

March lst-3d, Rio Cauca and Rio Cali. 4th, Caldas, Rio Dagua (3,722 feet).
5th, Cisnero, Rio Dagua and Rio Pepita (1,046 feet). 6th, Cordova, Rio Dagua
(120 feet). 7th-12th, at Buenaventura. 13th, up the Rio San Juan. 14th-15th,

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

17

Puerto Negria, on Rio San Juan. 16th, Island, La Cruce, Rio San Juan. 17th,
Depulcito, Rio San Juan. 18th-20th, Istmina, on Rio San Juan. 21st-22d,
Boca de Raspadura. 23d Managru, near Boca de Certegui. 25th-27th, Quibdo.
28th, down the Rio Atrato. 29th-30th, Rio Sucio.

April 2d, Cartagena, di/i, sailed for New York.

The Landon-Fisher Expedition of Indiana University to Colombia.

A second expedition to Colombia was made possible by Mr. Hugh McK.
Landon and Mr. Carl G. Fisher, of Indianapolis.

Mr. Arthur W. Henn and Mr. Charles E. Wilson, both undergraduates in
Indiana University, left in December, 1912. They landed at Tumaco, near the
south-western comer of Colombia. After devoting about a month to the Telembi
River, a tributary of the Patia, they separated. Mr. Wilson went to the San
Juan River, collecting in the upper San Juan Basin, the Condoto River at Condoto,
and in the San Juan River, Istmina, and Tado of the Pacific side, and on the Atlantic
side at Tambo, Raspadura, Boco de Raspadura, Managru, Quibdo, in the Atrato
between Quibdo and Rio Sucio, and especially in the Truando River emptying
into the Atrato near Rio Sucio.

Mr. Wilson writes: “In all places I received the most courteous treatment
and kind cooperation from the citizens of Colombia and from others traveling or
in temporary residence. Those who deserve special mention are: Mr. J. A.
Mayolo of Tumaco, to whom I am indebted for letters of introduction throughout
the Choco, for passes on his steamers on the Patia and Telembi Rivers, and for
many other courtesies during my stay in Tumaco. Captain Maximilian Llorente
and Mr. Andres Knudson of Barbacoas aided the expedition by securing men and
canoes for fishing. Mr. Knudson kindly acted as interpreter, and Captain Llorente
gave us rooms in his home during the stay in Barbacoas. Mr. Jorge Mercado and
Mr. G. Otero Vazquez of Buenaventura relieved me from looking after the trans-
portation of my baggage. Mr. Thomas A. Copeland of Istmina kindly acted as
interpreter and cared for me from Buenaventura to Istmina. Others in Istmina,
who deserve special mention, are Mr. Antonio Asprilla, who secured men and canoes
for collecting; and Mr. Andres Arizala, who loaned me his servant for the work
on the Condoto River. Mr. C. J. Indii and Mr. Frank Ocoassen of Pefialisa
furnished men and canoes and aided with the collecting. In Quibdo Mr. Tufik
Meluk was of the greatest assistance in securing men and canoes for the expedition.
I am also indebted to Mr. Meluk for letters of introduction. In Rio Sucio Mr.
Ed. Kromer kindly acted as interpreter and greatly aided the expedition with the

18

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

work in the Truando River. In Cartagena the A. & T. Meluk Co. kindly aided
the expedition.”

The Landon Expedition to Colombia and Ecuador.

Through the continued liberality of Mr. Hugh McK. Landon of Indianapolis
Mr. Arthur W. Henn was enabled to remain in South America and spend the time
between February 15, 1913, and March, 1914, in collecting fresh-water fishes in
Colombia and Ecuador.

The following account by Mr. Henn summarizes his travels: “ On February 15,
1913, I left Tumaco for Barbacoas. Three days were spent in securing the neces-
sary pack-animals; then I left for Tuquerres, arriving after five days’ travel. Tu-
querres (10,090 feet) is on the Andean plateau. After diligent collecting a single
species of Astroblepus was obtained. On March 4th, accompanied by Mr. Fridolin
Hiimmerles of Tuquerres as an' interpreter and two arrieros or muleteers, I went
northward from Tuquerres for the basin of the Upper Patia. Our route was in
general that of the geologist, A. Stiibel. March 6th was spent in Ancuya (5,000
ft.) where a single speciles of Astroblepus was collected. Crossing the Rio Guaitara,
our next stop was Los Llanos de Sandona (5,000 =t ft.), where a collection was
made containing three species. Passing northward through Tambo and Penol, we
arrived on March 13, at a place, composed of three huts, known as Guayabillo.
This is directly on the brink of the canyon of the Patia. On this and the following
day we descended some three thousand feet and collected in the Patia just above
the mouth of the Guaitara. The elevation here, as determined by my barometer,
was about 1,500 feet; the great swiftness of the river and the huge boulders made
collecting difficult, but the collection is assumed to be representative. We returned
to Tuquerres by way of Pasto and continued on to Barbacoas. After two days
at Barbacoas, I left on the steamer ‘Bolivar’ for the mouth of the Rio Telembi,
from which point I continued up the Patia by canoe. The Rio Magui, the first
large tributary of the Patia above the Telembi, was ascended to the negro village
of Payan. During the return to Barbacoas we fished in all available places.
These localities may be somewhat arbitrarily given as (1) the Rio Magui, between
its mouth and the village of Payan; (2) the Rio Patia between the Magui and the
Telembi; (3) the Rio Telembi below Barbacoas.

“After returning to Tumaco and waiting more than a week for the steamer,
I sailed for Buenaventura, arriving there on April 23, 1913. After waiting in
Buenaventura an additional week, I left on the small river-steamer “Buenaventura”
for Puerto Negria, the head of navigation on the Rio San Juan. The following

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

19

day with two negroes I left, going down-stream in a canoe. Because of flooded
conditions fishing was desultory, and most of the fishes secured were obtained by
barter with the Indians. Five days were occupied in drifting down the San Juan;
the nights were spent in the occasional houses of the Indians. The last large
tributary, the Bio Calima, was ascended. Thorough collections of fishes were made
in two places: (1) a small creek of the Rio Calima just above the junction of the
Calima with the San Juan; and (2) a point probably thirty miles up the Calima,
known as Boca del Guineo. Ascending the creek El Guineo to its source, a short
portage was made to another creek, known as San Joaquin, where a second canoe was
taken to Buenaventura.

“Leaving Buenaventura almost immediately, I arrived in Guayaquil, Ecuador,
on May 16, 1913. A few days later, I left with Mr. R. B. Jones, an American
residing in Guayaquil, for an hacienda owned by him just south of Naranjito.
While here, collections were secured in a small creek known as Estero Verdes,
tributary to the Rio Chanchan, which borders the hacienda, and in a clear, deep
river, the Rio Barranca Alta, some two hours on horseback south of the hacienda.
Later I sailed from Guayaquil for the Province of Manabi, arriving at Bahia de
Caraquez, its chief port, on June 21. Going on the short railroad to Chone, I
there made collections in the river, and then returned to Calceta, from which point
I continued by horse to Portoviejo, where collections were also obtained. These
rivers are small, traverse a very dry region, and contain few species of fishes.
The return to Guayaquil was made by steamer from Manta.

“I again left Guayaquil on July 17 in a launch for Daule, a small town on
the Rio Daule. Delayed a few days by fever at this point, I continued in a launch
to the village of Santa Lucia and then proceeded by canoe to another village known
as Colimes higher up the river. Extensive collections were made at this point.
Then returning to Daule in a large canoe, I embarked in a smaller one, and, after
paddling two days along a winding cut-off from the Rio Palenque, I arrived at
Vinces, where thorough collecting was done.

“ Returning to Guayaquil, I went over the Guayaquil and Quito R. R. to Quito,
stopping off for collecting at Huigra (4,000 ft.); Riobamba, Atlantic drainage
(9,020 ft.); Latacunga, Atlantic drainage (9,055 ft.) and Quito (9,375 ft.). A
short trip for collecting was made to Mindo (4,108 ft.), situated in a region of
tremendous rainfall on the western slope of Mt. Pichincha. Somewhat later (October
18, 1913), I went north to El Angel (10,000 ft. dz) in the Province of Carchi, the
most northerly province of Ecuador. Here Astroblepus was collected. From this
point a trip was taken down the valley of the Rio Chota, or Mira, to a small property

20

MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

two leagues below the hacienda Paramba, known as “Maria Luisa,” belonging
to Sehor Cesar Mena of Angel. Unfavorable conditions made this trip almost a
failure, nevertheless a good collection of Astroblepus was obtained on the return
from a place opposite the settlement, Guallupi (5,000 ft. ±) farther up the Rio
Chota.

“ Being forced to return to Quito by revolutionary developments in the province
of Carchi, I remained there until February 9, 1914, when I again went back to
El Angel to secure the collections, continued on over the Colombian frontier, twice
changing mules, and returned over the road to Barbacoas. Traveling as rapidly
as possible, though long delayed by waiting for steamers at Barbacoas and Tumaco,
and by the quarantine at Panama, I did not reach New York until the very last
of March, 1914.

“Throughout the course of the trip I met with numerous courtesies from resi-
dents of the countries traversed. Chief among these persons may be mentioned
Sr. Jose A. Mayolo of Tumaco, Colombia. Mr. Mayolo provided free transporta-
tion on the ‘Linea Costanera Fluvial de Vapores’ for myself and my extensive
outfit and collections on several trips between Tumaco and Barbacoas; in the
Choco he gave me recommendations to the authorities, his friends, and business
associates; assisted in employing laborers; and performed other innumerable
services. His favors coming, as they did, when I knew but little of the language
and customs of the country, were well-nigh indispensable. For the ‘Sierra,’
similar services were performed for me by Mr. John W. Bidlake, an American
resident of Tuquerres. In Guayaquil Mr. R. B. Jones showed me a number of
courtesies and Mr. H. W. Henderson of the Guayaquil and Quito Railway
Company kindly provided free transportation to Quito. Sr. Alberto Santos of
Bahia did me several favors. I was a guest at several haciendas; among which
may be mentioned those of Sr. Cesar P. Garzon of Mindo, of Sr. Jose Tamaya,
and of Sr. Cesar Mena of Carchi. The Panama Railroad Steamship Line courte-
ously provided free transportation of freight from Panama to New York and
reduced fare for myself.

“The expenses of this Expedition were largely provided by Mr. Hugh McK.
Landon of Indianapolis. He not only provided funds for the trip as originally
planned, but later gave an additional sum, which allowed considerable modification
and extension of the plans and enabled the expedition to remain in the field nearly
four times as long as had been originally intended.”

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

21

The Irwin Expedition.

The Irwin Expedition of Indiana University, of 1918-19, carried the survey
of the rivers of the Pacific slope from northern Peru to southern Chile. It also
descended im the Atlantic side into the Huallaga Basin to two thousand feet, the
Chanchamayo to two thousand feet, the Urubamba to three thousand feet, and
surveyed the Titicaca Basin. The main account of the Irwin Expedition will
appear with the reports on these regions. The portion of the Irwin Expedition,
which comes within the present territory, deals with the Chira, Piura, Rimac, and
Chili Rivers, enumerating these rivers in order from north to south, but not in the
order in which they were examined.

All four of these rivers belong to the dry Peruvian coast. The Chira River
rises in southern Ecuador in the southernmost of the interandean parks of Ecuador
and empties into the ocean north of Paita. I collected at Sullana early in January,
1919. The river had been swollen by recent rains in the mountains and collecting
was difficult. The watep was muddy and fishes were scarce and scattered. A
species of Curimatus was obtained here; and this is the southernmost record for
the genus on the Pacific slope. The rest of the fauna was the same as that farther
south at Pacasmayo,

Fig. 6. Upper Rimac Valley.

Conditions at Piura on the Piura River, only a few miles south from Sullana,
were the reverse of those at Sullana. I reached Piura at the end of the dry season.
On asking where the river was, I was told that it had not yet come down. The

22

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

river-bed was damp in places and shallow excavations provided water for gardens
and dwellers along its shores. There were a few pools in natural depressions about
the pier and alongside of some rocks. These were covered with green slime and
were crowded with starving fishes. A single species each of Pimelodella, Pygidium,
Brycon, Bryconamericus, Lebiasina, and JEquidens formed the entire ffeuna. Both
Sullana and Piura are reached by rail from Paita. The Piura River reaches the
ocean south of Paita. The next stop farther south was at Pacasmayo. Con-
ditions here are similar to those at Paita. The town clusters about a little rivulet,
which always carries water and is affected by the tide. Behind the town there is
a considerable lagoon. The Rio Jequetepeque rises in the Andes west of Cajamarca
and empties into the ocean north of Pacasmayo. Collections were made at Llallan
(elevation 2,437 ft.), at Cultambo, and in the outlet of the lagoon just above and
below the locks controlling its level. Llallan is at the junction of two clear, swift
streams. At Cultambo I collected near the railroad bridge. The water was clear
with alternating swift stretches or even miniature rapids and quiet pools. The
fauna was the same as that at Piura with the addition of an Astroblepus, which
could not be expected to occur in the portion of the Piura I examined. Astroblepus
is probably found nearer the mountains in the Piura River. A Liza is abundant
in the lagoon, but we were not fortunate enough to get one. Pacasmayo was
the southernmost locality for Mquidens, Pimelodella, and Brycon.

We should have made collections in the Santa River, the largest and most
constant river of Peru. However, several matters prevented its examination; the
regular steamers do not stop at Chimbote at its mouth and the time needed for its
exploration was therefore uncertain. The Rimac River south of the Santa con-
tained everything we secured at Pacasmayo except Astroblepus, Brycon, AHquidens,
and Pimelodella. Somewhere between Pacasmayo and Callao they disappear.
Astroblepus is known to occur in the Santa Basin, which is the southernmost locality
on the Pacific Slope. One question thus left unanswered is whether Brycon,
AHquidens, and Pimelodella extend as far south as the Santa, or not. It will probably
be found that they do. A second question is whether the “Peje rey,” Basilichthys
semotilus, is found in the Santa? It is found in the Rimac, and has not been
taken* in the Jequetepeque. Again a priori considerations would answer this
question in the affirmative. A question exceeding the other two in interest,
because its answer is more problematical, is whether the Santa, being the largest
and most permanent of the Peruvian rivers, harbors a more abundant representa-
tion of the ancient fauna of the Pacific slope of Peru? The answers to these
questions must be left for the future.

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

23

the fauna
enormous

The Rimac River, emptying just
north of Callao, has been examined at
various times. During the Irwin Ex-
pedition collections were made at
Puenta Piedra in a shallow lagoon
north of the river on the railroad to-
ward Ancon. The water was about
“knee-deep” and full of fishes, prin-
cipally Bryconamericus peruanus and
Lebiasina himaculata. Many of these
were badly infected with Saprolegnia
and a peculiar wavy shortening and
up and down distortion of the caudal
portion of the spine. Collections were
made in little side-branches and rivu-
lets emptying into the Rimac at Lima.
Four species, Lebiasina bimaculata,
Bryconamericus peruanus, Pygidium
punctulatum, and Basilichthys semo-
tilus formed the total fauna at Lima,
Chosica, and Matucana. At Chosica
(elevation 2,800 ft.) the river is ca-
nalized and very swift. A pool below
the dam of the, electric-light plant in
the city yielded the usual fauna with
“ Cube,” a native poison. Basilichthys
was abundant in the pool. Chosica
lies at the foot of the gorge of the Ri-
mac. Matucana lies in a little widen-
ing of the gorge at about 7,800 ft.
elevation. The usual fauna was se-
cured during a stay of several days,
devoted largely to becoming accli-
mated to the elevation. At Rio Blanco
at an elevation of ten thousand feet
we secured nothing. Undoubtedly
of the Rimac, especially in its upper parts, has become affected by the
masses of waste daily dumped into it by the smelter at Casapalca.

X

<D

(D

0?

a

CO

c;

o

E

o3

O

P

O

o

O

d

P-(

d

o

a

o3

6

£

24

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

We made two excursions out from Casapalca to examine the lakelets up to
15,250 feet, but, although we seined and poisoned, we saw no fishes. Our guide
was more fortunate on subsequent excursions, and he secured enough specimens
for us from one of the lakelets to verify Garman’s report of the occurrence of
Orestias in the lakes at the headwaters of the Rimac. We were put under the
greatest obligations to Mr. Roper, manager of the Casapalca Works. We were
his guests in the company house at Casapalca; he provided us with a guide and
beasts; and finally secured for us the fishes we were not fortunate or skilled enough
to catch ourselves.

The southernmost river of Peru in which collections were made is the Rio
Vitor with its tributary, the Chili, which flows through Arequipa. Both of these
rivers rise in upland meadows near the crest of the divide between Lake Titicaca
and the Pacific. The rivers were examined at Yura, Vitor Valle, Arequipa, and
Tiabaya. At Yura our attempts at diverting a branch of the river and in poisoning
yielded nothing.

At Arequipa we poisoned a very unpromising branch at the large wagon-
bridge. It yielded Pygidium quechuorum in such numbers that a passerby remarked
that it exceeded the miraculous draft of St. Peter. Other attempts at Tiabaya,
a few miles below Arequipa, yielded the same species of Pygidium and Basilichthys
semotilus.

We went by train to Vitor and took horses to Vitor Valle about twelve miles
distant. The trail leads for several miles over the most arid desert imaginable.
The valley is irrigated and strongly contrasts with the arid walls and plains above.
We were given numerous assistants by the Alcalde and the C'obernador and did
our best, but secured no fishes, except the “peje rey,’’ Basilichthys se7notilus. We
were told that there is a fall several miles below, which prevents the lowland fishes
from penetrating further.

Attempts to get fishes from the Rio Tambo proved abortive, and the question
whether the fishes of the Tambo belong to the Peruvian or the Chilean fauna must
be decided later. §

The Irwin Expedition was largely made possible through the generosity of
Air. William G. Irwin of Columbus, Indiana. It had also the cooperation of the
National Academy of Sciences through the Bache Fund, and that of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science. The University of Illinois made Dr.
Wm. Ray Allen, a “Travelling Fellow” and thus provided for his entire expenses.

§ In 1921 Mr. N.E. Pearson of the Mulford Expedition examined the Rio Tambo for me at Chu-
carapi. He only found Mugil rammehhergi and Basilichthys semotilus. The boundary between tlie
Guayas fauna and that of Chile is therefore near the RioRimac.

EIGENMANN: pishes op northwestern south AMERICA,

25

He devoted himself largely to the upper Huallaga, Lake Titicaca, and the high-
lands between La Raya and Chile.

The heartiest co-operation was received from the Peruvian Company, which
granted free transportation over all of the railways it manages, and from the Peru-
vian Government, which provided steamer transportation between the ports of
Peru and granted numerous other favors.

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE FRESHWATER FISHES.

Subclass SELACHII. ‘

Order BATOIDEI.

Suborder SARCURA
Family I. PRISTIDiE.

Pristis Latham

1. Pristis pectinatus Latham.

Pristis pectinatus Latham, Trans, Linn. Soc. Lond., 1794, II, p. 278. PI. 26, fig, 2
(rostrum) .

A rostrum or saw of what was presumed to be this species was seen nailed to
a house on the shores of the Quito River of the Atrato Basin.

2. Pristis perrotteti Valenciennes.

Pristis perrotteti Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1879, XLI, 169
(Mamoni) .

Several small saws, which had been taken from young individuals, were seen
in houses half-way between Puerto Negria and Istmina on the San Juan River.
As no complete specimens were obtained, I am not certain of the identification of
the species.

Family II. DASYATIDHi.

Subfamily Potamotrygonin^.

PoTAMOTRYGON Garman,

3. Potamotrygon magdalenae (Dumeril.)

Tceniura magdalence Dumeril, Elasm., 1865, p. 625; Steindachner, Denkschr.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 72, plate 15 (Magdalena); ibid. XLII,
1880, p. 90 (Cauca near Caceres).

Potamotrygon magdalence Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., Wien, LXXII,
1902, p. 60 (Magdalena, at Bodega Central); Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zook, XXXVI, 1913, p. 421.

26

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

7515 a, C. M., one female, Rio Sucio. Eigenmann.

7516 a-e, C. M.; 13899 I. U. M., including two pregnant females, Rio Truando.
Wilson.

7523 a-h, C. M., two, 162 and 370 mm., Puerto Wilches. Eigenmann.

13901, I. U. M., two, largest 315 mm., Cienaga, at Puerto del Rio. Gonzales.
13900, I. U. M., two, 185 and 196 mm., one pregnant female, Apulo. Gonzales.
Habitat: Magdalena and Atrato Rivers.

Subclass TELEOSTOMI.

Order NEMATOGNATHI.

Family III. ASPREDINIDAH.

A family of Nematognatlii, the members of which are found in streams with
muddy bottoms and along the coast from the Orinoco River to the Sao Francisco.
The family was not known to occur west of the Andes, until the specimens reported
in the present paper were secured.

Sub-family Bunocephalin^.

4. Bunocephalus colombianus Eigenmann. (Plate I, fig. 2.)
Bunocephalus colombianus Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, Sept.
(Dec. 23), 1912, p. 10.

4828 a, C. M., type, 89 mm., Boca de Raspadura. Eigenmann.

12687, I. U. M,, paratype, 103 mm., Quibdo. Eigenmann.

5485, C. M.; 12966, I. U. M., two, larger 135 mm., Raspadura. Wilson.

5483 a, C. M., one, 136 mm., Managru. Wilson.

7067 a-c, C. M.; 13767, I. U. M., nine, 33-77 mm., Truando. Wilson.

5484 a, C..M.; 13176, 1. U. M., three, 43-51 mm., creek near Pembana, Rio Telembi.
Jan. 17, 1913. Henn and Wilson.

Habitat: West of the Andes in Colombia; the Atrato Basin of the Atlantic
drainage; and the Patia Basin of the Pacific drainage. This is the only species of
the genus found on the Pacific slope. It may occur in the Magdalena.

Head to gill-opening 5.5; depth 6. 5-7. 5; D. 5; A. 8 or 9; snout 1.5 in inter-
orbital, distance of dorsal from snout, 2|-2| in the length; maxillary barbels ex-
tending beyond base of pectorals; coracoid process 1.5-1. 6 in the space between its
tips; pectoral spine strong, curved, several small hooks along its anterior margin and
about ten strong hooks along its posterior margin, its filiform prolongation reaching
the ventrals; caudal margin rounded; tail subcylindrical; tail and body to the
dorsal covered with numerous warts arranged in longitudinal series, much smaller

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 27

warts on belly and before dorsal; a strong occipital crest diverging forward to the
eyes; width at base of pectorals 1.5-1. 4 in distance from snout to dorsal.

Tips of all fin-rays light; upper caudal ray barred; ventrals and anal mottled
anteriorly. General color black with faint mottlings.

Xyliphius Eigenmann.

Xyliphius Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, Sept. (Dec. 23, 1912),
p. 10. Type, Xyliphius magdalence Eigenmann.

A genus of Bunocephalince. Mouth inferior; lower lip with a series of antrorse
fringe-like papillse, which screen the mouth. Not greatly expanded at the shoulder,
the width at the pectoral spine equal to its distance from the snout. Eyes minute;
anterior nares not quite marginal. ^

5. Xyliphius magdalenae Eigenmann. (Plate I, figs. 1, 1 a, and 1 6.)
Xyliphius magdalence Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, Sept.
(Dec. 23), 1912, p. 10.

4829 a, C. M., type, 32 mm., Girardot. Eigenmann.

Head to gill-opening 5 in the length; depth 7; D. 5; A. 7. Head about as
wide as long; eyes minute, about half the diameter of the posterior nares; maxillary
barbel not quite reaching pectoral; about twenty labial papillae. Length of cora-
coid processes two in the coracoid space. Distance from snout to dorsal 2.33 in
the length; ventrals just reaching anal; pectoral spine short, as long as its distance
from the barbel, four strong hooks on its posterior margin, the spine prolonged in
a soft tip reaching nearly to middle of ventrals. Caudal obliquely truncate. Head
without distinct ridges; skin slightly warty, except on belly.

Light brown; tips of all the fins light.

This species is known only from the type.

Family IV. SILURIDtE.*^

Distribution: Atlantic slope; Pacific slope south to Pacasmayo.

Key to the Genera op Silurid^e.

a. Gill-membranes free from the isthmus, nares approximated. . (ArMnce) Hexanematichthys Bleeker.
aa. Gill-membranes free from the isthmus. Nares remote.

h. Palate without teeth, or with a very minute patch of teeth.

c. Head wider than long; mouth wide, terminal, the jaws equal; eye small, much in advance
of the center of the head, without free orbital margin; pectoral spine short, very
strong, with strong teeth on its posterior face; adipose fin short; barbels short.

® The account of the Siluridoe was prepared in collaboration with Homer G. Fisher, who died
of influenza in 1918.

28

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

d. Premaxillary band of teeth with a sharp-angled prolongation on its outer posterior

angle; part of the species gigantic Pseudopimelodus Bleeker.

dd. Premaxillary band of teeth rounded laterally, without a backward projecting angle;

species minute Microglanis Eigenmann.

cc. Head longer than wide, the eye in the center of the head, or very nearly so.

e. First dorsal and first pectoral rays not spinous; pectorals broad, with ten to fourteen

rays; ventrals large.

/. Mental barbels in two pairs, the outer pair much farther back than the inner pair;
snout broad; eye large, with a free margin; occipital process narrow, reaching
half way to dorsal, free behind; a large frontal fontanel, occipital fontanel small
or obliterated. Premaxillary band of teeth rounded at the ends.

Perugia Eigenmann and Norris.
jj. Mental barbels nearly in a straight line, the outer ones but little farther back than
the inner ones; snout narro^^ pointed; eye without a free orbital margin, its
. ' center a little in advance of the center of the head; occipital process very short;

a large parietal and a smaller frontal fontanel; adipose about equal to the anal.

Cetopsorhamdia Eigenmann and Fisher.

ee. First dorsal and first pectoral rays spinous.

g. Occipital process not reacliing to the dorsal plate, skull smooth, covered with skin;

dorsal and anal rounded; adipose fin moderate or long; pectoral spine with
short hooks.

h. A frontal fontanel, no occipital fontanel; eye with a free orbital margin.

Rhamdia Bleeker.

hh. A large frontal and a large occipital fontanel; eye with a free margin only

above Nannorhamdia Regan.

gg. Occipital process forming with the dorsal plate a complete bridge between the
head and the dorsal; eye with a free orbital margin.

i. Occipital process narrow throughout; a large occipital fontanel, head covered

with skin; adipose fin longer than the anal; dorsal and anal rounded;
pectoral spine shorter than the rays.

Pimelodella Eigenmann and Eigenmann.
u. Occipital process wide at base tapering to the tip; no occipital fontanel; head
granular above; adipose medium, or as short as the anal; anal emarginate;
dorsal truncate, the spine almost equal to the first ray, which reaches beyond
the tips of the rest; pectoral spine equal to, or but little shorter than, the first

ray Pimelodus Lacepede.

hh. Large patches of teeth on vomer and palate; head depressed, longer than broad; eye with a
free margin, equidistant from tip of snout and origin of opercle; occipital process reaching
to the dorsal plate, the two of about the same length; barbels of moderate length; first
dorsal and pectoral rays spinous, long, slender, the latter with moderate teeth on its
posterior margin; adipose fin very short, shorter than the anal; caudal forked; mouth
but little, if any, narrower than the head.

j. Snout but little produced beyond the lower jaw; the premaxillary band of teeth shallowest
at the symphysis; head less depressed than in Soruhim, the eyes dorso-lateral; interocular
equal to half the width of the head; base of anal equals caudal peduncle; occipital process
keeled, tapering from base to, the pointed tip; dorsal rounded.

Pseudoplatystoma Bleeker.

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

29

jj. Snout greatly produced beyond the lower jaw; the premaxillary band of teeth yery deep,
deepest at symphysis, covering the entire projecting part of the upper jaw; head greatly
depressed; the eye in the edge of the head; interocular equal, or almost equal, to the
width of the head; base of anal longer than caudal peduncle; occipital process of nearly

equal width throughout, with a median groove; dorsal lanceolate. Sorubim Spix.

aaa. Gill-membranes united with the isthmus; dorsal entirely in front of the ventrals.

k. Sides with a series of spine-bearing bony plates; barbels simple; eye in middle of the head;

jaws with narrow bands of teeth; caudal forked Doris Lac^p^de.

kk. Sides naked.

I. Mental barbels in two pairs; adipose fin much shorter than the anal fin; anal long, nineteen

to forty rays, rounded; caudal obliquely emarginate; lower jaw slightly longer than upper; .
no prominent bony orbit; pectoral and dorsal spines strong. . . . . Trachycorystes Sleeker.

II. No mental barbels; snout greatly depressed; mouth very wide, terminal, the upper jaw

longer; maxillary barbel very short; eye lateral, without free margin; dorsal spine over
the middle of the base of the pectoral; adipose fin very short; anal very long; dorsal and
pectoral spines weak; no humeral process; caudal forked Ageneiosus Lacepede.

Subfamily Ariin.®.

The species of the subfamily Ariince are abundant along the sandy and muddy
shores of tropical America, where many of them enter rivers. For the most part,
they are omitted here. Boulenger enumerates Selenaspis dowi (Gill), Hexanema-
tichthys guatemalensis Gunther, T achy sums multiradiatus (Gunther), Netuma plani-
ceps Steindachner, and Felichthys pinnimaculatus Steindachner, from the Rivers
Sabana, Lara*, Cianti, and Tuyra, Darien. Steindachner records T. multiradiatus
from the Mamoni.

Fig. 8. Pectoral spines of Hexanematichthys simonsi (Starks), a. Specimen 50 mm. long to base
of caudal; b, 63 mm. long to base of caudal; c, 105 mm. long to base of caudai; d, No. 13225, I. U, M.,
188 mm. long to base of caudal; e, macerated skull of Hexanematichthys henni Eigenmann, showing
fontanels; /, pectoral spine of H. henni, 112 mm. long to base of caudal.

30

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Hexanematichthys Bleeker.

6. Hexanematichthys simonsi (Starks).

Galeichthys sitnonsi Starks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, 1906, p. 765, figs. 1
and 2 (Callao, Peru); Wilson, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 58 (Mouth
of Rio Dagua; Tumaco; Rio Rosario).

13218, 13223, 13224, and 13225, I. U. M.; 5586, 5663, 5664, 5665, and 6721, C. M.,
Mouth of Rio Dagua; Buenaventura; Tumaco; and Rio Rosario, Colombia.
65-230 mm.

A. usually 19 or 20, more rarely 18 or 21; pectoral spine with long hooks;
vomerine teeth in two separate patches, patches of palatine teeth larger, in contact
with the vomerine patches; an anterior and usually a posterior fontanel, the latter
variable and sometimes obliterated.

7. Hexanematichthys henni sp. nov.

15045, I. U. M., three, type and paratypes, 145-157 mm.. Colimes, Rio Daule,
Ecuador. Henn.

Head 3.66-3.7; depth 5.5-6; D. I, 7; A. 20; eye 1.5 in the snout, 4.5 in the
head, 1.25 in the interorbital; width of head equal to the eye and postorbital
portion; depth at bas’e of occipital process equal to head behind the anterior margin
of the pupil; the width of the head at the angle of the mouth equal to the post-
orbital portion of the head; profile nearly straight from the dorsal plate to the
anterior border of the eye, then rapidly decurved; head flat below, mouth inferior,
the upper jaw considerably projecting; depth of premaxillary band of teeth about
five in their length; no vomerine teeth, the palatine patches linear, scarcely evident

Fig. 9. Hexanematichthys henni Eigenmann. Type. No. 15045, I. U. M., 145 mm. Colimes.

in these specimens. Fontanel extending for half the diameter of the eye behind
the posterior border of the latter, a bridge over it at the posterior margin of the
eye, continued as a narrow groove to a transverse groove in front of the base of
the occipital process; granules and ridges of the skull extending forward to near

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

31

the anterior margin of the eye; width of occipital process at its base equal to its
length; dorsal plate V-shaped; maxillary barbel not reaching to the axil of the
pectoral spine, the mental barbels extend to about the edge of the gill-membrane,
the postmental beyond the edge of the membrane; gill-membrane narrowly free ah
the middle; pectoral spine equal to dorsal spine, equal to snout and eye, its anterior
and posterior hooks of about the same size, very small; base of adipose fin a little
longer than that of the dorsal, about 2.33 in its distance from the dorsal; caudal
deeply forked, its lobes equal to the head behind the nares; base of anal not quite
equal to snout and eye, its middle ray (counting rudiments) highest, extending
considerably beyond the tip of the last ray.

Dark ashen above, white beneath; anal, ventrals, and pectorals largely dark.

It is possible that these specimens are the young of H. labiatus, the only
known specimen of which is three times as large as our largest.

8. Hexanematichthys labiatus (Boulenger).

Arius labiatus Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp., Torino, XIII, 1898,

No. 329 (Rio Peripa).

Habitat: Guayas Basin.

Said to be allied to Hexanematichthys rugispinis.

Head 5 in the total length; depth 5; D. I, 7; A. 17; eye 9 in the head, 4 in
interocular; width of head 1.4 in its length; depth of premaxillary band of teeth
half the length of the eye, 4 in its length; palatine (vomerine ?) teeth conical, in
two small oblique groups, much smaller than the eye, and separated by a space
about equal to .75 of the length of the premaxillary band; occiput and occipital
process granulate, the latter a little longer than wide, with an obtuse keel; fontanel
narrow, indistinct, followed by a groove, which does not reach the occipital process;
upper lip projecting; maxillary barbel .6 the length of the head, not reaching edge
of opercle, outer barbel 1.5 times as long as the inner, equal to half the length of
the head; dorsal spine with very indistinct teeth, a little less than half the length
of the head; base of adipose equal to base of rayed dorsal, twice as far removed
from the dorsal as from the caudal; pectoral spine .4 the length of the head, much
shorter than the soft rays; ventrals reaching the anal; depth of caudal peduncle
2.5 in its length; no axillary pore; dark gray above, silvery below; all the fins dark.

This description of Boulenger is based on a specimen 470 mm. long from the
Rio Peripa, an upper tributary of the Daule, the only known specimen.

9. Hexanematichthys assimilis (Gunther).

Arius assimilis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 38

(Cienega at mouth of Magdalena, Ciudad Caiman).

32

MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Subfamily Pimelodin.®.

PsEUDOPiMELODUS Bleekei.

This genus is represented in the area under consideration by two species,
Pseudopimelodus zungaro (Humboldt) and Pseudopimelodus transmontanus Regan.
Both species were taken; P. zungaro at various places on the Magdalena and
Atrato Rivers, P. transmontanus in the San Juan Basin by Spurred, as recorded
by Regan, and in the Patia of the Pacific slope by Henn and Wilson.

Key to the Colombian Species of Pseudopimelodus.

a. No teeth on outer margin of pectoral spine, those on the inner margin long and recurved;' the spine
blunt .at its end. Maxillary barbels reaching beyond opercular flap. Ventrals white; adipose one-
* half as long as head, depth of caudal peduncle 2.7-3 in head; D. I, 6 or 7; A. 9-10.

zungaro (Humboldt).

na. Teeth on outer margin of pectoral spine as long as those on inner margin, the spine sharp at its end.
Maxillary barbels not reaching beyond gill-opening; ventrals black; depth of caudal peduncle
1.8-2. 2 in head; D. I, 6; A. 10 transmontanus Regan.

10. Pseudopimelodus zungaro (Humboldt).

Pseudopimelodus hujonius Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLH,
1880, p. 59, plate II, figs. 1 and 1 h (Cauca near Caceres).

Pseudopimelodus zungaro Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Occasional Papers Cal.
Acad. Sci., I, 1890, p. 112.

Habitat: Amazon, San Francisco, La Plata, Magdalena and Atrato Basins.
The following specimens were collected by Eigenmann:

12804, I. U. M.; 5010 a-h, C. M., three, Quibdo, Rio Atrato.

13498, I. U. M.; 6671 a-h, C. M., three, 175-215 mm. (to base of caudal), Sopla-
viento, El Dique.

12777, I. U. M.; 6672 a-h, C. M., three, 223-490 mm., Honda, R. Magdalena.
6673 a, C. M., one, 211 mm., Puerto Berrio, R. Magdalena.

13499, I. U. M., one, 155 mm., El Banco, R. Magdalena.

There is no question that the specimens recorded here belong to the species
figured by Steindachner as P. hujonius. Steindachner compared specimens of from
160 to 550 mm. in length from the Cauca, Irisanga, and Cuyaba (bufonius), from
the Rio das Velhas {chorus), and from the La Plata (mangurus). Humboldt
figured the type of Pimelodus zungaro, a specimen three feet four inches long from
the upper Amazon, and reported that it reaches a length of from six to seven feet.
However, the large specimens reported may belong to another species. The name
^‘zungaro” is applied to various large silurids in the Peruvian Amazon.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

33

11. Pseudopimelodus transmontanus Regan. (Plate II, figs. 1 and 2.)
Pseudopimelodus transmontanus Regan, Ann. &■ Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913,
p. 467 (Rios Condoto, Tamana, and San Juan, Colombia; Rio Durango, N. W.
Ecuador) .

5331, C. M.; 13007, 1..U. M., 73-123 mm.. Creeks near San Lorenzo, Rio Telembi,
Patia Basin, Jan. 14, 1913. Henn and Wilson.

Habitat: Pacific slope from the Rio^San Juan, south to northwestern Ecuador.
Width of head very little less than its length, its length 3.25-3.5; depth
4.5-5. 5; D. 1.6; A, 9 or 10. Premaxillary band of teeth about equal to the length
of the eye, with a distinct backward projecting angle; inner row of teeth more
depressible and larger than the rest. Maxillary barbel reaching to the base of
pectoral spine, or to base of last ray; outer mental barbel about to gill-opening;
eye 4-5 in interocular, 3 in snout, 9-10 in head; frontal fontanel minute; occipital
process but little longer than the eye, not reaching the dorsal plate, which is about
twice as long as the eye. Dorsal spine about 2.5 in the head, without teeth; the
second to fifth rays of about the same height, a little more than half the length of
the head; adipose fin short, the length of its base nearly equal to the length of the
base of the dorsal. Caudal rounded, with a slight emargination ; anal rounded,
reaching caudal, its base equal to that of the adipose and nearly opposite it; ventrals
rounded, entirely behind the dorsal; pectoral spine strong, nearly half the length
of the head, its posterior hooks nearly equal to the width of the spine; humeral
spine reaching only to the second of the outer hooks of the pectoral spine.

A light band extending from the base of the pectoral across the humeral spine,
opercle, and nape; a small light spot in front of each of the dorsals, one each above
and below at the end of the caudal peduncle, one just behind the anal; light spots
or marblings above the middle of the ventrals and above the posterior anal rays;
sides and upper parts otherwise dark; traces of more intense dark bands between
the adipose dorsal and anal and across the base of caudal; dorsal, anal, ventrals,
and pectorals black, with very narrow white edges, caudal translucent, except for
a submarginal marbled band.

Microglanis Eigenmann.

A genus of minute catfishes with a very wide distribution.

12, Microglanis variegatus Eigenmann and Henn. (Plate II, figs. 3 and 4.)
Microglanis variegatus Eigenmann and Henn, Indiana University Studies, No. 19,
1914, p. 14.

13106, I. U. M., type, 45 mm., paratypes 36-45 mm,; 5418 a, C. M., Forest pool near
Vinces, Ecuador. Henn.

34

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Head 3.5; depth 5; D. I, 6; A. 10 or 11; width of head a little greater than
its length; eye three in interocular, 5.5-7 in the head; head covered with thin
skin; frontal fontanel extending to posterior margin of eye; occipital fontanel
minute; mouth terminal, the lower jaw slightly the longer; width of mouth about
equal to half the greatest width of the head; premaxillary bands of teeth very
narrow, without backward projecting angles, the length of the bands about half
the width of the mouth; maxillary barbels extending to tip, or a little beyond tip,
of humeral spine; posterior mental barbel but little shorter than the maxillary
barbel; the anterior mental barbel to, or a little beyond, the gill-opening; gill-
membranes narrowly joined to the isthmus; occipital process articulating with the
dorsal plate, which it meets about half-way; origin of dorsal nearly equidistant
from snout and adipose, the spine strong, shorter than the rays, three times in the
head; adipose fin reaching to caudal, its length not equal to its distance from
the dorsal, itsposteriormarginfree, its length about five times in the length; caudal
slightly emarginate, about five times in the length, its fulcra prominent; base of
anal about equal to base of adipose, its tip reaching caudal; ventrals not reaching
anal; their origin on, or behind, the vertical from the last dorsal ray; pectoral
spine stout, one-half to two-thirds as long as head, with about eight to thir-
teen strong hooks behind, less prominent spines in front; humeral spine reaching
to near middle, or last third, of the pectoral spine. *

Adult variegated; fins like the body, traces of a darker band through the
dorsal; belly white. Young marbled or less finely variegated. A lighter area
through basal half of caudal.

Perugia Eigenmann and Norris.^

Perugia Eigenmann and Norris, Rev. Mus. Paul., IV, 1900, p. 355.

Type, Pirinampus agassizi Steindachner.

Nares remote; gill-membranes free from the isthmus; first dorsal ray and
first pectoral ray not pungent; P. 14; dorsal and anal truncate, or slightly emar-
gifiate, the first rays of dorsal and pectoral longest; mouth broad, terminal; the
jaws subequal; teeth in the jaws strong, none on the palate, the band in the upper
jaw without a backward projecting angle; mental barbels in two pairs; head much
longer than broad, orbit with a free margin, eye large, nearly in the middle of the
head; occipital fontanel lacking, or represented by a minute pore; occipital process

^ Driver (Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVIII, 1919, pp. 448-456) has shown that this genus together
with Luciopimelodus and Megalonema form a distinct subfamily. It is presented here out of order among

A

the genera of the Pimelodince.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

35

narrow, reaching about half-way to the dorsal to a floating interneural attached to
the interneural supporting the first dorsal ray.

13. Perugia xanthus (Eigenmann). (Plate III, fig. 3.)

Megalonema xanthum Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, Sept.

(Dec. 23), 1912, p. 16.

Perugia xanthus Driver, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVIII, 1919, pp. 453, 456.

Habitat: Magdalena Basin near Girardot.

4822, C. M., type, 202 mm.; 4823 a-j, C. M.; 12681 a-j, I. U. M., paratypes,

many, Girardot. Eigenmann.

12682, I. U. M., paratypes, many specimens, Apulo. Gonzales.

Head 3.75; depth 5.33; D. 7; A. 3, 9; eye 5 in head, 1.25 in interocular,
slightly nearer margin of opercle than tip of snout.

Elongate; profile steep and nearly straight. Head covered with thin skin;
occipital process narrow, not extending half-way to dorsal, an interneural inter-
vening between it and the dorsal; top of head with some reticulating canals;
depth at base of occipital crest slightly more than snout and eye; head a little
wider than deep; eye with a free, oval, orbital rim; snout projecting, equal to
orbital diameter, or two-thirds of that. Teeth in very narrow bands, the upper
band narrowed at middle, almost separated into two patches, without retrbrse
angles; teeth of upper jaw movable, slightly larger than those of lower jaw which
are a little firmer.

Fourteen gill-rakers on the lower arch. Branchiostegal membrane free from
the isthmus, overlapping mesially; maxillary barbel extending nearly to end of
adipose (to caudal in some smaller examples), the mental barbels are disposed as
two pairs, the outer extending past middle of ventrals (to base of last anal ray in
some younger), the anterior pair past middle of pectorals (to ventrals in some
younger specimens).

First dorsal ray very high, greater than head and humeral process, the fin
thence rapidly becomes lower, the last ray about four times in the height of the first ;
adipose beginning at or before tip of last dorsal ray, reaching its maximum height
above tips of ventrals, its base 2. 5-2. 6 in the length, its height nearly equal to two
orbital diameters; caudal deeply forked, upper lobe the longer, 3.5 in the length; anal
short, emarginate, tip of first branched ray. extending past tip of last ray, equal to
snout and eye. Ventrals very large, the outer rays very heavy, longer than head;
pectorals broad, falcate, reaching ventrals in the young but not in the old.

Plumbeous, yellow in life.

36

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Cetopsorhamdia Eigenmann and Fisher.

Cetopsorhamdia Eigenmann and Fisher, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 83.
Type, Cetopsorhamdia nasus Eigenmann and Fisher.

A genus of Pimelodince related to Chasmocranus and Nannorhamdia.

Orbit without a free margin; head subconical, the snout projecting in C. nasus,
Rhamdia-like in C. boquillce, no teeth on vomer or palatines; premaxillary band
of teeth narrow and without a backward projecting process; first dorsal and first
pectoral rays not spinous ; anal moderate ; lower caudal lobe the longer; origin of
ventrals under the dorsal; adipose fin longer than high; skull covered with skin,
not granular; occipital process vestigial.

Key to the Species of Cetopsorhamdia.

a. Adipose 6.3 in the length; occipital fontanel much smaller than the frontal; mouth very narrow,
the snout subconical; a light band about the width of the eye across the back between the gill-

openings .nasus Eigenmann and Fisher.

aa. Adipose 3.25-3.5 in the length; occipital fontanel ecpial to the frontal; width of mouth equal to the
length of the snout; uniformly chocolate-colored boquillas Eigenmann.

14. Cetopsorhamdia nasus Eigenmann and Fisher. (Plate IV, fig. 1.)

Cetopsorhamdia nasus Eigenmann and Fisher, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916,
p. 83 (Honda).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

7124 a, C. M., type, 72 mm., Honda. Eigenmann.

Head 4.3; depth 6.25; adipose 6.3; snout in head 2.5, eye in snout 3; eye in
interorbital 2. Depth of body at beginning of dorsal equal to its width. D. 7;
A. 10; P. 12; ventrals 7.

Body rather slender, compressed toward the caudal. Head short, subconical^

snout somewhat depressed. Eye small,
without a free orbital margin. Mouth
narrow, its width at rictus a little
greater than snout less the diameter of
the eye. Jaws unequal, the upper jaw
projecting; premaxillary band of teeth
narrow, of equal depth throughout,
and without backward projecting angle.
Vomer and palatine without teeth.
Frontal fontanel small and round, far
removed from the long narrow occipital fontanel, which is widest in front.

Fig. 10. Cetopsorhamdia nasus Eigenmann and
Fisher. Type, 72 mm. No. 7124 a, C. M. Honda.

EIGENMANN: pishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 37

Maxillary barbels reach a little beyond beginning of pectorals, postmentals
to gill-opening; the mentals are a little over half the length of the postmentals.
Dorsal concave, the first ray not pungent. Adipose fin moderate, its height 3 in

its length. Caudal deeply forked, the lower lobe the longer, longer than the head.

*

Anal broken, length of base less than length of adipose. Pectorals short, not
reaching to ventrals, which do not reach origin of anal.

Everywhere covered with small dark purplish chromatophores, which are
much more abundant dorsally. A dark band at base of caudal and a light band
about the width of the eye extending between the upper margins of the gilf-openings
across the base of the occipital.

15. Cetopsorhamdia boquillse sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 3.)

3923, C. M., type, 81 mm.; 3924 a-e, C. M.; 15004, I. U. M., paratypes, eleven,

the largest 60 mm. to base of caudal. Boquilla. Eigenmann.

Head 5; depth 6.5; adipose 3.25-3.5; snout 2.66-2.75 in the head; eye 2 in
the snout, 5 in the head; D. 7; A. 10-12; P. 9-10; ventrals 6.

In shape of head and body this species resembles species belonging to the
genus Rhamdia. The eye is without a free margin; the mouth at the rictus equals
the length of the snout; jaws subequal. Premaxillary band of teeth of about the
same depth throughout, without a backward projecting angle, its width equal to
the length of the snout; vomer and palatines without teeth; frontal fontanel and
occipital fontanel of about the same length and shorter than the roofed space be-
tween them.

The maxillary barbels reach to the middle of the pectorals, or to the middle
of the dorsal; mentals to the gill-openings; and postmentals nearly to the pectorals.
Adipose highest behind, becoming a low membrane in front; caudal (frayed in all
specimens) deeply forked, the lower lobe probably somewhat the longer; anal
'rounded, the middle ray highest, about two-thirds the length of the head; pectorals
not reaching to ventrals; ventrals not reaching to anal. Chocolate-brown in
’ coloration.

As shown by one of the specimens, 60 mm. long, and containing ripe eggs, this
is a small species. All of the specimens were caught in a little brook crossing the
road at Boquilla. They were caught one morning after the pack-train had left,
and could not be properly preserved.

Rhamdia Bleeker.

• Key to the Species of Rhamdia.

a. A dark lateral band. Maxillary barbels extending beyond middle of adipose. Pectoral spine short,

2 in head, top of head flat wagneri (Gunther).

38

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

aa. No dark lateral band.

b. Maxillary barbels extending beyond middle of adipose; eye small, 7 in head.

sebse (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

bb. Maxillary barbels short, not reaching adipose in most cases. Distance of adipose from dorsal
equal to one-fourth of its length; eye 6 in head, well in anterior part of head.

♦ cinerascens (Gunther).

16. Rhamdia wagneri (Gunther).

Pvmelodus cinerascens {non Gunther) Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer.

Akad. Wiss., Mimchen, 1865, p. 49 (Panama).

Pvmelodus wagneri Gunther, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 1868, p. 474 (Pacific and
Atlantic rivers of Panama).

Rhamdia wagneri Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Occasional Papers Cal. Acad. Sci.,
I, 1890, p. 133; Began, Biologia Centrali-Americana, 1908, p. 131 (Costa
Rica, Panama, Western Ecuador); Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII,
1913, p. 467 (San Juan); Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
Pubs., Zool. Ser., X, 1916, p. 240 (all streams of Panama).

Rhamdia hransjordi Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1876, p. 337 (Panama).

Fig. 11. Rhamdia wagneri (Gunther). No. 13558, I. U. M. 137 mm. Truando.

6728 a-f, C. M.; 13558, 1. U. M., 110-153 mm., Truando R., Atrato Basin. Wilson.

6729 a, C. M.; 13559, I. U. M., 110 mm., Raspadura, Atrato Basin. Wilson.
6736 a-c, C. M.; 13566, I. U. M., 190-260 mm., Rio Sucio, Atrato Basin.

Eigenmann.

13565, I. U. M., 210 mm., Quibdo, Atrato Basin. Wilson.

6735 a, C. M.; 13562, I. U. M., Rio Calima, San Juan Basin. Henn.

13565, I. U. M., 340 mm., Condoto, San Juan Basin. Wilson.

6730-6732, C. M.; 13560, 1. U. M., 70-230 mm., Rio Dagua respectively at Cisnero,
Caldas, and Cordova. Eigenmann.

6734 a, C. M.; 13561, I. U. M., 78-210 mm., Rio Telembi at Barbacoas. Henn
and Wilson.

51967, University of Michigan Museum, marsh at Fundacion. Colombia. A.
S. Pearse.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

39

Habitat: Panama to the Rio Patia on the Pacific slope; Chagres, Atrato,

and (?) Magdalena Basins.

17. Rhamdia seb^ (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Pimelodus {Rhamdia) sehce Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 32 (Magdalena near Barranquilla) ; ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 59 (Cauca
near Caceres).

Rhamdia sebcE Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Occasional Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., I,
1890, p. 123.

6737, C. M., 304 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

'Habitat: Widely distributed east of the Andes, and in the Magdalena Basin.

(See Appendix, No. 6, for a number of records from east of the Andes.)

18. Rhamdia cinerascens (Gunther).

Pimelodus cinerascens Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 130 (Guayaquil,
and Esmeraldas) ; Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880,
p. 96 (Rivers near Guayaquil).

Fig. 12. '"Rhamdia cinerascens (Gunther). No. 13569, I. U. M., 215 mm. Vinces, Ecuador.

6738 a-g, C. M.; 13568, I. U. M., 141-218 mm., Guayaquil. Henn.

6739 a-e, C. M.; 13569, I. U. M., 130-190 mm., Vinces. Henn.

6740 a-c, C. M.; 13571, I. U. M., 144-253 mm., Rio Chanchan. Henn.

13570, I. U. M., 141-268 mm.. Colimes, Rio Daule. Henn.

Habitat: Guay as Basin of Ecuador.

Nannorhamdia Regan.

Nannorhamdia Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH, 1913, p. 467.

Type, Nannorhamdia spurrelli Regan.

Closely allied to Chasmocranus, from which it differs only in the slightly free
upper margin of the eye and the absence of a backward projecting angle to the
premaxillary band of teeth, which is much narrower than in Chasmocranus. From
Rhamdella, which it greatly resembles, it differs in the absence of strong dorsal and
pectoral spines.

40

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Key to the Species of Nannorhamdia.

a. None of the rays filamentous; caudal lobes of eq-ual length; the maxillary barbel extending to the

end of the pectoral; A. 9; eye small, 6 in the head, 1.6 in the interorbital. spurrelli Regan.

aa. First dorsal and pectoral rays prolonged beyond rest of fin, this prolongation being more pronounced
in females than in males. Upper caudal lobe much longer than lower; maxillary barbels reaching
to the end of the ventrals. A. 10 or 11; eye 5 in the head, .9 in the interorbital.

nemacheir Eigenmann and Fisher.

19. Nannorhamdia spurrelli Regan.

Nannorhamdia spurrelli Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat.. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 467.
7123 a, C. M., 75 mm., Istmina, San Juan Basin. Eigenmann.

This specimen is typical. There are faint dark areas across the nape, as in
many of the related species.

Habitat: San Juan Basin.

20. Nannorhamdia nemacheir Eigenmann and Fisher. (Plate IV, fig. 4.)

N annorhmndia nemacheir Eigenmann and Fisher, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916,
p. 83 (Girardot).

7125 a, C. M., type,' 105 mm.; 7126 a, C. M.; 13547 a-b, I. U. M., paratypes,
Girardot, Magdalena Basin. Eigenmann.

7127 a-c, C. M.; 13548, I. U. M., 64-81 mm. (to base of caudal), Cauca at Cali.
Eigenmann.

7130 a-h, C. M.; 13550, I. U. M., 33-59 mm., Cali. Eigenmann.

7128 a-d, C. M., 48-59 mm., Certegui, Atrato Basin. Wilson.

7129 a-b, C. M.; 13549 I. U. M., 54-63 mm., Rio Telembi, Patia Basin. Henn
and Wilson.

Habitat: Magdalena, Cauca, Atrato and Patia Basins.

D. 7; A. 10 or 11; head 5; depth 7; width 7.3; snout 2.4-3 in head; snout
.8 in interorbital; adipose 4 in the length.

Body slender, compressed toward the caudal; depth at first dorsal ray equal
to the width. Head short, its width equal to its length, less the diameter of the
eye; its depth at base of occipital a little greater than the post-orbital part of
the head.

Eye with a free orbital margin above, placed more dorsally than laterally, 1.8
in the snout, 5 in the head, 1.4-1. 8 in the interorbital. Head covered with thin
skin. Fontanels long and narrow, entirely separating the frontals, a narrow bridge
behind the eyes. Jaws subequal, premaxillary band of teeth moderate, without
backward projecting angle; the vomer and palatines without teeth. The band of
teeth slightly wider at the rictus than in the middle. Maxillary barbels reaching

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

41

to end of ventrals; postmentals to end of pectorals or less; mentals to origin of
pectorals, or slightly more.

Pectorals and dorsal spines variable, being almost soft in the type and in
those from the Cauca, and slightly
stronger in those from other localities.

First dorsal and pectoral ray prolonged
one-third the length of the fin in fe-
males, but less prolonged in males.

Caudal deeply forked, the upper lobe
much the longer, in many cases twice
the length of the head. Dorsal emar-
ginate, the l^gth of the bases of the
dorsal and anal about equal. Depth
of the caudal peduncle equal to the
snout. Pectorals not reaching the ven-
trals and the ventrals not reaching the anal. The pectorals without the prolonged
ray are about equal to the length of the ventrals. Origin of ventrals under fourth
dorsal ray. Color brownish above, lighter below. A narrow, dark, lateral band,
indistinct in some specimens. A dark band across the nape, other cross shades' at
the origin, at the latter half, and behind the tips of the short rays of the dorsal.
Fins hyaline.

PiMELODELLA Eigenmann and Eigenmann.

Fig. 13.
and Fisher.
Girardot.

Nannorhamdia nernacheir Eigenmann
Type, 105 mm. No. 7125 a, C. M.

Pimelodella Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc: Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), I, 1888, p. 131; '
Occasional Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., I, 1890, pp. 99 and 147.

For an account of the species of this genus with keys for their identification,
see Eigenmann, Memoirs Carnegie Museum, VII, 1917, pp. 251-255, plates
XXXIII and XXXIV. The present account is limited to a list of the species
from the area under consideration.

Key to the Colombian and Ecuadorian Species ob^ Pimelodella.

a. Upper caudal lobe about equal to head in the length; pectoral spine with thorns for more than two-
thirds of its length.

h. Basal four-fifths of pectoral spine with very strong hooks on the_ posterior face, the hooks of
the distal half longer than the width of the spine at its base. Dorsal spine with a few teeth
on its posterior face. Adipose fin 4.25-5.5 in the length, pectoral spine very little longer than
snout and eye; maxillary barbel reaching to somewhere about the ventrals. Head 4.25;

depth 5; D. I, 6; A. 11-12 ; . . .grisea Regan.

hh. Basal three-fourths or four-fifths of the pectoral spine with hooks along the posterior face, the
hooks less than the width of the spine; posterior face of dorsal spine rough; adipose fin 3.25-

42

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

3.5 in the length; pectoral spine about equal to snout and eye. Ma.xillary barbels reaching
somewhere about middle of adipose, shorter in the young. Head 4.8; depth 5.5; D. I, 6;

A. 12; a sharply defined lateral band modesta (Gunther).

bbb. Basal two-thirds of the pectoral spine with eight (6-7 fide Steindachner) hooks; posterior face
of dorsal spine smooth; adipose fin 2.66 in the length; pectoral spine very little less than
snout and eye; maxillary barbel reaching the last third of the ventrals; head 4.33; depth 5;

D. I, 6; A. 12; no sharply defined lateral band yuncensis Steindachner.

aa. Upper caudal lobe much longer than the lower, much longer than head.

c. Distal one-third or one-fourth of pectoral spine without hooks, the hooks strong.

d. Adipose fin 3-3.5 in the length; pectoral spine equal to length of snout and eye; maxillary
barbels reaching beyond the base of anal. Head 4. 5-4. 8; depth 5-6; D. I, 6; A. 11-12.

chagresi (Steindachner).

dd. Adipose fin 2.66-2.75 in the length, pectoral spine a little longer than snout and eye; max-
illary barbel reaching beyond origin of anal. Head 4.75; depth 5.5; D. I, 6; A. 11.

elongata (Gunther).

cc. Distal half of inner face of pectoral spine without hook; adipose fin 3.25-3.5 in the length;
pectoral spine equal to head less half or whole of opercle; maxillary barbels reaching beyond
tip of ventrals in small, or of anal, in large specimens. Head 4-4.66; depth 5; D. I, 6; A.
11-12 eutaenia Regan.

21. Pimelodella grisea Regan.

Pimelodella griseus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, 1903, p. 625 (North-
western Ecuador); Regan, ibid. (8), XII, 1913, p. 467 (Rio San Juan); Eigen-
MANN, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1917, p. 252, Plate XXXIII, fig. 2.

Habitat: San Juan River, southward to northwestern Ecuador; not taken in
the Patia.

22. Pimelodella modesta (Gunther) .

Pimelodus modestus Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1860, p. 239, Plate X,
fig. C (Esmeraldas) .

Habitat: Patia Basin, southward to the Chone and Portoviejo Rivers in
Ecuador.

23. Pimelodella yuncensis Steindachner.

Pimelodella yuncensis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXII, 1912,
p. 47 (Pacasmayo).

Rhamdia gilli Starks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, 1906, p. 769, plate LXV,
fig. 1 (Rio Eten, Peru).

Specimens Collected by Eigenmann.

7694 a-c, C. M.; 15162, I. U. M., many, Cultambo.

7695 a-c, C. M. ; 15163, I. U. M., twenty-six, 60-85 mm., Pacasmayo.

7696 a-b, C. M.; 15164, I. U. M., seventeen, 55-87 mm., Rio Jequetepeque at
Llallan.

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

43

7693 a-e, C. M.; 15165, I. U. M., many, largest 105 mm., Piura.

15166, I. U. M., three, 81-109 mm., Sullana.

Habitat: Northwestern Peru, between Paita and Pacasmayo.

The specimens from Pacasmayo agree very well with the figure of Rhamdia
gilli given by Starks. In the specimens examined, the dorsal is I, 5 in two; I, 7 in
two; and I, 6 in the rest; A. 11-13, usually 12; the maxillary barbels extend to
near the tip of the ventrals in the largest specimen from Sullana and to a little
beyond the middle of the pectorals in some of the smallest; the pectoral spine
equals the snout and eye in all but the specimens from Llallan, in which it equals
the snout and half of the eye; the number of hooks varies with age, reaching ten
in the largest specimen from Llallan, and thirteen in the largest from Piura and
Sullana; the dorsal spine is always slightly shorter than the pectoral spine; the
adipose is from 3 to 3.8 in the length; the upper caudal lobe is a little longer than
the head.

The specimens from Piura and Sullana have the width of the head equal to
the snout and the eye or half of the eye; the eye is 3. 5-4. 3 in the head; the inter-
orbital 4.2^. 5.

In the other specimens the width of the head is cons-iderably more than the
snout and eye; the eye 4-4.3 in the head; the interorbital 3.5-4.

The color varies much with the nature of the environment, being very dark
in those specimens coming from a shaded brook near Pacasmayo, and sand-colored
in those from Sullana. The lateral line in all specimens is darker than the body.

24. Pimelodella chagresi (Steindachner) .

Pimelodus (Pseudorhamdia) chagresi Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
LXXIV, Ichthyol. Beitr., IV, 1876, p. 34 (Rio Chagres).

Pimelodella chagresi Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1916, p. 253, plate
XXXIII, fig. 3.

Habitat: Both slopes of Panama, Rio Atrato and Rio Magdalena. Doubt-
fully Rio Meta Basin.

25. Pimelodella elongata, (Gunther).

Pimelodus elongatus Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1860, p. 238, plate X,
fig. B (Esmeraldas) .

Habitat: Guayas and Esmeraldas Basins of Western Ecuador.

26. Pimelodella euteenia Regan.

Pimelodella eutcenia Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 466 (Rio

44

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

San Juan); Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1916, p. 254, plate
XXXIV, fig. 7.

Habitat: San Juan to Patia Basins.

PiMELODUs Lacepede.

Steindachner records three species of this genus from the Magdalena Basin,
P. clarias, P. maculatus, and P. grosskopfi. We have examined a large number
of specimens from the Magdalena Basin and find only two species, P. grosskopfi
and P. clarias. These species differ from each other in the following characters:

Key to the Species of Pimelodus.

a. Adipose fin long, 3.5--4 in length; barbels reaching caudal; occipital process narrow, its width at
base 3-3.5 in its length, width of mouth greater than length of snout. Color creamy white below,
shading into a light brown above; back and sides with numerous small spots of a much darker brown.

grosskopfi Steindachner.

aa. Adipose fin short, 5.7 -6.2 in the length; barbels reaching middle of adipose and occasionally reaching
base of caudal. Occipital process wide, its width at base 1.6-2. 1 in its length. Width of mouth less
than length of snout. Color silvery white below, also silvery above, but the silvery appearance is
much obscured by light brown pigment clarias Bloch.

27. Pimelodus grosskopfi Steindachner.

Pimelodus grosskopfi Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXX, 1879,
Ichthyol. Beitr, VIII, p. 68 (Cauca); Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII,
1880, p. 57, plate I, figs. 1 and 1 a (Cauca near Caceres).

Habitat: Alagdalena Basin, from the Coast to Girardot and Cali.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

Length in mm.

Locality.

6641 a-/, C. M.; 13476, I. U. M 51-184

6642 a, C. M 327

6647 a-d, C. M 50-305

6645 a-c, C. M.; 13477, I. U. M 250-330

6644 a-c, C. M ' 43-65

13478, I. U. M 51

6646 a, C. M 319

6648 a-/, C. M.; 12479, I. U. M 30-160

6649 a-f, C. M.; 13480, I. U. M 60-109

6650 a-f, C. M.; 13481, I. U. M .58-159

Soplaviento
El Banco
Puerto Wilches
Puerto Berrio
Penas Blancas
Bernal Creek
Hpnda
Apulo
Cartago
Cauca at Cali

Collector.

Eigeiiinann

u

((

n

u

n

n

Gonzales

Eigenmann

28. Pimelodus clarias (Bloch).

Pimelodus clarias Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,
p. 31 (Magdalena River).

Habitat: Atrato and Magdalena Basins from near the coast at least to Girardot.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

45

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

Length in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

6651 a-/, C. M.; 13482, I. U. M..

120-220

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

6653 a-f, C. M.; 13484, I. U. M...

88-160

Calamar

i(

6654 a-f, C. M.; 13485, I. U. M. .

34- -50

Puerto Wilches

((

6652 a-p, C. M.; 13483, I. U. M. .

48-152

Penas Blancas

ii

6655 a-d, C. M

....... . .201-210

Below Buenavista

U

6656 a-f, C. M.; 13486, I. IJ. M. .

80-160

Apulo

Gonzales

6657 a-e, C. M.'; 13487, I. U. M. .

44-221

Honda

Eigenmann

6658 a-e, C. M.; 13488, I. U. M. .

.134-219

Girardot

((

6661 a-c, C. M.; 13490, I. U. M. .

204-264

Rio Sucio

U

6659 a, C. M

232

Truando

Wilson

6660 a-c, C. M.; 13489, I. U. M. .

110-154

Quibdo

Eigenmann

6662 a-d, C. M.; 13494, I. U. M. .

136-169

Boca de Certegui

29. Pimelodus clarias punctatus (Meek and Hildebrand).

Megalonema punctatum Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Pubs.,
Zook Ser., X, 1913, p. 77 (Marrigante) .

Megalonema robustum Meek and Hildebrand, loc. cit., p. 78 (Marrigante).
Pimelodus clarias punctatus Meek and Hildebrand, ibid., Zook Ser., X, 1916,
p. 241.

.Habitat: Rio Tuyra Basin in Panama.

This is considered a variety of Pimelodus clarias with dark spots present in
all, except the adults.

Pseudoplatystoma Bleeker.

This genus, found in the La Plata and Sao Francisco Basins and northward,
is represented in Colombia by one species, P. fasciatum.

If my interpretation of the origin of the Magdalena fauna is correct, the
vertical markings of this species antedate the formation of the Cordillera of
Bogota.

30. Pseudoplatystoma fasciatum (Linnaeus). (Plate III, fig. 4.)

“ Bagre tigre. ”

The Colombian references to this species are:

Platy stoma fasciatum Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, T878,
p. 31 (Magdalena near Barranquilla) ; ibid., XLH, 1880, p. 57 (Cauca near
Caceres).

Pseudoplatystoma fasciatum Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Occasional Papers Cal.
Acad, Sci., I, 1890, p.,208.

Habitat: Amazon, Orinoco, and Magdalena Basins.

5015 a, C. M.; 12835. L U. M., largest 600 mm.; Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

5078 a, C. M., 430 mm., Calamar. Eigenmann.

46

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

13551, I. U. M., 359 mm., Puerto Berrio. Eigenmann.

15047, I. U. M., head, 210 mm., Apulo. Gonzales.

This species reaches a large size and is an important food-
fish. Camps are established in the dry season on the sand-bars
in the Magdalena, where this fish is caught with seines in con-
siderable numbers. The fish are dried and used for food by the
natives, among whom the dried fish is an element of commerce.
They are found inland at least as far as Girardot. They follow
the “ Boca-Chicas ” (Prochilodus) to the banks of the rivers and are
in their turn pursued by the Caiman.

SoRUBiM Spix.

This genus with its single species is of wide distribution, being found in the
Amazon Basin from Para to the Huallaga; in the Rio Guapore, the Rio Branco,
and from the La Plata Basin at Santa Fe and Asuncion to the Orinoco and the
Magdalena Basins.

31. Sorubim lima (Bloch and Schneider).

“Bagre bianco.”

The Colombian references to this species are:

Sorubim lima Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 31
(Rio Magdalena near Barranquilla) ; ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 57 (Cauca near
Caceres) .

Habitat: La Plata, Amazon, Orinoco, and Magdalena Basins.

5024 a-c, C. M.; 12805, I. U. M., 320-390 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

5025, C. M.; 12806, I. U. M., Calamar. Eigenmann.

6678 a-b, C. M.; 13552, I. U. M., 300-315 mm., Puerto Berrio. Eigenmann.

5019 a, C. M., 430 mm., Honda. Eigenmann.

This species is very abundant in the lower Magdalena Basin, but is of less
importance as a food-fish than Pseudoplaty stoma fasciatum.

Doras Lacepede.

32. Doras crocodili Humboldt.

“Mata-Caiman.”

Doras crocodili Humboldt and Valenciennes, Recherches sur les Poissons Fluv.,
Rec. d’Observ. Zook, H, 1821, p. 181 (Magdalena).

Doras longispinis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,

Fig. 14. Teeth
of upper jaw and
palate of P. fasci-
atum (L.).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

47

p. 39; plate IV, fig. 2, and plate V, fig. 1 (Magdalena near Barranquilla) ;

ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 63 (Cauca near Caceres).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin, where it is abundant.

6727 a, C. M.; 13557, I. U. M., 115-210 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

6725 a, C. M.; 13555, I. U. M., 154-209 mm., El Banco. Eigenmann.

6724 a, C. M,, 158 mm., Puerto Wilches. Eigenmann.

6726 a-b, C. M.; 13556, I. U. M., 141-194 mm., Puerto Berrio, Eigenmann.

Steindachner, on account of the unsatisfactory description of Humboldt,

which under ordinary circumstances would be unidentifiable, described the Doras
of the Magdalena as a new species. However, as far as known, but one species
of Doras occurs in the Magdalena, and Humboldt’s name for this species may
therefore stand.

It is still known as “Mata-Caiman.” When swallowed by a Caiman, it
erects and locks its formidable spines and inflicts severe, if not fatal, wounds upon
the unlucky crocodile.

Humboldt (Recueil d’Observ. Zook, p. 182) says of this species: “Ce poisson
se trouve frequemment dans les parties chaudes de la Nouvelle-Grenade, traversee
par la grande Riviere de la Madeleine. Nous I’avons peche entre Pinto et Mom-
pox, par les 9° et 9^° latitude. Les indigenes assurent qu’il est I’ennemi naturel
des Crocodiles, qu’il entre tout expres dans leur gueule et qu’il les blesse danger-
eusement en ecartant les nageoires pectorales qui sont plus tranchantes que les
meilleurs instrumens de chirurgie. Cette circonstance a fait donner a ce poisson
le nom bizarre de Mata-Cayman, c’est a dire pexe que mata el Cayman (qui tue le
Crocodile). S’il est vrai que Ton rencontre des Crocodiles expirans dont I’oesophage
est dechire, il faut supposer que les Mata-Caymans, qui nagent par bandes, ont
enfonce leurs rayons denteles dans les membranes de I’oesophage du Crocodile,
moins pour se defendre, que parce qu’ils ont ete agites par la peur, au moment
ou le Saurien les a avales.

“Le Doras du Magdalena a une force musculaire extraordinaire. L’individu
que j’ai dessine me blessa douloureusement, et je I’ai vu s’avancer par sauts sur
une plage aride, a plus de 200 pieds de distance, en s’appuyant sur les rayons
osseux de ses nageoires pectorales. Un autre individu, que les Indiens pecherent
a la ligne pres du confluent du Rio Cauca, grimpa sur un monticule de sable de
20 pieds de haut. Ces faits, que j’ai observes moi-meme, rappellent leTamaota
du Bresil {Cataphractus callichthys, Bloch, Tom. VI, p. 70) qui, selon Marcgrav, se
traine par terre d’une riviere a une autre. C’est a tort que plusieurs naturalistes
ont traite cette assertion comme tres-hasardee.”

48

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Trachycorystes Bleeker.

Key to the Colombian and Panamanian Species.

a. Anal longer than head, pectoral spine with strong teeth on both outer and inner margins. Anal
rays 29-33. Color creamy white below the lateral line,, except a few scattered chromatophores in
the pectoral region, and some dark pigment on sides of head; brownish above.

insignis Steindachner.

art. Anal shorter than head; pectoral spine with teeth on its inner margin only.

h. Anal rays 21-25; caudal less deeply concave than in T. mnblops, the lower lobe round, somewhat
shorter than head; distance, from tip of snout to origin of dorsal equal to, or less than, half
the distance from origin of dorsal to tip of adipose; color creamy below the lateral line, brownish^
above, with numerous very black longitudinal flecks and streaks scattered promiscuously

over the back and sides of the body ■ ■ • fisheri Eigenmann.

bb. Anal shorter than head; pectoral spine with teeth on its inner margin only. A. 17-20; caudal
deeply concave, both lobes pointed and equal to, or longer than, head; distance from tip of
snout t(f origin of dorsal more than half the distance from origin of dorsal to tip of adipose.

amblops (Meek and Hildebrand).

33. Trachycorystes insignis (Steindachner).

Auchenipterus insignis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 35, plate III, figs. 2 and 2 a (Magdalena near Barranquilla) ; ibid.,
XLII, 1880, p. 62 (Cauca near Caceres).

Auchenipterus magdalenm Steindachner, ibid., XXXIX, 1878, p. 36, plate IV,
figs. 1 and 1 a (Magdalena).

Habitat: Lower Magdalena Basin.

6664 a-f, C. M.; 13493, I. U. M., 148-210 mm., El Banco. Eigenmann.

6665 a-b, C. M., 159-164 mm., Puerto Berrio. Eigenmann.

6666 a-f, C. M.; 13494, I. U. M., 74-171 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.
Steindachner describes and figures two new species of this genus from the

Magdalena Basin, T. insignis and T. magdalence. Of the former he does not state
the number or the sex of the specimens on which he based his description; of the
latter species he states that only females were examined. We have examined a
large number of specimens of this genus from the Magdalena Basin and find one
species, the male of which agrees in every particular with Dr. Steindachner’s
description and plate of insignis; while the female agrees in every particular with
his description and plate of magdalence. This places Trachycorystes magdalence in
the synonomy of Trachycorystes insignis.

34. Trachycorystes fisheri Eigenmann. (Plate V, figs. 1 and 2.)

Trachycorystes fisheri Eigenmann, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 82 (Recording
the specimens listed below).

49

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

6667 a, C. M., type, male, 250 mm.; 6668 a-e, C. M.; 13495, 1. U. M., paratypes,

151-226 mm. (to base of caudal), Rio Sucio. Eigenmann.

6670 a-/, C. M.; 13497, I. U. M., 44-89 mm., Truando. Wilson.

6669 a, C. M.; 13496, I. U. M,, 44-89 mm., Quibdo. Wilson.

Habitat: Atrato Basin.

D. I, 5; A. 21-25 (type 24); head 4-4.5, width of head 4-4.5; depth 3.3-4
in the length; snout 2. 7-3. 2 in head; eye 1.5-2 in snout. Adipose short, three in
head. Dorsal spine equal to length of head, which is equal to length of pectoral
spine. Maxillary bon^ extending beyond gill-opening in adult male, to anterior
border of eye in female. Dorsal spine curved forward in male, with its entire
anterior surface covered with short, heavy, irregularly placed spines; in the female
straight and almost smooth. Humeral process short and pointing slightly upwards,
reaching only one-third the distance to end of pectoral spine. Pectoral spine with
strong recurved teeth on its inner margin, its outer margin almost smooth. Head
flat, granular, as broad as long. Profile of head slightly convex to above the eye,
thence strongly concave to articulation of dorsal spine in the male, much less so
in the female'.

Color creamy white below, brownish above. Back and sides covered with
very black, irregular, longitudinal flecks and streaks, which are much . more abun-
dant dorsally. Middle of caudal with a dark bar in most specimens.

Named for Mr, Carl G. Fisher of Indianapolis, who helped make possible
Mr, Wilson’s trip to the Atrato, where this species abounds.

35. Trachycorystes amblops Meek and Hildebrand.

Eelichthys amblops Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat, Hist. Pubs., Zook

Ser., X, 1913, p. 77 (Marrigante, Panama); loc. cit., X, 1916, p. 243, plate IX.

Habitat: Tuyra Basin of Panama.

This species is evidently closely allied to fisheri, if it is not identical with it.
The apparent differences between the two species are indicated in the key.

Ageneiosus Lacepede.

Steindachner (Denkschr, Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 33, plate III,
figs. 1 and 1 a; ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 61, plate VI, figs. 1 and 1 a) redescribes Agen-
eiosus dentatus Kner as A. pardalis of Ltitken. He also describes Ageneiosus
caucanus Steindachner. These are the two species known from the area under
consideration and the differences between them are shown by the following key:

50

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

a. Maxillary barbels reaching rictus; width of maxillary band of teeth equal to width of eye; ventrals

not reaching beyond beginning of anal; D. I, 6; A. 38-4P caucanus Steindachner.

aa. Maxillary barbels not reaching beyond rictus; width of intermaxillary band of teeth one half width
of eye; ventrals reaching beyond the beginning of anal; D. I, 6; A. 44 or more dentatus Kner.

36. Ageneiosus caucanus Steindachner.

Ageneiosus caucanus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880,
p. 61, plate VI, figs. 1 and 1 a (Cauca); Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus.
Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser., X, 1916, p. 245 (Tuyra).

Specimens Collected by Eigenmann, unless Otherwise Stated.

6675 a, C. M., 281 mm., female, Soplaviento.

6674 a, C. M., 420 mm., female, Calamar.

0677 a, C. M., 310 mm., Puerto Berrio.

13500, I. U. M., 379 mm., male, Truando. Wilson.

0676 a-b, C. M.; 13501, I. U. M., 320-350 mm., Quibdo. Eigenmann.

Habitat: Tuyra, Atrato, and Lower Magdalena Basins.

• 37. Ageneiosus dentatus Kner.

Ageneiosus dentatus Kner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXVI, 1857, p. 441 (Surinam) ;
Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 192 (Para); Ribeiro, Fauna
Brasil, IV, A, 1912, p. 405.

Ageneiosus pardalis Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Forening. Kjobenhavn,
1874, p. 190 (Caracas) ; Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 33, plate III, figs. 1 and 1 a (Cienega near mouth of Magdalena);
ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 62 (Cauca near Caceres).

Habitat: Amazon, Orinoco, and Magdalena Basins.

No specimens of this species were taken.

Family V. ASTROBLEPID^.

A monograph of this family is in preparation. Large collections have been
brought together and other collections are in immediate prospect. I therefore
limit myself here to a list of the species.

The members of this family occur in torrential mountain streams up to an
elevation of nearly 13,400 feet. In favorable locations, such as Istmina, stragglers
may extend downward to as low as three hundred feet' above sea-level. The
northernmost locality recorded is the Rio Tuyra, the easternmost Merida, and the

® In the specimens examined one (a large female from the Rio Calima) has thirty-eight anal rays,
three have thirty-nine anal rays; one has forty anal rays; and two have forty-one anal rays.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

51

southernmost locality on the Pacific side is the Rio Santa. On the Atlantic side
they are known to occur at Urcos near the divide between the Urubamba River
and Lake Titicaca at an elevation of about 10,200 feet. They were very abundant
in the Urubamba at 7,000 feet elevation and were taken also at 3,000 feet, the
lowest point reached on this river during the Irwin Expedition.

Astroblepus Humboldt. .

Cyclopium Swainson; Arges Cuvier and Valenciennes; Brontes Cuvier and
Valenciennes; Stygogenes Gunther.

The mountain cat-fishes, hitherto known chiefly under the names of Cyclopium
and ArgeSj are considered here under the above generic name. Astroblepus was
described by Humboldt as lacking ventrals, and has not been recognized since the
publication of the original description, based on the ^^pescado negro” of Popayan.

Posada, a Colombian naturalist {Cf. his Estudios Cientificos, 1909), made a
special effort to secure such a fish lacking ventrals, but did not find any, although
many specimens were examined.

Likewise in our collections, numbering hundreds of individuals, no specimens
lacking the ventrals are to be found. It seems, therefore, that the lack of ventrals
in the figure of Humboldt is due to a mistake of the artist. Humboldt’s name must
stand as the earliest designation of these fishes.

38. Astroblepus homodon (Regan). (Plate VI, fig. 1.)

Arges homodon Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1914, p. 309 (Villeta,
Colombia).

Habitat: Abundant along the road between Honda and Facatativa.

My specimens are from Villeta, Rio Guaduas, and Quebrada Guadual, Chimbi,
Sarjento, and Quebrada Alban.

39. Astroblepus guentheri (Boulenger).

Stygogenes guentheri Boulenger, Arm. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), XIX, 1887, p. 348
(Colombia) .

Arges guentheri Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 310, plate XXI,
fig. 2.

Habitat: Colombia.

40. Astroblepus chapman! (Eigenmann). (Plate VI, fig. 2.)

Cyclopium chapmani Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, 1912, p. 13
(Boquilla).

Habitat: Central Andes of Colombia.

52

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

41. Astroblepusretropinnis (Regan).

Arges retropinna Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1907 (May 1908), p. 800, plate
XLVIII, fig. 2 (Jimenez, western Colombia).

Habitat: Rio Dagua.

42. Astroblepus trifasciatus (Eigenmann). (Plate VI, figs. 4, 5, and 6.)

Cyclopium trifasciaium Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, 1912,
p. 14 (Rio Dagua).

Habitat: Rio Dagua.

Fig. 15. Astroblepus .trifasciatus Eigenmann. a, b, c, respectively 24, 40, and 56 mm. long. No.
4869 d, C. M. d, Type, No. 4868, C. M., 85 mm. Caldas.

43. Astroblepus cyclopus (Humboldt). (Plate VII, fig. 1.)

Pimelodus cyclopum Humboldt, Rec. d’Obs. Zool., I, 1805, p. 21, plate VI.
Cyclopiwn chhnborazoi Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, p. 241, fig. 11.
Habitat: High Andes of Ecuador.

Our specimens are from Mindo and Hacienda Lachis (4,000 ft.). Province
of Carchi, Ecuador.

44. Astroblepus unifasciatus (Eigenmann). (Plate VH, fig. 2.)

Cyclopium unifasciatum Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, 1912,
p. 15 (Caldas).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

53

Habitat: Rio Dagua; brooks of the Eastern Andes east of Honda.

Our specimens are from Caldas, Quebrada Guadual, Sarjento, Labaja, Rio
Guaduas, Quebrada Agua Larga, Quebrada del Guamal, Quebrada de Chimbe,
Rio de Ducho.

45. Astroblepus cyclopus santanderensis Eigenmann.

Astrohlepus cydopus santanderensis Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI,
1917, p. 675 (Many brooks draining into the Rio Suarez at an elevation of
1,000-2,000 M.).

Habitat: Province of Santander, Colombia.

46. Astroblepus cyclopus cirratus (Regan). (Plate VII, fig. 3.)

Arges cirratus Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, p. 670.

Cyclopium ventrale Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, 1912, p. 15.
Habitat: Rios Dagua and San Juan.

47. Astroblepus frenatus Eigenmann.

Astroblepus frenatus Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 676
(Quebrada de San Joaquin, Santander).

Habitat: Santander, Colombia.

48. Astroblepus grixalvii Humboldt.

Astroblepus grixalvii Humboldt, Rec. d’Obs. Zook, I, 1805, p. 19, plate VII
(Popayan) .

Brontes prenadilla Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XV, 1840, p. 343,
plate 445 (Cotopaxi).

f Arges brachycephalus Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, p. 92 (Andes of
Western Peru).

Arges whymperi Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1890, p. 451, plate XLI,
fig. 2 (Milligalli, Ecuador).

Arges eigenmanni Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 312, plate
XXI, fig. 3 (Cayambe and Machachi, Ecuador).

Arges vaillanti Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 312 (Huamani,
Ecuador, 10,700 feet).

Arges regram Pellegrin, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, XV, 1909, p. 518 (Rio Cari-
yacu, 3,100 M., tributary of Rio del Angel, Ecuador).

Habitat: Andes of Ecuador, Central and Eastern Andes of Colombia. Our
specimens came from Toche, Choachi, Tuquerres, Latacunga, Quito, Rio del Angel,
Riobamba, and Carneceria.

54

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

49. Astroblepus micrescens Eigenmann. (Plate VII, fig. 4.)

Astrohlepus grixalvii micrescens Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917,
p. 677 (numerous Quebradas of the Provinces of Santander and Norte,
Colombia).

Habitat: Both slopes of the Eastern Andes of Colombia.

50. Astroblepus fissidens (Regan).

Arges fissidens Regan, Trans. Zobl. Soc. London, 1904, p. 316 (Andes of Ecuador).
Habitat: Andes of Ecuador.

51. Astroblepus chotae (Regan). (Plate VII, fig. 5.)

Arges chotce Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 313, plate XXI,
fig. 5 (Chota Valley, Northern Ecuador).

Arges marmoratus Regan, loc. cit., p. 314, plate XXI, fig. 6 (St. Augustine,
Colombia) .

Habitat: Western slope of Ecuador; Central Andes and both slopes of Eastern
Andes of Colombia; ? Peru.

We have a large number of specimens from between Huigra and Chota, Ecua-
dor; from Tuquerres to Boquilla and Santander in Colombia; and from the plains
east of Bogota.

52. Astroblepus longifilis (Steindachner).

Arges longifidis Steindachner,' Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLVI, 1882, p. 19,
plate V, fig. 3 (Rio Huambo, Rio Totora, Northern Peru).

Arges heterodon Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1907 (May 1908), p. 799, plate
XLIX, fig. 2 (Jiminez, Western Colombia).

Cyclopium pirrense Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser., X, 1916, p. 265, plate XVI (Rio Cana, Panama).

Habitat: Peru to the Tuyra in Panama; to Mogotes, Province of Santander,
Colombia; and the Eastern slope east of Bogota to Villavicencio.

53. Astroblepus heterodon (Regan).

’*F

Arges heterodon Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1907 (May 1908), p. 799, plate
XLIX, fig. 2 (Jiminez near Cisnero, Rio Dagua, Western Colombia).

This species is known from a single specimen 110 mm. long, collected by Mr.
Mervin G. Palmer.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

55

54. Astroblepus simonsi (Regan).

^Arges simonsi Regan^ Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 317 (Hiiaras,
10,700 feet).

Habitat: Santa Basin of Central Peru.

55. Astroblepus rosei sp. nov.

7668 a, C. M,; 15152, I. U. M., eleven, 62-94 mm., Rio J'equetepeque, Llallan,
Peru, Jan. 18-, 1919, Eigenmann. Type in I. U. Museum.

Head 3.66-3.75; D. I, 6; A. I, 6. Adipose fin a well developed membrane
extending from the tip of the last dorsal ray to the caudal, without the trace of a
spine; teeth in the upper jaw pointed, or narrow incisors on the sides, the two
median teeth on each side forked, the two branches subequal; nasal flap prolonged
into a distinct barbel; interocular equals the distance between the nostril and the
eye, 3.33 in the head; maxillary barbel reaching to near edge of gill-membrane;
distance between snout and dorsal 2.4-2, 6 in the length; dorsal spine but little
prolonged, 1.66-2 in its distance from the snout; distance from anal to caudal
about 6 in the length; outer ventral rays but little prolonged, reaching to or beyond
the anus, its base nearer the snout than the base of the dorsal spine; pectoral
filament about equal to the length of the head, reaching to the middle of the ventrals.

Well defined spots most conspicuous below the dorsal, least numerous on
caudal peduncle ; pectoral and dorsal spines with spots ; caudal dusky at base with
numerous spots distally; anal and ventrals pale.

Allied to A. simonsi, differing in the teeth and the length of the ventrals.
Named in honor of Dr. J. N. Rose of the U. S. National Museum, student of the
flora of South America.

Family VI. CETOPSID.E.

A family of Nematognaths found in the lowlands on both sides of the Andes.

Key to the Genera Occurring West of the Andes.

a. Palatine teeth in two separate patches of several series each Cetopsogiton Eigenmann.

aa. Palatine teeth in one continuous series or in places in two series. Teeth all conical, in from one to
three series in the jaws Hemicetopsis Agassiz.

Cetopsogiton Eigenmann.

Cetopsogiton Eigenmann, Reports Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, III, 1910,
p. 398.

Paracetopsis Eigenmann and Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, 1907, p. 665,
(Preoccupied).

A genus of one species characterized by the teeth.

56

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

56. Cetopsogiton occidentalis (Steindachner) .

‘‘Ciego.’’

Cetopsis occidentalis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, -XLII, 1880,
p. 99, plate VIII, figs. 2 and 2 a (Guayaquil).

13006, I. U. M., several, Guayaquil Market. Henn.

Habitat: Rivers, about Guayaquil.

Hemicetopsis Agassiz.

Key to the Species or Hemicetopsis.

a. Base of anal less than distance between snout and first dorsal ray; first dorsal ray frequently pro-
longed in a filament; A. 26-' snout pointed, projecting, the mouth inferior; premaxillary with

about three series of conical teeth othonops Eigenmann.

aa. Base of anal equals distance between snout and base of last dorsal ray; first dorsal ray not prolonged
in a filament; A. 30; snout broad, not prolonged, the mouth subterminal; premaxillary with two
series of teeth amphiloxa Eigenmann.

57. Hemicetopsis othonops Eigenmann. (Plate III, fig. 1.)

Hemicetopsis othonops Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, Sept.
(Dec. 23) 1912, p. 17.

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

4830, C. M., type, 120 mm., Girardot. Eigenmann.

4831 a-j, C. M.; 12684, I. U. M., twenty-seven paratypes, Girardot. Eigenmann.
12685, I. U. M., thirty-eight paratypes, Apulo. Gonzales.

4832 a-b, C. M.; 12686, I. U. M., three, Cauca near Cali. Eigenmann.

Allied to H. plumbeus.

Head 4.5; depth 4-5.5; D. 7; A. 26; V. 6 or 7; eye 6.5.

Subcylindrical, compressed backward; mouth subterminal, the snout pro-
jecting; premaxillary with about three series of conical teeth; mandible with two
or three irregular series of similar teeth in front, a single regular series on sides;
palate with a single series of about twenty-four teeth, somewhat heavier than
those of the jaws, conical. Gill-opening large, two-fifths of it above the upper ray
of pectoral; distance between the posterior nares about 1.5 in the distance between
the anterior nares. Pectoral pore large; lateral line simple, straight. Distance
of dorsal from tip of snout a little more than 3 in the length; first dorsal ray dis-
tinctly higher than second, prolonged in a filament, the last ray less than half as
high as second. Caudal forked, less than one-fourth of the length; anal rays
gradually decreasing backward; inner ventral ray adnate for most of its length;
filament of first pectoral ray exactly, or not quite, reaching the ventrals.

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

57

Plumbeous above, silvery on the sides and below.

The stomach of a spefimen 93 mm. long contained a characinid fish 40 mm.
long.

58. Hemicetopsis amphiloxa Eigenmann. (Plate III, fig. 2.)

Hemicetopsis . amphiloxus Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 19, Jan.
1914, p. 14.

Habitat: Patia, San Juan, and Atrato Basins.

5332 a, C. M., type, 88 mm., Rio Telembi, Patia Basin. Henn and Wilson.

13040, I. U. M., paratype, 97 mm., Rio San Juan at mouth of Rio Munguido.
Henn.

13009, I. U. M., paratype, bZ mm., Quibdo, Atrato Basin. Wilson.

Head 4.5-4.66; depth 4.33-5; D. 7; A. 30; V. 6 or 7.

Snout broader and more blunt than in H. othonops. Eye 2.5 in interorbital,
7 in head. Premaxillary with two irregular series of teeth, vomer with a single
series; mandible with a single series on the sides, two or three near the symphysis;
first dorsal ray not prolonged in a filament; inner ventral ray adnate for half or
more of its length, the longest ray reaching the anus; pectoral ray not prolonged.
Distance between base of last anal ray and base of middle caudal ray equals depth
of caudal peduncle; base of anal 2.5-3 in the length; origin of anal midway between
eye or tip of snout and base of middle caudal rays; origin of ventrals equidistant
from snout and fourth, fifth, or second third of anal.

Profusely covered with chromatophores above; dorsal dusky.

Family VH. PYGIDHDiE.

The species of this family have recently been treated monographically by me
in the Memoirs of the Carnegie Museum, VII, No. 5, 1918, pp. 259-398, plates
XXXVI-LVI. For detailed references, figures, and a key to the species from the
area under consideration, the reader is referred to that paper. I limit the present
account to a list of the species and the localities at which they were taken, and
give a key.

Colombia forms the northern end of the area of distribution of the family.
Only one species, which came from near Merida, has been recorded from Venezuela,
although no doubt others exist both in the mountains south of Caracas and in
the lowlands. One species of this genus P. piurce Eigenmann, locally called
“ Bagre,^’ “ Bagrecito, and “ Life” has been found useful in the control of the
yellow-fever mosquito.

58

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

Pygidium Meyen.

Key to the Species op Pygidium from the Area under Consideration.

a. Teeth incisors, apparently conic in the very young.

b. Last dorsal ray over the last anal ray; distance between last anal ray and base of middle caudal
ray about 2.28 in its distance from the snout; distance between last anal ray and base of
middle caudal rays five and one-half in the length; obscure spots about as large as the eye

evenly distributed over back and sides, no lateral band laticeps (Kner).

bb. Last dorsal ray over the anal.

c. Sides with a lateral band or nearly confluent series of spots.

d. Maxillary barbel extending beyond base of last pectoral ray; origin of ventrals equi-
distant between caudal and some part of the opercular spines; distance between anal
and caudal four and one-half to four and three-fourths in the length; distance be-
tween origin of dorsal and base of caudal about two in its distance from the snout;

a narrow lateral band, a variable number of small spots stellatum Eigenmann.

dd. Maxillary barbel extending little beyond origin of the pectoral or shorter; a dark band
or a series of spots below and another above the median band.

e. Origin of ventrals eipiidistant from caudal and middle of pectoral; distance be^
tween anal and caudal five in the length; distance between origin of dorsal and
caudal a little more than two in its distance from the snout.

chapmani Eigenmann.

ee. Origin of ventrals nearer head than caudal; distance between anal and caudal five
to five and one-half in the length; distance between origin of dorsal and caudal

one and four-fifths to two in its distance from the snout taenium (Kner).

oc. Sides with numerous spots, those along the middle line not forming a band; origin of
ventrals equidistant from caudal and base or middle of the pectorals; distance between
the anal and caudal four and three-tenths to five in the length; distance between origin
of the dorsal and the caudal one and three-fourths to one and four-fifths in its distance

from the snout .• caliense Eigenmann.

ccc. Sides plain; maxillary barbel extending beyond the axil; origin of ventrals equidistant
from caudal and pre-opercle; distance between anal and caudal five and one-half in the
length; distance between origin of dorsal and caudal two in its distance from the snout;
origin of anal a little in advance of the middle of the dorsal. See also kneri.

latidens Eigenmann.

aa. Teeth sharp-pointed, conical or recurved conical.*

/. Origin of ventrals nearer to caudal than to tip of pectoral filament, the distance between the
ventrals and caudal two in the distance from the snout; distance between origin of dorsal and
caudal two and two-fifths in its distance from the snout. Sides densely covered with small
spots with only vermiculating light lines between them. (Appendix I, No. 24.)

metse Eigenmann.

JJ. Origin of ventials nearer to tip of pectoral filament than to caudal, usually much further forward.
(j. Sides plain.

h. Origin of dorsal nearly over origin of the ventrals, nearer the eye than the tip of the
caudal; distance between origin of dorsal and caudal 1.5 or less in its distance
from the snout, head 4.5-5.33 in the length stramineum Eigenmann.

* Not examined in unicolor, kneri, and retropinne.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

59

hh. Origin of dorsal above or a little in advance of the vent, its distance from the caudal
1.8 in its distance from the snout; head six times in the length; caudal subtrun-
cate; barbels as long as head unicolor Regan.

Jihh. As under A, caudal emarginate, barbels reaching considerably beyond origin of

pectoral. (Appendix I, No. 25) kneri (Steindachner).

hhhh. Origin of dorsal distinctly behind the origin of the ventrals, much nearer the tip of

the caudal than the eye striatum Meek & Hildebrand.

qg. Sides irregularly spotted, more rarely a lateral band, the spots along the middle of the
sides rarely in a distinct series; caudal rounded.

i. Maxillary barbels very slender, reaching to the middle of the pectoral rays; eye entirely
in the anterior half of the head; origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of caudal and
opercle; sides and back with moderate-sized dark spots. {Extraliviital.)

meridae Regan.

ii. Maxillary barbels not reaching to the middle of the pectoral.

j. Origin of dorsal, on an average, slightly nearer to the caudal than to the eye;
dorsal inclusive of the rudimentary rays most frequently 12.5; head a little
longer than wide; distance between dorsal and caudal 1.5-1. 7 in its distance
from the snout; sides and back with numerous large spots, rarely in rows,, the

spots largest in the larger specimens bogotense Eigenmann.

jj. Origin of dorsal nearly equidistant from tip of caudal and snout; D. 11.5 or 12.5;
head as wide as long; distance between dorsal and caudal 1.4-1. 5 in its distance
from the snout,- sides and back in the largest with numerous irregularly arranged
spots about the size of the eye, the spots larger and less numerous in the young.
Sometimes nearly plain, sometimes with a lateral stripe.

nigromaculatum (Boulenger).

jjj. Origin of dorsal nearer tip of caudal ; sides with large dark blotches.

poeyanum Cope.

k. Pectoral ray not prolonged. Origin of dorsal nearer tip of caudal than tip of
snout; head as wide as long; sides variously spotted or marbled, sometimes

with a lateral stripe quechuorum Steindachner.

kk. Pectoral ray prolonged. Caudal emarginate. Sides profusely spotted.

I. Dorsal entirely in front of the anal.

TO. Spots much smaller than the eye, largest on caudal peduncle.

punctulatum (Cuv. & Vah).
mm. Spots uniformly larger punctulatum piurae n. subsp.

II. Dorsal in part over the anal dispar Tschudi.

ggg. Sides with distinct longitudinal bands or rows of spots; caudal emarginate, truncate, or

truncate-rounded.

n. Caudal emarginate; origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of caudal and opercle or
pre-opercle, its distance from the caudal 1.5-1. 8 in its distance from the snout; head
five in the length; sides and back with numerous dark spots, those along the middle
of the sides forming a distinct row, sometimes confluent along the anterior half of

the body banneaui Eigenmann.

nn. Caudal truncate or rounded.

0. Dorsal, anal, and caudal truncate; origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of caudal
and pre-opercle, its distance from the base of the middle caudal rays 1.6 in its

60

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

distance from the snout; sides with a faint broad band, oversown like the back

with spots about the size of the eye spilosoma Regan.

00. Dorsal and anal rounded.

p. Lateral band above the middle; maxillary barbels extending to the axil.

q. Caudal truncate-rounded; origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of caudal

and eye or nasal barbel, its distance from the caudal about- 1.4 in its
distance from the snout; the lateral band or row of spots above the
middle, from the upper part of the gill-opening to above the middle of

the caudal. (Appendix I, No. 26.) dorsostriatum Eigenmann.

qq. Barbels very short, about reaching the eye; origin of dorsal equidistant
from tip of caudal and opercle; a faint lateral band; sides reticulated;

first pectoral ray not prolonged venulosum Steindachner.

pp. Lateral band, if present, in the middle of the sides.

r. Origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of caudal and nasal barbel, its

distance from the base of the middle caudal rays about 1.4 in its
distance ’ from the snout ; a lateral band increasing in width to the
caudal; middorsal area dark, a dark stripe between the lateral stripe
and the dorsal stripe in front of the dorsal. . . latistriatum Eigenmann.
rr. Origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of caudal and a point between the
middle of the pectoral and the pre-opercle, its distance from the
middle caudal rays 1.8-2 in its distance from the snout,

s. Maxillary barbel reaching a little beyond the axil or shorter; color
very variable, plain, or with one to three lateral stripes; origin of
the dorsal typically equidistant from tip of caudal and middle of

pectoral ra5^s. striatum Meek & Hildebrand.

ss. Maxillary barbel reaching to near the end of the lower pectoral ray,
longer than the head; origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of

caudal and opercular spines regani Eigenmann,

rrr. Distance between origin of dorsal and caudal 2. 2-2. 4 in its distance from
the snout; head as broad as long; eye in the middle of the head;
distance between base of last anal ray and the Caudal 5.4 in the length.
An indistinct darker stripe along the middle of the side and traces of
some darker sirots retropinne (Regan)^.

59. Pygidium laticeps (Kner).

Pygidium laticeps Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 307, fig. 12
(Below Paramba ; Mindo) .

Habitat: Western Andes of Ecuador.

60. Pygidium stellatum Eigenmann.

Pygidium stellatum Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 308, plate
XLVII, fig. 1 (Sarjento; Guamal; Guadual; Rio Guaduas; Quebrada
Cristalina near Puerto Berrio).

Habitat: Between Honda and Eacatativa; near Puerto Berrio, Magdalena
Basin.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

61

61. Pygidium chapmani Eigenmann.

Pygidium chapmani Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 309, plate
XLVII, figs. 2, 3; text-figure 13 (Boquilla; Rio Dagua at Caldas).

62. Pygidium tsenium (Kner).

Pygidium tcenium Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 310, fig. 14
(Los Llanos de Sandona, Southern Colombia). ,

Habitat: High Andes of Southern Colombia and Northern Ecuador.

63. Pygidium caliense Eigenmann.

Pygidium caliense Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 311, fig. 15
(Cali).

Habitat: Upper Cauca Basin.

64. Pygidium latidens Eigenmann.

Pygidium latidens Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 312, plate
XLVII, fig. 21 (Rio Calima).

, Habitat: San Juan Basin.

65. Pygidium stramineum Eigenmann.

Pygidium stramineum Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 313, plate
XLIX, fig. 1 (Quebradas del Mango, del Maradat, La Densino, Deocamante,
de Suaita, de la Honda).

Habitat: Andes of the Province of Santander, Colombia'.

66. Pygidium unicolor Regan.

Pygidium unicolor Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 314 (Condoto).
Habitat: San Juan Basin.

6?-. Pygidium bogotense Eigenmann.

Pygidium bogotense Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VH, 1918, p. 315, plate
XLIX, figs. 3, 4 (Puente de Suba and Madrid on the plains of Bogota; San
Lorenzo and Cincinnati, Santa Marta; Rio Piedras, Quebrada da Charala,
Santander).

Habitat: Andes from Bogota to Santa Marta.

68. Pygidium nigromaculatum (Boulenger).

Pygidium nigromaculatum Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 317,
plate XLIX, fig. 5 (San Lorenzo, Santa Alarta; Quebrada, de la Raya, Capi-
tanejo, Cobarachior, Santander).

Habitat: Andes of Santander and Santa Marta.

62

MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

69. Pygidium poeyanum (Cope).

Pygidiwm poeyanum Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 302.

This species was first recorded by Cope in a paper entitled “On some Batrachia
and Nematognathi brought from the Upper Amazon by Prof. Orton,” Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, pp. 120-137. Among the records of specimens from the
Upper Amazon occurs the mention of a specimen of Trichomycterus rivulatus from
Arequipa, which Cope later named poeyanum. Until additional specimens are
obtained it is to be doubted whether the specimen mentioned came from the
Pacific slope at Arequipa. The species P. rivulatum is very abundant directly
across the divide in the Titicaca Basin and also in the Urubamba Basin. Cope
lists Cyclorhainphus cemaricus sp. nov. from Lake Titicaca in the same paper, so
that it is not impossible that the specimen under consideration came from the
Titicaca Basin.

70. Pygidium quechuorum Steindachner. ■

Pygidium quechuorum Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 305, fig. 11
(Arequipa).

Habitat: Bio Chili, at least in the upper valley between Arequipa and Tiabaya.
The Rio Chili empties into the Rio Vitor. It was not found in the Rio Vitor at
Yura nor the lower “Vitor Valle.”

7679 a-c, C. M.; 15230, I. U. M., many, largest 140 mm., Arequipa. Oct. 24,
1918. Eigenmann.

^ 7680 a-c, C. M.; 15231, I. U. M., many, largest 115 mm., Tiabaya. Oct. 25,
1918. Eigenmann.

D. 11 to 13. A. 10 or 11; nasal barbel extends to posterior margin of eye, the
maxillary barbel not nearly to gill-opening; teeth conical, in bands.

Head as wide as long; origin of dorsal behind base of ventrals; middle of
sides in the young with a black stripe, which breaks up into a series of spots with
growth, and tends to disappear in the old. Color in adult uniformly yellowish or
variously marbled, to blackish.

Above the bridge, which crosses the Rio Chili in Arequipa’, there was at the
time of my visit a small branch running from the main stream to a little pool
below the bridge. There were no fishes in evidence, but a little poison “cube”
brought them from their hiding places in such numbers that a devout passerby
exclaimed: “It exceeds the miraculous draft of St. Peter.”

71. Pygidium punctulatum (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Pygidium punctulatum Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 300, plate
XLV, fig. 4 (Rio Rimac)

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA,

63

fPygidium dispar {non Tschudi) Eigenmann, Mem, Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918,
p, 299,

15226, I, U, M,, six, largest 188 mm,, Rimac at Lima, Aug, 18, 1918, Allen.

7677 a-c, C. M.; 15227, 1. U. M., twenty-six, latgest 130 mm., Laguno near Puente
„ Piedra, near Lima, Jan. 26, 1919. Eigenmann.

7678 a-c, C. M.; 15228, I. U. M., many, largest 155 mm., Chosica, Oct. 10, 1918.
Eigenmann.

15229, 1. U. M., one, 55 mm., Matucana, Aug. 10, 1918. Eigenmann,

Habitat: Rimac Basin of Peru.

A dusky lateral band in the young; body, sides, and back profusely covered
with spots much smaller than the eye, largest on caudal peduncle, smallest on nape
and head; sometimes uniform, or with larger spots.

The specimens from Puente Piedra are mostly females containing nearly
ripe eggs.

This is the species of the Rimac. All the specimens enumerated above have
the origin of the dorsal behind the. origin of the ventrals, while in dispar it is repre-
sented as over, or in front of, the origin of the ventrals.

72, Pygidium punctulatum piurae subsp. nov.

fPygidium dispar {non Tschudi) Starks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, 1906,
p. 770 (Eten, Northern Peru),

Specimens Collected by Eigenmann.

15224, I. U. M., type, 126 mm.; 15224, 1. U. M.; 7676, C. M., twenty-two para-
types, Piura, Peru, Jan. 11, 1919.

7674, C. M.; 15061, I. U. M., fourteen, largest 89 mm., Cultambo, Jan. 12, 1919.

7675, C. M.; 15223, I. U. M., four, largest 80 mm., Llallan, Jan. 15, 1919.

15225, I. U. M., one, 105 mm., Pacasmayo. Jan. 1919.

Habitat: Northern Peru, at least from Eten to Pacasmayo and from sea-level
to Llallan.

Head 5; D. Ill, 8, 1; A. 9. These specimens resemble Pygidium punctulatum
from the Rimac and Pygidium dispar. They differ from the latter in that the
origin of the dorsal is uniformly behind the vertical from the base of the ventrals.
They differ from the Rimac specimens in that the spots are uniformly larger and
quite regularly distributed over the sides and back. The young have an ill-defined,
deep lying lateral band.

Origin of the dorsal equidistant from tip of caudal and a point between the

64

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

anterior margin of the eye (rarely the nasal barbel) and the ends of the inter-
opercular spines.

73. Pygidium dispar Tschudi.

Pygidium dispar Eigenmann, Menu Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 299, plate XLV,
fig. 5.

Habitat: Peru.

It is doubtful whether the records of this species from the Pacific slope at
Callao and Eten are valid. They probably refer to punctulatum and its variety
piurce.

74. Pygidium banneaui Eigenmann.

Pygidium banneaui Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 318, plate
XLVIII, fig. 1 (Streams near Honda).

Habitat: Brooks of Upper Magdalena Basin.

75. Pygidium spilosoma Regan.

Pygidium spilosoma Eigenmann, ' Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 319, plate
XLVIII, fig. 2 (Cordova). ' ^

Habitat: Dagua and San Juan Basins.

76. Pygidium venulosum Steindachner.

Pygidium venulosum Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 320.

Habitat: Paramo de Cruz Verde, Eastern Cordillera of Colombia, a short
distance east of Bogota.

77. Pygidium latistriatum Eigenmann.

Pygidium latistriatum Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 321, plate
XLVIII, fig. 4 (Quebrada de Pinchote).

Habitat: Andes of Santander.

78. Pygidium striatum Meek and Hildebrand.

Pygidium striatum Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 321 (Quebrada
Sarjento, Quebrada Alban, Guadual, Villeta, Rio Guaduas, all between Honda
and Facatativa. In Santander: Quebrada de la Ropera, de la Hato, San Gil,
Quebrada Chamisal; Rio Dagua, western Colombia).

Habitat: Colombia from Santander to the Rio Dagua in western Colombia,
and the Rio Tuyra in Panama.

79. Pygidium regani Eigenmann.

Pygidium regani Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 323, plate
XLVIII, fig. 5 (Tado, Rio San Juan).

Habitat: San Juan Basin.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

65

80. Pygidium retropinne Regan.

Pygidium retropinne Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 324.

Habitat: Headwaters of the Rio Magdalena near St. Augustine, 5,000 ft.

Eremophilus Humboldt.

81. Eremophilus mutisii Humboldt.

Eremophilus mutisii Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VH, 1918, p. 341, plate
XLI, figs. 1, 2; plate LIV, figs. 1, 2 (Puenta de Suba, Laguna near Bogota,
Herrera, Madrid, Rio Bogota, Rio Funjuelo at Usme Sur, all near Bogota;
Rio Chiquinquiere, Boyaca).

Habitat: Plains of Bogota and slightly to the northward.

Family VHI. CALLICHTHYIDtE.

A family widely distributed in the waters of the lowlands from Panama to
Buenos Aires.

CoRYDORAS Lacepede.

This genus occurs at the eastern bases of the Eastern Andes of Colombia.

82. Corydoras melanotaenia Regan.

Corydoras melanotcenia Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), X, 1912, p. 217 (Honda).
During my short stay at Honda, I did not succeed in securing this species,

V

which was known from two specimens, 50 mm. long. Is it possible that these
specimens really came from the Meta Basin east of Bogota and were shipped from
Honda? The species is abundant about Villavicencio on the Meta. (See Appen-
dix I, No. 19.)

Hoplosternum Gill.

Key to the Species of Hoplosternum.

a. Pectoral spine reaching ventrals 'in the female, considerably beyond origin of ventrals in the male;
origin of dorsal about equidistant from tip of snout and origin of adipose; caudal rather deeply
concave; three to seven azygous plates in front of the adipose; distance between pectorals con-
siderably less than length of coracoid; plain slate-colored or spotted magdalenas Eigenmann.

aa. Pectorals not reaching ventrals, except in young; origin of dorsal nearer tip of snout than adipose;
caudal less deeply concave; five (in three specimens) or six (in one) azygous plates in front of the
adipose; distance between pectorals but slightly less than length of coracoids. Most of body and
dorsal with small black spots •. punctatum Meek and Hildebrand.

83. Hoplosternum magdalense Eigenmann. (Plate VIII, figs. 2-4.)

Callichthys {Hoplosternum) thoracatus {non Cuvier and Valenciennes) Steindach-
NER, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 66 (Cauca near Caceres).

66

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Hoplosternum magdalence Eigenmann, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, 1913, p. 412;
Indiana University Studies, No. 18, March (June) 1913, p. 30 (Soplaviento
and Calamar).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin, and Truando River of the Atrato Basin.

A full description appears in each of the last two citations. In addition to
the specimens there recorded from Calamar and Soplaviento on the Magdalena
River, I have since examined six specimens, 3929 a-b, C. M.; 13970, I. U. M.,
54-75 mm., from the Rio Truando, collected by Wilson.

The specimens from the Truando River are lighter in color and have numerous
spots (smaller than the pupil) on the body, the dorsal fin, and the posterior parts
of the caudal fin. The caudal has a dark bar across its base, then a light bar, then
a narrower dark bar, or a regular series of spots; the rest of the caudal to the tips
of the lobes is spotted, the spots nearer the base are in a more or less regular series.

84. Hoplosternum punctatum Meek and Hildebrand.

Hoplosternum punctatum Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser., X, 1916, p. 264, plates XIV and XV.

Habitat: Four specimens of this species were taken by Meek and Hildebrand
in the Rio Marte Arnade, six miles east of Panama City, Panama.

This is the northernmost locality from which members of the family have

been recorded, and the only one on the Pacific slope.

0

Family IX. LORICARIIDiE.

The members of this family, widely distributed in South America, have
received monographic treatment by Dr. C. Tate Regan in “A Monograph of the
Fishes of the Family Loricariidse,” Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, pp.
191-350, plates IX-XXI.

Key to the LoRiCARiioiE.

a. Hscmal spines all simple; lower and fourth upper pharyngeal not toothed; anterior rudimentary
ray of ventral normally shaped, but internal, and directed forward; lower transverse portion
of clavicles and coracoids not exposed, margin of snout naked or with small granular plates
( Plecostominoi).

b. Opercle and interoperculum slightlj^ and not independently movable; snout granular to its margin.

Teeth bifid. Adipose fin present; opercle and interopercle not margined with bristles; »
' body covered with plates.

c. Teeth numerous Plecostomus Gronow.

cc. Teeth large and few Cheiridodus gen. nov.

bb. Interoperculum more or less freely movable, usually spinate or bristly.

d. Snout granular to its margin.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA,

67

e. Teeth numerous, bifid.

/. Adipose and anal fins present.

g. Sides of head in the male without bristles; interopercular spines usually
small and hidden under opercle, when depressed, except in Hemi-
ancistrus landoni.

h. Dorsal I, 7, or I, 8; abdomen naked or granulose; resembling

Plecostomus, from which some species are scarcely distinguishable.

Hemiancistrus Bleeker.

hh. Dorsal I, 10, to I, 13; abdomen granulose Pterygoplichthys Gill.

gg. Sides of head, at least in male, with slender bristles.

i. Interopercle with twelve or more spines and a number of bristles,

which, when erected, form a sessile rosette; abdomen naked, or

with a few granules; D. I, 7 Lasiancistrus Regan.

ii. Interopercular spines pediculate, one or two frequently much longer
than the rest; sides of head with bristles, which are always longer
in the male than in the female, in which they may be wanting;
D. I, 7, to I, 9. Species under 200 mm. . Pseudancistrus Bleeker.
//. Adipose and anal wanting; snout with short bristles; D. I, 8; otherwise like

Pseudancistrus Leptancistrus Meek and Hildebrand.

ee. Teeth few, spoon-shaped; D. I, 7. Interopercle with long spines.

Panaque Eigenmann.

ccc. Teeth few, with a small lateral lobe. Interopercle without spine.
dd. Snout with naked margin.

j. Mouth wide, the length of mandibular ramus nearly equal to the interorbital width;

naked margin of snout not very wide, without tentacles. . Chsetostomus Tschudi.
jj. Mouth moderate or narrow, the length of the mandibular ramus considerably less
than the interorbital width; snout with tentacles, the naked margin broad in

males, narrow in females Ancistrus Kner.

aa. Haemal spines of the vertebra) above the anal fin bifid; lower and fourth upper pharyngeals toothed;
no anterior rudimentary ray of ventral; caudal peduncle elongate and strongly depressed.

( Loricariin ce) .

k. Teeth in small or moderate numbers, not setiform. A more or less distinct orbital notch; snout

rounded or pointed, not, or not much, produced Loricaria Linnaeus.

kk. Teeth in the jaws numerous, setiform; orbit circular, without distinct notch.

I. Dorsal opposite to the ventrals; snout produced, forming a distinct rostrum; sides of the

head of the male with bristles Sturisoma Swainson.

II. Dorsal opposite to the anal; snout very long; body very slender.

Farlowella Eigenmann and Eigenmann.

Plecostomus Gronow.

Type, Loricaria 'plecostomus Linnseus.

This genus is represented in our area by three species: P. spinosissimus,
confined to Western Ecuador; P. tenuicauda found in the Magdalena Basin; and
P. plecostomus panamensis, a variety of the common Plecostomus plecostomus, which
is found east of the Andes of Eastern Colombia.

68

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Key to the Species of Plecostomus.

a. Supra-occipital bordered by a single scute; lateral plates thirty-two to thirty-four; caudal peduncle
long, round, its depth 4.33-15 in its length, depending on age; depth 6.2-8; head 3.33; inter-
orbital 2.8 in the head; mandible 2.4-3 in interorbital; thirty-two to thirty-four scutes, seventeen
to nineteen between anal and caudal; base of dorsal 1.25-1.66 in its distance from the adipose.

spinosissimus Steindachner.

0(7. Supra-occipital bordered by a median scute and one or two on each side; depth of caudal peduncle
4-5 in its length; depth 6-7; head 3.33-4; interorbital 2.33-2.66 in the head; mandible 3-4 in
the interorbital; twenty-eight to thirty scutes, fourteen or fifteen between anal and caudal; first
dorsal ray as long as head; base of dorsal 1.12-1.33 in its distance from the adipose.

tenuicauda Steindachner.

aan. Supra-occipital usually bordered by several scutes; depth 4. 4-5. 3; head 3-3.44; interorbital
2. 2-2. 9 in the head; mandible 2-3.35 in interorbital; twenty-six scutes, thirteen to fifteen be-
tween anal and caudal; first dorsal ray about equal to the head, base of dorsal a little shorter
than head plecostomus panamensis subsp. nov.

85. Plecostomus spinosissimus Steindachner. (Plate XXXIV, figs. 1 and 2.).

“Raspavalsa,” “Campeche.”

Plecostomus spinosissimus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII,
1880, p. 98, plate V, figs. 1,1a (Guayaquil).

Plecostomus festce Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zook Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, 1898,
no. 329, p. 11 (Rio Vinces, Rio Peripa, the largest specimen 460 mm.) ; Regan,
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 208, plate IX, fig. 1 (W. Ecuador,
310 mm.).

Habitat: Western slope of Southern Ecuador.

Head 3. 5-5. 7; depth 7-10; D. I, 7; A. I, 4; scutes thirty-one or thirty-two
-f- 1; 9 or 10 between dorsals, fifteen -(- 4 or 5 between anal and caudal; depth of
caudal peduncle 4.33-15 in its length.

Table of Measurements of a Series of Specimens from Young to Adult.

Length to Base of Caudal Plates.

36 nun.

so mm.

142 mm.

267 mm.

4710'

438 9

Head

10.5

20.5

32

57

76

76

Depth

5

12

22

38

46

48

Width of head

9.5

18

32

58

78

74

Interorbital

4+.

9.5

15

28

36

34

Ramus of lower jaw

11

10.5

Eye in length of head

2.2

4

5

10

11

11

Base of dorsal . ;

7

18

32

55

83

84

Distance between dorsal and adipose

7

15

32

60

123

112

Caudal peduncle

13

30

53

105

228

202

Depth of caudal peduncle

3

5

7

12

15

14.5

69

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

This species is easily distinguished from its congeners by its long tail and the
extreme development of spines, and undergoes marked change in proportions with
growth, as may be seen from the table. For instance, the depth of the caudal
peduncle in relation to its length changes from 4.33 to 15. Plecostonius festce
represents one of the phases of this metamorphosis. The following specimens
were collected by Mr. Arthur Heim in Ecuador, during the Landon Expedition.
7561 a, C. M.; 13910, I. U. M., four, 500-565 mm., Guayaquil.

7566 a-c, C. M'.; 13916, I. U. M., seventeen, 45-355 mm.. Colimes, Rio Daule.
13917, I. U. M., two, 36-40 mm.; four, 367-485 mm., Vinces.

86. Plecostomus tenuicauda Steindachner.

Plecostomus tenuicauda Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 40, plate VI (Magdalena); ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 63 (Cauca near
Caceres) ; Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XVH, 1906, p. 94 (Barranquilla).
3870 a-d, C. M.; 15046, I. U. M., seven, 110-557 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.
7568 a, C. M.; 13919, I. U. M., three, 44-51 mm., Penas Blancas. Eigenmann.
7565 a-c, C. M.; 13915, 1. U. M., thirteen, 137-485 mm., Puerto del Rio. Gonzales.
13923, I. U. M., one, 75 mm., Apulo. Gonzales.

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

This species is described in great detail by Steindachner. As stated, the snout
is granular at the tip. His largest specimen was 480 mm. in length. In the
largest specimens at hand, the spots of the dorsal and caudal fins are elongate in
the direction across the fins.

87. Plecostomus plecostomus panamensis subsp. nov.

The references for this variety within our territory are :

Plecostomus plecostomus var. Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayr. Akad.
Wiss., Mlinchen, X, 1865, p. 60 (New Granada); Meek and Hildebrand,
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser., X, 1916, p. 247 (Panama on both
slopes, except Rio Bayano).

Plecostomus bicirrhosus Gunther, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, VI, 1866, p. 477
(discussing Kner and Steindachner’s specimens).

Plecostomus guacari Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVH, 1904, p. 205; Biologia
Central!- Americana, 1906, p. 111.

Habitat: Both slopes of Panama.

I have examined specimens from the Rio Gatun, taken at Monte Liria and at
Gatun by Meek and Hildebrand.

From P. plecostomus found abundantly everywhere east of the Eastern Andes,

70

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

this variety differs in having the occipital usually bordered by several (three or
more) plates.

Cheiridodus ® gen. nov.

Type, Plecostomus hondm Regan.

This genus is a Plecostomus with a very few (seven to twelve) large teeth. It
differs from Cochliodon in having a small lobe on the outer edge of the base of each
tooth. In Cochliodon the teeth have but one lobe.

88. Cheiridodus hondae (Regan). (Plate VIII, figs. 6 and 7.)

Plecostomus hondcc Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, p. 666, plate LXXVI,
fig. 3 (Honda, Colombia).

Habitat: Magdalena and San Juan Basins, Colombia.

Plecostomus hondcc was based on two specimens 80 mm. long from Honda.
Mr. Wilson collected one specimen (13922, I. U. M.), 108 mm. in total length, at
Istmina.

Comparison of Specimens of Cheiridodus hond^ and Panaque gibbosus.

Cheiridodus hondse.

Panaque gibbosus.

80 mm. Described

No. 13922,

No. 13911 a,

No. 13911 b.

by Regan.

108 mm. About

250 mm. 198

238 mm. to

-

About 70 mm. to

88 mm. to End

mm. to End of

End of

End of Middle

of Middle

Middle Caudal

Middle

Caudal Rays.

Caudal Rays.

Rays.

Caudal Rays.

Head

3

2.77

2.6

2.75

Depth

4.66

4.25

4.6

4.2

D

1,7

I, 7

1,7

I, 7

A

1,4

1,4

1,4

1,4

Eye in head

7

6.5

11

13

Ramus in interorbital

3

4

4

4

Scutes

27 or 28 + 1

28 + 1

26 + 1

26 -b 1

Teeth

12

12

11 - 15

9-10

Length of dorsal spine in head

Nearly as long

Longer than

1.25

I, 33

Interopercular spines in interorbital

7

None

1.5

1.5

Head 2.77; depth 4.25; D. I, 7; A. I, 4, scutes 28 + 1, 6 between dorsal
and fulcrum in front of the adipose spine, 11 + 3 between the anal and caudal;
eye 4 in snout, 3.33 in interorbital, 6.5 in the head; ramus of lower jaw 6 in the
head; interopercle with a few enlarged spinules along its margin^ similar to those
of the opercle, without trace of spines of the Chcctostomus type; interorbital with
a median and marginal elevations; occipital pointed, entering the scute following'
it; teeth large, spoon-shaped, with a lateral notch, nine on each side of both upper

“ T? = glove, oSovs, 6 = tooth, in allusion to the mitten-shaped teeth of this genus.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 71

and lower jaw; belly with spinules between the pectorals and along the middle;
dorsal truncate when depressed, the spine and the first two rays extending about
to the spine of the adipose; base of dorsal equals its distance from the caudal
fulcra, or the anterior margin of the nares; caudal deeply, and a little obliquely,
emarginate, the lower ray a little longer than the upper, more than twice as long
as the middle one; lateral scutes but faintly keeled.

Everywhere with dark round spots smaller than the eye, six spots in the
membranes of the dorsal in front, three in the last one; margin and a sub-marginal
band in the caudal dark, basal part and rays with spots, pectoral and ventral with
cross-bars.

Hemiancistrus Bleeker.

Hemiancistrus Bleeker, Tijdschr. Dierk., I, 1863, p. 78.

Type, Ancistrus medians Kner.

Dorsal I, 7; opercle and interopercle separately movable, the latter with
spines, which can or cannot be completely retracted under the opercle; margin
of bead granular, without bristles; last dorsal ray connected with the following
scute by a small membrane. The species within the present area have the general
appearance of Plecostomus and Pterygoplichthys. Body deep, the plates keeled,
occipital keeled, ventral surface more or less completely covered with granular
plates.

Kner based his Ancistrus medians on a specimen named barbatus in the Museum
at Stuttgart. He describes it in general terms as heavy in form, with few dorsal
rays, keeled and spinous plates, a bundle of very long hooks like those in A. mysta-
cinus, with short head, broad snout, large eyes, very long ventrals reaching beyond
the anal and very spinous pectorals. Body and fins are covered with large dark
spots. The ventral surface is completely covered with small plates. In the latter
character, the species is intermediate between Plecostomus and Ancistrus, hence
the name medians.

Key to the Species of Hemiancistrus.

a. Interopercle freely movable, with about eight long, hooked spines and about thirty much smaller
ones in front; occipital keel low, the bone bordered by a single kidney-shaped plate; twenty-eight
scutes in the lower series of the side, counting the last one at base of caudal; dorsal not reaching
the fulcrum in front of the adipose spine by one scute; six scutes between dorsal and fulcrum of
the adipose, twelve -j- three scutes between the anal and caudal; ventral surface entirely granulose;

five or six series of spots on the dorsal landoni Eigenmann.

aa. Interopercle very little movable, the spines small or absent; from nine to twelve series of spots on
the dorsal.

h. Dorsal fin not reaching the spine of the adipose by one or two scutes; ventral surface entirely
granulose; occipital bordered by a large median plate and one or two smaller ones on each side.

annectens Regan.

72

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

bb. Dorsal fin reaching the adipose or caudal.

c. Abdomen in specimens 130 mm. long largely naked; occipital bordered by a single scute,

Qr a large median scute and a minute one at the outer angle holostictus Regan.

cc. Abdomen in specimens 125 mm. long granulose; occipital bordered by a single scute or by
a large median scute, and the angles of the first of the lateral series. . wilsoni Eigenmann.
aaa. Interopercle armed with a few short spines; dorsal spine as long as head; abdomen largely granulose;
head 3; depth 5.5; D. I, 7; A. I, 4; twenty-five scutes, seven between dorsal and adipose; twelve
between caudal and anal; supra-occipital bordered by a single plate; eye eight times in head;
mandible 1.8 in interorbital; occipital without distinct ridge, scutes strongly carinate, caudal
emarginate; caudal peduncle two and two thirds times as long as deep, everywhere covered with
numerous small dark spots aspidolepis (Gunther).

89. Hemiancistrus landoni Eigenmann, (Plate IX, fig. 3; Plate X, fig. 2.)

Hemiancistrus landoni Eigenmann, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 84 (Naranjito).
13654, I. U. M., type, 255 mm., Naranjito, Ecuador. Henn.

Head 3.14; depth 5.35; D. I, 7; A, I, 4; twenty-seven scutes, seven between
dorsal and spine of the adipose, twelve + four between anal and caudal; depth
at tip of occipital less than snout, width above pectoral spine equal to the length
of the head; mandible 2 in interorbital; eye 5.3 in head, 3 in interorbital, 9 in
the head ; about ten long, graduated interopercular spines and numerous graduated
smaller ones in front of these. Longest spine 2.66 in length of the head.

Fig. 16. Hemiancistrus landoni Eigenmann. Type, 255 mm. No. 13654, I. U. M.

Occipital scarcely keeled, median plates behind it bicarinate, plates of the sides
carinate; dorsal spine a little shorter than head, reaching the fifth scute in front
of the adipose spine, last ray reaching the second scute in front of it; caudal but

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOETHWESTERN south AMERICA.

73

little emarginate, the lower lobe very little longer than the upper, 3.33 in the length;
the middle one if in the lower; a small naked area in front of each ventral; upper
surface of pectoral with strong spines similar to those of the interopercle, but
stronger, increasing in length toward tip.

Four dark cross-shades, one behind eyes, one at end of dorsal, one at adipose
and one at end of caudal peduncle; six large round spots on anterior dorsal mem-
brane, three in last; caudal, anal, ventrals, and pectorals with similar spots on
rays and membranes; obscure spots on the sides, larger ones on belly; faint light
streaks along the keels of the lower rows of plates.

Named for Mr. Hugh McK. Landon of Indianapolis, who made possible the
expedition of Mr. Henn to Ecuador.

90. Hemiancistrus annectens Regan. (Plate IX, figs. 1 and 2.)
Plecostomus bicirrhosus {non Gronow) Boulenger.

Ancistrus annectens Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 225, plate
XI, fig. 2 (St. Javier, and Rio Durango, N. W. Ecuador).

Habitat: St. Javier, and Rio Durango, Ecuador. Patia Basin, Colombia.
7584, C. M.; 13913, L U. M., two, 274-285 mm., Barbacoas. Henn and Wilson.
13914, I. U. M., two, 250-252 mm., Patia between Magui and Telembi. Henn.

Head 3.3; depth 4.5-5; D. I, 7; A. I, 4; seven scutes between the dorsals,
eleven -[-.three or four between anal and caudal; twenty-eight scutes along the
sides; depth at tip of occipital equal to snout and eye; width above base of pectoral
spine not quite equal to length of head; mandible 2. 5-2. 8 in interorbital; eye
4.5-5 in snout, 3-3.5 in interorbital, 8 in the head; four small, stiff interopercular
spines, the longest not exceeding the pupil.

Occipital with a high keel; median plates behind it bicarinate, plates of the
sides carinate, dorsal spine a little longer than head, reaching the fifth or sixth
scute in front of the adipose spine, the last ray reaching to the second or third
spine in front of the adipose spine; caudal deeply emarginate, the lower lobe
longer, about 2.33 in the length; the median rays about 1.4 in the lower one; a
small naked area in front of each ventral; lower surface otherwise granulose.

Everywhere covered with round spots, those on caudal peduncle arranged in
rows; about twelve series of spots on anterior part of the dorsal, five series on the
last membrane, ten to twelve series of spots on the caudal.

91. Hemiancistrus holostictus Regan. (Plate IX, fig. 4.)

Hemiancistrus holostictus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH, 1913, p. 469
(Rio Condoto).

74

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat: San Juan Basin.

Of this species heretofore known only from the type, 180 mm., I have examined
the following:

7569, C. M.; 13920, I. U. M., two, 119-135 mm., Istmina.

Mandible less than three in the interorbital; dorsal spine reaching middle of
adipose spine, the last ray to the adipose spine; lower caudal lobe more than half
the length; ventral surface in a specimen 130 mm. long, naked, except over the
clavicle and very narrowly along the sides; about nine spots in the first dorsal
membrane, about nine on the caudal, outer caudal rays dusky. Otherwise as
in H. wilsoni.

92. Hemiancistrus wilsoni Eigenmann. (Plate IX, fig. 5; Plate X, fig. 1.)

H emiancistrus wilsoni Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 678.

Habitat: Atrato Basin.

7570 a-d, C. M.; 13921, 1. U. M., eight, 90-133 mm., the largest the type, Truando.

Wilson-

15304, I. U. M., 325 mm., same locality.

Similar to H. holostictus from the San Juan.

Head 3-3.25; depth 4.3-5; D. I, 7; A. I, 4; twenty-seven scutes, six or seven
between the dorsals, eleven -f- three between the anal and caudal; depth at tip of
occipital equals snout and half the e3^e or a little more than the eye; width above
base of pectoral almost equal to length of head; mandible 3-3.6 in the inter-
opercle, eye 4.25 in snout, 3 in interorbital, 7 in head; interorbital sometimes with
three minute spines.

Occipital with a high keel, median plate behind it feebly bicarinate, plates of
the sides well carinated; dorsal spine equal to head with from one to three scutes
behind it, reaching to the adipose spine or the plate in front of it in the type. The
last ray reaches the spine of the adipose, but is relatively much shorter in the
largest, or the type; caudal deeply emarginate, the lower lobe considerably longer,
2.2 in the length (nearly 3 in the largest); the middle rays about 1.4 in the lower;
ventral surface in a specimen about 115 mm. long mostly naked, in the larger ones
granulose, except in a small area in front of the ventral.

Everywhere covered with round spots, a double row of about twelve on the
anterior dorsal membrane, about five series on the last, fewer rows in smaller
individuals, about twelve series on the caudal; in all but one the outer caudal rays
are spotted. In the largest specimen, 15304, 1. U. M., the spots on the dorsal and
caudal all in more numerous rows, twenty on the first dorsal membrane, twelve
on the last, and over twenty in the series on the caudal.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

75

93. Hemiancistrus aspidolepis (Gunther).

Chcetostomus aspidolepis Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1866, p. 603 (Veragua,
northeastern Panama); Trans. Zool. Soc. London, VI, 1868, p. 477.

Ancistrus aspidolepis Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 230;
Biologia Centrali-Americana, 1908, p. 112 (Veragua, Panama).

This appears to be the northernmost locality for the family of Loricariidce.
This species is known from a skin 280 mm. long from Veragua on the Pacific slope
of Panama.

Pterygoplichthys Gill.

Type, Hypostomus duodecimalis Cuvier and Valenciennes.

94. Pterygoplichthys undecimalis (Steindachner).

Chcetostomus lindecma/fs'^TEiNDACHNER, D^nkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 43, plate VIII (Magdalena); ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 65 (Caucanear
Caceres) .

Ancistrus undecimalis Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 226.
Habitat: Lower Magdalena Basin.

7563 a-b, C. M.; 13912, 1. U. M., four, 237 and 280 mm. to tip of caudal, El Banco.
Eigenmann.

7567 a-e, C. M. ; 13918, I. U. M., fifteen, 271-310 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.
Dorsal usually I, 10, rarely I, 12.

Lasiancistrus Regan.

Lasiancistrus Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVIII, 1904, p. 224.

Type, Chcetostomus heteracanthus Gunther.

' Habitat: Peruvian Amazon to Panama.

Interopercle and opercle separately movable. Interopefcle with numerous
spines and bristles which may be everted into a sessile rosette; snout with or with-
out bristles; last dorsal ray connected with the following scute by a small mem-
brane; scutes not keeled; ventral surface naked, or with a few granules; D. I, 7.

Key to the Species.

a. Width at base of pectoral equal to snout and two orbital diameters; occipital convex behind, usually
entering a notch in the anterior margin of the first median scute; last dorsal ray failing to reach
adipose by two or three scutes; fins with faint markings, caudal nearly black, margined by light.

caucanus Eigenmann.

aa. Width at base of pectoral equal to snout and one and one-half orbital diameters; occipital convex
behind, anterior margin of the first median scute truncate, or convex in the middle; last dorsal
ray failing to reach adipose by one or two scutes.

76

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

b. Dorsal spine equals snout and eye; pectoral spine not reaching middle of ventrals; fin-rays

conspicuously spotted , .mayoloi (Eigenmann).

hb. Dorsal spine longer than snout and eye; pectoral spines reaching beyond middle of ventrals,
membrane of dorsal and i)ectoral in the adult with hyaline spots about the size of the pupil;
fin-rays alternately light and dark planiceps (Meek and Hildebrand).

95. Lasiancistrus caucanus Eigenmann. (Plate XI, figs. 4 and 5.)

Lasiancistrus caucanus Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, Sept.
(Dec. 23) 1912, p. 11.

4824, C. M., type, 171 mm.; 4825 a-d, C. M.; 12683, I. U. M., eight paratypes,
105-175 mm., Cartago. Eigenmann.

-7538 a, C. M., one, 134 mm., Piedra Moler. Eigenmann.

7580 a-g, C. M.; 13947, I. U. M., fourteen, largest 70 mm., Paila. Eigenmann.

7581 a-b, C. M.; 13933, I. U. M., four, Bernal Creek near Honda. Eigenmann.
Habitat: Cauca Basin.

Head 2.75; depth 5-5.2; D. I, 7; A. I, 5; scutes twenty-five or twenty-six;
seven scutes between dorsal and adipose, ten between anal and caudal; eye 5.5
in snout, 8-9 in head, 3.5-3.75 in interorbital; width of mandibular ramus 2.5-3.33
in interorbital; width of head 1.3 in its length, its depth 2.2.

Head and scutes without ridges; interopercle with about forty spines and
bristles, the longest nearly one-third as long as head, the bristles placed anteriorly
and above and below along the margins of the spines, the longest bristle nearly as
long as the longest spine; snout with bristles laterally, which may be very minute
or considerably longer than the eye; supra-occipital bordered with three plates
(in one specimen by a single plate), which enter about equally in its border, the
middle one concave where it touches the supra-occipital. Pectoral-spines extending
beyond middle of ventrals, shorter in young.

Fins nearly black in the adult, the caudal narrowly margined with lighter.
Head and body very obscurely marbled, back with cross-shades. In the young,
the fins have faint markings on the rays. Very similar to L. mayoloi.

96. Lasiancistrus mayoloi (Eigenmann). (Plate XI, figs. 6 and 7.)

Hemiancistrus mayoloi Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, -No. 18, Sept. '
(Dec. 23) 1912, p. 10; Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 469.
Lasiancistrus caucanus {non Eigenmann) Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII,
1913, p. 469.

Habitat: San Juan Basin.

4826, C. M.; type, 125 mm.; 4827 a-b, C. M.; 12688 a-c, I. U. M., five, Istmina.
Eigenmann.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

77

Head 3; depth 7.5; D. I, .7; A. I, 5; scutes twenty-four or twenty-five,
counting the last one at base of caudal; six scutes between dorsal and adipose,
ten H- two between anal and caudal; eye 4.55 in snout, 7.5-8 in head, 3-3.33 in
interorbital; mandibular ramus 3 in interorbital; width of head 1.33 in its length,
its depth 2.25.

Head and scutes without ridges; interopercle with over thirty-five spines,
mostly strong, with recurved hooks, some of the marginal spines of the anterior
half in the form of long, curved bristles, the longest spines and bristles in the type
are about one-fourth of the length of the head, mostly shorter in the paratypes;
supra-occipital bordered by three plates, the first median scute forming most of
the border. Head below and abdomen naked.

Dark brown with faint mottlings, rays of all fins with conspicuous spots,
which tend to form bars, especially on caudal.

97. Lasiancistrus planiceps (Meek and Hildebrand).

Ancistrus 'planiceps Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.

Ser., X, 1913, p. 79 (Boca de Cupe, Rio Tuyra); Ser. X, 1916, p. 253, plate X

(Tuyra Basin).

The specimens came from the Tuyra Basin at the mouth of the Rio Yape,
Boca de Cupe, Rio Satigante, Rio Cana, Rio Grande, and Rio Cupe.

PsEUDANCiSTRUS Bleeker. .

Pseudancistrus Bleeker, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk., I, 1863, p. 77; Eigenmann

and Eigenmann, Occasional Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., I, 1890, p. 434.

. Type, Hypostomus harhatus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

D. I, 7-9; abdomen naked; plates without keels; interopercle with slender
spines or bristles, which can not be completely retracted; sides of head usually
with bristles; last dorsal ray attached to the scute following it by a small membrane;
caudal obliquely truncate; pectoral in the male very long.

Key to the Species of Pseudancistrus.

a. Interopercle without evident transverse articular divisions,*® with a bundle of spines, which are
graduated from the anterior end, or from very near the anterior end, of the interopercle to the
last spine, which is about one-third as long as the head, and does not extend beyond the head;
sides of head with very short spinules which do not become bristle-like. A. I, 4; D. I, 9 in

three-fourths, I, 8 in one-fourth of the specimens .dagu£e (Eigenmann).

aa. Interopercle long, with an externally visible articulation separating the posterior spine-bearing
portion, the spines not graduated to the anterior end of the interopercle, but confined to the

*® Dissection shows the superficial part to be divided longitudinally into three parts.

78

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

edge and lower surface of the hispid interopercle; snout slightly hispid, or with long bristles.
One or two interopercular spines much longer than the rest, reaching considerably beyond the
head; bristles longest about the end of the snout.
b. A. I, 4; D. I, 8, rarely I, 7, or I, 9; interopercular articulation below the hispid portion of the
opercle, the hinder end of the hispid portion of the interopercle below the middle of the hispid

portion of the opercle pediculatus Eigenmann.

bb. A. I, 5; D. usually I, 9; interopercular articulation well in advance of anterior end of the hispid
portion of opercle, the hispid portion of the interopercle shorter than in setosus, its posterior

portion below the anterior end of the hispid part of the opercle carnegiei Eigenmann.

aaa. Bristles longest along sides of head; interopercular spines subequal, the longest .4 of head, fifteen
in female, twenty-five in male. A. I, 3; D. I, 7 or I, 8; mandibular ramus 1.33 in interorbital.

setosus (Boulenger).

98. Pseudancistrus daguae (Eigenmann). (Plate XII, figs. 1 and 2.)

Hemiancistrus daguce Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, Sept. (Dec.
23) 1912, p. 11.

Habitat: Dagiia Basin and Andes east of Bogota.

4842, C. M., type, 79 mm.; 4843 a-g, C. M.; 12698, I. U. M., thirty-four para-
types, largest 95 mm., Caldas. Eigenmann.

4844 a-d, C. M.; 12699, I. U. M., eight paratypes, Cisnero. Eigenmann.

13661, I. U. M., one, 69 mm., Rio del Fosca. Gonzales.

Head 3-3.2; depth 6-7; D. I, 9 in thirty-two specimens, I, 8 in eleven speci-
mens; A. I, 4; plates twenty-four or twenty-five, five or six between dorsals,
ten + two between anal and caudal; width of head nearly equal to its length;
eye 5. 5-6. 5 in snout, 9-10 in head, 2.5-3 in interorbital; mandibular ramus very
little if any less than interopercular width; interopercle with a bundle of fifteen
or more spines, the longest not much longer than those immediately preceding it,
2.5 in head in a few specimens, usually shorter. Scutes without keels; occipital
without keel, bordered by three plates. Margin of head with short, spine-like
bristles. Dorsal spine about equal to the snout, tip of last ray sometimes reaching
adipose; length of base of dorsal equal to its distance from the base of the caudal
or less. Pectoral ray reaching to ventral, or to near its middle; ventrals to the
anal, or slightly beyond base of its last ray; caudal obliquely truncate, the lower
ray 3-3.66 in the length.

Very dark; rays of all the fins spotted, the spots on the dorsal and caudal
rays smallest and most numerous; some specimens with the fin-markings much
fainter; the spots in the smallest specimens less numerous.

99. Pseudancistrus pediculatus Eigenmann. (Plate X, fig. 4; Plate XII, fig. 3.)

Pseudancistrus pediculatus Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p.
679 (Villavicencio, Barrigon, Tengavita).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

79

fPseudancistrus setosus {non Boulenger) Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII,
1913, p. 469. (Rio Tamana).

Habitat: Rio Meta Basin, east of Bogota and (?) San Juan Basin.

A specimen purchased from Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg, as P. setosus from the
Rio Tamana, proves to be this species. It is possible that Regan’s specimens are
also P. pediculatus, or that the locality is erroneous.

The description of this species occurs in the Appendix to this paper (See
Appendix I, No. 10).

Fig. 17. Pseudancistrus pediculatus Eigenmann.
Type, 118 mm. No. 7348, C. M.

100. Pseudancistrus carnegiei Eigenmann. (Plate X, fig. 3.)

Pseudancistrus carnegiei Eigenmann, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 85.

7577 a, C. M., one, 31 mm., Rio Guaduas. Gonzales.

7346 a, C. M., type, 110 mm.; 13661, I. U. M., two paratypes, 87-110 mm., Rio
San Gil, Santander. Gonzales.

7347 a-d, C. M.; 13662, I. U. M., nine paratypes, largest 41 mm., Quebrada de
Honda, Santander. Gonzales.

7579 a, C. M., one, 33 mm., Quebrada de la Pelada, Santander. Gonzales.

13926, I. U. M., two, 120-170 mm., Rio Baipe, Boyaca, Maria.

Habitat: Andes about Bogota and in Santander.

Head 2.66-2.8; depth 5.46-7; D. I, 9 in ten, I, 8 in three; A. I, 5 in all but
one of 13926 which has I, 4; twenty-five to twenty-seven scutes, six or seven
between the dorsals; nine or ten + two or three between anal and caudal; eye

80

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

6-8 in snout, 3-4 in interorbital, 10-13 in the head; ramus of lower jaw a little
greater than interorbital; interopercle with eight to thirteen spines, the longest
spine in the largest specimen over half the length of the head, snout with short
bristles; depth of head about 2.33 in its length, width of head equal or almost
equal to its length. Dorsal spine equal to, or a little less than, the length of
the snout, the last ray reaching to the second scute in front of the adipose spine;
caudal very oblique, but slightly emarginate, the lower ray 3-3.33 in the length;
pectoral in the largest nearly reaching tip of ventrals.

Adult nearly uniform dark brown, all the fins with obscure spots on the rays;
caudal in the young with two or more cross-bars.

101. Pseudancistrus setosus (Boulenger).

Chcetostomus setosus Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), XIX, 1887, p. 349

(Colombia).

Ancistrus setosus Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 239, plate XII,

fig. 2 (Colombia).

Habitat: Colombia, without nearer designation.

Regan (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 469) records this species
from the Rio Tamana. A specimen from that place secured through Mr. Rosenberg
as P. setosus proves, however, to be P. pediculatus Eigenmann, as stated in the re-
marks under that species.

The following description is taken from Regan: Head 3; depth 6-6.5; D. 1,
7 or 8; A. I, 3; twenty-five scutes, five or six between dorsal and adipose, ten
between anal and caudal; eye 10-12 in the head, 2.5-3 in interorbital; mandibular
ramus 1.33 in interorbital; sides of snout margined with bristles, scarcely visible
in the female, one-seventh of the head in the male; interopercle with fifteen spines
in the female, twenty-five in the male, apparently in two bundles, subequal in
length, the longest not reaching beyond the head; first dorsal ray .66 of length of
head; pectoral spine extending to anterior third, or nearly to middle of ventral.
Olivaceous, body marbled, fins barred with dark spots.

Leptancistrus Meek and Hildebrand.

Leptancistrus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser., X,

1916, p. 254.

Type, Leptancistrus canensis.

Very similar to Pseudancistrus daguce, without gnal; adipose replaced by an
adnate, slightly movable, median scute, preceded by two similar, less movable
scutes. D. I, 8. Sides of head with bristles; some of the interopercular spines
very long.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NORTHWESTEEN south AMERICA.

81

102. Leptancistrus canensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Leptancistrus canensis Meek and Hildebrand, loc. cit, p. 254, plate XI (Mountain
streams near Cana, upper Tuyra Basin).

Habitat: Tuyra Basin.

Panaque Eigenmann and Eigenmann.

Type, Chcetostomus nigrolineatus Peters.

The genus Panaque is readily distinguished from the other members of the
Plecostomince by the small number of spoon-shaped teeth and the large, erectile,
interopercular spines. It differs from the genus Cochliodon only in the presence
of the interopercular spines.

103. Panaque gibbosus (Steindachner) .

Chcetostomus cochliodon {sive gibbosus) Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
LXXX, 1879, p. 185 (Cauca); Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p.
63, plate IV, figs. 1 and 1 a (Cauca near Caceres).

Panaque cochliodon Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), II,
1889, p. 44; Regan, Trans. Zook Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 243.

Following the rules in the strictest and most literal sense, the name Panaque
cochliodon should be applied to this species. But Steindachner in using the name
cochliodon merely intended to say that he was in doubt whether his specimens
belonged to Heckel’s species Hypostomus cochliodon. He did not intend to apply
this name as new to his specimens. In fact, he expressly gave the name gibbosus
in case they should prove to be different. Considering the plain intent as well as
the doubt whether the older gQ-ems, Cochliodon is different from Panaque, I follow
Regan in the use of the name gibbosus for this species.

Habitat: Magdalena Basin from near the coast at leRst to Girardot.

3869, C. M., one, 355 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann,

7562 a, C. M.; 13911, I. U. M., four, 195-235 mm. to end of middle caudal rays.
Apulo. Gonzales.

15301, I. U. M., eight, 160-265 mm. to end of outer caudal rays. Girardot.
Eigenmann.

Chcetostomus Tschudi.

Type, Chcetostomus loborhynchus Tschudi.

A genus of Plecostomince characterized by the narrow naked area about the
snout which is free from tentacles, and the wide mouth, the mandible being about
equal to the interorbital.

82

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The species of this genus, eighteen in number, are confined to the mountain
streams of northwestern South America. The southernmost locality recorded is
Marcapata of the Rio Madre de Dios of the Beni Basin, east of Cuzco. The
northernmost locality is the Chagres Basin, the easternmost Caracas.

Key to the Species of Ch^tostomus.

a. Caudal peduncle three and one-half in the length, two and one-fourth to three times as long as deep.

b. Interopercle with one, two, or three spines on two basal bones; D. I, 8; A. I, 5.

fischeri Steindachner.

bb. Interopercle with four to seven spines on three basal bones. D. I, 8; A. I, 5; interorbital
3-3.33 in the length of the head.

c. Depth of head more than half (half in young) its length from snout to end of temporal

plate; caudal with a narrow light margin marginatus Regan.

cc. Depth of head equal half its length from snout to end of temporal plate; dorsal and caudal

conspicuously and narrowly barred leucomelas Eigenmann.

ccc. Depth of head less than half its length, dorsal and caudal uniform, or with a few wide bars.

thomsoni Regan.

bbb. Interopercle with twenty spines; depth of head more than two in its length; base of dorsal
equal to its distance from the tip of the spine to the adipose. D. I, 8; A. I, 5.

aequinoctialis Pellegrin.

aa. Caudal peduncle three in the length, three and one-half to four times as long as deep; five to eight
interopercular spines lepturus Regan.

104. Ch^tostomus fischeri Steindachner. (Plate XIII, fig. 1.)

Chcetostomus fischeri Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLI, 1879, p.
162, plate IV, fig. 9 (Rio Mamoni near Chepo); Jordan and Evermann,
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLVII, 1896, p. 16; Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London,
XVII, 1904, p. 248; Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pisces, 1906-8, p. 112;
Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Series, 1916, p.
249 (Tuyra Basin; Bayano Basin; Rio Chagres).

Chcetostomus palmeri Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, p. 667, plate LXXV,
fig. 3 (Rio Tamana, San Juan Basin); Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), XII, 1913,
p. 470.

Chcetostomus paucispinis Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, p. 667, plate
LXXV, fig. 2 (Tado, San Juan Basin); Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XH.
1913. p. 470.

Habitat: Mamoni and Chagres Basins, San Juan Basin, Magdalena Basin,
Atrato Basin, and Naranjito, Ecuador.

I have examined specimens of undoubted C. fischeri from Panama and
undoubted C. paucispinis from Istmina and the Condoto and undoubted C. palmeri

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

83

from Istmina, in the San Juan and from elsewhere. While there are various small
differences, I consider that all of these belong to C. fischeri. The color of C. pauci-
spinis as figured by Regan is the general juvenile color of the genus.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

13653, I. U. M

1

230

Naranjito, Ecuador

Henn

7553 a-c, C. M.; 13942, I. U. M. .

6

Largest 116

Istmina

Eigenmann

7334 a-c, C. M.; 13649, I. U. M. .

6

58-81

Istmina

Wilson

7333 a, C. M.; 13648, I. U. M.. .

2

67-80

Condoto

ii

7575 a-e, C. M.; 13941, I. U. M. .

9

Largest 132

Girardot

Eigenmann

7576 a-d, C. M.; 13943, I. U. M.

8

38-275

Piedra Moler

H

7337 a, C. M

1

70

Raspadura

Wilson

13982, I. U. M

1

Rio Cupe, Cituro

Meek and
Hildebrand

Head to end of temporal plate 2. 8-3. 2; depth 4. 7-5. 3; D. I, 8; A. I, 5; twenty-
four or twenty-five plates along lower margin including the one at base of caudal;
depth of head 1.8-2. 2 in its length to
end of temporal plate, width of head
equal to, or a little less than, its length ;
interorbital 3-3.33 in length of head;
interopercle with two strong spines;
base of dorsal equal to its distance
from the tip of the spine of the adi-
pose or the caudal (Piedra Moler) ; pec-
toral spine reaching a little beyond the
base or considerably beyond the middle
of the outer ventral ray; depth of cau-
dal peduncle 1.8 (Piedra Moler) to 2.5
in its length.

Light brown to black, young with
cross-shades on the back; tips of caudal and dorsal rusty; dorsal uniform, or
with light spots on the rays, especially in the young; caudal uniform in the adult,
with two and a half series of light spots near the base in the young.

The specimens from the Magdalena Basin are a little more robust than the
others. The spines of the margin of the opercle are graduated, the spine at the
angle sometimes quite large, and there may be in addition to the two large spines
one or two small spines on the interopercle directed downward. Some of the small
specimens from Piedra Moler have several interopercular spines in addition to the
two large ones.

Fig. 19. Chcetostomus fischeri Steindachner.
No. 13653, I. U. M., 230 mm.

84

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

105. Cheetostomus marginatus Regan.

Chcetostomus marginatus Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904j p. 249,
plate XIII, fig. 1 (Salidero, N. W. Ecuador); Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 470, (Rio Condoto).

13658, I. U. M., 69 mm., Rio Durango, N. W. Ecuador. Purchased from Rosen-
berg as C. microps.

13944, I. U. M., 55 mm., Chimbo, Ecuador. Rhoads.

Habitat: Western Ecuador; Rio San Juan, Colombia.

Head 3-3.75; depth 5.5-5.65; D. I, 8; A. I, 5; twenty-four to twenty-five
scutes; depth of head 1.75 in its length in the adult, 2 in the young; eye 7-9 in the
head, interorbital 3-3.25; interopercle with five or six short spines in three groups;
base of dorsal equal to its distance from the adipose or its tip or the tip of its spine;
caudal peduncle (2.16 in plate) 2.5 to 3 times as long as deep.

Color olivaceous with yellow dots on the head ; dorsal membranes in adult with
a light streak in the middle; caudal with a narrow light edge. The young speci-
men from Durango has a series of light spots on each dorsal ray, and three light
bars on the caudal. The young from Chimbo has the dorsal and caudal plain.

The young specimens are scarcely distinguishable from the young of C.
thomsoni.

106. Chaetostomus leucomelas Eigenmann. (Plate XH, figs. 5 and 6.)

Chcetostomus leucomelas Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 681.
13652, 1. U. M.; 7340, C. M., three, 116-143 mm., the largest the type. Rio Patia,
halfway between the Rios Magui and Telembi. April 5-6, 1913. Henn.
Head 3.33-3.5; depth 6-6.5; D. I, 8 in two; I, 9 in one; A. I, 5; scutes
twenty-four to twenty-five; eye 2.5 in the interorbital, which is 3 in the headj
depth of head 2 in its length, its width about .8 of its length; interopercle with
three to five strong, recurved, graduated spines; dorsal spine about .8 as long as
head, base of dorsal equal to its distance from the middle of "the adipose spine;
caudal deeply emarginate, the lower lobe longest; depth of caudal peduncle 3 in
its length.

Back and sides light olive, faintly mottled. All fins, except the anal, with light
bands across the rays, the membranes hyaline, margin of caudal light. The con-
trast between light and dark bars is strongest on dorsal and caudal. No spot on
the second membrane of the dorsal in one of the specimens; a spot on the base "of
the second membrane of the dorsal in two of the specimens.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NORTHWESTEKN south AMERICA.

85

107. Chaetostomus thomsoni Regan. (Plate XII, fig. 4.)

Chcetostomus thomsoni Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 250, plate
XIV, fig. 2 (Villeta, Colombia, between Honda and Facatativa).

Specimens Collected by Gonzales.

7341 a, C. M.; 13659, 1. U. M., three, 65-89 mm., Quebrada Guadual.

7342 a, C. M., 55 mm., Quebrada Saijento.

7343 a, C. M., 36 mm,, Quebrada Alban.

7344 a-d, C, M.«, largest 57 mm,, Quebrade de la Ropera, Santander.

7345 a-h, C. M.; 13660, I. U. M., largest 69 mm., Rio San Gil, Santander.

The first three localities are between Honda and Facatativa, Colombia.
Habitat: Santander, and between Honda and Facatativa.

Head 3; depth 5.8-6; D. I, 8; A. I, 5; scales twenty-five; eye 2.5-3 in
the interorbital which is 3 in the head; depth of the head 2.15 to 2.2 in its length;
width of the head equal to its length; snout broadly rounded; five or six curved,
graduate, interopercular spines; dorsal spine about equal to the snout, base of
dorsal a little greater than its distance from the tip of the adipose; - depth of caudal
peduncle 2.33 in its length.

Uniform olivaceous, or with dark cross-shades on the back. Fins nearly uni-
form with rusty tips, or dorsal and caudal rays alternately light and dark with
three and a half dark bands on the caudal.

108. Chaetostomus aequinoctialis Pellegrin.

Chcetostomus cequinoctialis Pellegrin, Bull. Mus. Hist. Natur. Paris, XV, 1909,
p. 518; Poissons de I’Equateur, in Mission de I’Equateur, Arc de meridien
equatorial, IX, B. p. 2, plate I (Rio Pove, Santo Domingo de los Colorados.
at 560 m, above sea-level).

Habitat: Western Ecuador.

- Head 3; depth 6; D. I, 8; A. I, 5; twenty-four scales; head as wide as long;
2.5 times as long as deep; eye 8 in head; interorbital 3,25, snout 1.66; interopercle
with twenty spines, the posterior strong, 1.5 times the eye; dorsal spine .4 of the
head, the last ray nearly equal to the first; base of caudal equals three-fourths of
its distance from the caudal; depth of caudal peduncle 2 in its length.

Olivaceous, with some dark spots on the rays of the dorsal. Known from a
specimen 72 mm. long,

86

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

109. Chatostomus lepturus Regan. (Plate XII ^ fig. 7.)

Chcetostomus Upturns Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, p. 667, plate LXXV,
fig. 1 (Rio Tamana); Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 470 (Rios
Tamana and Condoto).

7332 a-x, C. M.; 13647, I. U. M., one hundred and three, 57-193 mm., Istmina.
Wilson.

7331 a-f, C. M.; 13646, I. U. M., eleven, 76-190 mm., Condoto. Wilson.

7537 a-b, C. M.; 15302, I. U. M., four, 150-220 mm., Rio San Juan, halfway
between Puerto Negria and Istmina. Eigenmann.

Habitat: Upper San Juan Basin.

This species is easily distinguished by its elongate caudal peduncle.

Head 3.25-3.5; depth 5.33-6; D. I, 8; A. I, 5; scutes twenty-four to twenty-
six; depth of head very little over 2 in its length, width of head not quite equal to
its length; interorbital 3-3.5 in the head; eye 7-10 in the head; interopercle with
from four to eight short, curved spines, arranged in two or three diverging groups,
none of them folding under the opercle; dorsal spine six-sevenths the length of the
head, the last ray about half as long, the dorsal being obliquely emarginate or
truncate, base of dorsal equal to its distance from the anterior half of the adipose
spine; depth of caudal peduncle 3.33-4 in its length.

Adult nearly uniform olive, a few light spots on the posterior dorsal rays, a
few dusky spots on the basal half of the caudal rays, tip of dorsal and tips of caudal
lobes rusty, margin of caudal narrowly light; a dark spot at the base of the first
and sometimes at the base of the second dorsal ray.

Young with cross-shades on the back, dorsal spots more numerous, three more
or less regular, light bars across basal two-thirds of caudal, which is more broadly
margined with light; upper surfaces of pectorals and ventrals with cross-shades;
a dark spot at the bases of the anterior dorsal rays.

Ancistrus Kner.

Type, Hypostomus cirrhosus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Distinguished from all other Plecostominids by tentacles on the naked margin
of the snout, much more numerous in the male than in the female. Evidently
allied to Chcetostomus and Xenocara.

Key to the Species of Ancisteus.

a. Ramus of the lower jaw 3.1-4 in the interorbital, in the young three times.

h. Lower surface with round dark spots, fins with dark spots; females 100 mm. long, with about
fourteen marginal tentacles centrolepis Regan.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

87

bb. Male plain below, female with faint pale spots below and on the fins, females 130 mm. long, with

only four small tentacles spinosus Meek and Hildebrand.

aa. Ramus of lower jaw 1.8-2. 3 in the interorbital.

c. A. I, 3; interorbital 1.8-2.33 in length of head; ventral surface with light spots.

triradiatus Eigenmann {Extraliinital) .

cc. A. I, 3 or 4; interorbital 2.1-2.12 in length of head; dorsal siDine 1.2-1. 5 in the head.

chagresi Eigenmann and Eigenmann.

110. Ancistrus centrolepis Regan. (Plate XII, fig. 9; Plate XIII, fig. 2.)

Ancistrus centrolepis Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1913, p. 470 (Choco,
Rio San Juan).

Ancistrus melas Eigenmann, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 83 (Condoto;
Raspadura) .

Head 2. 5-2. 8; depth 6; D. I, 7;

A. I, 4; mandibular ramus 3-4 in the
interorbital; median tentacles of the
snout not fully developed in a male 122
mm. long, consisting of only three ten-
tacles ; in the largest male there are two
median tentacles and respectively four
and five on the arms of the Y. Dorsal
sometimes reaching beyond middle of
adipose spine, sometimes not to its base.

Adult black, with obscure spots on
the fins. Some small, lighter-colored
specimens have the belly covered with
round spots about equal to the eye;
similar, but more obscure, spots on
the back; the spots on the fins more conspicuous, those of the dorsal frequently
consisting of oblique dashes on the membranes.

111. Ancistrus spinosus Meek and Hildebrand.

Ancistrus spinosus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser., X, 1916, p. 252 (Rio Yape, Tuyra Basin; Rio Calobre, Bayano Basin) .
Habitat: Western slope of southern Panama.

Known from two specimens 130 and 135 mm. long. It may prove to be a
synonym of A. centrolepis Regan.

Fig. 20. Ancistrus centrolepis Regan. Drawn
from the type of A. meZas Eigenmann. No. 7335, C.
M., 106 mm.

88

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

112. Ancistrus chagresi Eigenmann and Eigenmann.

Ancistrus cirrhosus (non Cuvier and Valenciennes) Kner and Steindachner,
Abhandl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, X, 1864, p. 61 (Rio Chagres).
Ckcetostomus cirrhosus Gunther, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, VI, 1866, p. 478 (Rio
Chagres).

Ancistrus chagresi Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci. (2),
II, 1889, p. 47 (Rio Chagres); Occasional Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., 1,1890,
p. 446; Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.,X,
1916, p. 251 (Chagres Basin and Rio Chorrera, a small stream on the Pacific
slope west of Panama City).

Xenocara chagresi Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVH, 1904, p. 256, plate
XIV, fig. T (Rio Chagres); Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pisces, 1906-8, p.
113 (Rio Chagres).

Habitat: Both slopes- of Central Panama.

Loricaria Linnaeus.

Type, Loricaria cataphracta Linnaeus.

Key to the Species op Loricaria.

a. Lower lip papillose, the maxillary barbel not reaching the gill-opening.

b. Ventral surface entirely covered with plates; upper caudal lobe but little produced; orbit
with a notch.

c. Dorsal truncate, the spine and rays about coterminous; lateral plates scarcely encroaching
on the ventral surface, five to nine plates between them at the middle of the pectoral;
male without bristles on the nape; lateral keels two, becoming approximated on the
fifteenth or sixteenth scute; predorsal scutes feebly carinate; no naked area behind

pectoral uracantha Kner and Steindachner.

cc. Tip of dorsal spine and the first ray extending beyond the tip of the rest; lateral plates
encroaching considerably on the sides of the ventral surface; a narrow, naked area
behind the pectoral.

d. Lateral keels uniting on the fifteenth or sixteenth scute.

e. Outer ventral ray prolonged in a filament; width at pectoral equal to, or greater
than, the distance between pectoral and snout; three or four plates on belly;

below the middle of the pectoral magdalenae Steindachner.

ee. Outer ventral ray not, or scarcely, prolonged in a filament, except in the young;
width at pectoral equal to, or less than, distance between pectoral and snout;
five to seven (rarely three) ventral plates at middle of pectorals.

jubata Boulenger.

dd. Lateral keels uniting on the twenty-second scute; outer ventral rays moderately
produced.

/. Width at last anal ray 5-5.5 in caudal peduncle. filamentosa Steindachner.

//. Width at last anal ray 4 in caudal peduncle.. ..... .latiura Eigenmann and Vance.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

89

bb. Ventral surface with a narrow, naked strip between two series of median plates and the lateral
plates; orbit with a notch.

g. Width in front of pectoral spine a little greater than distance between snout and spine.

seminuda Eigenmann and Vance.

gg. Width in front of pectoral spine less than distance between snout and spine.

capetensis Meek and Hildebrand.

bbb. Ventral surface mostly naked; orbit without a notch.

h. Ventrals lanceolate, the outer ray slightly produced, reaching beyond base of last anal ray,

first dorsal rays extending beyond the tip of the rest; keels united on the seventeenth
scute; upper caudal ray extremely elongate; a series of scutes along the middle of the

belly of the adult gymnogaster Eigenmann and Vance.

hh. Ventrals not reaching beyond base of anal; upper caudal ray less produced. Keels united
on about the twenty-first scute, dorsal rays coterminous, longest ray not quite as long
as head fimbriata Eigenmann and Vance.

aa. Lips with short tentacles, the margin with much longer ones, the maxillary barbel extending beyond
, the gill-opening; ventral rays produced, reaching anal; a row of scutes along middle of belly;
ventral surface otherwise naked; upper caudal ray much produced; keels united on the sixteenth
scute; orbit with a notch r variegata Steindachner.

113. Loricaria uracantha Kner and Steindachner.

Loricaria uracantha Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. Miin-
chen, X, 1866, p. 56, plate VI, figs. 3, 3 a, 3 6 (New Granada; Rio Chagres);-
Gunther, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 1866, p. 393 and 478 (Atlantic and
Pacific slopes of Panama); Vaillant, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1897, p.
220 (Chagres); Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 278 (Pan-
ama); Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pisces, 1906-1908, p. 113; Meek and
Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser., X, 1916, p. 256 (Rio
Chagres).

Loricaria bransfordi Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1876, p. 338 (Panama).
Habitat: Chagres River, eastern slope of central Panama.

Meek and Hildebrand secured this species in the Chagres River. They doubt

the record of the species from the Pacific slope. They find that L. bransfordi was

based on the adult male of this species.

114. Loricaria magdalenae Steindachner. (Plate XV, fig. 4.)

Loricaria magdalence Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad." Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1879,
p. 74, plate VII, figs. 2, 3 6; Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904,
p. 279.

3821, C. M.; 12783, I. U. M., four, 70-96 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

3822, C. M., one, 100 mm., Calamar. Eigenmann.

7532 a-c, C. M.; 13638 a-b, I. U. M., six, 48-122 mm., Quibdo. Eigenmann.

90

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

7533 a-c, C. M.; 13952, I. U. M., seven, 30-120 mm., Managru. Wilson.

7326, C. M.; 13637, IMJ. M., six, largest 102 mm., Raspadura. Wilson,

7534 a-d, C. M.; 13953, I. U. M., nine, largest 86 mm., Truando. Wilson.
Habitat: Magdalena and Atrato Basins.

115. Loricaria jubata Boulenger.

Loricaria jubata Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), IX, 1902, p. 70 (St.
Javier, elev. 60 ft.; Rio Durango, 350 ft., both in N. W. Ecuador); Regan,
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p, 278, plate XV, fig. 5; Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914, p. 32 (Rio Condoto).

Loricaria magdalence {non Steindachner) Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII,
1913, p. 470 (Rio San Juan; Rio Condoto).

Habitat: Northwestern Ecuador to the San Juan and Atrato Basins, »

7535 a, C. M., 95 mm. (to base of caudal), Raspadura, Atrato River. Wilson.

3823, C. M.; 12784, I. U. M., forty-three, 74-162 mm., Istmina, San Juan River.

Eigenmann and Wilson.

7325 a-c, C, M,; 13636, I. U. M., six, largest 148 mm., Tado, San Juan River.
Wilson.

3820, C. M., one, 47 mm., Puerto Negria, San Juan River. Eigenmann.

7327 a, C, M.; 13645, I. U, M., two, Creeks of Rio Telembi, Patia Basin. Henn
and Wilson.

7327 1 a, C. M.; 13639, I. U. M., Patia between Magui and Telembi. Henn,

7327 a, C. M.; 13645, I. U. M., Rio Telembi, Patia Basin, Henn and Wilson.

No. 13645, I. U. M. is a male with the bristles on sides of head, nape and
pectoral extremely developed. The outer ventral rays are not prolonged.

No. 7535, C. M., which is an undoubted jubata, extends the range of this
species to the Atlantic drainage.

116. Loricaria filamentosa Steindachner.

Loricaria fdamentosa Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXX, 1878,
p. 45, plate IX (Magdalena); ibid., XLH, 1880, p. 65 (Cauca near Caceres);
Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p, 274.

Habitat: Lower Magdalena Basin.

3804 a-b, C. M.; 12694 a-c, I, U. M., five, 160-276 mm,, Soplaviento, Eigenmann.

3805 a, C, M., one, 291 mm., Calamar. Eigenmann.

The width of the body at the last anal ray is contained 5-5.5 in its distance
from the caudal. The anal buckler is made up of from seventeen to twenty-five

EIGENMANN: fishes of NORTHWESTEKN south AMERICA.

91

plates. The plates of the ventral surface form a complete armature, which is
composed of the very wide lateral plates and two rows of median plates. Between
the pectorals the median plates split up into a large number of small plates.

117. Loricaria latiura Eigenmann and Vance. (Plate XV, fig. 3.)

Loricaria filamentosa latiura Eigenmann and Vance, Indiana University Studies,
No. 16, Sept. (Dec. 23), 1912, p. 13.

Loricaria tuyrense Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser., X, 1913, p. 81 (Tuyra).

Habitat: Tuyra and Atrato Basins.

3806, C. M.; 12695, I. U. M., twelve, Boca de Certegui. Eigenmann.

15303, I. U. M., 320 mm., Truando. Wilson.

The twelve specimens from Boca de Certegui differ from typical filamentosa
very notably in the width of the body and tail. The width at the base of the last
anal ray is contained but four times in the distance of its base from the caudal.

In 15303, I. U. M., the width at the base of the last anal ray is contained but
3.33 times in the distance between the base of the last anal ray and the base of
the caudal. The anal buckler is on the average composed of fewer plates. The
number usually runs from fourteen to eighteen, but in one example, it reaches
twenty-five.

Meek and Hildebrand secured this species in the Tuyra Basin at Boca de Cupe
and at the mouth of the Yape.

118. Loricaria seminuda Eigenmann and Vance. (Plate XIV, figs. 1 and 2.)

Loricaria filamentosa seminuda Eigenmann and Vance, Indiana University Studies,
No. 16, Sept. (Dec. 23), 1912, p. 13.

A single specimen from Girardot, 3807, C. M., measuring 182 mm. to base of
caudal, differs from L. filamentosa. The median plates of the ventral surface are
much smaller, leaving a naked area between them and the lateral plates. In other
respects this species is like the typical specimens of filamentosa.

119. Loricaria capetensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Loricaria capetensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser., X, 1913, p. 80; 1913, p. 259, plate XII.

This species is known from two specimens, 164 and 162 mm. long, taken in
the Rio Capeti of the Tuyra Basin.

92

MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

120. Loricaria gymnogaster Eigenmann and Vance. (Plate XIV, figs. 3 and 4.)

Loricaria gymnogaster Eigenmann and Vance, Indiana University Studies, No. 16,
Sept. (Dec. 23), 1912, p. 12.

Habitat: Upper Magdalena Basin.

12691, I. U. M., type, 182 mm. to base of caudal (upper caudal filament about 480
mm.); 12692, I. U. M., seven paratypes, Apulo. Gonzales.

3839 a-j, C. M.; 12693 a-j, I. U. M., forty-one paratypes, Girardot, Eigenmann.

Head 4.8; depth 9.3 ; depth of head at base of occipital about half of its greatest
width, which is 1.25 in its length. Eye 3.5 in snout; 6.5 in head, 1,6 in interorbital;
D, I, 7; A. I, 5. Scutes eighteen + twelve; width at base of last anal ray 4 in its
distance from the caudal.

Lateral keels prominent; the occipital with a single short serrate keel on its
posterior half; the two median plates following it, each with two serrate keels.
The occipital bordered by three plates behind. The lateral plates of the nape
each with a -serrated keel. Orbit without a notch, its upper margin spinulose.
Belly naked in the adult, except for a few granules on the sides and in front of the
anus, and sometimes on the breast; entirely naked in the young. Lips fringed with
papillsD, the lower lip broad, with fringed papillae increasing in size to the mouth.
Three or four teeth on each side of the lower jaw, the same number in the upper
jaw. Dorsal spine in adult equal to its distance from the anterior margin of the
nares, the rays rapidly decreasing in height. Dorsal spine not so high in the young.
Pectorals with the outer ray extending to the second third of the ventral, about
equal to the head in length. Outer ventral ray thick, reaching about to the middle
of the anal. Caudal emarginate, the lower ray but little produced, about twice as
long as middle rays; the upper ray very greatly produced, more than twice the
length of the rest of the fish.

Five obscure dark cross-bands, the first across the nape, the second just behind
the dorsal. In the small specimens the bands are more conspicuous and a narrower
fifth band extends obliquely downward and forward from the base of the second
and third dorsal rays. In the young the margins of the bands are frequently
more intense than- the center, and a line behind the bands is frequently much
lighter than the rest of the interspace. Dorsal uniformly spotted with faint
quadrate spots. Caudal dusky at base and with two more or less distinct, dark
bands, the last of which is at the. margin; sometimes additional bands across the
caudal lobes; the outer caudal rays barred. Anal with one or two faint cross-
bands, both frequently above the middle of the fin. Ventral with three or four
similar bands. Pectorals with more numerous and less regular bands.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 93

121. Loricaria fimbriata Eigenmann and Vance. (Plate XV, figs. 1 and 2.)
Loricaria fimbriata Eigenmann and Vance, Indiana University Studies, No. 16,
Sept. (Dec. 23), 1912, p. 12; Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
Pubs., Zool. Ser., X, 1916, p. 261 (Mouth of the Rio Capeti, Tuyra Basin).
Habitat: Tuyra, Truando, and Magdalena Basins.

3808, C. M., type, 114 mm. over all. Length to base of caudal, 84 mm. Boca de
Certegui. Eigenmann.

3809, C. M.; 12714, I. U. M., two paratypes, the largest 52 mm. over all. Bernal
Creek near Honda. Eigenmann.

The paratype differs from the type in having seven obscure cross-bands. The
caudal is blackish at the base and at its margin. Ventrals with two cross-bars.
Lips simple, not fringed. About three teeth in the upper jaw and about six in
the lower.

Head 4.25; depth 10; dorsal 8; anal 6; lateral plates twenty -f- ten or eleven;
eye 2.7 in snout, 5.3 in head, a little less than 1 in interorbital. Width at last anal
ray 5 in its distance from the caudal; width of head 1.4 in its length. Head moder-
ately depressed, occipital strigate, with a pair of serrated keels, bordered by three
plates. Plates of anterior part of body strigate and keeled. Lips broad, anterior
with short, fleshy, marginal tentacles, the posterior papillose and with slender
marginal fringes. A few granular plates along the middle of the belly, inconspicuous
marginal plates at the sides. Lower surface otherwise naked.

Pectoral truncate when opened, the outer ray not prolonged, reaching to the
ventrals. Outer pectoral ray slightly produced, the rest of the margin of the fin
rounded. Dorsal truncate, the tips of the rays reaching equidistant when the fin
is depressed. Upper caudal filament about equal to distance from snout to dorsal.
Dorsal rays, each with about seven obscure spots. Caudal with narrow undulating
bars of black and white. Pectorals colored like the dorsal, ventrals dusky, anal
hyaline. Five obscure cross-bands in the type. Five teeth in the upper jaw, eight
in the lower.

122. Loricaria variegata Steindachner.

Loricaria variegata Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLI, 1879, p. 163,
plate III (Rio Mamoni near Chepo, Panama); Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc.
London, XVII, 1904, p. 293; Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pisces, 1906-8,
p. 113; Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914, p. 32 (Rio Condoto) ;
Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser., X, 1916,
p. 258. (Tuyra Basin.)

13635, I. U. M., one, 132 mm., Tado. Wilson.

94

MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

3813, C. M.; 12777, I. U. M., 15304, I. U. M., seven, 103-197 mm., Boca de
Certegui. Eigenmann and Wilson.

3814, C. M., one, 160 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

3816 a-h, C. M.; 12779, I. U. M., three, 49-66 mm., Penas Blancas. Eigenmann.
3815 a-e, C. M. ; 12778, 1. U. M., twenty-four, 58-118 mm., Girardot. Eigenmann.
12780, I. U. M., eleven, 53-122 mm., Apulo. Gonzales.

Habitat: Magdalena, Atrato, Tuyra, and Chepo Basins.

Sturisoma Swainson.

Type, Loricaria rostrata Spix.

This is the Oxyloricaria of Bleeker, recognized by Regan in Trans. Zool. Soc.
London, XVII, 1904, p. 297. Teeth numerous; orbit without a distinct notch;
snout produced and pointed.

Key to the Species of Sturisoma.

a. Three rows of plates on belly. ,

b. Width in front of the pectoral equal to, or less than, snout; mandible 2.5-3 in interorbital; a
dark streak along the sides from snout to end of dorsal; a dark streak on the dorsal just behind
the spine. Head 4.06-5.3; scutes thirty-three to thirty-five.

panamense (Eigenmann and Eigenmann).

hh. Width in front of the pectoral greater than the snout.

c. Fins long and sharply pointed; the dorsal spine almost equal to its distance from the snout;
anterior half of dorsal blackish; caudal dark at base; head 5.25-5.33; thirty-one to

thirty-three scutes; width of head 1.14-1.25 tamanae (Regan).

cc. Dorsal fin about equal to its distance from the middle of the snout; fins plain; head about
5; thirty-one scutes; width of head about 1.6 in its length; snout acute, its margin

concave aixreum (Steindachner).

ccc. Fins shorter, the dorsal spine equal to its distance from the middle of the eye or the nares;
dorsal with spots along the rays; head 4.2 -4.5 in the length; thirty scutes; width of

head 1.4-1. 5 in its length leightoni (Regan).

ao. Five to eight rows of plates on belly; head 4.55-5.1 in the length; scutes thirty or thirty-one; height
of dorsal not much greater than length of head; fins usually with indistinct dark markings.

citurense (Meek and Hildebrand).

123. Sturisoma panamense (Eigenmann and Eigenmann).

(Plate XVI, figs. 4, 5, and 6.)

Loricaria rostrata {non Spix) Steindachner, Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLI,
1879, p. 165 (Rio Mamoni).

Loricaria panamensis Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), II,
1889, p. 34; Occasional Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., I, 1890, p. 365 (Panama).
Oxyloricaria panamensis Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 301;

EIGENMANN: fishes of NORTHWESTEEN south AMERICA.

95

Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pisces, 1906-8, p. 114; Meek and Hildebrand,
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser., X, 1916, p. 261 (Rio Calobre, Bayano
Basin; Tuyra Basin).

Sturisoma panamense Eigenmann, Reports Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, III,
1916, p. 416; Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1914, p. 470 (Rios
San Juan and Condoto).

fLoricaria aurea Steindachner, Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1900, p. 206; Denkschr.

Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXH, 1902, p. 138, plate V, fig. 2 (Rio Magdalena).
Loricaria jrenata Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), IX, 1902, p. 69 (N. W.
Ecuador) .

Oxyloricaria frenata (Regan), Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVH, 1904, p. 302, plate
XVHI, fig. 2 (N. W. Ecuador).

Sturisoma frenatum Eigenmann, Reports Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, HI,
1909, p. 416:

Oxyloricaria dariensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool Ser., X, 1913, p. 81 (Rio Tuyra and Rio Bayano Basins).

Habitat: Bayano, Tuyra, Magdalena, San Juan, and Patia Basins; North-
western Ecuador.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

3919, C. M

1

137

Below Buenavista

Eigenmann

7536, C. M

1

150

Quibdo

Wilson

13966, I. U. M

1

194

Certegui

((

13641, I. U. M.; 7329, C.

M.

6

140-196

Condoto

(i

13644, I. U. M

1

—

Tado

U

12782, I. U. M.; 3818, C.

M.

6

91-161

Istmina

Eigenmann

12781, I. U. M.; 3817, C.

M.

4

70-207

Puerto Negria

a

13642, I. U. M

2

210-245

Rio Magui

Henn

13643, I. U. M.; 7330, C.

M.

6

166-196

Patia between

13992, I. U. M

2

182-195

Magui and
Telembi

Boca de Cupe

Meek and Hildebrand

51985, U. of Michigan. . .

7

Largest i72

Fundacion

Pearse and Gaige

124. Sturisoma tamanae (Regan).

Oxyloricaria tamance Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, p. 669, plate LXXVII,
figs. 1, 1 a and 1 h (Rio Tamana, San Juan Basin.)

Sturisoma tamance Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 470 (Rio
Tamana; Rio Condoto).

3811, C. M.; 12775, 1. U. M., five, 114-224 mm., Istmina. Eigenmann.

3810, C. M.; 12774, I. U. M., two, 172-184 mm., halfway between Puerto Negria
and Istmina. Eigenmann.

96

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

3812, C. M.,' 12776, I. U. M., seventeen, 165-210 mm., Puerto Negria. Eigen-
mann.

7328, C. M.^ 13640, I. U. M., two, 169-187 mm., San Juan Basin. Wilson.
Habitat: San Juan Basin.

125. Sturisoma aureum (Steindachner).

Loricaria aurea Steindachner, Anz. Akad, Wiss. Wien, 1900, p. 206; Denkschr.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXII, 1902, p. 138, plate V, fig. 2 (Bodega Central, Rio
Magdalena and Rio Meta).

This species has been identified with S. panamense by Regan. It is known
from one specimen 169 mm. long to base of caudal, and a smaller specimen from
the Rio Meta. The latter identification may well be left in doubt until direct
comparisons of larger specimens can be made. S. aurea temporarily at least is
here resurrected. It seems to be intermediate between panamense and leightoni.

Head about 5; D. 8; thirty-one scutes; eye nearly 10 in head; snout a little
over 1.6.

126. Sturisoma leightoni (Regan). (Plate XVI, figs. 1 and 2.)

Oxyloricaria leightoni Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, p. 669, plate LXXVII,
fig. 2 (Honda).

Habitat: Upper Magdalena Basin; Rio San Juan; and east of Bogota.

No. of

Catalog Numbers. Specimens.

12785, I. U. M.; 3824 a-;, C. M 52

12786, I. U. M.; 3824 a-f, C. M 13

13788, I. U. M.; 3828 a-c, C. M 5

3826 a, C. M 1

12789, I. U. M.; 3829 a-f, C. M 13

12790, I. U. M.; 3830 a-c, C. M 5

12787, I. U. M.; 3827 a, C. M 2

12791, I. U. M 1

13799, I. U. M.; 13796, I. U. M Male and

female

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

22-93

Bernal Creek, Honda

Eigenmann

58-98

Girardot

a

59-88

Piedra Moler

((

91

Cartago

48-102

Paila

i(

79-105

Cali

((

79-88

Cauca at Cali

a

86

Istmina, R. San Juan

a

97-100

Cumaral, Meta Basin

Maria

The specimens from Cumaral in Eastern Colombia differ slightly in having the
fins a little shorter and the spines of the male shorter.

127. Sturisoma citurense Meek and Hildebrand. (Plate XVI, fig. 3.)

Oxyloricaria citurensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser., X, 1913, p. 82 (Rio Cupe and Cituro, Panama); ibid., X, 1916, p. 262,
plate XHI (Bayano and Tuyra Basins).

Habitat: Pacific slope of southern Panama.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

97

I have examined specimens (13989-13991 I. U. M.) collected at Rio Yape and
Boca de Cupe by Meek and Hildebrand.

Farlowella Eigenmann and Eigenmann.

Type, Acestm acus Kner,

128. Farlowella gracilis Regan.

Farlowella gracilis Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XVII, 1904, p. 303, plate XX,
fig. 3 (Rio Caqueta, Cauca Valley).

This species, known from the type, a specimen 190 mm. long, was not collected
by me in the Cauca Valley.

Order HETEROGNATHI.

Family X. CHARACID^.

Key to the Transandean Genera op CnARACiDiE.

a. Teeth none; no gill-rakers; intestine very long; an adipose fin; postventral area with a median

series of scales, lateral line complete, caudal naked. (Curimatince) Curimatus.

aa. Teeth of the upper jaw spatulate, none on the middle of the lower jaw; sides of the lower jaw with
or without teeth. (Parodontince) .

b. Lower lip with a straight transverse margin; teeth of upper, jaw with a narrow base and an
expanded pectinate tip, their long axes horizontal; mandible proximally rod-shaped,
distally with two flat blades, one of them thin, quadrate, transverse, forming the front of
the jaw; the other, at right angles to it, forming the sides of the jaw; it has a large or
smaller hollow ampulla protruding from its outer surface near the middle of its free margin,

c. Sides of the lower jaw with one to three outcurved truncate incisors on the inner side of the

ampulla Parodon.

cc. Sides of the lower jaw without teeth, the ampulla comparatively small Apareiodon.

bb. Lower lip five-lobed, arranged in a crescent; teeth of the upper jaw not serrate, each succeeding
one considerably behind the preceding one; no teeth in the lower jaw Saccodon.

aaa. Teeth very numerous, minute, freely movable; jaws weak; the mouth protractile, sucker-like;
gill- membranes joined to the isthmus; a movable, procumbent, predorsal spine.
aaaa. Teeth well developed in both jaws. (Prochilodince) .

Prochilodus.

d. Teeth compressed, truncate, notched, deirticulate, or serrate; sometimes a few canines, conic in
Grundulus and Pyrrhulina.

e. Mandibular teeth in two series in front; skull without fontanels.

/.No adipose fin; walls of air-bladder normal. Teeth of the outer mandibular series

conical. {Pyrrhulinince) Pyrrhulina.

//. Walls of anterior portion of the posterior air-bladder cellular. Teeth of the outer series
of the mandible multicuspid. {Lebiasinince) .

g. Adipose absent '. Lebiasina.

gg. Adipose present Piabucina.

ee. Mandibular teeth in a single series in front, sometimes with a pair of canines near the sym-
physis.

98

MEMOIKS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

h. Premaxillary with a single series of teeth. ♦

i. Teeth very few, entire, pointed obliquely forward. (Anastomatince) .

j. Anterior and posterior narial openings separated by a flap; gill-membranes
united, joined to the isthmus; intestine short; mouth very small, with few

leporine teeth Leporinodus.

jj. Anterior and posterior narial openings separated by an interspace; gill-mem-
branes united and joined to the isthmus.

k. Back with a distinct hump Abramites.

kk. Back normal Leporinus.

u. Teeth usually three-pointed, no frontal fontanel; a small circular occipital fontanel;
gill-membranes free from the isthmus; maxillary without teeth.

(Narmostomatince) Characidium.

iii. Teeth conical, tri- or multicuspid; gill-membranes free from each other and from
isthmus; large frontal and parietal fontanels. (Cheirodontinoe) .

I. No adipose fin; lateral line incomplete.

m. Predorsal area partly naked; teeth all conic, in regular series. Anal

short, less than twenty rays Grundulus.

mm. Predorsal area scaled; part of the teeth tricuspid. Anal long, over
fifty rays Phanagoniates.

II. Adipose fin well developed.

n. Teeth tricuspid; interhgemals normal; lateral line with but few pCres,

■caudal naked; no pseudotympanum. Megalamphodus.

nn. Teeth in part five-lobed.

0. Lateral line incomplete.

p. Male wdth a lobe of large scales extending along the base of the

middle caudal rays; interhsemals weak .Compsura.

pp. Caudal of male without a median series of scales. _

q. Interha?mals of the male weak Pseudocheirodon.

qq. Interhsemals of the male forming a saw on the lower edge

of the caudal peduncle Cheirodon.

00. Lateral line complete; interhsemals feeble; maxillary with a few
broad-tipped teeth; teeth of the upper and lower jaws similar.

Odontostilbe.

hh. Premaxillary teeth in two or more series.

r. Breast not compressed to an edge.

s. Dorsal fin near middle of body; teeth with, three or more lobes except in
Genycharax, (which see).

t. Sides of lower jaw with two series of teeth, a pair of canines behind the

series near symphysis. {Bryconinoe) Brycon.

tt: Lower jaw with a single series of teeth; caudal naked.

u. Teeth -of the sides of the lower jaw not on a raised ridge.

( Tetragonopterince).

V. Premaxillary teeth in two series.

w. Second suborbital not in contact with the preopercle below,
or with five teeth in the inner series of the - pre-
maxillary.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

99

X. Lateral line incomplete; an adipose fin; caudal naked.

y. Few teeth, if any, near the upper angle of the

maxillary. . Hyphessobrycon.

yy. Maxillary with teeth along its entire edge; lateral
teeth of the lower jaw and median teeth of the
upper jaw enlarged Pseudochalceus.

XX. Lateral line complete.

z. Teeth all notched or denticulate; scales cycloid.

Astyanax.

zz. Teeth all triangular, those of the outer series of
the upper jaw much more numerous than those
of the inner. Mouth very large, the lower jaw

entering the profile. Genycharax.

zzz. Teeth of the lower jaw all similar, those of the
side of the jaw wider than the anterior ones;
maxillary with two very broad teeth.

Landonia.

ww. Second suborbital in contact with the lower limb of the
preopercle; four teeth in the inner series of the
premaxillary.

A. No adipose fin; lateral line incomplete; outer and
middle caudal rays of the male filiform.

Nematobrycon.

' A A. Adipose fin present.

B. Anal very short, with but ten rays..Microgenys.
B B. Anal moderate or long.

C. Few teeth along the upper portion of the
maxillary.

D. Middle caudal rays with enlarged scales
forming a pouch.

E. Lower caudal fulcra in the male
separated from the rest.

Argopleura.

EE. Lower caudal fulcra not separated

from the rest. ... Pbenacobrycon.
DD: Caudal in the male without glandular

scales Bryconamericus.

C C. Teeth along the entire or nearly entire edge

of the maxillary Hemibrycon.

vv. Premaxillary with three series of teeth, the lower jaw short;

anal short Creagrutus.

uu. Teeth of the sides of the lower jaw large, conical, on a raised ridge.

(Rhoadsince).

F. Lateral line complete Parastremma.

FF. Lateral line incomplete " . . .Rboadsia.

100

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ss. Origin of the dorsal behind the middle of the body, anal short, mouth oblique

( Glandulocaudinoe) .

G. Opercle in male prolonged, ending in a flap over the anal.

Stevardia {extralimital) .

GG. Opercle not prolonged.

H. A scale of the sides in the male prolonged, expanded into a dermal

flap at its end. Anal short Pterobrycon.

•e-

II II. None of the scales prolonged; three lowest rays of the caudal in
the male separated from the rest, a squamous pouch surrounding
them.

I. Anal with thirty to thirty-four rays; lateral line complete.

Gephyrocharax.

II. Anal with eighteen rays; lateral line incomplete. . . Microbrycon.
rr. Pre ventral area trenchant.

J. Body elongate; lateral line continued to the tail. {Chalcinince).. . .Chalcinus.
JJ. Body short; lateral line deflected before the anal and adipose. {Gastero-

pelicinoe) Thoracocharax.

dd. Teeth conical or triangular.

K. Dorsal near middle of the body, adipose fin present, fontanels well developed.

L. No teeth on the palate.

M. Abdominal area long, the pectorals not overlapping the more or less remote
ventrals;' salmon-like. Teeth in the outer series of both jaws larger than

• those of the inner. iSalmininoe) Salminus.

MM. Abdominal area short, pectorals overlapping the nearby \entrals, anal very long.

(Characince).

N. Breast and belly rounded.

0. Jaws with external tooth-like processes; rakers on upper and lower gill-

arches similar, no conspicuous canines. . . Rceboides.

00. Jaws without external tooth-like processes; with canines Charax.

N N. Breast and belly compressed to an edge; lower jaw with a pair of canines
on each side, a pair of small canines behind the first series. . Gilbertoius.
LL. Teeth on the palate in the adult, none in the young. Dorsal near middle of body, an

adipose fin and fontanels present (Acestrorhamphinw) Acestrocephalus.

K K. Dorsal far behind the middle of the body, an adipose fin; snout very long. With

the general appearance of a Lepidosteus { Hydrocynince) Ctenolucius.

KKK. Dorsal near middle of body, no adipose fin; no fontanels. A. 10-13. Strong canines.
Palate with teeth {Erythrininoe) Hoplias.

Subfamily CuRiMATiNiE.

CuRiMATUS Oken,

The term Curimatus is here used in its wider sense. Until the entire group is
.revised the recognition of smaller genera has little advantage. Mouth without
teeth; caudal naked; lateral line complete; gill-rakers short.

This genus ranges from its northernmost locality, the Rio Chorrera on the

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

• 101

Pacific side of Panama, to Buenos Aires on the east and to Paita, Peru, on the west.

While there are seven species of Curimatus in the area under consideration, so
far as known, no locality harbors more than two species. The highest elevation
at which Curimatus was found is Girardot. Most of them are found within the
first three hu;ndred feet above sea-level.

Two species are found in both Atlantic and Pacific drainage areas. These are
C. lineopunctatus, found abundantly in the entire San Juan Basin and across its
headwaters in the headwaters of the Atrato; and C. magdalence, found in Lake
Maracaibo and the Magdalena, Atrato, Tuyra, and the Mamoni Basins.

Key to the Species of Curimatus.

a. Scales in lateral line fewer than sixty; post-ventral area rounded, or very obscurely keeled.

b. A conspicuous black band from tip of snout to end of middle caudal rays, in the adult fainter
bands above and below this; no caudal spot; a large black band from near the middle of the
anterior dorsal rays to the base of about the fifth to seventh rays; highest anal ray extending
much beyond the tip of the last; ventrals under middle of dorsal; scales 5.5-36 to 39-5 or 6;
predorsal area scaled; caudal naked; isthmus under posterior margin of eye.

atratoensis Eigenmann.

bb. Series of spots along the rows of scales; a conspicuous black spot on the caudal peduncle;
longest anal rays extending beyond tip of last; ventrals under anterior part of dorsal;
caudal naked.

c. Depth 2.66-3; scales 6 to 7-38 to 44-5f to 7 lineopunctatus Boulenger.

cc. Depth 3-3.33; scales 8 or 9-44 to 48-8 patiae Eigenmann.

bbb. A black lateral band, separated by an interspace from a sharp black spot at the base of the
middle caudal rays. Anal slightly emarginate, the highest ray extending beyond the tip of

the last ray; scales 8 to 10-51 to 56-8 peruanus Eigenmann.

bbbb. Sides plain.

d. No spot on caudal peduncle; tip of anal lobe extending beyond tip of last ray; isthmus
under posterior margin of eye; depth of caudal peduncle nearly equal to its length, which
is equal to the length of head less snout and half of the eye; scales 5.5 or 6-38 to 41-6;
A. 9. Silvery. A few scales on the bases of the caudal lobes. Predorsal line with
eleven scales. Origin of ventrals under anterior part of dorsal.

magdalenae Steindachner.

dd. A well-defined spot on caudal peduncle; tip of anal lobe extending little, if any, beyond
tip of last ray; isthmus under middle of anterior margin of opercle. Scales 10-57-8;
A. 10. Brassy. No regular median series of scales in front of dorsal, the median line
partly naked; origin of ventrals in front of vertical from origin of dorsal.

boulengeri Pellegrin.

ddd. A well defined spot on caudal peduncle becoming faint with age; predorsal line naked;
post-ventral area rounded; scales 7 or 8-44 to 49-5 to 7; A. 9, the highest rays extending
far beyond the tip of the last; pectorals reaching to within about three scales of the .
ventrals; dorsal obliquely truncate or rounded, the highest rays extending a little beyond
tip of antepenultimate; caudal naked. Brassy troscheli (Gunther).

102

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

aa. Sqales small, 16-70 to 78-14; post-ventral area keeled; predorsal line scaled at least in part, but
without a distinct median series of scales; A. 11 or 12, highest anal ray not extending beyond tip
of last; pectoral reaching ventrals; dorsal falcate, the highest ray equals length of head, extending
beyond tip of antepenultimate: caudal naked. Bright silvery mivarti Steindachner.

129. Curimatus atratoensis Eigenmann. (Plate XVIII, fig. 1.)

Curimatus atratoensis Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, 1912, p. 19
(Quibdo) .

4814 a, C. M., type, 105 mm.; 4833 a-j, C. M.; 12676, 1. U. M., paratypes, Quibdo.
Eigenmann.

6684 a-f, C. M.; 13048, I. U. M., eleven, largest 60 mm., Quibdo. Wilson.

6685 a-x, C. M.; 13050, I. U. M., two hundred and sixteen specimens, largest
111 mm., Truando River. Wilson.

Habitat: Atrato Basin.

Head 4-4.33; depth 3-3.33; D. 11 ; A. 9, very rarely 8; scales 5.5-36 to 39-5
or 6 (36/3, 37/2, 38/4, 39/1, the denominator represents the number of individuals);
eye 1 in snout, 3.4 in head, 1.4 in interorbital. Depth of caudal peduncle 1.33 in
its length, which is equal to the head, or the head without the snout.

Postventral area rounded. Origin of dorsal about midway between snout
and middle of adipose; dorsal obliquely truncate when expanded, its margin making
an angle of about forty-five degrees with the horizontal, its highest ray equals
length of head; caudal lobes about 3.75 in the length; anal base about equal to
length of eye, margin of anal concave, the last rays not prolonged, the second and
third rays extending much beyond the tip of the last; length of pectorals equals
the head less the snout; ventrals slightly longer, their origin under middle of dorsal.

Scales large and very regularly arranged; ventral surface rounded; few or no
radials; anal and caudal entirely naked; predoi:sal area scaled; about ten to
twelve series of scales, sometimes a nearly complete median series, sometimes two
series overlapping most of the length.

This species is readily distinguished by its coloration. A conspicuous black
band extends from the snout through the eye and the operculum along the lateral
line to the end of the middle caudal rays, bordered with a light color above and
below. Back dark, with dark zigzag lines between the rows of scales; two or
three similar lines below lateral band, the second the most prominent, otherwise
silvery below lateral band. A dorsal spot obliquely extending from near the middle
of the front margin of the fin to its base at the fifth to seventh rays. In the young
the lines above and below the lateral band are faint. This is one of the most
conspicuously marked fishes of Colombia and resembles Leporinus striatus from
the same waters.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 103

130. Curimatus lineopunctatus Boulenger. (Plate XVIII, fig. 2.)
Curimatus lineopunctatus Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), VII, Feb., 1911,
p. 213 (Novita, Rio Tamana); Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH,
Nov., 1913, p. 466 (Tamana).

Habitat: Rio Dagua, Rio San Juan, and upper Atrato Basin,

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5077 a, C. M.; 12834, I. U. M. . . .

. . . .14

Largest 109

Cordova

Eigenmann

5370 a-c, C. M.; 13056, I. U. M. .

. ... .12

51-112

Small creek near Boca del
Guineo, Rio Calima

Henn

5007 a-t, C. M.; 12807, I. U. M. . ,

, . . .80

Largest 151

Puerto Negria, R. San Juan

Eigenmann

5008 a-m, C. M.; 12808, 1. U. M. .

. . .40

Largest 170

Istmina

a

6686 a-c, C. M.; 12956, I. U. M. .

. . . . 7

Largest 138

Istmina

Wilson

12958, 1. U. M..

—

—

Tado, R. San Juan

H

13057, I. U. M

. . . . 1

—

Raspadura, Atrato Basin

it

5076 a, C. M.; 12833, I. U. M.. . .

. . . . 2

72-145

Boca de Raspadura,

Atrato Basin

Eigenmann

5371 a-d, C. M.; 13058, I. U. M..

. . . .16

* 26-165

Managru, Atrato Basin

Wilson

Head 4; depth 2.66-3; D 11; A. 9; scales 6-38 to 44 (usually 41)-5.5 to 7;
eye 1 in snout, 3 in head, 1.4-1. 5 in interorbital. Isthmus a trifle behind the pos-
terior margin of the eye; depth of caudal peduncle about 1.25 in its length, which
is equal to head without snout.

Origin of dorsal nearer tip of adipose than snout ; margin of dorsal sub truncate
to rounded, the highest ray about equal to length of head, scarcely, if at all, ex-
tending beyond tip of antepenultimate when depressed; caudal lobes 2.75-3.5 in
the length; base of anal longer than eye, longest ray equals head less opercle,
extending beyond last rays, which are not prolonged; pectorals equal head less
opercle; ventrals slightly longer, their origin under anterior part of dorsal; scales
regularly arranged, those of the second series above the ventrals, one and one half
times as high as those of the second series below the dorsal; usually no radials;
caudal and anal naked; about fifteen scales in front of the dorsal, sometimes the
predorsal line fully scaled, sometimes naked for a short distance just in front of
the dorsal.

A conspicuous black spot about the size of the eye on the caudal peduncle;
rows of black spots along the series of scales, most conspicuous on the middle of
the sides, fading out above and below; a silvery area below the level of the lower
caudal lobe.

Readily distinguished from the rest of the San Juan fishes by the series of
spots along the rows of scales. This species is abundant in the San Juan, but is

104

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

also occasionally taken immediately across the divide in the Raspadura and Quito
Rivers of the upper Atrato Basin.

131. Curimatus patiee Eigenmann. (Plate XVIII, fig. 3.)

Curhnatus patice Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 19, 1914, p. 12
(Barbacoas).

5368, C. M., type 168 mm., 5369 a-c, C. M.; 13055, I. U. M., fifteen paratypes,
96-160 mm., Barbacoas. Henn and Wilson.

12957, I. U. M., creek emptying into the Telembi above Barbacoas. Henn and
Wilson.

Habitat: Lower Patia Basin.

Head 3.6-4; depth 3-3.33; D. 11 (rarely 12); A. 9; scales 9-48-8 (type),
8 or 9-44 to 48-7 or 8.

Very similar to C. lineopunctatus, but a little slenderer, the scales smaller, the
faint lateral spots tending to run together to form longitudinal lines.

132. Curimatus peruanus sp. nov. (Plate XVIII, fig. 4.)

7684, C. M., paratype 151 mm.; 15162, I. U. M., type 162 mm., paratype 105 mm.,
Sullana, Peru, Jan., 1919. Eigenmann.

Head 4.29-4.66; depth 3.33-3.5; D. 11; A. 9; scales 8 to 10-51 to 56-8;
eye 1.4 in the snout, 4.3 in the head, 2 in the interorbital.

Predorsal line mostly scaled; dorsal obliquely truncate, the longest ray ex-
tending beyond the penultimate ray; anal slightly emarginate, the highest ray
extending beyond the tip of the last; origin of ventral and base of third to fifth
dorsal rays equidistant from snout; origin of ventrals about equidistant from tip
of snout and base of middle caudal rays; pectorals scarcely reaching half-way to
second third of ventrals, to the seventh to ninth scales in front of the ventrals.

Silvery; a sharp black spot at the base of the middle caudal rays, separated
by an interspace from a black lateral band, which starts abruptly and fades out
forwardly.

133. Curimatus magdalenae Steindachner. (Plate XVII, fig. 2.)

Curimatus magdalence Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 50 (Rio Magdalena) XLI, 1879, p. 167 (Mamoni River, Panama);
ibid., XLII, 1880, p.^ 67 (Cauca near Caceres); Eigenmann and Eigenmann,
Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., IV, 1889, p. 16; Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat.
Comp. Torino, XIV, April, 1899, No. 346, p. 2 (Laguna della Pita, Darien) ;
Eigenmann, Science, N. S., XXH, July 7, 1905, p. 19 (Mamoni, Magdalena);

EIGENMANN: pishes of northwestern south AMERICA,

105

Regan, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pisces, 1908, p. 174; Meek and Hilde-
brand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool Ser., X, 1916, p. 269 (Pacific slope
of Panama from the Rio Chorrera to the Tuyra).

5125, C. M., one, 200 mm., Boca de Certegui. Eigenmann.

5124 a, 6687 a-e, C. M,; 13047, I. U, M., thirteen, 45-193 mm., Quibdo. Eigen-
mann and Wilson.

6688 a-j, C. M.; 13472, 1. U! M., eighty-five, largest 162 mm., Truando. Wilson.
5121, C. M,; 12838, I, U. M., four, 122-142 mmry Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

5122 a-e, 5123 a-c, C. M.; 12837, 12839, I. U. M., twenty-five, 94-143 mm.,
Calamar. Eigenmann.

I have also examined specimens from Encontrados, Province of Zulia,
Venezuela, collected by Dearborn, 6634, Field Mus. Nat. Hist.

Habitat: Maracaibo, Magdalena, and Atrato Basins; Pacific slope of Panama.
Head 3.33-3.66; depth 2. 5-2. 8 in Atrato specimens (3 in Magdalena speci-
mens); D. 11, rarely 12; A. 9; scales 5-38 to 41-6 (38/1, 39/4, 40/4, 41/1, the
denominator representing the number of individuals) ; eye 3.5-4 in the head, 1.4 in
the interorbital in young, 2 in adult; isthmus under posterior margin of eye.
Postventral area very faintly keeled.

Origin of the dorsal equidistant from the tip of the snout and the tip of the
adipose, or a little nearer the latter, its margin obliquely rounded, its longest rays
not, or scarcely, extending beyond the tip of the penultimate ray; caudal lobes
equal to the length of the head; base of anal a little longer than the eye, its
anterior rays extending to the caudal in the adult and considerably beyond the
tip of the last anal ray, its base equal to the length of the head without the opercle,
or shorter; pectorals equal to the head without the opercle; ventrals about equal
to the head less half the opercle, their origin under the anterior part of the dorsal.

Scales very regularly placed, those of lower part of sides larger than those on
upper part of sides; fewradials; anal naked; a few scales on the bases of the caudal
lobes ; predorsal line completely scaled, but without a complete median series. The
specimens from the Atrato Basin are a little deeper and more frequently have
forty scales; those from the Magdalena are slenderer, and usually have thirty-
nine scales. '

Silvery in coloration, darker above, but without distinct markings.

134. Curimatus boulengeri Pellegrin. (Plate XYH, fig. 3.)

Curimatus guentheri {non Eigenmann and Eigenmann) Boulenger, Boll. Mus.
Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XHI, Dec., 1898, No. 329, p. 4 (Rio Vinces).

106

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Curimatus boulengeri Pellegrin, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1908, p. 343 (new
name); Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 422.
Habitat: Pacific slope of Southern Ecuador.

The name boulengeri was independently substituted for the preoccupied
guentheri by Pellegrin, and by Eigenmann.

Specimens Collected by Arthur W. Henn.

6689 a-j, C. M.; 13473, 1. U. M., eighty-seven specimens, largest 185 mm., Colimes,
Ecuador.

6690 a, C. M.; 13474, 1. U. M., two specimens, largest 194 mm., Rio Barranca Alta.

6691 a-j, C. M.; 13475, I. U. M., four hundred and seventy-six specimens, largest
140 mm., Vinces.

Head 3.66; depth 3. 2-3. 5; D. 11; A. 10; scales 9 or 10-50 to 57-7 or 8; eyes
3 (in young)-4 in head; 1.33-1.9 in interorbital; depth of caudal peduncle 1.5 in
its length; postventral surface keeled; isthmus under anterior margin of opercle.

Origin of dorsal nearer tip of adipose than snout ; dorsal very obliquely trun-
cate, pointed, the highest ray but little shorter than head, extending far beyond
antepenultimate; caudal lobes equal to length of head; base of anal nearly equal
to length of eye and snout; highest ray of anal longer than base of anal, extending
little beyond tip of last ray, which is longer than some of the rays preceding it;
pectorals and ventrals of nearly equal length, about equal to head less opercle;
pectorals reaching to within about one scale of the ventrals; origin of ventrals in
front of origin of dorsal.

Scales very regularly placed ; those above the ventrals considerably larger
than those under the dorsal; several radials; caudal and ventrals entirely naked;
predorsal line partly naked, partly covered with small scales.

Brassy, with golden (?) lines following the rows of scales on the middle of the
sides. An obscure spot on caudal peduncle.

135. Curimatus troscheli (Gunther). (Plate XVII, fig. 4.)

“Dika.’’

Anodus troschelii Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, p. 418 (Western Andes
of Ecuador).

Curimatus troschelii Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 290; Boulenger,
Boll. Mus. Zook- i^nat. Comp. Torino, XHI, Dec., 1898, No. 329, p. 4 (Rio
Vinces).

Curimatus aureus Pellegrin, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1908, p. 342 (Guayas).
Habitat: Western slopes of Ecuador, draining into the Bay of Guayaquil.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 107

Specimens Collected by Arthue W.. Henn.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

6693 a~c, C. M.; 13536, I. U. M

13

Largest 154

Vinces, Ecuador

6692 a-c, C. M.: 13536, I. U. M.

24

Largest 203

Guayaquil Market

6694 a-c, C. M.; 13537, I. U. M

28

Largest 177

Colimes

13538, 1. U. M.

4

Largest 193

Rio Barranca Alta

13539, I. U. M

3

Largest 52

(( C( U

13540, I. U. M

3

Largest 42

Rio Chanchan

Head 3.66-3.9; depth 3; D. 11 or 12; A. 9; scales 7 or 8-44 to 49-5 to 7;
eye 3.5-4 in the head; 1.6-2 in the interorbital.

Postventral area rounded; predorsal line naked; isthmus under posterior
margin of the eye. Origin of dorsal nearer tip of adipose than snout; dorsal
obliquely rounded or truncate, the highest ray about equal to head less half the
opercle, extending a little beyond tip of antepenultimate, caudal lobes equal to
length of head; length of base of anal equals eye and half the snout; anal rays
decreasing in 'length to the last, the longest ray extending much beyond the tip of
the last and to the caudal in some, their length equal to the head less the opercle;
ventrals very little longer than the pectorals, which are equal to the length of the
head less the snout, pectorals reaching to within about three scales of jbhe ventrals ;
origin of ventrals on the vertical from the anterior part of, or from in front of, the
dorsal.

Scales very regularly placed, those over the ventrals not notably greater than
those below the dorsal; few radials; caudal and anal naked; about sixteen scales
between dorsal and occipital process.

Brassy, with golden (?) lines following the scales. Adults with an obscure
caudal spot; young with a conspicuous, long, rhomboidal, black spot on the caudal
peduncle.

136. Curimatus mivarti Steindachner.

‘‘Sardina, Biscayano.’’

Curimatus mivartii Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,

p. 48, plate XIII, fig. 1 (Rio Magdalena) ; ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 67 (Cauca near

Caceres); Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., IV, 1.889,

p. 18.

Habitat: Lower Magdalena Basin.

108

MEMOIKS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5116, C. M.; 12869, I. U. M.'.

... 4

205 to about 300

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

5117 a-j, C. M.; 12870, I. U. M. . .

. . .33

34-311

Calamar

5118 a-b, C. M.; 12871, I. U. M. .

. . . . 3

160-275

Calamar Cienega

((

5119 a, C. M.; 12872, I. U. M. . . .

. . . . 3

118-136

Penas Blancas

(6

13045, I. U. M

Largest about 310

Cienega de Puerto
Berrio

Gonzales

5120, C. M

. . . . 1

300

Honda

Eigenmann

12896, I. U. M

. . . . 1

240

Girardot

((

Head 3.66-4; depth 3-3.25; D. 11; A. 11 or more rarely 12; scales 16-70 to
78-14; eye 3.5-4 in the head, 1.33 in young to nearly 2 in the interorbital in the
adult; isthmus under anterior margin of opercle; depth of caudal peduncle 1.5
in its length, which is equal to the length of the head without the snout.

Origin of dorsal about equidistant from tip of snout and tip of adipose; dorsal
falcate; the highest rays about equal to the length of the head, extending far
beyond the antepenultimate ray; caudal lobes longer than head; base of anal equal
to snout and eye, or a little less, the highest ray not extending to the tip of the last,
equal to, or a little longer than, the base of the fin; pectorals about equal to head
less opercle and reaching the base of the ventrals; ventrals about equal to length
of head less half the opercle; the origin of ventrals on, or in advance of, the vertical
from the first dorsal ray. Scales small, with few radials, not notably larger on the
lower part of the sides; caudal and anal naked; predorsal line naked for over half
of its length from the dorsal forward. Postventral area keeled.

Adult uniform silvery; middle caudal rays dusky. Some specimens preserved
in formalin have faint rows of spots along the scales.

This is the largest member of the genus Curimatus found in Transandean
Colombia.

Subfamily PARODONTINTl.

Parodon Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Key to the Species of Parodon.

a. Sides with a simple lateral band; D. 11 or 12; mandibulary teeth 2-2 or 3-3; interorbital a little
longer than snout, 2.5 in the head (3 in young) ; head 5 in length to end of lateral line; depth 3.75.

suborbitalis Cuvier and Valenciennes.
aa. Sides with interrupted cross-bands or spots. caliensis Boulenger.

137. Parodon suborbitalis Cuvier and Valenciennes. (Plate XIX, fig. 1.)

Parodon suborbitalis Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXH, 1849,
p. 51, plate 637 (Maracaibo); Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., V, 1864,
p. 301.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

109

Parodon nasus Kner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XVII, 1859, p. 167, plate VII,
fig. 17 (Cuyaba); Evermann and Kendall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI,
1906, p. 79.

Parodon affinis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLI, 1879, p. 20,
plate III, fig. 3 (La Plata Basin).

Habitat: Atrato, Magdalena, Maracaibo, and La Plata Basins. '

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5110, C.

M.; 12830, I. U. M

2

121, 135

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

5111, C.

M

1

49

Honda

5112, C.

M.; 12831, I. U. M

3

42-45

Penas Blancas

U

5113, C.

M

1

60

Quibdo

5379, C.

M.; 13071, I. U. M

2

Truando

Wilson

D. 12; A. 8 or 9; scales 4-35 to 37-3.5 to 4,

138. Parodon caliensis Boiilenger. (Plate XIX, fig. 2.)

Parodon caliensis Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., XVI, 1895, p. 480
(Colombia).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

Specimens Examined.
No. of

Catalog Numbers. Specimens. Length in mm.

5107 a-g, C. M.; 12863, I. U. M 23

5108 a, C. M.; 12864, I. U. M 2

5109 a-d, C. M.; 12865 a-d, I. U. M 8

5115, C. M 1

D. 12; A. 9; scales 4-39-4.

Largest, 89

81- 84
58-125
43

Locality. Collector.

Cauca at Cali Eigenmann

Paila “

Cartage , “

Penas Blancas “

Apareiodon Eigenmann.

Type, Apareiodon piracicabce Eigenmann.. This genus was described and
monographed by me in the Annals of the Carnegie Museum, X, 1916, pp. 71-76,
plates XI and XII.

Key to the Species of Apareiodon.

a. Fins plain.

b. Mouth inferior; lateral band moniliform; scales 37 ecuadoriensis (Eigenmann and Henn).

bb. Mouth terminal; a simple lateral band. ....... terminalis (Eigenmann and Henn).

aa. Dorsal and caudal with cross-bands; sides with three stripes; D. 11; A. 9; scales 35 to 37.

* dariensis (Meek and Hildebrand).

110

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. ‘

139, Apareiodon ecuadoriensis (Eigenmann and Henn). (Plate XIX, fig, 3.)

Parodon ecuadoriensis Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 19, 1914, p, 12.
5413 u-c, C. M.; 13103, I. U. M., type and paratypes, 34-51 mm., river and forest
pools at Vinces, Ecuador. Henn,

5423 a-f, C. M.; 13110, I. U. M., twenty-eight paratypes, 30-42 mm.. Colimes,
Rio Daule. Henn.

Habitat: Guayas Basin of Ecuador.

Head 4; depth usually 5.5, rarely 4.5. D. 12; A. 9;*scales 4-37-3.5. Eye
equals snout, 3.5 in head, less than interorbital.

Subcylindrical, elongate. Preventral area flattish, with a median series of
about twenty scales; predorsal area rounded with a median series of eleven or
twelve scales; skull smooth, no fontanels, the two frontals and the parietals
interlacing; occipital crest decurrent, not superficially evident; second suborbital
covering entire cheek; mouth small, distinctly inferior, as in other members of the
genus; four broad, graduated, straight-edged or rounded-edged teeth in each
premaxillary, each tooth with eleven to sixteen notches; mandible without apparent
teeth; maxillary with a single small dentate tooth. Gill-rakers short, slender,
about fifteen in the lower arch.

Origin of dorsal in advance of the middle of the body, usually equidistant from
tip of snout and end of adipose, its height about 4.5 in the length; adipose well
developed; caudal lobes 4 in the length, anal 6 in the length; ventrals under
posterior part of dorsal, not nearly reaching anal, pectorals not reaching ventrals
by about four scales.

Lateral line straight, scales everywhere regularly arranged; scales of sides
with as many as five more or less divergent radials. Axillary scale well developed;
^ caudal and anal naked.

A moniliform band from the eye along the lateral line and on, but usually not
to the end of, the middle caudal rays; area below the band white; a light stripe
above the band; back dark with the margins of the dark area and eight streaks
from margin to margin darker; base of caudal with a dark spot or streak on each
lobe.

140. Apareiodon terminalis (Eigenmann and Henn). (Plate XIX, fig. 4.)

Parodon terminalis Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 19, 1914, p. 12.
5415 a~b, C. M.; 13104, I. U. M., type and ten paratypes, 32-50 mm., river (?),
and forest pools at Vinces, Ecuador. Henn.

• • Habitat: Forest-pools and river (?) at Vinces, Ecuador.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. Ill

Very similar to A. ecuadoriensis.

Head 3.7; depth usually 4.5, rarely 5; mouth terminal or subterminal, which
is very different from the distinctly inferior mouth with projecting snout of other
species of this genus. Lateral band continuous, sometimes not extending forward
behind the edge of the preopercle, not moniliform. Back uniformly dark; spots
at base of caudal lobes more diffuse than in ecuadoriensis. Coloration otherwise
like ecuadoriensis.

A. ecuadoriensis and terminalis are unquestionably very closely related. It is
possible that one is the form found in rivers and the other in forest-pools. The
specimens from the two localities have not been kept distinct.

141. Apareiodon dariensis (Meek and Hildebrand).

Parodon dariensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.. Zool. Ser.
X, 1913, p. 83.

Apareiodon dariensis Eigenmann, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 76; Meek and

Hildebrand, loc. cit., 1916, p. 271, plate XVII (Rio Cupe at Cituro, Tuyra

Basin).

Habitat: Tuyra Basin.

This strikingly marked species is known from three specimens. The teeth
vary with- age, so that according to Hildebrand “only the largest specimen, the
type, is a typical Apareiodon.”

Saccodon Kner and Steindachner.

Saccodon Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., X, 1864, p. 31.
Type: Sa§codon wagneri Kner and Steindachner.

Catostomoid fishes with a small head and very large pectoral fins placed low.

No fontanel, the skull evenly arched; snout with numerous warts on its lower
surface; mouth inferior, crescentiform; three teeth on each premaxillary; no
maxillary or mandibular teeth ; each tooth with a ^----shaped cutting edge, each
successive tooth considerably behind the one in front of it. Lower lip five-lobed;
gilLiiiembranes united, free from the very broad isthmus; nares close together;
maxillary concealed under the cavernous preorbital; suborbitals cover the entire
cheek; dorsal largely in front of the ventrals; anal short, emarginate, lateral line
complete, scales cycloid; scales above and below the lateral line of almost the
same size. Pectorals very large, the tips of the outer rays abruptly thickened,
the middle ray longest; the outer half of the fin gently rounded, the inner half
truncate, with a rounded corner; ventrals similar, but smaller; dorsal emarginate.

112

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Key to the Species of Saccodon.

a. D. 11; A. 11; scales 4-40-3 wagneri Kner and Steindachner.

aa. D. 12; A. 9; scales 4-37-3 craniocephalum Thominot.

142. Saccodon wagneri Kner and Steindachner. (Plate XIX, figs. 7 and 7a.)

Saccodon wagneri Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., X,
1864, p. 31, plate IV, fig. 2 (Ecuador); Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., V,
1864, p. 301.

Habitat: Western slope of Ecuador.

I have examined the types in the Vienna Museum, which are the only known
specimens.

143. Saccodon craniocephalum Thominot.

Saccodon craniocephalum Thominot, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris (7), VI, 1882, p. 248
(Rio Guayaquil).

Habitat: Western slope of Ecuador.

It is very probable that this is a synonym of S. wagneri.

The types of Saccodon craniocephalum from the Rio Guayaquil are in Paris.
I was able to examine them, but they are to a large extent shriveled and mutilated ;
the lower jaw has been pierced to suspend the fish in the bottles and this has in
part destro3''ed its structure. The specimens are 87, 90, and 140 mm. long respec-
tively. D. 12; A. 9; lateral line in largest, 37.

Subfamily Prochilodin^.

Prochilodus Agassiz.

Hchthyoelephas Posada, Estudios Cientificos, 1909, p. 300, figs.

The species of Prochilodus are generally distributed on the Atlantic slope from
the La Plata to the Orinoco to Santa Ana on the Urubamba, and to the Perene.

The distribution of the species of this genus in the area under consideration
is peculiar. There are three species in the Magdalena Basin, of which one, Prochi-
lodus magdalence, is abundant everywhere from sea-level to over 3000 feet elevation.
The other two are rare, or the area of their distribution is restricted. P. magdalence
is abundant also in the Atrato Basin at least as far as Quibdo. The genus has no
representative in the San Juan, the Dagua, and the Patia, but is again found in
the streams which empty into the Bay of Guayaquil. In these streams P. humeralis
is found abundantly, while P. stigmaturus has been taken only by Rhoads.

Key to the Species of Prochilodus.

a. Snout equal to half the length of the head; ventrals behind the vertical from the middle of the dorsal;
ifiouth inferior, teeth long longirostris Steindachner.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NORTHWESTEEN south AMERICA.

113

aa. Snout much less than half the length of the head.

h. Anal margin concave, the highest anterior rays extending beyond the tips of the last,
c. A. 10 or 11.

d. Lateral line 36 or 37; A. 10 or 11; depth 3.33-3.4; postventral area not keeled.
Posterior part of dorsal with small dots; sides with light streaks along the rows of
scales; sides in young with twelve or more cross-bands; a small dark spot on the
fifth and sometimes on the sixth and seventh scales of the lateral line.

humeralis Gunther.

dd. Lateral line 40-46; D. 10, rarely 11; depth 2.75-3.5; dark iridescent above. Sides
with obscure cross-bars in the young; light streaks along the rows of scales with
dark stripes between the rows of scales, the latter color very variable in intensity.

Adult dark above, lighter below magdalenae Steindachner.

cc. A. 13; caudal plain; postventral area trenchant steindachneri Eigenmann.

hb. Anal margin subtruncate, rounded in front; D. 12; A. 10; scales 9-41-6; a black spot on caudal
peduncle, continued to the end of the middle caudal rays stigmaturus Fowler.

144. Prochilodus longirostris Steindachner.

Prochilodus longirostris Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXX, 1879,
p. 186 (Cauca); Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 69, plate VII,
fig. 1 (Cauca near Caceres).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

This species probably represents a distinct genus. It is known from the two
specimens recorded by Steindachner respectively 310 and 460 mm. long.

Head 3.75-4; depth 3.33; D. 11 or 12; A. 11; scales 6.5-38 or 39-5; eye
6-6.66; interorbital about 2 in the head; equals length of snout.

Snout conic, very long; mouth inferior, with longer teeth than in other species
of Prochilodus. Scales with cilia, not ctenoid.

Dorsal with short, oblique, longitudinal stripes; caudal without spots. Upper
half of body with light-colored longitudinal stripes following the series of scales.

145. Prochilodus humeralis Gunther. (Plate XX, fig. 1.)

Local names, “Guavina” and “Boca Chica.”

Prochilodus humeralis Gunther, Proc. Zook Soc. London, 1859, p. 419 (Western
Andes of Ecuador); Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 294; Boulenger,
Boll. Mus. Zook Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, 1898, No. 329, p. 5 (Rio Peripa).

5424 a-b, C. M.; 13111, I. U. M., nine, 180-207 mm., Vinces. Henn.

5425 a-j, C. M.; 13112, I. U. M., fifty-two, 96-200 mm.. Colimes, Rio Daule.
Henn.

5707 a-f, C. M.; 13577, I. U. M., twenty-three, largest 280 mm., Rio Barranca
Alta. Henn.

Habitat: Western Ecuador, streams draining into the Bay of Guayaquil.

114

MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Head 3.5-4; depth 2. 8-3. 2; D. 12; A. 10; scales 6-36 or 37-5; eye 4-5,
interorbital 2 in the head, snout conic, its depth at the nares greater than its length,
a little greater than its width at the same place; bony opercle more than twice as
high as long; naked portion of the cheek much wider than the covered part.
Postventral area rounded. Upper lip thick, equaling two-thirds of the diameter
of the eye; head compressed; eye a little above the middle. Dorsal rounded, its
highest ray equal to head less opercle, or shorter; second, third, and part of fourth
anal rays forming a lobe, which extends to the caudal in the adult, the margin of
the remaining rays forming a straight vertical line when the fin is expanded. Pec-
torals about equal to head less opercle; not reaching base of ventrals by two or
three scales. Scales smooth. Dorsal with a few small faint spots on its posterior
half. Fifth scale and frequently the sixth and rarely also the seventh scales of the
lateral line black; sides of the adult with light bands along the rows of scales;
sides in young with numerous alternating light and dark cross-bars, most definite
in front.

146. Prochilodus magdalenae Steindachner. (Plate XIX, figs. 5 and 6.)

“Boca Chica.”

Prochilodus asper Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1879,
p. 51 (Rio Magdalena); ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 67 (Cauca near Caceres) ; ibid.,
LXXII, 1902, p. 141 (Santander).

Prochilodus asper magdalence Steindachner, ibid., XXXIX, 1879, p. 78, plate XII,

fig. 1.

Prochilodus beani Eigenmann and Ogle, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII, 1907,
p. 5, fig. 2.

Habitat: Atrato and Magdalena Basins.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5136, C. M.; 12886, I. U. M

Largest 390

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

5135, C. M.; 12885, I. U. M

. . . Many

Calamar

a

5138 a, C. M

. . . 1

60

Calamar Cienega

n

5014 a-e, C. M.; 12811, 1. U. M.. .

. . .21

Largest 345

Peilas Blancas

n

5137 a, C. M.; 12887, I. U. M. . . .

... 2

Puerto Berrio

Gonzales

5139 a-h, C. M.; 12888, I.U.M.. . .

. . . 3

Puerto Berrio

U

13046, I. U. M

... 2

Cienega of Puerto Berrio

n

5142, C. M.; 12891, I. U. M

... 2

305

Honda

Eigenmann

5140 a-h, C. M.; 12889, I. U. M. .

. . . 4

Girardot

<<

13043, I. U. M .

. . . 6

Largest 325

Apulo

Gonzales

5141 a-h, C. M.; 12890, I. U. M. .

. . . 4 ■

Largest 270

Piedra Moler

Eigenmann

5143 a-e, C. M.; 12892, I. U. M. .

. . . 9

160-255

Paila

li

5012 a-c, C. M.; 13044 and 12809
I. U. M

>

... 7

Largest 320

Quibdo

(i

5013 a-c, C. M.; 12810, I. U. M. .

. . .19

Rio Sucio

((

5708 a-j, C. M.; 13578, I. U. M.. .

. . . Many

Largest 315

Truando

Wilson

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

115

Distributed in the Magdalena Basin from the coast inland and up the Cauca
at least as far as Cali. Occurs also in the Atrato, but not in the San Juan.

Prochilodus magdalencB, the “boca chica/’ is a fish of considerable economic
importance. It is caught in numbers, dried, and transported to Cartagena and to
the San Juan. In riding from Istmina to Tambo, I encountered thirty women
loaded with dried “bocas chicas” which were being taken from the Atrato Basin
to the mines along the San Juan.

In January it was found in millions along the shores of the Magdalena River,
where it was probably ascending the river and its tributaries to spawn. At night,
evidently when pursued by the Caiman and the Bagre tigre, it frequently leaped
out of the water over the shallow sand-bars.

Head 3.66-4; depth 2.75-3.5 (rarely 3.75); D. 11 or 12; A. 10 or 11; scales
8 or 9-42 to 44 (rarely 45 or 46)-7 or 8; eye 3.5-5; interorbital 1.875-2.125;
snout depressed, its depth at the nares less than its width at the same point; bony
opercle striate, its margin very convex, its height less than twice its width; naked
portion of cheek usually narrower than the suborbital. Postventral area with a
median keel; upper lip comparatively thin, .4-.5 of the diameter of the eye; head
rather depressed, the eye looking a little downward, its center midway between
the mid-dorsal and mid-ventral lines. Dorsal subtruncate or pointed, its highest
rays only slightly shorter than the head; anal margin concave, the highest rays
not reaching the caudal; pectorals reaching the ventrals, shorter than the highest
dorsal rays. Scales very rough. Nearly the entire dorsal with conspicuous un-
dulating bands, or series of spots; other fins plain, except that the middle caudal
rays of specimens from the Atrato and the upper Cauca are dusky. Sides variously
marked with silvery bands along the middle of the scales and dark lines between
them. The dark color is especially well marked in specimens from Paila. Opercle
sometimes dark, or with a dark spot. In the adult in life the caudal, anal, ventrals,
and pectorals are edged with red; breast reddish. Young with alternating light
and dusky cross-bars.

The fins in specimens from the upper Cauca valley are shorter than in those
from the lowlands, and the pectorals do not reach the ventrals. The lateral
bands are more evident and the middle caudal rays are dusky.

147. Prochilodus steindachneri nom. nov.

Prochilodus rubrotceniatus (non Schomburgk) Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad.

Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 68 (Cauca near Caceres).

No specimens of this species were secured. It seems that the specimen 270

116

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

mm. long, recorded by Steindacliner, is distinct from P. rubrotceniatus, although
it may be merely a variety of P. magdalence.

Head 3.8; depth nearly 3; D. 11; A. 13; scales 8-44-7; eye 4; interorbital
2 in the length of the head. Origin of dorsal in advance of the vertical from the
ventrals; light streaks along the rows of scales. Caudal unspotted.

P. rubrotceniatus from the Essequibo has but ten, or rarely eleven, anal rays;
the middle caudal rays are barred.

148. Prochilodus stigmaturus Fowler.

Prochilodus stigmaturus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1911, p. 494, fig, 1

(Affluent of the Chimbo River near Bucay, Province of Guayas, Ecuador).

This species is known only from the type, a specimen 5.5 inches long in the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Head 3.6; depth 3.75; D. 12; A. 10; scales 9-41-6; eye 4.33 in the head;
interorbital 2.5, Anal subtruncate,

A large blackish blotch on caudal peduncle, continued to the tip of the middle
rays.

Subfamily Anostomatin^.

Leporinodus^^ gen. nov.

Type, Leporinodus retropinnis Eigenmann.^^

Resembling Leporinus. Gill-membranes united with the isthmus; nareal
openings separated by a flap only; four teeth in each side of both upper and

11 Xe7ropi?,6 = a hare; oSow,6 = a tooth.

Leporinodus retropinnis sp. nov.

3875 C. M., type, 230 mm., Piracicaba. Sept. 9, 1908. Haseman.

Head 3.5; depth 3.75; D. 12; A. 10; scales 6-42 (to 45)-4; eye 3 in snout, 7 in head, 2.75 in inter-
orbital; depth of the head at the occipital equal to its length without the opercle; width of head at the
opercles equal to half its length; interorbital very convex, profile rounded, sharply decurved in front;
lips very broad, both of them broadly reflexed in the middle; gill- membrane united to the isthmus, the
branchiostegals broad, the lower three subparallel; mouth small, the maxillary not reaching to below
the nares, which are much nearer the eye than the snout. Origin of dorsal about equidistant from snout
and caudal, its margin slightly concave, the highest rays reaching tip of last ray when depressed; adipose
well developed; caudal deeply forked; anal slightly falcate, the highest rays reaching beyond the tip of
of the last; origin of ventrals under second or third dorsal ray, not nearly reaching anal; pectoral broad
(eighteen rays), about equal to snout and eye in length. Scales regularly imbricate, without interpolated
rows; anal without a basal sheath; the scales of the sides continued without line of demarcation into the
basal .4 of the caudal lobes; lateral line nearly straight.

Head spotted above and on the sides; predorsal scales with a dark .spot at the base; a dark lateral
band continued to the end of the caudal; light bands above and below it, two darker lines along the two

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

117

lower jaws,* rapidly graduated from the broad mesial ones to the small lateral
ones, the tips broad and in contact, forming a continuous cutting edge; cheeks
deep, the suborbitals feeble, covering less than half the cheeks; basal parts of
caudal lobes scaled; lips reflexed, with a free margin.

149. Leporinodus sexdentatus nom. nov.

Leporinus vittatus {non Cuvier and Valenciennes) Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 71 (Cauca near Caceres).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

I did not secure any specimens of this species. Steindachner had a specimen
200 mm. long, distinguished from vittatus by three, instead of four, teeth on each
side of the jaw; by a black band on the anal as well as on the dorsal; and by the
position of the origin of the dorsal, which is more than the length of the snout
nearer to the tip of the snout than to the base of the middle caudal rays.

Abramites Fowler.

150. Abramites eques (Steindachner).

Leporinus eques Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,
p. 56, plate X, figs. 2 and 2a (Rio Magdalena) ; ? Boulenger, Trans. Zook
Soc. London, XIV, 1896 (Descalvados and San Luis).

Habitat: Rio Magdalena and (?) Rio Paraguay.

I did not secure any specimens of this species. Boulenger records it from the
Paraguay Basin. This record may well be questioned, however, until specimens
from the Magdalena and the Paraguay can be compared.

Snout conical, the profile of the nape ascending rapidly. Head 4.25; depth
3; D. 13; A. 15 or 16; scales 7-41 or 42-5; eye 3.25-3.75; interorbital 2.33-2.16
in the head.

rows of scales below the lateral band; dorsal with a dark spot extending obliquely from about the middle
of the anterior rays to the tip of the seventh, another along the middle of the last five rays; three oblique
bands across the caudal lobes.

A third species of this genus is Le-porinodus vittatus (Cuvier and Valenciennes), of which Leporinus
pictus Kner is a synonym.

Leporellus Lutken.

Leporellus timbore Eigenmann, nom. spec. nov.

Lutken erroneously identified a species from the Rio das Velhas as the Leporinus pictus of Kner.
He however recognized the fact that his species belonged to a genus differing from Leporinus, which he
named Leporellus. Thus Leporellus pictus {non Leporinus pictus Kner) Lutken from the Rio das Velhas
is a homonym and being not admissible, Liitken’s species may receive the substitute name Leporellus
timbore.

* Three in lower jaw of Steindachner’s specimens from the R. Magdalena.

118

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Sides with dark cross-bands, the first through the dorsal and ventral, and the
second over the origin of the anal.

Leporinus Agassiz.

The distribution of the genus Leporinus within the area covered by this paper
is very similar to that of Prochilodus with one reservation. It is found in the
Magdalena from the coast at least to Honda and in the Atrato from the coast to
Raspadura. It is also found in the streams emptying into the Bay of Guayaquil,
but has not been taken in the Patia, the Dagua, or the San Juan, with one excep-
tion. Leporinus striatus is abundant in the upper Atrato at least as far as Raspa-
dura and rarely this species occurs also in the San Juan.

This genus is widely distributed on the Atlantic slope.

Key to the Species of Leporinus.

aa. Profile of head and nape continuous, without a distinct hump.

b. Sides with light and dark longitudinal bands; D. 12; A. 10; head 4.25-4.6; depth 3. 2-3. 8;

scales 5-36 or 37-4 striatus Kner.

bb. Sides with three dark spots. Frequently transverse markings in the young.

c. Origin of dorsal equidistant from snout and a point about midway between adipose and
caudal; distance between dorsal and adipose less than the length of the head; origin of
ventrals equidistant from tip of snout and tip of anal. D. 12; A. 10; head 3.66-4.2;
depth 3.25-3.75; scales 5-40 or 41-4; anal not reaching caudal; lateral spots of nearly

equal prominence ecuadoriensis Eigenmann and Henn.

cc. Origin of dorsal equidistant from snout and some part of the adipose, except in the young;
distance between dorsal and adipose greater than head in adult, less than the head in
the half-grown. D. 12; A. 10; head 4-4.66; depth 3.33-4.5; scales 5-40 to 43-5. Spot
on caudal peduncle more prominent, except in the young muyscorum Steindachner.

151. Leporinus striatus Kner.

Leporinus striatus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,
p. 55, plate X, fig. 1-la (Rio Magdalena) ; Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(8), XIV, 1914, p. 32 (Rio Condoto).

Habitat: Irisanga, Caigara, and Descalvados in Matto Grosso; Paraguay;
Canelos, Eastern Ecuador; Magdalena and Atrato Basins.

Specimens Examined.

No. of Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5710 a-e, C. M.; 13049, I. U. M. ,

, . . .30

Largest 83

Truando, Atrato Basin

Wilson

5079 a-j, C. M.; 12834, I. U. M. . .

... 80

Largest 170

Quibdo, Atrato Basin

Eigenmann

5080 a, C. M.; 12835, I. U. A'l. . .

....2

Boca de Certegui, Atrato

Basin

((

13053, I. U. M

165

Managru, Atrato Basin

Wilson

5111 a-d, C. M.; 13054, I. U. M.

. ... 8

Largest 175

Raspadura, Atrato Basin

(t

5169 a, C. M

240

Puerto Negria, Rio San

Juan.

m

Eigenmann

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

119

Head 4.25-4.6; depth 3. 2-3.8; D. 12; A. 10; scales 5-36 or 37-4; eye 4-5;
interorbital 2-2.33 in the head. Origin of dorsal nearer snout than adipose; dorsal
rounded, its height less than the length of the head; upper caudal lobe longer;
pectoral equals head less opercle, or a little shorter.

Sides black; region below level of pectorals silvery; a bright silvery band
from below eye to lower caudal lobe, a duller one from snout to upper caudal lobe,
another from upper part of head to the middle one at a point on a vertical from
the origin of the anal. Color-pattern most intense in the young, becoming obscure
with age.

152. Leporinus ecuadoriensis Eigenmann and Henn. (Plate XX, fig. 6.)

“Raton.”

Leporinus frederici (non Salmo jriderici Bloch) Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1859, p. 418 (Andes of Western Ecuador); Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool.
Anat. Comp. Torino, 1898, No. 329, p. 4 (Rio Vinces).

Leporinus ecuadoriensis Eigenmann and Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916,

p. 88.

13116 a, I. U. M., type, 325 mm.; 5428 a-h, C. M.; 13116, I. U. M., six paratypes,
largest 187 mm., Rio Barranca Alta near Naranjito.

5426 a-ri, C. M.; 13113, I. U. M., nineteen, 128-264 mm., Vinces.

5427 a-h, C. M.; 13114, I. U. M., several, 210-240 mm., Guayaquil.

13115, I. U. M., several. Colimes.

Habitat: Guayas Basin of Ecuador.

The complete description of this species appears with the original description
cited above.

This species differs from typical specimens of L. friderici from British Guiana,
chiefly (!) in having the dorsal set farther back, i.e., equidistant from snout and a
point midway between the adipose and caudal; (2) in having the anal set somewhat
farther forward and very seldom reaching the caudal; and (3) in the presence of
three persistent lateral spots. L. muyscorum has the dorsal as in L. friderici, but
the sharp caudal and the anal placed as in this species. L. muyscorum and the
present form should probably be regarded as subspecies of L. friderici.

153. Leporinus muyscorum Steindachner. (Plate XX, fig. 5.)
“Quatrojo,” “Monelolo.”

Leporinus elongatus {non Cuvier and Valenciennes) Steindachner, Denkschr.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1879, p. 53, plate X, figs. 3-5 (Magdalena) ;
ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 70 (Cauca near Caceres).

120

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Leporinus muyscorum Steindachner, ibid., XLII, 1902, p. 142, plate II, fig. 2
(Rio Lebrija, Colombia).

Habitat: Lower Magdalena and Atrato Basins.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5709 a-c, C. M.; 13579, I. U. M

. . . .11

140-212

Truando, Atrato Basin

Wilson

6696 a-b, C. M.; 13582, I. U. M

.... 4

139-190

Quibdo, Atrato Basin

(S

5011 a-c, C. M.; 12813 a-b, I. U. M.

. . . . 5

Largest 410

Quibdo, Atrato Basin

Eigenmann

5020 a-b, C. M.; 12814 a-b, I. U. M.

.... 9

Largest 430

Soplaviento, Magdalena

((

5145 a-b, C. M.; 12893, I. U. M

. . . . 5

Soplaviento, Magdalena

((

5172 a, C. M.; 12988, I. U. M

. . . . 3

40-53

Soplaviento, Magdalena

((

5151 a, C. M

. . . . 1

Calamar Cienega,

Magdalena

(t

5170 a, C. M.; 12916, I. U. M

. . . . 2

145 & 175

Calamar Cienega,

Magdalena

((

5171 a, C. M.; 12917, I. U. M

. .. . 3

41, 170, 220

Calamar Cienega,

Magdalena

U

12927, I. U. M

. . . . 1

Cienega at Puerto Berrio,

Magdalena Basin

Gonzales

5144 a, C. M.; 12901, I. U. M

2

Below Buena Vista

Eigenmann

5022 a-d, C. M.; 12812, I. U. M. . . .

. . . .14

Largest 393

Honda, Magdalena R.

H

Head in adult 4.2-4.66 (in those about 180 mm. long, 4-4.25) ; depth 3. 8-4. 5
(3.33-3.5); D. 12; A. 10; scales 5-40 to 43-5; eye 5-6 (4); interorbital 2 in head;
depth of caudal peduncle equals postorbital part of head.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and origin of adipose (in the
adults), posterior part of adipose (in half-grown), and caudal (in very young);
dorsal rounded or subtruncate, its height equals head less the portion of the snout
in front of the nares; distance between the dorsals greater than the length of the
head, equal, or a little less than, the head in the half-grown; anal slightly concave,
the highest ray reaching tip of last, sometimes not to the tip of the last in the adult.

Three black spots on middle line of sides; one below the posterior part of the
dorsal, one in front of the anal, and one on the end of the caudal peduncle. These
fade with age, the one on the caudal peduncle remains most prominent. Very
small specimens have the three spots and about fifteen cross-bands on the upper
half of the sides, shortest over the two anterior spots; fewer cross-bands on lower
part of sides not directly continuous with the upper ones. These cross-bands
break up and become obscured with growth, giving rise to the pattern described
for the type of muyscorum. With age the surface-color replaces these juvenile
markings. In life the ventrals, pectorals, anal, and caudal are pale yellow; an
orange line extends below and back of the eye. The gill-membranes are yellow.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

121

In the very young the proportions are : head 3.33-3.5; depth 3.25-3.75; origin
of dorsal equidistant from snout and a point nearer caudal than adipose.

Subfamily Nannostomatin^.

Characidium Reinhardt.

A widely distributed genus living like and resembling the species of Etheostoma
of North America.

Key to the Species of Characidium.

a. Caudal with a sharply defined dot on the base of the middle caudal rays, the middle rays otherwise
plain; a narrow band from tip of snout to, but not on, the middle caudal rays; ten or eleven
chain-like cross-bars, a deeply lying crescent-shaped bar on the bases of the fully developed
caudal rays; lateral line 32-35, depth 4.5-5; dorsal rounded, first fully developed anal ray ex-
tending beyond the tip of the penultimate fasciatum Reinhardt.

aa. Middle caudal rays dusky, darkened at base, but without a distinct spot; a broad black longitudinal
lateral band, faint or absent on the head. Female and young with fourteen transverse bars,
becoming broader and fewer with growth and scarcely evident in the adult; lateral line 32 or 33;
depth 3. 3-3. 5; dorsal rounded, longest anal ray extending very little beyond the tip of the last.

caucanum Eigenmann.

aaa. About ten dark bars across the lateral band; dark lines along the scales of the back; lateral line 36;
depth 4-4.3; dorsal truncate; longest anal ray extending considerably beyond the tip of the
penultimate ray phoxocephalum Eigenmann.

154. Characidium fasciatum Reinhardt.

This species was originally described from the Rio das Velhas in eastern Brazil.
It has since been reported from Paraguay, the Essequibo and Orinoco Rivers, and
from Canelos, Ecuador. For the full synonymy, etc. see Mem. Carnegie Mus., V,
1912, p. 291.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
ill mm.

Locality.

Collector.

4852 a-j, C. M.; 12705, I. U. M

Many

—

Boca de Raspadura

Eigenmann

7663, C. M.; 15318, I. U. M. . .

Many

Largest 38

Raspadura

Wilson

7664, C. M.; 15319, I. U. M.. .

10

Largest 38

Managru

((

7665, C. M.; 15320, L U. M. . .

13

Largest 33

Certegui

({

7666, C. M.; 15321, L U. M. . .

Many

Largest 30

Truando

{(

3847 a, C. M

1

About 50

Cali

Eigenmann

155. Characidium caucanum Eigenmann. (Plate XIX, fig. 9.)

Characidium caucanum Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 16, 1912,
p. 25 (Cali; Piedra Moler; Cartago).

4847 a, C. M., type, 51 mm.; 4848 a-j, C. M.; 12701 a-j, I. U. M., thirty-two
paratypes, Cali. Eigenmann.

122

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

4849, C. M. ; 12702, 1. U. M., two paratypes, largest 63 mm., Piedra Moler. Eigen-
mann.

4850, C. M. ; 12703, 1. U. M., two paratypes, largest 58 mm., Cartago. Eigenmann.
Habitat: Cauca Basin.

Head 3.75-4; depth 3. 3-3. 5; D. 11; A. 8 or 9; lateral line 32 or 33; eye
.66-1 in snout, 3. 5-4. 5 in the head, 1-1.3 in interorbital. Seven scales between
dorsal and ventral. Outer pectoral rays thickened ; pectorals not reaching ventrals,
ventrals to the anal in males.

Males with a dark lateral band from snout to middle of caudal, back dark
with fainter streaks; female lighter, its dark median band crossed by numerous
bands, which in the region of the anal extend entirely across the body.

156. Characidium phoxocephalum Eigenmann. (Plate XIX, fig. 8.)

Characidium phoxocephalum Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 16,
1912, p. 26 (Paila).

4851, C. M., type, 68 mm., a female; 12704, I. U. M., paratype, 63 mm., Paila.
Eigenmann.

Habitat: Cauca Basin.

Head 4; depth 4-4.3; D. 11 or 12; A. 8; lateral line 36; seven scales between
dorsal and ventral. Eye equals snout, 4 in head, 1 in interorbital. Snout pointed,
mouth subterminal, maxillary reaching to below anterior edge of eye; outer rays
of pectoral thickened, the eighth ray longest, reaching to within one scale of the
ventrals; ventrals not quite reaching to anal.

A dark bar from snout to middle caudal rays, crossed by about ten bars;
dark line along the upper parts of the scales of the back; base of dorsal hyaline,
next a dark band, then a series of hyaline spots, tips dusky; anal similar to dorsal;
margins of thickened pectoral rays dark.

Similar to caucanum but slenderer, snout more pointed, and scales in lateral
series more numerous.

Subfamily PvRRHULiNiNiE.

Pyrrhulina Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Type Pyrrhulina filamentosa Cuvier and Valenciennes. Small fishes. Pre-
maxillary and dentary with two or more series of conical teeth; mouth very oblique.

157. Pyrrhulina semifasciata Steindachner.

This species, widely distributed in the Amazon and the Guianas, is recorded
by Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), X, 1912, p. 390, as having been collected by

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

123

Cutter at Bogota and by Leighton at Honda. Bogota is certainly not the place
where Cutter secured his specimen. It probably came from the base of the Andes
east of Bogota, and may belong to Pyrrhulina luguhris Eigenmann, which is abun-
dant between Cumaral, Villavicencio, and Barrigon in the headwaters of the
Meta system.

I secured no specimens during my short stay at Honda.

Subfamily Lebiasinin^.

Lebiasina Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Walls of the anterior portion of the posterior air-bladder cellular; upper jaw
with a single series of tricuspid teeth; lower jaw with two series, those of the outer
tricuspid, those of the inner much finer, conical, recumbent; no canines; usually
no adipose; lateral line short or obsolete.

This genus differs from Piabucina in the absence of an adipose, but a certain
per cent, of specimens of Lebiasina bimaculata develop the adipose and an adipose
is certainly occasionally developed in Lebiasina multimaculata.

0

Key to the Species of Lebiasina.

a. Sides with a faint band; a conspicuous black spot at base of middle caudal rays; a fainter one behind

head; a spot at base of dorsal; depth 3.5-4 bimaculata Cuvier and Valenciennes.

aa. Sides with a series of black spots; upper caudal lobe much longer than lower; depth 4.6-5.

multimaculata Boulenger.

158. Lebiasina bimaculata Cuvier and Valenciennes. (Plate XXI, fig. 2.)

“Huaija, Chalquoque, Liza de Agua Dulce.”

Lebiasina bimaculata Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XIX, 1846,
p. 531, plate 587 (Rio Rimac near Lima); Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1859, p. 418 (Andes of Western Ecuador); ibid., 1860, p. 240 (Esmeraldas) ;
Cat. Fishes Brit, ^us., V, 1864, p. 286 (Bay of Callao; Western Andes of
Ecuador); Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLI, 1879, p. 22
(Rio Rimac near Callao and Lima; Rio Zurumilla; Pacasmayo); Eigenmann
and Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2 Ser., II, 1889, p. 113; Boulenger,
Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, 1898, No. 329, p. 1 (Rio Vinces).
Habitat: Western slopes of Peru and Ecuador, from sea-level to over 7000 ft.

124

MEMOIKS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Specimens Examined.
No. of Length of

Catalog Numbers.

Speci-

mens.

Largest
in mm.

Locality.

Date.

Collector.

7669, C. M.; 15167, I. U. M

. . Many

146

Puenta Piedra,
near Lima

Jan. 29,
1919

Eigenmann

^7670, C. M.; 15168, I. U. M

. . Many

118

Rio Rimac, Lima

Aug. 1918

U

7671, C. M.; 15169, I. U. M

. . Many

144

Rio Jequetepeque,
at Llallan

Jan. 15,

• 1919

( (

7672, C. M.; 15170, I. U. M

. . Many

130 (to
base of
caudal)

Rio Jequetepeque,
at Cultambo

Jan. 12,
1919

((

7673, C. M.; 15171, I. U. M

. . Many

145

Piura, Rio Piura

Jan. 11,
1919

H

15202, I. U. M

. . Many

115

Chosica, Rio

Rimac

Oct. 10,
1918

15299, I. U. M

1

29

Matucana, Rio
Rimac

Aug. 1918

i c

6638 a-j, C. M.; 13526, I. U. M. .

. .137

120

Porto Viejo

Henn

13527, I. U. M

. . 8

93

Porto Viejo

((

6639 a-j, C. M.; 13528, I. U. M. .

. .374

188

Vinces

ii

13529, I. U. M

. . 20

no

Vinces

(i

6640 a-j, C. M.; 13530, I. U. M. .

. .100

135

Chone

<(

13531, I. U. M

. . 4

120

Chone

a

6643, C. M.; 13502, I. U. M

. . 70

74

Colimes, Rio

Daule

((

13533, I. U. M

. . 3

65

Colimes, Rio

Daule

u

13069, I. U. M

. . 1

175

Rio Chanchan,
Naranjito

n

Field Museum

1

85

Trujillo

Osgood

Out of a total of 715 specimens from Ecuador about 35 or 4.9 per cent, have
the adipose developed and therefore might be referred to Piabucina. Specimens
with a developed adipose were found at all places where a large number of
specimens were collected. They do not differ in other respects from typical
specimens. The adipose may be fully developed or may be a mere rudiment.
One specimen in about two hundred taken in Piura^ Peru, also has an adipose.

Head 4.3-4.5; depth 3.5-4; D. 9/1, 10/19; A. 10/18, 11/2; scales 25/1, 26/2,
27/2, 28/11, 29/4;* 6 and one-half between dorsal and ventrals; eye 4-6; inter-
orbital 2. 2-2. 8. Middle caudal rays naked, the lobes scaled for about half their
length.

A conspicuous small round spot at the base of the middle caudal rays, a more
or less dark blotch on the bases of the dorsal rays; a dark humeral spot just
behind the head; a dark band from the shoulder-spot to the caudal spot, most
intense from above ventrals to above end of anal. This band fades out with age,

* The denominators give the number of specimens.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

125

and in formalin specimens sometimes appears broken up into spots by the unequal
effect of the formalin on the silvery markings of the scales ; a bright red spot at
the base of the scale on the lateral line just behind the shoulder-spot.

This species has recently been found useful because it feeds on the larvae of
the yellow-fever mosquito.

159. Lebiasina multimaculata Boulenger. (Plate XXI, fig. 3.)

Lebiasina multimaculata Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, Feb. 1911,
p. 212 (Condoto); Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, Nov. 1913,
p. 463 (Condoto).

Piabucina aureoguttata {non Fowler) Regan, loc. cit. (Rio Lisa and Rio Tamama,
San Juan Basin).

Habitat: San Juan and Atrato Basins, respectively of the Atlantic and
Pacific slopes of northwestern Colombia.

Specimens Examined.

No. of Length

Catalog Numbers. Specimens. in mm.

6681 a-c, C. M.; 12964, I. U. M 20 47-100

12965, I. U. M ; 2 84- 94

5377 a-c, C. M.; 13068, I. U. M 11 Largest 177

Locality.

Condoto

Tambo

Small creek near mouth
of Rio Calima

Collector.

Wilson

U

Henn

Head 4.5-4.75; depth 4.6-5; D. 9/1, 10/8, 11/1; A.lQi; scales 27/2, 28/3,
29/2, 30/2, six scales between dorsal and ventral; eye 5 in head; interorbital 2.25-2.5.

A few scales on the base of the middle caudal rays, the lobes well scaled for
over half their length.

Three rows of red spots on each side; anal yellow, edged with black; base of
caudal red, the remainder yellow; pectorals yellow; a red ring about the eye, a
series of nine dark spots from the middle of the opercle to the caudal, the one at
the base of the caudal most conspicuous; a dark humeral spot on second scale of
the lateral line; all spots becoming fainter with age.

Regan recorded P. aureoguttata from the Rio San Juan. A re-examination of
the specimens shows them to be L. multimaculata with adipose fins. One of our
! specimens from the Rio Calima, which in all other respects is like the rest from
the same place, has a well-developed adipose behind the dorsal and would, if found
alone, be referred without doubt to Piabucina.

Piabucina Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Piabucina Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXII, 1848, p. 161.

Type: Piabucina erythrinoides Cuvier and Valenciennes. Like Lebiasina, but
with an adipose. P. erythrinoides is found in Lake Maracaibo.

126

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat: Lake Maracaibo to eastern Ecuador; Guiana; western Ecuador
to Panama.

Key to the Species of Piabucina.

a. No spots on dorsal or caudal; no bands; D. 9; A. 11; depth 4; head 4.33; lateral line 28; eye
equal to snout, 4.25 in head, 2 in interorbital; twenty -six teeth in upper jaw, thirty-two in lower.

^ test® Boulenger.

aa. A black spot on anterior dorsal rays, or one at base of caudal, or both spots present.

h. A dark lateral band; no spots along sides; head 3.5; depth 4; D. 10; A. 12; lateral line 30;
a dark lateral band from humeral spot to dark area at base of caudal; a dark spot on base

of dorsal panamensis Gill.

hh. A dark lateral band along the upper parts of the sides; a series of spots more or less confluent

along the middle of the sides, a narrow light streak between them. A small vertical spot at
base of caudal; head 4.33; depth 4.2; D. 10; A. 11; lateral line 29. .. aureoguttata Fowler.
hhh. No dark lateral band. A series of dark spots along middle of sides; a dark spot on base of

caudal; depth 4.5-5; head 4.5; D. 10; A. 11; lateral line 29 astrigata Regan.

160. Piabucina festae Boulenger.

Piabucina festce Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIV, No. 346,
p, 1 (Laguna della Pita, Darien); Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., XLVII, 1900, p. 3145; Regan, Biologia Central!- Americana, Pisces,
1901, p. 168; Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 301 (Tuyra Basin).

Habitat: Panama.

Head 4.33; depth 4; D. 9; A. 11; scales 28; eight scales between dorsal and
ventrals; eye 4.5; interorbital 2.25.

Dark above, light below; fins uniformly gray.

161. Piabucina panamensis Gill. ^ (Plate XXI, figs. 4 and 5.)

Piabucina panamensis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1876, p. 336 (Rio Frijoli);
Jordan and Evermann, Bull, U. S. Nat. Mus., XLVII, 1896, p. 333; Regan,
Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pisces, 1907, p. 167; Meek and Hildebrand,
Field Mus. Nat, Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 300 (Toro Point, Agua
Clara, Rio Indio, Gorgona, Empire, Culebra and Porto Bello, Atlantic side;
Corozal, Araijan, Culebra, Rio Calobre, Bayano Basin; Cerro Azul, Pacific
side of Panama).

Habitat: Panama on both slopes, Atrato Basin, and San Juan Basin.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 127

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in ram.

Locality.

Collector.

5376 a-y, C. M.;

13067,

I. U. M..

. . . .306

Largest 100

Truando

Wilson

5114, C. M.; 12832, I. U. M

2

130, 149

Boca de Raspadura

Eigenmann

6683 a-h, C. M.;

12861,

I. U. M..

11

43-165

Raspadura

Wilson

13070, I. U. M..

. . . . 1

Calima, small creek near

Henn

Boca del Guineo

12962, I. U. M..

. . . . —

—

Istmina

Wilson

12963, I. U. M..

. . . . —

—

Tambo

ii

One of the specimens from Truando has no trace of an adipose, in four others
it varies in its development from the merest rudiment to about one fifth of its
normal size. It is possible that in some of the latter the fin has been mutilated
or is regenerating.

Head 4-4.8; depth 3.25-3.75; D. 10; A. 10/4, 11/2; lateral line 28/5, 29/2; *
eye 3-4.2; interorbital 2.5-2.75 in the length of the head.

162. Piabucina aureoguttata Fowler.

Piabucina aureoguttatus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1911, p. 513, fig. 6
(Tributary of the Rio Chimbo, near Bucay, Province Guayas, Ecuador).
Habitat: Western Ecuador.

Head 4.33; depth 4.2; D. 10; A. 11; scales 27; seven scales between the
dorsal and ventral; eye 6 in head; interorbital 2.6.

A dark band from upper -angle of gill-opening to adipose; a series of spots
along middle of sides, a narrow light band between them. A narrow vertical spot
at base of caudal. The spots along the middle of the sides are a little wider than
in the figure, the light line a little narrower.

163. Piabucina astrigata Regan. (Plate XXI, fig. 6.)

Piabucina astrigata Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, 1903, p. 622 (St.

Javier, elev. 60 ft., Paramba, 3,500 ft., and the Rio Sapayo, N. W. Ecuador).
6682 a-d, C. M.; 13534, I. U. M., forty-two, largest 120 mm., Mindo, Ecuador
(4,108 ft.). Henn.

Habitat: Ecuador, in the Mira, Santiago, and Esmeraldas Basins from near
sea-level to over 4,000 feet elevation.

Subfamily Cheirodontin^.

This subfamily has recently been monographed by me in the Memoirs Carnegie
Museum, VII, 1915, pp. 1-100, plates I-XVII, where figures and descriptions of
the species will be found.

* The denominators indicate the number of specimens.

128

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Grundulus Valenciennes.

164. Grundulus bogotensis Humboldt.

“Guapuche.”

Grundulus bogotensis Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus. VII, 1915, p. 17, plate II, '
fig. 1, text-fig. 3 (Plains of Bogota; Rio Chiquinquiseto, Boyaca; Quebrada
Suaita, Santander).

This is one of the three species of fishes found on the plains of Bogota, where
it occurs in enormous numbers.

Phanagoniates Eigenmann and Wilson.

165. Phanagoniates macrolepis (Meek and Hildebrand).

Roeboides macrolepis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1913, p. 84 (Rio Cupe).

Phanagoniates 7nacrolepis Meek and Hildebrand, ibid., 1916, p. 272 (Tuyra
Basin).

Phenagoniates wilsoni Eigenmann, Indiana Univ. Studies No. 19, 1914 (Managru).
Phanagoniates wilsoni Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VH, 1915, 43 (Mana-
gru; Certegui; Truando).

Habitat: Atrato and Tuyra Basins.

CoMPSURA Eigenmann.

166. Compsura gorgonse (Evermann and Goldsborough) .

Cheirodon gorgonce Evermann and Goldsborough, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
XXH, 1909, p. 99, figs. 1 and 3 (Gorgona, Atlantic slope of Panama).

Cheirodon insignis Eigenmann (in part), Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1916, p. 69.
Compsura gorgonce Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 274, text-fig. 2 (both slopes of Panama).

Habitat: Both slopes of Panama.

Upon a cursory examination of the typical specimens, I had identified this
species with Cheirodon insicfnis. Mr. Hildebrand after a careful examination found
it to belong to the genus Compsura, showing that all superficial examination of
these minute fishes is without value.

PsEUDOCHEiRODON Meek and Hildebrand.

Pseudocheirodon MeeK and Hildebrand, Field Alus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1916, p. 275.

Type, Pseudocheirodon affinis Meek and Hildebrand.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

129

Scales on caudal of the male like those in the female; lateral line incomplete;
interhsemal spines of the male not protruding; adipose fin well developed; teeth
in part at least with five or more points. This genus is evidently very closely
related to, if not synonymous with, Mixobrycon.

167. Pseudocheirodon affinis Meek and Hildebrand.

Cheirodon insignis {non Steindachner) Evermann and Goldsborough, Proc. Biol.
Soc. Washington, XXII, 1909, p. 98, fig. 2 (Tabernilla, Atlantic slope of
Panama) .

Cheirodon insignis Eigenmann (in part), Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1916, p. 69.
Pseudocheirodon affinis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 275 (both slopes of the Canal Zone).

Habitat: Both slopes of Panama.

Cheirodon Girard.

168. Cheirodon insignis Steindachner.

Cheirodon insignis Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VH, 1915, p. 69, plate XVH,
fig. 29 (Truando; Fundacion).

Habitat: Atrato and Magdalena Basins.

Odontostilbe Cope.

169. Odontostilbe hastata Eigenmann.

Odontostilbe hastata Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 18, 1913, p. 27
(Soplaviento; Bernal Creek); Mem. Carnegie Mus., VH, 1916, p. 91 plate
XVI, fig. 7 (Soplaviento; Certegui; Quibdo; Truando).

Habitat: Magdalena and Atrato Basins.

Subfamily Bryconin^.

Brycon Muller and Troschel.

Distributed from Guatemala to Buenos Aires and on both slopes of Colombia
and Ecuador.

Mr. Samuel F. Hildebrand, looking over my material in connection with his
study of Panama specimens, has kindly prepared the following brief key :

Key to the Species of Brycon.

a. Anal fin long, with more than thirty rays {alhurnus rarely with only thirty).
h. Premaxillary teeth laterally in two series.

c. Scales small, sixty-three to eighty in lateral series.

d. Upper jaw strongly projecting; base of anal notably longer than head.

130

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

e. Teeth in lower jaw very large and strong, eight in outer series., .striatulus (181).

ee. Teeth in lower jaw notably smaller, fourteen in outer series chagrensis (182).

dd. Jaws subequal, or the upper only slightly in advance of lower; base of anal shorter
than head.

/. Scales sixty-three to sixty-eight; jaws subequal alburnus (170).

//. Scales fifty-six to fifty-nine; lower jaw a little shorter than the upper.

atricaudatus (171).

cc. Scales larger, fifty-three or fifty-four in lateral series guatemalensis (extralimital) .

hb. Premaxillary teeth laterally in three series.

g. Scales small, sixty-six in a lateral series; D. 31; caudal spot indefinite, reaching end of

caudal rubricauda (174).

gg. Scales small, sixty-seven to seventy in lateral series; A. 33-35; shoulder-girdle with distinct

black border. No caudal spot meeki (172).

ggg. Scales larger, forty-eight to fifty-four in lateral series; shoulder-girdle without black

border dentex (173).

aa. Anal fin shorter, with fewer than thirty-one rays.

h. Scales large, fifty-one or fewer in lateral series.

i. Base of anal notably shorter than head, with twenty-one to twenty-four rays; opercle with

dark spot . .henni (157).

ii. Base of anal about equal to length of head, with twenty-four to twenty-eight rays; no
opercular spot.

j. Upper jaw only slightly in advance of the lower; the second series of premaxillary
teeth covered by lower lip; last series of premaxillary teeth close in front of outer

mandibular teeth argenteus (176).

jj. Upper jaw more strongly projecting; second series of premaxillary teeth somewhat in
advance of mandibular teeth, leaving a space between when mouth is closed.

oligolepis (177).

hh. Scales smaller, fifty-three or more in lateral series.

k. Outer series of premaxillary teeth about twenty-four in number moorei (179).

kk. Outer series of premaxillary teeth about fourteen in number.

1. Body slender, the depth 3.15 to 3.9 in length; caudal spot not much longer than deep,
and not extended to end of middle caudal rays; no shoulder-spot, except in very young

petrosus (178).

ll. Body deeper, the depth about three in length; caudal spot very large, much longer than
deep, extended to tips of middle caudal rays; a large obscure shoulder-spot present.

ecuadoriensis (180).

170. Brycon alburnus (Gunther). (Plate XXIII, fig. 2.)

“Dama.”

Chalceus alburnus Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, p. 419 (Western Andes
of Ecuador).

Chalcinopsis alburnus Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit, Mus,, V, 1864, p. 338,

Brycon alburnus Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus,, XIV, 1891,
p. 55; Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, 1898, No.
329, p. 4 (Rio Peripa; Rio Vinces).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

131

6618 a-j, C. M.; 13464, I. U. M., many, largest 184 mm.. Colimes, RioDaule.
Henn.

6619 a-6, C. M.; 13465, I. U. M., seven, largest 326 mm., Vinces. Henn.

6621 a-g, C. M.; 13466, I. U. M., many, largest 214 mm., Rio Barranca Alta near
Naranjito. Henn.

Habitat: Western Ecuador, in streams draining into the Bay of Guayaquil.
Jaws subequal; snout very sharply pointed; mandible with about ten teeth,
the third mandibular tooth much larger than the first two; fang-like, separated
from the fourth by an interspace; the teeth of the two rami arranged in a narrow
crescent; premaxillary teeth in three series; seven small teeth in the outer series,
about eight teeth in the inner series, which is bent forward opposite the fang of
the lower jaw, the teeth being smaller at this point; two or three teeth between
the outer and inner series; no marked difference in size between the last premaxil-
lary and first maxillary teeth; head 3. 5-3-6; depth equal to head; base of anal a
little shorter than the head; D. 11; A. 30/1, 32/4, 33/2, 34/2; scales 11 or 12 —
63/3, 64/1, 66/1, 67/2, 68/2 * — 4.5 or 5, about thirty predorsal scales; eye 4.5-5;
interorbital 3-3.75; gill-rakers fourteen; origin of dorsal equidistant from end of
lateral line and anterior margin or middle of eye.

Humeral girdle margined with dark in the adult; an obscure humeral spot;
a large conspicuous oval spot on the middle of the caudal peduncle, fading out
forward and narrowly extending on the bases only of the middle caudal rays;
sometimes faint zig-zag lines between rows of scales and sometimes vertical lines;
all the fins frequently dark; caudal narrowly margined with dark.

171. Brycon atricaudatus (Kner). (Plate XXHI, fig. 3.)

‘‘Sabalo.”

Chalceus atricaudatus Kner, Sitzb. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1863, p. 227;
Kner and Steindachner, Neue Fische aus Cent. Am., Abhand. Bayer. Akad.
Wiss. Mtinchen, X, 1864, p. 44, plate IV, fig. 3 (Western Ecuador).

Brycon atricaudatus Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 336; Boulenger
(part), Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XHI, 1898, No. 329, p. 3 (Pa-
ramba, Rio Mira; Rio Peripa; (?) Rio Zamora); Pellegrin, Mission Geod.
de FEquateur, 1912, IX, p. B, 5; Starks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX,
1906, p. 777 (Payta and Eten, Peru).

Brycon scapularis Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Sept. 1911, p. 502, fig. 3
(Chimbo River near Bucay, Province Guayas, Ecuador) .

* The denominators give the number of specimens.

132

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Catalog Numbers. Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Date.

Collector.

6622 a, C. M.; 13463, I. U. M.. ,

. .3

167-273

Rio Barranca

Henn

9328, Stanford U

. .4

103-132

Alta, Naranjito,
Ecuador

Paita, Peru

P. 0. Simons

7685 a-c, C. M.; 15158, I. U. M.

. . Many

40-142

Sullana, near

Jan. 1919

Eigenmann

7686 a-c, C. M.; 15160, 1. U. M.

, . Many

Largest 137

Paita

Piura, Rio Piura

Jan. 1919

((

15159, I. U. M ;

. .4

Largest 155

Cultambo, near

Jan. 12,

(1

7687 a-c, C. M.; 15161, 1. U. M..

, . Many

Largest 237

Pacasmayo
Llallan, near

1919

Jan. 15,

it

Pacasmayo

1919

Habitat: Western slopes of southern Ecuador and northern Peru.

Snout moderately pointed; lower jaw a little the shorter; mandible with ten
or eleven similar teeth; first, second, and third, or second, third, and fourth teeth
of the mandible of nearly uniform size, closely set, graduated from the last of these
backward; teeth of the two sides in a wide crescent; premaxillary teeth in three
series; seven or eight closely set teeth in the outer row, four to six teeth in the
inner series, two or three between these; a distinct break between the series of
premaxillary and maxillary teeth, the latter smaller. Head 3. 6-3. 8; depth equal
to head; base of anal shorter than head by the prenasal portion of the snout or
less; D. 11; A. 31; scales 8 or 9-56 to 59-4; eye 3.75-5; interorbital 3-3.3; gill-
rakers 14. Origin of dorsal equidistant from end of lateral line and snout or nares;
pectorals reaching ventrals in young.

A large oval black spot on the middle of the caudal peduncle, fading out
forward and on the middle caudal rays; an obscure humeral spot or bar.

These characters were drawn from the Naranjito specimens, which are typical.
In the Paita specimens (9328, Stanford University) there is a sharply defined humeral
spot, while the caudal spot is lacking. The anal has twenty-nine or thirty rays;
there are ten scales between the dorsal and the lateral line and five between the
ventrals and the lateral line.

The species atricaudatus has been known from the type, from two specimens
150 and 170 mm. long from Paramba, Rio Chota, and from ten specimens in the
British Museum from the Rios Mira, Peripa, and Zamora. Boulenger gives the
formula for these as: Head 3.75/1, 3.8/4, 4/2, 4.5/1, 4.66/2; Depth 3/2, 3.5/7,
3.6/1, A. 27/1, 28/1, 29/1, 30/1, 31/3, 32/1, 33/2. Lateral line 46/1, 47/1, 48/1,
49/2, 50/2, 51/1, 55/1, 58/1. Scales between the lateral line and dorsal as 8/3, 9/3,
10/4.*

The denominators give the number of specimens.

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

133

Boulenger considers B. moorei synonymous with B, atricaudatus, but a com-
parison of typical specimens of the two species shows them to be quite different.
Considering the great variation in the scales as given by Boulenger it seems quite
probable that Boulenger has confused specimens of B. oligolepis with specimens of
B. atricaudatus, in which case the specimens from the Mira are probably B. oligolepis.

I have examined the type of B. scapularis and it is without doubt an
atricaudatus.

The specimens from Piura, all of which had been starved, are slender, the
lower jaw is oblique, the lower lip in some is thin and very wide, projecting beyond
the margins of the snout; the lower fins are greenish yellow in life, merging into
rose, bordered by hyaline or dusky. The sides are marked with thin vertical lines.

172. Brycon meeki Eigenmann and Hildebrand. (Plate XXIII, fig. 4.)

Brycon striatulus {non Kner) Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH, 1913, p. 462
(Rio San Juan, Colombia).

Brycon atricaudatus {non Kner) Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, 18, 1913,
p. 27 (Rio Dagua).

Brycon meeki Eigenmann and Hildebrand, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917,

p. 688.

6614, 6623, 6632-6635, C. M.; 12982-12985, 12987, 13461, 13467, I. U. M., nu-
merous specimens, largest 315 mm., collected January 13-17, 1913, at numerous
stations on the Telembi River from Barbacoas to eight miles above. Henn
and Wilson.

6613 a-/, C. M.; 13460, I. U. M., Magui River, tributary of Patia. Henn.

6617 a-j, C. M.; 13459, I. U. M., Patia half-way between Magui and Telembi
Rivers. Henn.

6624 a, C. M., one, 244 mm., Rio Calima, small creek near Boca del Guineo. Henn.
12912, I. U. M., one, 190 mm.. Creek near mouth of San Juan. Henn.

6637 a-h, C. M.; 12988, I. U. M., young, Condoto, Feb. 1913. Wilson.

5164 C. M., 302 mm., Puerto Negria. Eigenmann.

5167 a-b, 6636 a-d, C. M.; 12914, I. U. M., 12986, I. U. M., many, 41-58 mm.,
Istmina. Eigenmann and Wilson.

5156 a, 5168 a-h, C. M.; 12913, 12915, I. U. M., thirty-five, 70-322 mm., Caldas
and mouth of Dagua River. Eigenmann.

Habitat: Rios San Juan, Dagua, and Patia of the Pacific drainage of Colombia.
Teeth of the sides of the mandible abruptly smaller behind the fourth, the
first three or four subequal; lower jaw much the shorter. Premaxillary teeth in

134

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

four or more recognizable series; caudal spot obscure or absent; anal basis longer
than the head; maxillary more than 3 in the head; gill-rakers seventeen or eighteen.
Scales 12 to 14-67 to 70-7 or 8; D. 11, rarely 10; A. 33/2, 34/5, 35/2;* head 4.3; depth
3-3.25; eye 3-4; interorbital 2.25-2.75; premaxillary with six to nine very slightly
graduated teeth in a regular outer series, the first tooth, and if nine, the last also,
withdrawn somewhat from the line; about six teeth in the second series, more or
less parallel with the first, sometimes the last tooth might be counted with either
the first or second series; five teeth in the third series, which extends from the
first tooth of the first series to the third of the innermost series; five or six teeth in
the inner series; a single tooth in front of the first tooth of the inner series may
be counted as the fourth series.

A conspicuous black border upon the shoulder-girdle in the adult ; sometimes
vertical lines on the sides; no caudal spot.

This species was named by Eigenmann and Hildebrand in honor of their late
friend. Dr. Seth E. Meek, Curator of Fishes in the Field Museum of Natural History,
who contributed much to our knowledge of the fishes of Central America and
Mexico and who in his zeal for exploration in the tropics contracted the disease
which caused his death on July 6, 1914.

This species is very highly prized as a food-fish in Western Colombia.

173. Brycon dentex Gunther. (Plate XXH, fig. 1.)

^^Sabalo.”

Brycon dentex Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1860, p. 240 (Esmeraldas,
Ecuador); Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, 1898,
No. 329, p. 3 (Rio Peripa).

Chalcinopsis dentex {in part) Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit: Mus., V, 1864, p. 337
(Esmeraldas) .

6620 a-c, C. M.; 13462, I. U. M., nine, 43-147 mm,. Colimes, Rio Daule. Henn.
15048, I. U. M., one, 340 mm., Guayaquil market. Henn.

Habitat: Western slope of Ecuador.

Head 4.33-4.6; depth about 3.75; scales 8-48 to 54-4 to ventrals; D. 11; A,
34/2, 35/3, 37/2, 38/3 ;t eye 3; interorbital 3 ; teeth very similar to those in B. striatulus
with probably a difference in the number of teeth in some of the series.

Silvery, without distinct markings.

Regan has pointed out that Gunther confused two species under B. dentex,
and that his specimens from the north are B. guatemalensis. I entirely agree with

* Denominators indicate number of specimens,
t The denominators give the number of specimens,

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

135

this conclusion. The fancied resemblance of the faunas of western Ecuador and
Guatemala is entirely due to the “lumping” of species from the two localities. If
my identification and also that of Boulenger are correct, this species is found in both
northern and southern Ecuador.

174. Brycon rubricauda Steindachner.

Brycon rubricauda Steindachner, Sitzb, Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXX, 1879, p. 186
(Cauca) ; Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 77, plate VIII, figs. 1
and la (Cauca near Caceres).

Habitat: Cauca River.

Head 4.5; depth 3.25; D. 11; A. 31; eye 4; interorbital 2.6; scales 12-66-6;
caudal spot indefinite, reaching to end of caudal.

I did not succeed in securing specimens of this species from the Magdalena
Basin. Among the species of trans-andean Colombia the possession of four series
of teeth in the premaxillary places it nearest B. meeki and B. dentex.

175. Brycon henni Eigenmann. (Plate XXII, fig. 2.)

Brycon henni Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 18, 1913, p. 26 (Upper
Cauca and Dagua) .

Habitat: Rios San Juan, Dagua, and Patia of the Pacific slope and upper
Cauca of the Atlantic drainage. Most abundant in the Dagua, rare in the Patia.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers. Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5152, C. M. Type

5153 a-f, C. M.; 12902 a-e,

247

Caldas

Eigenmann

I. U. M Paratypes 21

Largest 270

Caldas

a

5154 a-o, C. M.; 12903, I. U. M. . .Paratypes 4:

6

235, 240, 290, 325;
60-107;

Cisnero

<(

18

largest 50

*•

5155 a-c, C. M.; 12904, I. U. M. . .Paratypes 6

34-165

Cali

((

5156 a-e, C. M.; 12905, I. TJ. M.. .Paratypes 9

32-110

Paila

({

5158 a-z, C. M.; 12907, 1. U. M.. .164

Largest 74

Cartage

a

5157 a-z, C. M.; 12906, I. U. M. . .Paratypes 70

Largest 83

Piedra Moler

((

1

100

Patia at mouth of
Rio Guaitara,
March 13-14, .
1913

Henn

This species is readily distinguished from all other species of this genus found
in Colombia and on the Pacific slope by its short anal, its scales, and the color.

136

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Head 3.66-3.8; depth 3.5-3.66; D. 11, rarely 10; A. 21/2, 22/8, 23/4, 24/3;* scales
7 to 9-48 to 51-5 or 6; eye 4.5-5 in the head; interorbital 2.75-3; gill-rakers 12;
origin of dorsal very little nearer end of lateral line than tip of snout; origin of
anal a little more remote from the snout than the last dorsal ray; opercle with an
irregular black spot at its middle; caudal spot ill defined at the end of the peduncle,
continued on the interradial membranes of the middle caudal rays to their tip;
sides with vertical lines, and obscure humeral bar. Premaxillary with an inner
and an outer series of teeth and three or four teeth between the anterior halves of
the two series. Preventrals distinctly rounded; scales large. Base of anal a
little less than length of head without the opercle.

176. Brycon argenteus Meek and Hildebrand.

Brycon argenteus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1913, p. 84 (Pacific slope of Eastern Panama; Rio Aruza at Aruza); ibid.,
1916, p. 298, plate XXV (Rio Chorrera, Bayano and Tuyra Basins).

Habitat: Pacific slope of Panama.

Base of anal equal to or a little longer than head; head 3.8-4 in the length,
scales 51-56. A well-defined oval, slightly asymmetric, spot on the end of the caudal
peduncle, encroaching a little on the bases of the middle caudal rays, not continued
to the middle of these rays. Upper jaw projecting but slightly beyond the lower;
second series of premaxillary teeth covered by the lower lip; last series of pre-
maxillary teeth close in front of outer mandibular teeth.

This species is very closely related to B. oligolepis, differing only in the points
mentioned above. It is found from the Tuyra to the Canal Zone on the Pacific
slope of Panama, B. oligolepis being found south of the Tuyra on both slopes.

177. Brycon oligolepis Regan. (Plate XXII, fig. 3.)

1 Brycon atricaudatus Boulenger (part ?), Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
XIH, 1898, No. 329, p. 3 (Mira).

Brycon oligolepis Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH, 1913, p. 462 (Rio Con-
doto and Western Ecuador).

Habitat: Patia, Dagua, and San Juan Rivers of the Pacific slope; Raspadura
on the Atrato of the Atlantic slope.

* The denominators indicate the number of specimens.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NORTHWESTEKN south AMERICA.

137

Specimens Examined.
No. of Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Date.

Collector.

6626-6629, C. M.; I2975-I2979,

15057, I. U. M

Largest 241

Rio Telembi be-

Jan. 13-16,

Henn and

6625 a, C. M.; 13458, I. U. M. . .

. . 3

Largest 106

tween Barba-
coas and the
Yambi

Patia at mouth

1913

March 13-

Wilson

Henn

5160 a-l, C. M.; 12909, I. U. M..

. .74

105-228

of Rio Guaitara
Caldas, R. Dagua

14, 1913

Eigenmann

5161 a-j, C. M.; 12910, I. U. M..

. .80

30-238

Cisnero, R.

H

5159 a-d, C. M.; 12908, I. U. M..

. . 7

158-220

Dagua

Cordova, R.

U

6616, C. M.; 13457, I. U. M

. . 9

Largest 120

Dagua

Small creek near

Henn

6630 a-h, C. M.; 12980, I. U. M. .

mouth of Ca-
lima, San Juan
Istmina

Feb. 1913

Wilson

6631 a-f, C. M.; 12981, I. U. M..

. .28

Largest 149

Condoto

Feb. 1913

H

6615, C. M

. . 1

140

Raspadura

Feb. 1913

(C

13469, I. U. M

. . . 1

155

Quibdo

Eigenmann

Head3.8-4.2; depth 3.4-3-5; D. 11/8, 12/1; A. 25/2, 26/3, 27/11, 28/12, 29/6,
30/2;* Lateral line 44/1, 46/2, 47/4, 48/5, 49/12, 50/4, 52/1;* Scales 8 or 8.5-44
to 523.5 or upper jaw more strongly projecting, second series of premaxillary teeth
somewhat in advance of mandibular teeth, leaving a space when the mouth is closed;
thirteen gill-rakers; caudal spot faint.

It seems quite probable that Boulenger confused specimens of this species
with B. atricaudatus. This species is very abundant in the Patia, Dagua, and
San Juan Rivers and probably extends to the Esmeraldas. A single specimen was
taken by Wilson at Raspadura in the Atrato Basin at a point near the upper San
Juan, and another by Eigenmann at Quibdo on the Atrato.

178. Brycon petrosus Meek and Hildebrand. (Plate XXIII, fig. 1.)

Brycon 'petrosus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zook Ser.

X, p. 84; loc. cit., 1916, p. 297, plate XXIV (Rio Chagres).

Habitat: Chagres Basin of Panama.

I have examined specimens collected by Meek and Hildebrand in the Rios
Mandingo, Indio, and Gatun.

A. 29; scales 10-54-5 left, 10-58-5 right side (10-56-4.5); outer series of

* The denominators give the number of specimens, the numerators the number of rays, or scales,
as the case may be.

138

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

premaxillary teeth about 14; depth 3.15-3.9; caudal spot not much longer than
deep, not extending to the end of the middle caudal rays.

179. Brycon moorei Steindachner,

Brycon rnoorei Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 58,
plate V, figs. 2 and 26 (Rio Magdalena); ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 78 (Cauca
near Caceres).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

A large game-fish, abundant in the Magdalena, where we caught it with hook
and line trailed over the side of the steamer whenever the boat stopped. It is not
very highly esteemed as food.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Catalog Numbers. Specimens.

5146 a-h, C. M.; 12858, 12859, I. U. M. . . .4

5150 a, C. M.; 12863 a-h, I. U. M -

12861 a, I. U. M 3

5148, C. M 1

5149, C. M.; 12863, 12863, I. U. M -

5147, C. M 1

Length in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

Largest 400

Soplaviento

Calamar

Magdalena

Puerto Wilches
Puerto Berrio
Honda

Eigenmann

H

ii

((

((

((

Head 4-4.5; depth 3-3.5; anal base about 4 in the length; D. 11; A. 27/6, 28/2;
Scales 11- 55/2,-57/2,-59/1,-60/1-6/1 or 7/6;* interorbital 2-2.33 in the head; about
24 teeth in outer series of premaxillary; gill-rakers 17 ; upper part of sides, especially
on the tail with longitudinal lines between the rows of scales, a longitudinally oval
humeral spot. Caudal spot large, diffuse, shading to the end of the middle caudal
rays and forward.

180. Brycon ecuadoriensis Eigenmann and Henn. (Plate XXII, fig. 4.)

Brycon ecuadoriensis Eigenmann and Henn, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc,, XVI, 1917,
p. 687 (Rio Barranca Alta near Naranjito, Ecuador).

Habitat: Rio Barranca Alta, a coastal stream of Ecuador, south of Guayaquil.
Head 3.6; depth 3.3; D. 11; A. HI, 29.5; scales 9-56-4 to ventrals; eye
about 4.1; base of anal equals length of head.

Additional descriptive details will be found in the original description.

Dark on sides and above, a steel-blue or brassy luster; fins dusky; a large,
obscure, humeral band; a large black spot on the caudal peduncle, fading out
forward and most intense toward its end, where it is continued to the tips of the
membranes of the middle caudal rays.

* The denominators indicate the number of specimens examined.

EIGENMANN: pishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 139

In its general characters this species greatly resembles B. atricaudatus, living
in the same waters. It differs notably in the teeth of both the premaxillary and
the mandible; in its dentition it agrees closely with B. oligolepis, from which it
differs in its shape, color, scales, etc.

181. Brycon striatulus (Kner).

Chalcinopsis striatulus Kner, Sitzb. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1863, p. 226;
Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1864, p.
38, plate V, fig. 2 (New Granada and Pacific side of Panama).

Brycon striatulus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1914, p. 109; ibid., X, 1916, p. 294 (Rio Chorrera; Rio Juan Diaz; Rio
Bayano; Tuyra Basin).

Habitat: Pacific slope of Panama from the Canal Zone to the Tuyra. 3955 C.
M., three, Rio Frijoles; 14026, I. U. M., one Boca de Cupe, R. Fugra.

Base of anal notably longer than head; scales 63-80; upper jaw strongly
projecting; teeth in lower jaw very large and strong, eight, rarely seven or nine
in the outer series; teeth on outer edge of maxillary very small, nine to ten in
number; eighteen to twenty-one scales between dorsal and adipose.

182. Brycon chagrensis (Kner).

Chalcinopsis chagrensis Kner, Sitzb. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1863, p. 226;
Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1864,
p. 42, plate V, fig. 3 (Rio Chagres).

Brycon chagrensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 295 (Chagres Basin).

Habitat: Chagres Basin, Panama.

I have examined several specimens (14021-14023, 1. U. M.) from the Rio Gatun,
and five (C. M., No. 3954) from the R. Fugra, collected by Meek and Hildebrand.

Teeth in lower jaw small, thirteen to fourteen in outer series; teeth on outer
edge of maxillary moderately developed, twelve to thirteen in number; twenty-one
to twenty-five scales between dorsal and adipose.

Othonophanes Eigenmann.

183. Othonophanes labiatus (Steindachner).

Brycon labiatus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 75,
plate HI, fig. 1 (Cauca near Caceres); ibid., LXXII, 1902, p. 143 (Baranquilla;
Barrancas on Rio Lebrija).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

I did not succeed in securing any specimens of this species.

I

140

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Subfamily Tetragonopterin^.

This subfamily has recently been monographed by me in “The American
Characidse” published in the Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Vol. XLIII, 1917. All of the species are fully described and most of them figured
therein, so that in the present account I have limited myself to a list of the species,
to keys, and references to the monograph, where a fuller treatment of each species
may be found.

PsEUDOCHALCEUS Kner.

Pseudochalceus Kner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1863, p. 225.

Type, Pseudochalceus lineatus Kner.

184. Pseudochalceus lineatus Kner.

Pseudochalceus lineatus Kner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1863, p. 225; Kner
and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, X, 1864, p. 35,
plate V, fig. 1 (Western Ecuador); Wagner, ibid., 1864, p. 98; Eigenmann,
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, 1921, p. 227, plate 64, figs. 3 and 5.

This species is known from the types in the Vienna Museum. Wagner states
that it occurs only at about 1,000 feet elevation.

Hyphessobrycon Durbin.

This genus is found from southern Mexico and Guatemala southward to
Ecuador. The species are abundant east of the Cordilleras. Two species in the
area under consideration, P[. daguce and H. inconstans, vary, and appear to indicate
a transition into the genus Astyanax. For detailed accounts of the species Cf.
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, pp. 172-221.

185. Hyphessobrycon inconstans (Eigenmann and Ogle).

Hyphessobrycon inconstans Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, p. 199,
plate 27, figs. 1,2; plate 33, figs. 1, 2 (Quibdo; Soplaviento; Calamar; Cienega
at Calamar; Puerto Wilches; Buena Vista; Honda; Bernal Creek).

Habitat: Amazon; Magdalena from Calamar to Honda; Atrato.

186. Hyphessobrycon poecilioides Eigenmann. (Plate XXIV, fig. 1.)

Hyphessobrycon poecilioides Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, p. 211
(Cali).

Habitat: Upper Cauca Basin.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

141

187. Hyphessobrycon ecuadoriensis Eigenmann and Henn.

Hyphessobrycon ecuadoriensis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, p. 218,

plate 93, fig. 6 (Vinces).

Habitat: Southwestern Ecuador.

188. Hyphessobrycon panamensis Durbin.

Hyphessobrycon panamensis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, p. 186,

plate 26, fig. 1; plate 33, fig. 4 (Calamar; Tambo; Raspadura; Managru;

Certegui; Truando; Calima; Condoto; Istmina); Meek and Hildebrand,

Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 287 (Chagres).
Hyphessobrycon condotensis Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 465

(Rio Condoto, Rio San Juan).

Habitat: San Juan, Atrato, lower Magdalena and Chagres Basins.

189. Hyphessobrycon panamensis daguse, var. nov.

Habitat: Dagua and Patia Basins.

Mr. S. F. Hildebrand examined part of the material enumerated under pana-
mensis and dagucB and writes:

‘‘Your specimens labeled as H. panamensis and H. panamensis daguce, can
apparently be separated into two fairly distinct groups — those from the Rio Dagua
and Rio San Juan having twelve scales in a vertical series between base of ventrals
and base of dorsal — and those from the Atrato Basin having ten scales in this
vertical series.

“The former, with respect to the scales, are like our Panama specimens, but
they are larger, and the lateral line is often nearly complete, which is never the
case in the Panama specimens; the fins also have fewer punctulations. In the
Panama specimens, the anal fin usually has a dark tip.

“The Atrato Basin specimens differ from both the Panama, and the Dagua
and San Juan specimens in the fewer scales in the vertical series. In size they
agree with the Panama specimens, but in color with the Dagua and San Juan
specimens. The development of the lateral line in them is identical with the
Panama specimens.”

Astyanax Baird and Girard.

This genus is monographed in my larger work on “The American Characidse,”
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, where full descriptions, list of specimens, etc.,
will be found.

142

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Key to the Species op Astyanax.

a. Predorsal line usually without a complete median series of scales, usually partly naked and partly
covered by the bent-over margins of the scales of either side of the middle line.

h. Scales below the lateral line in series parallel to the line except on the anal muscles {Poecilurich-
thys) .

c. Two conspicuous humeral spots; maxillary without teeth; A. 33-40; lateral line 41-47.

festae (Boulenger).

cc. A single horizontally oval humeral spot.

d. Anal with 36-39 rays; lateral line 39 or 40 borealis Eigenmann.

dd. Anal with 30-33 rays; lateral line 37-41; depth 2.4 orthodus Eigenmann.

bh. Scales below the lateral line and behind the pectorals decurrent to the anal; preventral area
with modified scales (Zygogaster).

e. Second suborbital leaving a narrow naked area on the cheek, except sometimes in very
old individuals.

/. Anal rays 36-41; depth 2.4-3 stilbe (Cope).

ff. Anal rays 33-34; depth 2-2.33 magdalenae Eigenmann and Henn.

ee. Second suborbital in contact with the preopercle below, except in young specimens.

g. Dorsal and ventrals in the male not filamentous; origin of the anal in the male nearer
the base of the last anal ray than to the origin of the dorsal; anal rays 37-42.

h. Depth 1.9-2. 2 atratoensis Eigenmann.

hh. Depth 2-2.33 caucanus (Steindachner).

gg. First dorsal and outer ventral rays filiform in the male; origin of anal nearer origin of
dorsal than base of last anal ray in the male; depth in the male 3, in the female 2.5;

A. 38 or 39; lateral line 38 or 39 filiferus Eigenmann.

aa. Predorsal area completely scaled {Astyanax) .

i. Lateral line 50-55; A. 23-25 microlepis Eigenmann.

ii. Lateral line with less than forty-two scales.

j. Third mandibular tooth normal. Anal usually with twenty-five or more rays.

k. No caudal spot; A. 31; lateral line 35; maxillary with four teeth. . daguae Eigenmann.
kk. A conspicuous caudal spot not continued to the end of the middle rays.

l. A. 23-28; eye 3 in the head, 1.2 in the interorbital, maxillary equals snout; depth

2.2-2.75; caudal spot conspicuous, across the entire caudal peduncle in younger

individuals ruberrimus Eigenmann.

kkk. A black caudal band, extending to the end of the middle rays, .sometimes faint, or
absent.

m. Depth of caudal peduncle usually more than half the length of the head; usually

one maxillary tooth; depth 2.3-3; scales below the lateral line in series
parallel with it.

n. Caudal band simple, median fasciatus (Cuvier).

nn. Caudal band median, a spur from its base extending downward.

fasciatus heterurus Eigenmann and Wilson.
jj. Middle point of the third mandibular tooth recurved, thorn-like; depth 2.6-2.75; A. 24.

aurocaudatus Eigenmann.

EIGENMANN; fishes op NORTHWESTEEN south AMERICA.

143

190. Astyanax festse (Boulenger).

Astyanax jestcB Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, 1921, p. 236, plate
40, fig. 4; plate 95, fig. 5 (Vinces; Colimes; Puerto Viejo; Chone; Rio Chan-
chan; Mirador).

Habitat: Western Ecuador, from Puerto Viejo southward.

191. Astyanax bimaculatas borealis Eigenmann.

Astyanax bimaculatas borealis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921,
* p. 254 (Cauca near Caceres; Magdalena).

Habitat: Lower Magdalena Basin.

192. Astyanax orthodus Eigenmann.

Astyanax orthodus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921, p. 260,
plate 42, fig. 3 (Truando; Quibdo; Creek Alxacar near Barbacoas).

Habitat: Atrato and Patia Basins.

193. Astyanax stilbe (Cope).

Astyanax stilbe Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921, p. 263, plate
43, fig. 3 (Para; Truando; Quibdo; Certegui).

Habitat: Atrato Basin and Para.

194. Astyanax magdalenae Eigenmann and Henn. (Plate XXIV, fig. 2.)

Astyanax magdalence Eigenmann and Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 89
(Girardot; Apulo); Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool, XLIII, 1921, p. 265
(Girardot; Apulo).

Habitat: Upper Magdalena Basin.

195. Astyanax atratoensis Eigenmann.

Astyanax atratoensis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Com'p. Zool., XLIII, 1921, p. 266,
plate 43, fig. 2 (Truando; Quibdo).

Habitat: Atrato and Magdalena Basins.

196. Astyanax caucanus (Steindachner).

Astyanax caucanus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921, p. 268,
plate 43, fig. 1 (Soplaviento; Calamar; Calamar Cienega; Puerto Wilches;
Buena Vista; Penas Blancas; Puerto del Rio; Honda; Girardot).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

144

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

197. Astyanax filiferus (Eigenmann).

Astyanax filiferus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, 1921, p. 269,
plate 51, fig. 2 (Apulo).

Habitat: Upper Magdalena Basin.

198. Astyanax microlepis Eigenmann.

Astyanax microlepis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, 1921, p. 274,
plate 48, fig. 4 (Piedra Moler; Cartago; Paila; Cali).

Habitat: Upper Magdalena Basin.

199. Astyanax daguae Eigenmann.

Astyanax daguce Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, 1921, p. 282, plate
33, fig. 3 (Cordova).

Habitat: Rio Dagua.

200. Astyanax ruberrimus Eigenmann.

Astyanax ruberrimus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., ZooL
Ser. X, 1916, p. 281 (the most abundant of all the fishes of Panama, extending
from the lowlands to the highest mountain streams, and present on both slopes
of Panama); Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, 1921, p. 284,
plate 44, fig. 1 (Istmina; Puerto Negria; Mouth of Cucurrupi; Condoto;
Rio Calima; Rio Munguido; Cordova; Barbacoas, Creek Altacar of Rio
Telembi; Mouth of Rio Guaitara; Rio Patia; Rio Obispo).

Astyanax ceneus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1914, p. 465.

Habitat: Both slopes of Panama; and Pacific drainage area of Colombia.

201. Astyanax fasciatus (Cuvier).

Astyanax fasciatus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., ZooL
Ser. X, 1916, p. 280 (Pacific slope of Panama); Eigenmann, Mem. Mus.
Comp. ZooL, XLIII, 1921, p. 293, plate 45, figs. 1 and 2, plate 95, fig. 1 (Atrato
Basin at Quibdo, Boca de Certegui, Boca de Raspadura, Truando, Managru,
and Raspadura; San Juan Basin at Condoto; Cauca Basin at Piedra Moler,
Cartago, Paila, and the Cauca River near Cali; and Magdalena Basin at
Calamar, Puerto Wilches, Puerto Berrio, Penas Blancas, Buena Vista, Honda,
Girardot, and Apulo).

Habitat: Pacific slope of Panama; Atrato Basin; Magdalena Basin; and
rarely in the San Juan Basin of the Pacific slope.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

145

202. Astyanax heterums Eigenmann and Wilson.

Astyanax fasciatus heterurus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921,
p. 303, plate 89, fig. 3 (Truando).

Habitat: Atrato Basin.

203. Astyanax aurocaudatus Eigenmann.

Astyanax aurocaudatus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921, p. 274,
plate 51, fig. 1; plate 69, figs. 6, 8, 10 (Boqiiilla).

Habitat: Upper Cauca Basin.

Genycharax Eigenmann.

A genus allied to the Tetragonopterinm on the one hand, and to Exodon on the
other. Its mouth parallels that of the Tarpon. Type, the single known species,
G. tarpon.

204. Genycharax tarpon Eigenmann.

Genycharax tarpon Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 16, 1912, p. 22;
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921, plate 51, fig. 3 (Cauca River at Cartago,
Paila and Cali).

Habitat: Upper Cauca River.

n

Creagrutus Gunther.

Key to the Species or Creagrutus.

a. Premaxillary with an inner series of three or four teeth; a series of four or five teeth extending obliquely
from the third of the inner series to the foremost tooth; a tooth lateral to the fourth tooth of
this series from in front, another tooth in the angle between the inner series and the oblique
outer series.

6. Pores of the lateral line alike, normal.

c. Second suborbital not as wide as eye, leaving a narrow naked area; A. 13; scales 4-40-3.

beni Eigenmann.

cc. Second suborbital as wide as, or nearly as wide as, eye, in contact with the preopercle below,
leaving a naked area behind.

d. A. 10 to 11; depth about 3.5; lateral line 36-38; eye a little greater than snout;

caudal peduncle more than 2 in the head brevipinnis Eigenmann.

dd. A. 12 or 13, occasionally 11, rarely 10 or 14; lateral line 33-36; depth 2.75-3.25;

depth of caudal peduncle 1.6-2 in the head magdalenae Eigenmann.

ddd. A. mof5t frequently 14, rarely 15, or 16, more rarely 12.

e. Lateral line 33-36; depth of caudal peduncle 2 in head, depth 3-3.7.

affinis Steindachner.

ee. Depth 3. 6-4. 3; A. 14-16; scales 5-34 to 38-4; upper jaw less strongly projecting,
gill-rakers more numerous notropoides Meek and Hildebrand.

146

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

bb. Pores of the posterior part of the lateral line broad, slit-like, covered by a scale-like flap; first
tooth of the premaxillary placed well in advance of the rest, the median toothless space of
the premaxillary bordered by four teeth on each side; A. 13-15; lateral line 39-40.

caucanus Eigenmann.

205. Creagrutus beni Eigenmann.

Creagrutus beni Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 56, fig. 3;
plate 93, figs. 4, 5, 7 (Rio San Gil; R. Guadriga; Rio Roncador; Villavicencio ;
Barrigon; Merida).

Habitat: Santander and East of the Andes from Caracas to the Beni.

206. Creagrutus brevipinnis Eigenmann.

Creagrutus brevipinnis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 34, fig.
1 (Piedra Moler; Paila; Cartago).

Habitat: Upper Cauca Basin.

207. Creagrutus magdalense Eigenmann.

Creagrutus magdalence Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 34,
fig. 4; plate 80, figs. 12-16 (Apulo; Girardot; Honda; Penas Blancas; Que-
brada Alban; Bernal Creek; Soplaviento) .

Habitat: Upper and lower Magdalena Basin.

208. Creagrutus affinis Steindachner.

Creagrutus affinis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 34, fig. 3
(Puerto Negria; Condoto; Tado; Istmina; Boca de Tambo; Raspadura;
Certegui; Managru; Quibdo; Truando).

Creagrutus leuciscus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH, 1914, p. 463 (Rio
Lisa, Rio Condoto).

Creagrutus simus^^ Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 290 (Tuyra Basin).

Habitat: San Juan, Atrato and Tuyra Basins; Lower Cauca Basin.

209. Creagrutus notropoides Meek and Hildebrand.

Creagrutus notropoides Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 289, plate XXI (Upper Chagres Basin).

Habitat: Upper Chagres Basin.

Mr. Hildebrand writes, “ C. notropoides and C. simus constantly have one or two more longitudinal
series of scales between the dorsal and anal than C. affinis. This is the only difference noted between
C. affiinis and C. simus, but C. notropoides is a more slender fish, with the upper jaw less strongly pro-
jecting and with the gill-rakers more numerous.”

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

147

210. Creagrutus caucanus Eigenmann.

Creagrutus caucanus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 34, fig. 5
(Cartago; Paila; Cali).

Habitat: Upper Cauca Basin.

Microgenys Eigenmann.

211. Microgenys minutus Eigenmann.

Microgenys minutus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII
(Piedra Moler).

Habitat: Cauca Basin.

Phenacobrycon^'* gen. nov.

Type, Bryconamericus henni Eigenmann.

First ten and last ten rays of the anal of the male with hooks,
fulcra of the male not separated from the rest and not prominent,
rays of the male with a glandular scale; cheeks entirely covered by the suborbital;
four teeth in the inner series of the premaxillary.

212. Phenacobrycon henni (Eigenmann).

Bryconamericus henni Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 19, 1914, p. 6;
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, plate 90, figs. 1 and 2 (Colimes; Puerto
Viejo; Chone).

Habitat: Western slope of southern Ecuador.

Argopleura Eigenmann.

Argo'pleura Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 18, 1913, p. 10.
Xenurocharax Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1914, p. 463 (spurrellii) .

Type, Argopleura magdalenensis (Eigenmann).

The species of this genus are confined to the Magdalena, Atrato, and San Juan Basins.

Slender; a brilliant lateral band; a glandular scale on the base of the middle
caudal rays of the male overarching a cavity beneath it; hooks on the anal of the
male confined to a circular patch, covering part of the tenth to fifteenth (about)
rays; lower caudal fulcra in the male prominent, continuous in profile with the tips
of the anal rays. Anal with thirty-three to forty-five rays. Caudal margined
with dark.

Key to the Species op Argopleura.

a. Maxillary reaching suture between first and second suborbital, its tip frequently touching second
suborbital. Scales 7 (rarely 6)-42 to 45-5; A. 33-36; lateral band shading downward; numerous

<t>eva^ = false; Brycon = a genus of the Characidee.

plate 35, fig. 2

Lower caudal
Middle caudal

148

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

chromatophores between anal and lateral line, those near the anal arranged along the inter-heemals.

conventa (Eigenmann).

aa. Maxillary not reaching suture between first and second suborbitals. No interpolated rows of scales;
lateral band sharply defined below.

b. Six scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line; scales 6-41 to 43-5; A. usually 35 to 36,
rarely 33 or 34, 37 or 38; base of anal 2.66-2.75 in the length; head 4.8-5; depth 3. 9-4. 2;
a few chromatophores half-way between anterior part of anal and lateral line; chromatophores

along base of anal rays diquensis (Eigenmann).

bh. Five scales between the origin of the dorsal and the lateral line.

c. A. usually 31 or 32, sometimes 29, 30, 33 or 34; base of anal 3 or a little more than 3 in
the length chocoensis Eigenmann.

d. Head 4. 3-4. 5; depth 3.4-3.75; scales 5-39 to 41-5 chocoensis from San Juan.

dd. Head 4.33-4.75; depth 3.75-4; scales 5-39 to 41-4 chocoensis from Atrato.

cc. A. 35-45; head 4.75-5.33; depth 3-4; D. 10; scales 5-40 to 43-4; eye 2.33-3 in the head,
equal or a little greater than interorbital; base of anal 2. 4-2. 6 in the length; origin
of anal under anterior half of dorsal magdalenensis (Eigenmann).

e. A. 34-43 (usually 35 to 37); origin of anal nearer base of middle caudal rays than to

snout; some chromatophores along inter-hsemals; a small spot at base of middle

caudal rays magdalenensis from Rio Viejo.

ee. A. 40-45; origin of anal equidistant from snout and caudal; a row of chromatophores
along the base of the anal rays; a few chromatophores half-way between lateral
line and anterior part of anal; no caudal spot.

magdalenensis from Magdalena and Cauca.

213. Argopleura conventa (Eigenmann).

Bryconamericus conventus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, plate 36,
fig. 2 (Soplaviento).

Habitat: El Dique, between Cartagena and the Magdalena.

214. Argopleura diquensis (Eigenmann).

Bryconamericus diquensis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, plate 36,
fig. 3 (Soplaviento; Quebrada Alban).

Habitat: El Dique and Santander.

215. Argopleura chocoensis (Eigenmann).

Bryconamericus chocoensis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, plate 36,
figs. 4, 5 (Puerto Negria Istmina and Tado, San Juan Basin; Tambo, Boca
de Raspadura, Certegui, Managru, Quibdo, and Truando, Atrato Basin).
Xenurocharax spurrellii Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1914, p. 463
(Condoto).

Habitat: Atrato and San Juan Basins.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

149

216. Argopleura magdalenensis (Eigenmann).

Bryconamericusmagdalenensis^iG'E.'nMA.i^'^, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, plate
36, fig. 1; plate 75, figs. 1, 4, 12, 14 (Cauca Basin at Cali, Cartago, and Piedra
Moler; Magdalena Basin at Apulo, Honda, Girardot, Penas Blancas, and
Puerto Berrio).

Habitat: Magdalena and Cauca Basins.

Bryconamericus Eigenmann.

Key to the Species of Bryconamericus.

a. Six to nine scales between the lateral line and dorsal; depth 2. 5-3. 5 (Pacific slope of Peru and Ecuador,
and both slopes of Colombia and Central America).
hh. Maxillary with from 2 to 4 teeth confined to the upper anterior margin.

c. Origin of dorsal about equidistant from tip of snout and base of middle caudal rays, or
nearer the latter. (Peru to Panama.)

d. Middle caudal rays pale, no caudal spot; scales 6 or 7-36 to 40-7; A. 26-30; head
4.4; depth 3.4; pectorals reaching to or nearly to ventrals, ventrals to or nearly to
anal; origin of dorsal equidistant from base of middle caudal rays and from snout
or an orbital diameter nearer the latter. Two teeth on the maxillary; interorbital

much larger than eye simus (Boulenger).

dd. A black spot on caudal peduncle, not continued to the end of the rays.

e. Scales 8-40 to 45-6 or 7; head 3.6; maxillary equal to length of eye; eye equal

to or larger than interorbital emperador Eigenmann.

ee. Scales 40-48; head 3.8-4; maxillary a little longer than snout; eye equal to
interorbital; lateral band dark; breeding males with tubercles on the head.

cascajalensis Meek and Hildebrand.
eee. Scales 6-38-5; head 3.66; maxillary three fourths as long as eye; eye greater
than interorbital. Three teeth on the maxillary; caudal spot without a

definite colorless area anterior to it ortholepis Eigenmann.

eeee. Scales 6 (or 7)-39 or 40-5 or 6; head 4-4.6; maxillary three fourths as long as
eye; eye equals interorbital, or not quite equal to it, 2.4-2. 7 in head; males
with tubercles on head, fins, and scales; caudal spot well defined, sometimes
extending on part of the middle caudal rays; area anterior to it without

chromatophores below scopiferus Eigenmann.

eeeee. Scales 6-38-6; head 4.35; maxillary five sixths as long as eye; eye 1.1 to 1.33
in interorbital, 3-3.33 in the head; caudal spot not sharply defined; no
chromatophores in the area anterior to the caudal spot on the under side.

scopiferus guaitarae Eigenmann and Henn.

ddd. Middle caudal rays black.

/. D. 10, rarely 9.

g. Eye 3-3.5 in the head, 1.1-1.25 in the interorbital; depth 2.9-3.25; head 4-4.5;
maxillary equals eye; A. 25-28, lateral line 6-37 to 40-5 or 6.

caucanus Eigenmann.

h. A. 27-30; lateral line 37-40 peruanus (Muller and Troschel).

hh. A. 36-43. Lateral line 43-50; two humeral spots.

brevirostris (Gunther).

150

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cc. Origin of dorsal an orbital diameter nearer the snout than to the base of the middle caudal
rays. (Costa Rica and Ecuador.)

gg. Eye 1.3-1. 5 in the very convex interorbital. A. 28 or 29; scales 7-37 to 39-6.

scleroparius (Regan).

217. Bryconamericus simus (Boulenger).

Bryconamericus simus Eigenmann, .Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 69,
fig. 8.

Habitat: Chota Valley, Ecuador.

218. Bryconamericus emperador Eigenmann.

Bryconamericus emperador Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 37,
fig. 3 (Empire Station); Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 283 (both slopes of Panama, Chagres, Bayano and
Tuyra Basins).

Habitat: Panama on both slopes; Rio Grande de Terraba, Costa Rica.

219. Bryconamericus cascajalensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Bryconamericus cascajalensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 284, plate XIX (Rio Cascajal).

Habitat: Atlantic slope of Panama at Cascajal, near Porto Bello.

220. Bryconamericus ortholepis Eigenmann.

Bryconamericus ortholepis Eigenmann, Indiana Univ. Studies No. 18, 1913, p. 15;
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 38, fig. 3 (mouth of R. Calima; Condoto;
Istmina; Tambo; Boca de Raspadura; Raspadura; Truando).
Bryconamericus rubricauda Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH, 1914, p. 464
(R. Condoto).

Habitat: San Juan and Atrato Basins.

221. Bryconamericus scopiferus Eigenmann.

Bryconaynericus scopiferus Eigenmann, Indiana Univ. Studies No. 18, 1913, p. 16;
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 38, fig. 2 (Patia Basin; Cisnero and
Cordova, Dagua Basin; Mouth of Calima, Condoto, Tado, and Istmina, San
Juan Basin).

Bryconamericus juanensis Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1914, p. 464
(Rios Condoto, San Juan and Tamana).

Habitat: San Juan, Dagua and Patia Basins,

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

151

222. Bryconamericus scopiferus guaitarae Eigenmann and Henn.

Bryconamericus scopiferus guaitarce Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII,
plate 67, fig. 3 (Mouth of Guaitara).

Habitat: Patia Basin.

223. Bryconamericus caucanus Eigenmann.

Bryconamericus caucanus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, LXIII, plate 75,
figs. 2, 9, 11; plate 38, fig. 1 (Boquilla; Piedra Moler; Cartago; Paila; Cali;
Patia) .

Habitat: Upper Cauca and Patia Basins.

224. Bryconamericus peruanus (Muller and Troschel).

Bryconamericus peruanus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, plate 88,
fig. 1; plate 37, fig. 4.

Habitat: Western slope of Ecuador and Peru from Guayaquil to the Rimac.

The following specimens were

No. of

collected in Peru during the Irwin Expedition:

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Date.

Collector.

7688

a-c, C. M.; 15172, I. U. M.

. . Many^^

92

Puenta Piedra near
Lima

Jan. 29, 1919

Eigenmann

7689

a-c, C. M.; 15178, I. U. M.

. . Many

88

Lima, Rio Rimac

Aug. 18, 1918

U

7682

a-c, C. M.; 15179, I. U. M.

. . Many

106

Tributary of Rimac,
Chosica

Aug. 29, 1918

Allen and
Eigenmann

7690

a-c, C. M.; 15177, I. U. M.

. . Many

87

Cultambo, Rio
Jequetepeque

Jan. 12, 1919

Eigenmann

7691

a-c, C. M.; 15175, I. U. M.

. . Many

86

Llallan, Rio
Jequetepeque

Jan. 1919

a

15174, I. U. M

. . Three

86

Laguna near
Pacasmayo

Jan. 1919

u

7692

a-c, C. M.; 15176, I. U. M.

. . Manyi®

92

Piura

Jan. 11, 1919

u

7697

a, C. M.; 15173, I. U. M. . .

, . Five

76

Sullana

Jan. 1919

225. Bryconamericus brevirostris (Gunther).

Bryconamericus brevirostris Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, plate 93,
fig. 1 (Vinces; Rio Chanchan; Colimes).

Habitat: Western slope of southern Ecuador.

A very large proportion of the specimens have a peculiar deformation in the spine behind the
dorsal. This region is much foreshortened and the spine is very crooked. The base of the anal is 3-3.5
in the length.

Base of anal 2.5-3 in the length; a large predominance of males.

152

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

226. Bryconamericus scleroparius Regan.

Bryconamericus scleroparius Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1914, p. 465
(San Juan); Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 38, fig. 4.
Habitat: Atlantic slope of Costa Rica, Pacific slope of Ecuador. San Juan ?

Landonia Eigenmann.

227. Landonia latidens Eigenmann and Henn.

Landonia latidens Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 84, figs. 2,
3; plate 86, figs. 1-5.

Habitat: Vinces, Ecuador.

Hemibrycon Gunther.

Key to the Species of Hemibrycon.

a. A. 21-25; scales not deflected toward the anal.

h. Pectorals extending beyond, or to origin of, ventrals; maxillary with tricuspid teeth along the

greater part of its length, reaching to the third suborbital; A. 21; scales about 5-41-5.

tridens Eigenmann (extralimital, Rio Apurimac at Uruhuasi).
hh. Pectorals not reaching ventrals; maxillary not reaching third suborbital; depth 3-3.5; predorsal
area without complete median series of scales.

c. Scales 6 or 7-41 to 43-5 or 6; eye 1.3-1. 5 in interorbital; maxillary teeth extending not
over half the margin of the bone; mandibular teeth graduated; lateral line sagging but little.

tolimae (Eigenmann).

cc. Scales 8 or 9-47 to 53-7 or 8; eye 1.25-1.33 in interorbital; maxillary teeth extending
almost the entire length of the bone; mandibular teeth abruptly smaller on the side.

colombianus Eigenmann.

aa. A. 26-32; pectorals reaching ventrals or further.

d. Lateral line 42 to 45.

e. Depth 3.66-4.5; eye 3; pectorals reaching to or nearly to the ventrals; lateral teeth of the
mandible suddenly minute boquillse (Eigenmann).

ee. Depth 3.5; eye 3 in head, 1 in interorbital; pectorals extending beyond origin of ventrals;
maxillary reaching to end of the first suborbital. Lateral line 45. . . .polyodon (Gunther).
dd. Lateral line 38-41; A. 27-30; origin of anal behind middle of base of dorsal.

dariensis Meek and Hildebrand.

ddd. Scales 44-48; lateral line sagging, so that a line connecting its origin and end passes under the
dorsal through the middle or upper corner of the second row of scales above it; scales
• deflected towards the anal, pectoral reaching ventrals. Eye equals interorbital; origin of

anal under middle or anterior part of dorsal.

/. Scales 7 or 8-45 to 48-5 or 6; depth of caudal peduncle less than its length; depth 3. 2-3. 4;
A. 30-34; maxillary teeth 3-9, usually extending over less than half the free margin.

dentatus (Eigenmann).

//. Scales 9-44-6; origin of anal in front of middle of base of dorsal; depth of caudal peduncle
equal to its length; depth 3; A. 31; maxillar}^ teeth 6 on about half of the free margin;
lateral teeth of the mandible suddenly minute decurrens (Eigenmann).

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

153

228. Hemibrycon tolimas (Eigenmann) .

Hemibrycon tolimce Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 39, fig. 4
(Upper Patia; Ibague; various localities on the western slope of the Cordillera
of Bogota).

Habitat: Upper Patia, and elevated points in the Magdalena Basin.

229. Hemibrycon colombianus Eigenmann.

Hemibrycon colombianus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 88,
fig. 1.

Habitat: Santander.

230. Hemibrycon boquillae Eigenmann.

Hemibrycon boquice Eigenmann, Ind. Univ. Stud., 18, 1913, p. 20 (Boquilla).
Habitat: Cauca Valley.

231. Hemibrycon polyodon (Gunther).

Hemibrycon polyodon Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII.

Habitat: Western and eastern slopes of Ecuador.

232. Hemibrycon dariensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Hemibrycon dariensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 285, plate XX (Rio Yape).

Habitat: Tuyra Basin.

233. Hemibrycon dentatus Eigenmann.

Hemibrycon dentatus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 39, fig. 3;
plate 80, figs. 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 (Piedra Moler; Paila; Cali).

Habitat: Upper Cauca and Atlantic side of the Cordillera of Bogota.

234. Hemibrycon decurrens Eigenmann.

Hemibrycon decurrens Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 39,
fig. 1 (Soplaviento).

. Habitat: El Dique, between Cartagena and Calamar,

Nematobrycon Eigenmann.

Distribution: Headwaters of the San Juan and Atrato Basins, on opposite
sides of the continental divide.

154

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

235. Nematobrycon palmeri Eigenmann.

Nematohrycon palmeri Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 60,
figs. 1, 2 (Condoto, Rio Condoto; Novita, Rio Tamana).

Habitat: Upper San Juan Basin.

236. Nematobrycon amphiloxus Eigenmann and Wilson.

N ematobrycon aynphiloxus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate
60, figs. 3, 4 (Istmina; Tambo, Boca de Raspadura).

Habitat: Upper San Juan and upper Atrato Basins.

Subfamily Rhoadsin^.

The species of this subfamily of the Characidce are confined to the Atlantic
slope of Costa Rica (La Junta of the Rio Reventazon Basin) and to the Pacific
slope of Colombia and Ecuador. The subfamily has been monographed by me in
“The American Characidae,” Memoirs Museum of Comparative Zoology, Vol.
XLIII, and the present account is confined to a list of the genera and species,
with their distribution.

Parastremma Eigenmann.

237. Parastremma sadina Eigenmann.

“Sadina.”

Parastremma sadina Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 72, figs.
1-6; plate 74, figs. 5, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17; plate 94, fig. 4.

This species was found in the San Juan Basin at Istmina (Eigenmann and
Wilson), Condoto and Tado (Wilson), and in the Rio Telembi of the Patia Basin
(Henn and Wilson).

Rhoadsia Fowler.

In addition to the two species enumerated below, a third species of this genus,
Rhoadsia eigenmanni (Meek), is found in Costa Rica.

238. Rhoadsia altipinna Fowler.

Rhoadsia altipinna Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, plate 73, fig. 3;
plate 74, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 13, 14; plate 94, fig. 3.

This species was taken by Rhoads in the Chimbo (between 700 and 800 feet),
by Ilenn at Naranjito, both of the foregoing localities being in the Chanchan
Basin; and by Henn in the Rio de Chone, Province of Manabi, Ecuador.

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

155

239. Rhoadsia minor Eigenmann and Henn.

^^Doradilla.”

Rhoadsia minor Eigenmann, Mem, Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, plate 73, fig. 1.

This is a smaller edition of R. altipinna, from the Rio Blanco, of the Esmeraldas
Basin at Mindo, with an elevation of 4136 feet. It was also reported, but not
taken, in the Chota valley of northern Ecuador at an elevation of 4900 feet.

Subfamily Glandulocaudin^.

The genera and species of this subfamily were considered in brief in the Indiana

University Studies No. 20, April 25 (dated March 15), 1914, pp. 32-42, The

subfamily is monographed in “The American Characidse,” Mem. Mus. Comp.

*

Zook, XLIII, where complete descriptions with figures may be found. The

members of the subfamily are found in Trinidad, in Colombia, in Paraguay, in

Buenos Aires, and in the Rio Sao Francisco, Brazil.

Ptbrobrycon Eigenmann.

240, Pterobrycon landoni Eigenmann.

Pterobrycon landoni Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, plate 67, fig. 4,
Known only from the type, No. 5051, C. M., 25 mm. long, taken in a minute
rivulet back of Boca de Raspadura in the upper Atrato Basin.

Microbrycon Eigenmann and Wilson.

241. Microbrycon minutus Eigenmann and Wilson.

Microbrycon minutusRiG'ENMA'NN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, plate 89, fig. 1.

Known only from the type. No. 5422, C. M., 24 mm, long, and the paratype,
13109, L U. M., 24 mm. long, both taken by Wilson in the Truando River, in the
lower Atrato Basin.

Gephyrocharax Eigenmann.

242. Gephyrocharax chocoensis Eigenmann.

Gephyrocharax chocoensis Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, plate
63, fig. 1 (Rio Calima; Condoto; Istmina; Managru).

Habitat: San Juan and Atrato Basins.

243. Gephyrocharax caucanus Eigenmann.

Gephyrocharax caucanus Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, plate
88, fig. 5 (Cartago; Paila; Cali).

Habitat: Upper Cauca Basin.

156

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

244. Gephyrocharax melanocheir Eigenmann.

Gephyrocharax melanocheir Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, plate
63, fig. 3 (Soplaviento ; Bernal Creek).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin from the coast to Honda.

245. Gephyrocharax atricaudata Meek and Hildebrand.

Gephyrocharax atricaudata Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, plate
63, fig. 4 (Rio Cardenas; Agua Clara; Canal Zone).

Habitat: Panama on both slopes.

246. Gephyrocharax intermedius Meek and Hildebrand.

Gephyrocharax intermedius Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 278 (Rio Chame).

Habitat: Rio Chame, Pacific slope of Panama tiorth of the Rio Bayano.

Subfamily CnALCiNiNiE.

Chalcinus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

247. Chalcinus magdalenae Steindachner.

“Harenga.”

Chalcinus magdalence Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,
p. 60, plate XI, figs. 1, 2 (Rio Magdalena); ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 79 (Cauca
near Caceres); Carman, Bull. Essex Inst., XXII, 6, 1890.

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5128, C. M.; 12878, I. U. M 27 large,

many small

5126 a-z, C. M.; 12876, I. U. M. . . . Many
5127, C. M.; 12877, I. U. M 8; 9

5129, C. M 1

5131 a-h, C. M.; 12880, I. U. M.. . .3

15037, I. U. M 3

5134, C. M.; 12883, I. U. M Many

5132 a-h, C. M.; 12881, I. U. M., . .41

5133 a-f, C. M.; . 12882 a-/, I. U. M. . 29

12884, I. U. M 8

5130 a-k, C. M.; 12879, I. U. M.. . .21

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

35-235

40-60; 187-200
About 260
Largest 85
204-260

Largest 165
Largest 220
58-215

Largest about
200

Calamar

Calamar Cienega
El Banco
Puerto Wilches
Puerto Berrio
Puerto del Rio
Penas Blancas
Honda
Apulo
Girardot

li

a

a

<{

Gonzales

U

Eigenmann

li

Gonzales

Eigenmann

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

157

Subfamily Gasteropelecin.®.

Thoracocharax Fowler.

A widely distributed genus, its species being found in Paraguay, in the Amazon
basin, in the Orinoco, Magdalena, Atrato, and San Juan Rivers, and in the streams
of the Pacific slope of Panama.

Key to the Species of Thoracocharax.

a. A narrow black spot along the back at the base of the dorsal; a dusky lateral stripe; tip of dorsal
narrowly black; A. 34; thirty-three scales in a median series; three or four teeth of nearly equal

size on the maxillary, the last near its tip magdalenas Eigenmann.

na. Back below the dorsal without a spot; a dusky lateral stripe; tip of dorsal and narrow margin of
the posterior half of the pectoral disk, black; vertical series of dots usually present on the sides;
A. 31-36; scales 30-35 in a median series; three to five teeth on the maxillary.

maculatus (Steindachner).

248. Thoracocharax magdalense Eigenmann. (Plate XXIV, fig. 4.)

Thoracocharax magdalence Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, Dec.
1912, p. 25 (Girardot).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

4846 a, C. M., tyye 50 mm.; 12700, I. U. M., paratype 53 mm., Girardot. Eigen-
mann.

This species is known only from these two specimens.

249. Thoracocharax maculatus (Steindachner). (Plate XXIV, fig. 3.)

Gasteropelecus maculatus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLI, 1879,
p. 168, plate 1, fig. 4 (Rio Mamoni, Chepo, Panama) ; Jordan and Evermann,
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLVII, 1896, p. 338; Regan, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Pisces, 1908, p. 173.

Thoracocharax maculatus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 288 (Chorrera, Rio Bayano and Rio Tuyra Basins,
Pacific slope of Panama).

Thoracocharax brevis Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies, No. 16, Dec. 23,
1912, p. 25 (Raspadura).

4997 a-n, C. M.; 13305, I. U. M., one hundred and seventy-seven specimens,
35-77 mm., Truando River, Atrato Basin. Wilson.

3850 a-d, C. M.; 13004, I. U. M., thirty-one, largest 76 mm., Quibdo, Atrato
Basin. Wilson.

3850 a-c, C. M.; 13003, 1. U. M., seven, largest 61 mm., Raspadura, Atrato Basin.
Wilson.

158

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

4845, C. M., 47 mm., Boca de Raspadura, Atrato Basin. Eigenmann.

3851 a-c, C. M.; 13002, I. U. M., thirteen, largest 75 mm., small creek of Rio

Calima, San Juan Basin. Henn.

Habitat: Atrato Basin of the Atlantic slope and from the San J uan to Chorrera,
Panama, on the Pacific slope.

Subfamily SALMININ.E.

Salminus Agassiz.

This genus consists of four species with the following recorded distribution.
Salminus maxillosus Cuv. & Val. in the La Plata Basin, and the Amazon; S.
brevidens in the Rio Sao Francisco and the Rio Cipo; S. hilarii in the Orinoco, the
Amazon, the Sao Francisco and the upper Parana; S. affinis from the Magdalena
Basin and the Rio Santiago in southeastern Ecuador, although I doubt the correct-
ness of the identification of the specimens from the latter locality. The species
are so similar that but little confidence can be placed in the identification of isolated
specimens. All of them ought to be reexamined by some one author. I have
examined specimens from the Rio Sao Francisco and southward and caught some
at La Merced in the Chanchamayo Basin in Peru, but these were later lost in
transportation. A key to the species is given in the Annals of the Carnegie Mu-
seum, X, 1916, p. 91.

250. Salminus affinis Steindachner.

Salminus affinis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 80,

plate VII, figs. 2 and 2a (Cauca near Caceres); ? Boulenger, Boll. Mus.

Zool. Anal. Comp. Torino, XIII, 1898, p. 4 (Rio Santiago); Eigenmann, _

Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 92 (Honda).

Three specimens were purchased by me at Honda, Colombia, but no others
were seen. These specimens, 5023, C. M.; 12816, I. U. M., measured 455, 530,
and 600 mm., respectively.

Subfamily CHARACINHL.

Charax Scopoli.

A widely distributed genus, the species of which range from the Atrato River
to the La Plata, and from Para to Ecuador. The species of this genus differ but
little from each other and it is difficult to define them. A. atrato ensis has a much
more distinct arch at the nape and in general appearance is different from magdalenoe.

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

159

Key to the Species of Charax.

a. Depth 3.1; head 4; A. 47-50; scales 106-126; nape sharply humped, the profile very concave, a

medium-sized naked area on the cheek atratoensis Eigenmann.

b. Depth 3-3.4; head 4.2-4.33; A. 60-57; scales 113-116; nape less sharply humped, the profile less

concave; naked area on the cheek very small magdalenje (Steindachner).

251. Charax atratoensis Eigenmann. (Plate XXV, fig. 2.)

Charax atratoensis Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII, 1907, p. 33, fig.
8 (Truando).

3848 a-b, C. M.; 15030, I. U. M., sixteen, 195-365 mm., 15031 I. U. M., four,
44-51 mm., Quibdo. Wilson.

5183, C. M., one, Rio Sucio, Atrato Basin. Eigenmann.

Habitat: Atrato Basin.

252. Charax magdalense (Steindachner).

“Juan viejo.”

Anacyrtus {Cynopotamus) , argenteus {non Valenciennes) Steindachner, Denkschr.

Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 62 (Magdalena).

Anacyrtus magdalence Steindachner, loc. cit., p. 61, plate XII, figs. 2 and 2a
(Rio Magdalena); ? Perugia, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2a,
X, 48, 1891 (Rio Paraguay at Asuncion).

Anacyrtus (Cynopotamus) magdalence Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
XLII, 1880, p. 80 (Cauca near Caceres).

Cynopotamus magdalence Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
XIV, 1891, p. 58; Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXII,
1902, p. 144 (Barranquilla) .

5184, C. M.; 12931, I. U. M., two, largest 275 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.
5181 a-e, 5182 a-d, C. M.; 12929, 12930, 1. U. M., nineteen, 115-365 mm., Calamar

River and Cienega. Eigenmann.

13059, I. U. M., three, largest 300 mm., Cienega at Puerto Berrio. Gonzales.

5180 a-d, C. M.; 12928, I. U. M,, eleven, 206-365 mm., Honda. Eigenmann.
Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

Rceboides Gunther.

One of the most widely distributed genera, ranging from Alexico to Argentina
and from sea-level to an elevation of several thousand feet.

Specimens of the genus Rceboides are abundant in the Magdalena Basin from
sea-level at least to Girardot and Cali, in both the San Juan and Atrato Rivers,
in the Patia Basin, in northern Ecuador, and in Panama on both slopes. The

160

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

species of the Chagres ranges north into Mexico, which gives this genus the second
farthest north of the Characidce, only Astyanax reaching the United States. They
vary greatly with the locality, and no locality has more than one species, or variety,
unless it be Soplaviento. In some species there is no symptom of a shoulder-spot,
in others it is large, nearly the size of the eye, rounded and very conspicuous; in
others it is large and crescent-shaped; and between these there is every gradation.
The spot is least developed in specimens from Soplaviento and most developed in
specimens from the upper Cauca. The anal rays vary from forty-two to fifty-six,
specimens from the San Juan and the Quito Rivers having the highest average, those
from the upper Cauca the lowest. In the scales of the lateral line there is a varia-
tion of from fifty-one to eighty-nine, being highest (eighty to eighty-nine) in the
Chagres specimens. I have attempted a definition of species. Some of these are
statistical, i.e., the difference becomes evident only on the statistical comparison of
numbers of specimens. Possibly R. occidentalis, hildebrandi, meeki, and dayi should
all be united under the oldest name, dayi. The species all look very much alike.
In life the caudal is brilliant orange and the remaining fins are yellowish.

Key to the Species of Rceboides.

a. Shoulder in the adult without a conspicuous spot, spot varies in the young. Origin of dorsal a little
nearer tip of adipose than snout; gill-rakers in lower arch, 7-9.

6. Origin of anal equidistant from tip of snout and base of second to eighth anal ray from the last;
depth 2. 5-2. 8; scales 64-72; A. 42-50; a silvery lateral band, the young like the adult, or
with a humeral spot, which may consist of but a few chromatophores or approach the size

found in R. dayi magdalenae sp. nov.

hh. Origin of anal equidistant from tip of snout and base of ninth to thirteenth anal ray from the
last; depth 2.9-3; scales 80-89; A. 47-52; a silvery lateral band, especially in the young,
usually enclosing a dark streak in the anterior part just behind the location of the spot in

other species guatemalensis (Gunther).

aa. Shoulder in the adult with a conspicuous spot.

c. Origin of anal equidistant from tip of snout and tip of last anal ray or base of caudal. Anal

rays usually 43-45 (from 42-47); caudal peduncle longer than deep caucae sp. nov.

cc. Origin of anal nearer snout than base of last anal ray.

d. Lateral line 71-81.

e. A. 44-50, most frequently 47 and 48; pectoral in a specimen 86 mm. long just reaching
anal; naked area of the cheek at its lower angle less than half the width of the sub-
orbital occidentalis Meek and Hildebrand.

ee. A. 46-54, most frequently 49 and 52; naked portion of cheek 2 (in larger), 1.5 (in smaller)
in the width of the suborbital; pectoral in half-grown specimens reaching anal; nape

more strongly arched hildebrandi sp. nov.

dd. Lateral line 60-71, most frequently 66 or 67; anal rays 47-56, most frequently 50 to 51.

meeki sp. nov.

ddd. Lateral line 57-65, most frequently 61-64; anal rays 46-52, most frequently 48 or 49.

dayi Steindachner.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

161

Variation in the Number of Anal Rays in Rceboides.

The numbers opposite the specific names indicate the number of specimens possessing the indicated
number of anal rays.

Number of Anal Rays.

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

R. magdalence

4

1

4

8

11

3

1

3

2

R. guatemalensis

5

1

2

4

6

1

R. caucce

4

13

8

8

3

1

R. occidentalis

3

2

1

4

8

2

3

R. hildebrandi

1

5

2

8

11

15

17

3

4

R. meeki

1

2

3

6

7

2

1

1

2

R. dayi

1

4

8

7

4

1

1

Variation in the Pores in the Lateral Line in Rceboides.

1

Number of Pores,

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74 75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

R. magdalence

3

1

2

6

6

4

8

8

1

R. guatemalensis

X

X

X

R. caucce

3

0

2

6

6

4

8

8

1

1

R. occidentalis

X

X

Xi X

X

X

X

X

X

R. hildebrandi

1

2

6

10 4

4

1

1

1

1

R. meeki

1

0

1

3

3

2

5

7

2

1

1

1

I

R. dayi

1

3

0

2

3

3

3

4

1

253. Rceboides magdalenae sp. nov.

Specimens Examined.

The distinguishing features of this species are given in the key.

No. of

Catalog Numbers. Specimens.

5202 a-x, C. M.; 12950, 1. U. M Over 200*^

5207 a, C. M 1

5204 a, C. M 1

5209 a-c, C. M.; 12952, 1. U. M 7

12949, 1. U. M Many

5206 a, C. M 1

5205 a, C. M 1

5203 a-j, C. M.; 12951, I. U. M 19

5210 a-e, C. M.; 12954, I. U. M 8

12953, C. M 12

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

Largest 105

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

32

Calamar

ll

45

El Banco

H

Largest 60

Near Puerto

H

50

Wilches

Cienega near

Puerto Wilches
Penas Blancas

1%

u

47

Below Buenavista

i (

Largest 83

Bernal Creek

{(

Largest 70

Girardot

((

Largest 78

Apulo

Gonzales

254. Rceboides guatemalensis (Gunther).

Anacyrtus {Rceboides) guatemalensis Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., V, 1864,
p. 347 (Chagres, Huamuchal, Lake Nicaragua).

Rceboides guatemalensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,

Type and paratypes.

162

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 291, plate XXII (Atlantic slope of Panama from brackish

water to mountain streams).

Habitat: Pacific slope of southern Mexico to the Rio Chagres.

255. Rmboides caucse sp. nov.

This species differs from all other species in western Colombia in having the
origin of the anal equidistant from tip of snout and some point between the tip of
the last anal ray and the base of the middle caudal rays, except in very young.

Head 3.25-3.5; depth 2. 7-2. 8; D. 11; A. 42-47, most frequently 43 (50 in
one); scales 64-72, most frequently 67-71; naked portion of cheek 1.5-2 in the
width of the suborbital; caudal peduncle longer than deep; pectoral not reaching
anal; caudal lobes not sharply pointed; lateral spot large, faint, or very conspicuous.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in min.

Locality.

Collector.

5201, C. M.; 12948, I. U. M

Many

Largest 110

Piedra Moler

Eigenmann

12934, 1. U. M

Many

Largest 115, type

Cartago

5191 a-h, C. M.; 12937, I. U. M.. . .

..... 4

and paratypes
Largest 96

Paila

ll

5189 a-i, C. M.; 12935, I. U. M.. . .

20

25-90

Cali

ii

5190 a-x, C. M.; 12936, 1. U. M. . .

Many

Largest 125

Juanita

i i

256. Roeboides occidentalis Meek and Hildebrand.

Roeboides occidentalis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 293, plate XXIII (Pacific slope of Panama, from the head of
tide-water to the mountain streams).

Habitat: Pacific slope of Panama.

257. Roeboides hildebrandi sp. nov. (Plate XXV, fig. 3.)

Roeboides guatemalensis Regan (in part), Biol. Centr.-Amer. Pisces, 1906-1908,
p. 174 (Western Ecuador).

This species, found in the Pacific slope streams, differs statistically from R.
occidentalis of the Pacific slope of Panama. The two species evidently reach about
the same size, R. occidentalis reaches 170 mm. and of R. hildebrandi the largest
specimen caught in the San Juan was 160 mm., the largest in the Patia, 165 mm.
I secured no specimens in the Rio Dagua, which empties into the Pacific between
the San Juan and the Patia. It is very probable that the specimens collected by
Rosenberg in western Ecuador and attributed to guatemalensis by Regan belong
to this species.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

163

The humeral spot in R, occidentalis is entirely above the lateral line in the
specimens examined and is not half-way above and half-way below as depicted in
Meek and Hildebrand’s figure.

Head 4; depth 2.66; D. 11; A. 46-54 (for details see the table). A broad,
silvery band from head to middle caudal rays; a large, conspicuous humeral spot;
a large, but faint caudal spot.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm. .

Locality.

Collector.

5186, C. M.; 12933, I. U. M

. . 18, tyfe and

62-160

Istmina"

Eigenmann

12960, I. U. M.

paratypes

. .22

Largest 119

Istmina

Wilson

12959, I. U. M

.. 3

Largest 112

Tado

U

5187, C. M

. . 1

80

Halfway between Puerto

Eigenmann

5185, C. M.; 12932, 1. U. M

. .25

38-136

Negria and Istmina
Puerto Negria

((

13066, I. U. M

. . 1

102

Rio San Juan at mouth

Henn

5373 a-e, C. M.; 13062, I. U. M.

. .23

Largest 103

of Rio Cucurrupi

Patia between Magui

U

5375 a-e, C. M.; 13065, 1. U. M.

. .30

Largest 111

and Telembi

Rio Magui, tributary of

(C

13063, I. U. M

. . 1

58

Patia

Patia at mouth of Rio

a

5195-5198, 5374, C. M.; 12944-
12947, 13064, I. U. M

. .40

35-165

Guaitara

Rio Telembi between

Henn and

Barbacoas and 8 miles

Wilson

above

258. Rffiboides meeki sp. nov. (Plate XXV, fig. 4.)

5192 a-g, C. M.; 12938, I. U. M., thirty, 52-116 mm., Boca de Certegui. Eigen-
mann.

5372 a-g, C. M.; 13061, 1. U. M., eighty-three, largest 117 mm., Truando. Wilson.
3840 a-x,.C. M.; 15032, I. U. M., type (3840 a, C. M.) and paratypes, several
hundred, largest 130 mm,, Quibdo. Wilson.

This species confined, as far as known, to the Atrato Basin, is also a statistical
species. It differs from R. occidentalis and R. hildehrandi in the larger scales, from
R. magdalenw and R. caucoe in the larger number of anal rays.

Head 3,75-4; depth 2. 2-2.4; D. 11; A. 47-56, usually 49-51.

259. Roeboides dayi (Steindachner) .

Anacyrtus {Rhceboides) dayii Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 61 (Rio Magdalena); ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 80 (lower Cauca).

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

164

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5211 a-x, C. M.; 12955, 1. U. M., many, largest 80 mm., Calamar Cienega. Eigen-
mann.

This is the largest scaled species of the genus Roeboides in Colombia. It is so
far known only from cienegas near the mouth of the Magdalena. The specimens
collected are all rather small. It is very close to R. meeki from the Atrato.

Head very little less than 4; depth 2. 6-2. 7 ; D. 11 ; A. 46-52, usually 48 or 49;
scales 57-65, most frequently 61-64; naked area at lower angle of cheek 2-3 in
the width of the interorbital; lateral spot conspicuous.

Gilbertolus Eigenmann.

Gilhertella (preoccupied) Eigenmann, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. Quart., 45, 1904,
p. 147 (alatus).

Gilbertolus Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII, 1907, p. 3, substituted
for Gilbertella erroneously spelled Gilbertollus in Reports Princeton Univ.
Exped. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 445.

Type: Anacyrtus (Rcestes) alatus Steindachner.

260. Gilbertolus alatus (Steindachner). (Plate XXVI, fig. 1.)

Anacyrtus {Rcestes) alatus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 65 (Lower Magdalena).

Rcestes alatus Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891,
p. 57.

Habitat: Magdalena and Atrato Basins.

Of this aberrant species, hitherto known from a specimen 120 mm. long, we have:
5380 a-j, C. M.; 13072, I. U. VI., many, largest 145 mm., Quibdo. Wilson.

Head 4. 5-4. 8; depth about 3; D. 11; A. usually 49 or 50, more rarely 48 or
52; scales 15-68 to 72-12; eye .5-.6 in the snout, 2.5-2.66 in the head; interorbital
a little less than the snout; gill-rakers 7 to 9 + 17; mouth very oblique; maxillary
reaching to suture between second and third suborbitals; the distance from snout
to end of maxillary equal to the distance from snout to posterior margin of the eye;
one-half or two-fifths of the cheeks naked; lower jaw with two minute teeth in
front, the first one withdrawn from the line, these followed by two canines of which
the second is by far the larger, nine conical teeth on the sides, of which the first
is much smaller than the next four, which diminish but little, the remaining four
rapidly diminishing in size; presumably with a canine a little smaller than the
anterior one in the lower jaw, followed by a series of nine conical teeth of which
the first four diminish rapidly, the next four increase in size backward (the last

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

165

three of these sometimes nearly equal in size) and the last two again diminish;
maxillary with teeth (42 in one) along its entire margin.

Profile depressed over the eyes, gently arched to the dorsal; ventral profile
from chin to anal a section of a circle, the diameter of which is about equal to the
distance between snout and dorsal; dorsal small, pointed, its height about equal
to the length of the head less half an orbit, its origin equidistant between base of
caudal and a point near posterior margin of the eye, equidistant with the eighth
anal ray from the base of the caudal; adipose fin short and high; caudal forked,
the lobes nearly equal to the distance between snout and pectoral; anal with a
nearly straight margin, its highest rays three times as long as the last, equal to the
head without the opercle, origin of the anal nearly equidistant between snout and
middle caudal rays; ventrals small, one and a half times the length of the eye or
less, reaching the origin of the anal; pectoral very large, reaching past origin of
the anal, its margin meeting below the ventral surface, when depressed to a distance
about equal to the head.

Scales thin, adherent, with a few divergent radials; a narrow sheath of scales
at bases of caudal and anal.

Silvery, a large conspicuous spot on the end of the caudal peduncle, disap-
pearing with age.

Subfamily Acestrorhamphin^.

Acestrocephalus Eigenmann.

Acestrocephalus Eigenmann, Reports Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, III, 1910,
p. 447.

Type: Xiphorhamphus anomalus Steindachner.

261. Acestrocephalus anomalus (Steindachner), (Plate XXVI, figs. 2 and 2a.)

Xiphorhamphus anomalus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880,
p. 84 (Cauca near Caceres); Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 16,
Dec. 23, 1912, p. 21.

Of this species previously known only from the type, 185 mm. long, I secured
only small specimens, which are as follows:

5043 a-/, C. M.; 12837, I. U. M., twenty-three, largest 110 mm., Girardot.

5044 a-J, C. M.; 12838, I. U. M., eleven, largest 70 mm., Penas Blancas.

5045, C. M., one, 53 mm., Honda.

12839, I, U. M., forty, largest 100 mm., Apulo.

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

166

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Head 3.66; depth 4.2; D. 11; A. 35; scales about 11-75-9; eye a little less
than snout, 3.6 in the head, 1 in the interorbital.

Long and slender, the snout pointed; no depressions or humps in the profile;
postventral area more or less compressed, the preventral area broadly rounded;
dorsal areas rounded; no distinct median series of scales on back or belly.

Lower jaw included, maxillary extending to below posterior margin of eye or
further; fontanels well developed, narrow; third suborbital leaving a very wide
naked area below, which gradually narrows upward. Many (thirty-three) flat,
triangular, recurved teeth on the maxillary; premaxillary with four canines, the
first and last in a line with the irregular series of conical teeth, the second and third
within the outer series (forming a second series) ; four teeth between the first and
second canines, three between the second and third, and two between the third
and fourth, the first canine the largest; about nine small, conical teeth in the series
behind the two anterior canines, twenty-five or more in the series following the
third canine; three canines of the lower jaw about equal to the largest of the
upper jaw, the third one in a line with a series of small, conical teeth, those in
front of the canine separated from it by an interspace and smaller than those
behind it which are retrorse; the two anterior canines form a second series in front
of the second series of minute, inner teeth. All the teeth conical. Palatines with
a sharp ridge, but without teeth. Gill-rakers very few, 2 -j- 4, no rakers on the
upper three-fourths of the upper arch or the anterior half of the lower arch.

Dorsal pointed, equal to head less opercle, its origin a little in advance of the
middle ; caudal about as long as the head ; anal basis long, its margin nearly straight,
its origin equidistant from base of middle caudal rays and some part of the eye.
Ventrals not reaching the anal, pectorals to the ventrals.

Scales regularly placed, their exposed surfaces with many spinules; fins naked,
except a series of scales well separated from the scales of the sides along base of
anterior half of the anal; axillary scale well developed. Lateral line but slightly
decurved, complete.

A narrow silvery band ending in a dark spot on the base of the caudal.

Subfamily Hydrocynin^.^®

Ctenolucius Gill.

Ctenolucinus Gill, Senate Doc. 9, 2d sess., 36th Cong., VII, Pt. 1, 1861, p. 258

{nomen nudum) .

From Maracaibo is recorded Hydrocynus hujeta {Xi-phostovia hujeta Cuvier and Valenciennes,
Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXII, 1848, p. 358). Is this C. insculptusf

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

167

Ctenolucius Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XIII, 1861, Suppl. p. 8.

Luciocharax Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 67,
plate XIII, fig. 2 and 25 (insculptus) .

Belonochamx Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 464 (beani).

There are apparently two species of this genus in Colombia. One of them is
found in the Magdalena Basin, the other occurs in the San Juan, Mamoni and
Tuyra Basins, and in the Atrato Basin. Specimens of the species in the Magdalena
Basin vary considerably and the difference between the two species is slight.
They may be distinguished by the following characters :

Key to the Species of Ctenolucius.

a. Steel-blue above, a variable area white below, the two colors gradually shading into each other;
sometimes, when the dark color extends far down on the sides, there is a light spot on each scale

of the sides; lateral line 42-48; 17-28 scales with pores...... insculptus Steindachner.

aa. Steel-blue above, white below, sides with dark lateral bands between the rows of scales, becoming
fainter downward, light bands along the middle of the rows of scales becoming fainter upward;
lateral line 47-51; 27-39 scales with pores beani Fowler.

262. Ctenolucius insculptus (Steindachner). (Plate XXVI, fig. 5.)

Luciocharax insculptus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 67, plate XIII, figs. 2 and 25 (Rio Magdalena); ibid., XLII, 1880,
p. 85 (Cauca near Caceres).

Habitat: A variable species, abundant in the Dique and extending for nearly
eight hundred miles up the Magdalena to Girardot.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of Length in mm. to
Specimens. Base of Caudal.

Locality.

Collector.

4876 a-i, C. M.; 12717 a-i, I. U. M. .

.... 83

Largest 211

Soplaviento

Eigenmaiin

4877 a-d, C. M.; 12718 a-d, I. U. M. .

... .14

Largest 214

Calamar

4878 a-c, C. M.; 12719 a-c, I. U. M.

.... 6

Largest 179

Bernal Creek

4879 a-h, C. M.; 12720 a, I. U. M. . .

.... 3

Largest 137

Girardot

12721, I. U. M

.... 4

Apulo

Gonzales

51974, U. of Michigan.

.... 1

35

Marsh at Fundacion

A. S. Pearse

Head 3; depth 6. 2-6. 8; eye 7.4-8; the ratio of the snout to the postorbital
part of the head differs-. In the specimens from Soplaviento and Calamar it is as
61 : 57; in those from Bernal Creek as 61 : 51. The interorbital in those from the
lower Magdalena is one-fifth of the length of the head, in those from Honda and
Girardot, one-sixth.

168

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Number of Specimens, Having Given Number
of Scales, from

Number of Scales.

1

42 43

44

45

46

47

48

Soplaviento

1

2

5

3

3

2

5

1

1

1

Calamar

1

Bernal Creek

Girardot

'

1

263. Ctenolucius beani (Fowler). (Plate XXVI, figs. 3 and 4.)

Luciocharax insculptus Steindachner (part), Denkschr. Akad, Wiss. Wien, XLI,
1879, p. 169 (Manioni).»

Belonochamx heani Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 464 (Truando,
tributary of the Atrato).

Luciocharax heani Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat, Hist. Pubs., Zool.

Ser. X, 1916, p. 302 (Pacific slope of Panama).

Ctenolucius hujeta {non Valenciennes) Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII,
1908, p. 701 (Truando).

Luciocharax striatus Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), VII, p. 212, Feb.
1911 (Boca de Calima, Choco).

Habitat: Pacific slope of Panama; Atrato and San Juan Basins.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length in mm. to

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

Base of Caudal.

Locality.

Collector.

4873 a-c, C. M.; 12715 a-c, I. U. M.. .

. . .12

Largest 260

Puerto Negria,

San Juan Basin

Eigenmann

4874, C. M

. . . . 1

Istmina, San Juan

H

13909, I. U. M

. ... 2

220-231

Istinina, San Juan

Wilson

13052, I. U. M

....2

85-240

Managru, Atrato
Basin

4875 a, C. M.; 12716 a, I. U. M

.... 2

327-260

Rio Sucio, Atrato

Eigenmann

13051, I. U. M

. . . . Many

Largest (at I. U.)
335

Truando, Atrato

Wilson

14004, I. U. M

. . . . 3

220-320

Rio Calobre,
Panama

Meek and
Hildebrand

Head 3; depth 6.3; eye 7.3 in head on an average; snout to postorbital part
of head as 61 : 55; of those examined two have 47 scales, one has 48, four have 49,
five have 50, one has 51. The interorbital is on an average two-elevenths of the
length of the head.

I am not able to detect differences which might be considered specific between
specimens from the San Juan (striatus) and specimens from Rio Sucio (heani).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

169

The specimen described by Fowler is one of those on which Gill in 1861 based the
genus Ctenolucius.

Subfamily Erythrinin^.

Hoplias Gill.

Key to the Species of Hoplias.

a. Eleven series of scales across the back of the tail from one lateral line to the other. Lateral line
43-47; D. 13-15; A. 9.5-10.5; sides mottled with light and dark brown., .microlepis (Gunther).
aa. Nine series of scales across the back of the tail from one lateral line to the other. Lateral line 39-44;
D. 12-15; A. 10-11. Sides plain or mottled; young usually with a dark lateral band.

malabaricus (Bloch).

264. Hoplias microlepis (Gunther).

“ Juanchiche.’’

Macrodon microlepis Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 282 (Chagres
River and Western Ecuador) ; Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci. (2), II, 1888, p. 102 (Obispo, Rio Chagres); Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y.
Acad. Sci., 1889, p. 102; Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
XIII, 1898, p. 1 (Rio Daule, and Rio Vinces, Western Ecuador).

Macrodon trahira microlepis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII,
1880, p. 101 (Guayaquil).

Hoplias microlepis Starks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, 1906, p. 772 (Guayaquil);
Regan, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Pisces, 1907, p. 167, plate XXVII, fig. 1;
Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916,
p. 303 (all streams on both slopes of Panama, except the Tuyra Basin).

Regan (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914, p. 32) records this species
from the Rio Condoto, San Juan Basin. I examined a large series of specimens of
Hoplias from the San Juan Basin and all of these were H. malabaricus. Dr. Regan
has kindly reexamined his specimens and informs me that they should also be
referred to H. malabaricus.

Habitat: This species has a unique distribution, being found on the Pacific
slope of southern Ecuador and on both slopes of Central Panama, but not on the
Pacific slope between these points.

Specimens Examined.

No. of Length of

Catalog Numbers. Specimens. Largest in mm. Locality. Collector.

5549, C. M.; 13446, 1. U. M

10

340

Vinces, Ecuador

Henn

5550, C. M.; 13447, I. U. M. . . .

. . . .15

312

Colimes, Ecuador

U

13448, 1. U. M

. . . . 3

194

Chone, Ecuador

((

5551, C. M.; 13449, 1. U. M.. . .

2

354

Rio Chanchan, Ecuador

ii

5552, C. M

. . . .19

270

Guayaquil Market, Ecuador

ii

14002, I. U. M

. . . . 3

Rio Gatun at Gaun, Panama

Meek and

Hildebrand

170

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Lateral line 43/5, 44/12, 45/5, 47/2; D. 13/3, 14/19, 15/2;* A. lOi
In all specimens there are eleven scales from lateral line to lateral line across
the back of the caudal peduncle.

265. Hoplias malabaricus (Bloch).

For a full account of the synonymy and bibliography of this species, see Eigen-
mann and Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., 2, 1888, p. 102. The refer-
ences to the area under consideration are :

Macrodon trahira Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,
p. 47 (Rio Magdalena); ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 66 (Cauca near Caceres).
Hoplias 7nalabaricus AIeek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs,, Zook
Ser. X, 1916, p. 305 (Tuyra Basin).

Hoplias microlepis {non Gunther) Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914,
p. 32 (Rio Condoto).

Habitat: Tuyra to Patia Rivers on the Pacific slope; and from the Atrato to
Buenos Aires on the Atlantic slope.

Specimens Examined.

a. From the Magdalena

Basin.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5174 a-f, C. M.; 12921, I. U. M. . . .

. . .13

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

5175 a, C. M.; 12922, I. U. M

... 2

Calamar Cienega

H

5178 a-b, C. M.; 12924, I. U. M. . . .

. . . 3

Calamar

• H

12925, I. U. M

. . . 1

Puerto del Rio

Gonzales

5177 a, C. M

. . . 1

Bernal Creek, Honda

Eigenmann

12926 a, I. U. M

. . . 1

Apulo

Gonzales

h. From the Atrato Basin.

5176 a-c, C. M.; 12923, I. U. M. . . .

. . . . 4

Rio Sucio

Eigenmann

5555, C. M.; 13471, I. U. M

. . . .61

82-339

Truando

Wilson

5557, C. M

. . . . 1

146

Quibdo

U

5554, C. M

. . . . 3

96-154

Managru

(i

5553, C. M

. . . . 2

36-119

Raspadura

ii

c. From the San Juan Basin.

13975, 1. U. M

....

head, 131

Mouth of R. Munguido

Heim

5179 a, C. M

. . . . 1

Istmina

Eigenmann

13452, I. U. M

1

71

Tado

Wilson

5173 a-c, C. M.; 12920, 1. U. M.. . .

. . . . 6

Puerto Negria

Eigenmann

13454, I. U. M

9

167-225

Small creek near Rio

Henn

Calima

* The denominators indicate the number of specimens

examined.

The stomach of this specimen

contained

a Rhamdia, the head of which was 72 mm.

long.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

171

d. From the Patia Basin.

5558, C. M.; 13455, I. U. M 5 222-266 Laguna of Rio Patia, near Henn

mouth of Magui

13456, I. U. M Patia River between the “

mouths of the Magui
and Telembi

e. From East of the Eastern Cordilleras.

13453, I. U. M 2 177 and Barrigon, Rio Meta Gonzales

head, 94

Lateral- line 39/3,40/7,41/7, 42/10, 43/6,44/1; D. 12/1, 13/2, 14/27, 15/3*
The specimens of HopUas from the Patia, Sah Juan, and Atrato Basins all have nine
scales from lateral line to lateral line on the caudal peduncle and accordingly are
H. malabaricus.

Family XL GYMNOTIDTl.

Ellis (Mem. Carnegie Mus., VI, 1913, pp. 109-195, plates XV-XXIII) gives
a detailed account of the known distribution, synonomy, and bibliography of the
GymnotidcB. It appears that four species of this family, Gymnotus carapo Linnaeus,
Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider), Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes),
and Hypopomus brevirostris (Steindachner), have been recorded from the area
under consideration and from Central America to the north of it. These four
species are more widely distributed than any other Gymnotids. They are the
only species found in the Rio Sao Francisco and they are all found in the Orinoco
River, or in Guiana, in the Amazon, in Uruguay, or Southeastern Brazil, and in
the La Plata Basin. ^

The Gymnotidce of transandean Colombia and Ecuador were reported upon
in a preliminary paper by Eigenmann and Fisher in the Indiana University Studies
No. 25, 1914, pp. 235-237. The specimens there reported upon are again listed
here.

266. Gymnotus carapo Linnaeus.

Gymnotus carapo Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1914, p. 466 (Condoto);
Eigenmann and Fisher, Indiana University Studies No. 25, 1914, p. 237;
Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916,
p. 307. (Not taken in Panama.)

5606 a-b, C. M.; 13385, I. U. M., four, 142-306 mm. Small creek near mouth of
Rio Calima, San Juan Basin. Henn.

5607 a-b, C. M.; 13386, I. U. M., four, 75-184 mm., Truando, Atrato Basin.
Wilson.

Habitat: Rivers and lakes of Guatemala on both slopes; Atrato and San Juan

* The denominators indicate the number of specimens examined.

172

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Basins. East of the Andes this species extends to the Rio Sao Francisco and
the Rio de la Plata. It is the most widely distributed Gymnotid and the one
reaching furthest north. It has not been taken in Panama.

267. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider). (Plate XXXV, figs. 6-9.)

“Vio.”

Sterno'pygus macrurus Ellis, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VI, 1913, p. 121, fig. 3 (Full
synonymy and distribution); Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914
(Rio Condoto); Eigenmann and Fisher, Indiana University Studies No. 25,
1914, p. 237 (Magdalena, Atrato, San Juan, Dagua and Patia Basins).
Gymnotus ccquilabiatus Humboldt, Rec. d’Obs. Zool. Anat. Comp., I, 1805, p. 46,
plate X.

Sternopygus ccquilabiatus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 69, plate XIV, fig. I (Magdalena); ibid., XLH, 1880, p. 88 (Cauca
and Guayaquil); Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XHI,
1898 (Rio Guayas); Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXH,
1902, p. 59 (Rio Magdalena at Barranquilla) ; Starks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
XXX, 1906, p. 777 (Guayaquil); Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH,
1913, p. 466 (Rio Condoto).

Habitat: Rios Sao Francisco and Paraguay to the Atrato and Guayaquil.
The largest specimen from our area measures 700 mm., and is from the market
at Guayaquil.

Specimens Examined.

t

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5619 a, C. M

1

72

Villavicencio

Gonzales

13397, I. U. M.; 5614 a-d, C. M.. . .

8

188-453

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

13391, 1. U. M.; 5615 a, C. M

2

443-471

Calamar

((

5621 a-/, C. M

2

484-531

Puerto del Rio

Gonzales

5617 a-h, C. M

2

271-311

Apulo

((

13398, I. U. M.; 5618 a-c, C. M. . . .

6

121-399

Cartago

Eigenmann

5609 0, C. M

1

111

Cauca at Cali

it

13393, 1. U. M

2

71- 74

Managru

Wilson

13395, I. U. M

1

264

Raspadura

((

13387, I. U. M.; 5611 a-e, C. M

6

59-306

Small creek near mouth

Henn

»

of Rio Calima

13388, I. U. M.; 5612 a-c, C. M

7

29-251

Rio Calima near Boca

((

del Guineo

13389, I. U. M.; 5610 a-c, C. M

11

143-266

Istmina

Eigenmann

13390, I. U. M.; 5613 a-c, C. AI

6

204-499

San Juan at mouth of

Henn

Rio Munguido

5608 0, C. M

1

191

Cordova

Eigenmann

13392, I. U. M

1

288

Rio Magui

Henn

13396, I. U. M

2

234-251

Rio Telembi

Henn and

Wilson

13394, I. U. M.; 5614 a-e, C. M

31

282-800

Guayaquil Market

Henn

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

173

This species, the only one found in western Ecuador, reaches such a large size
at Guayaquil that this physiological variety might well be named maximus.

268. Sternopygus dariensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Sternopygus dariensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 309, plate XXVI (Marrigante, Rio Tuyra).

Differs from S. macrurus “in the slightly concave profile of head, more slender
snout, smaller eye, narrower interorbital, in the shorter and much heavier tail, and
in the slightly more posterior position of the vent.”

Mr. Hildebrand has kindly prepared the following comparison between S>.
macrurus and S. dariensis.

Sternopygus macrurus Sternopygus dariensis.

Upper profile of head convex Upper profile of head straight, or slightly con-

cave; snout more slender.

Eye comparatively large, 3.5 in snout in a specimen 360 Eye smaller, 5.7 in snout in specimen of same
mm. in length length.

Tail beyond anal very slender, notablj^ longer than head. Tail beyond anal rather robust, varying in

only slightly compressed length but rarely much longer than head.

strongly compressed.

Interorbital 3 to 4 in head Interorbital 4.85 to 6.66.

Vent one and one-half times to twice diameter of eye . Vent three or four times diameter of eye
behind vertical from posterior margin of eye behind vertical from eye.

Eigenmannia Jordan and Evermann.

269. Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes).

Eigenmannia virescens Ellis, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VI, 1913, p. 127 (Full synonymy,
bibliography, etc.); Eigenmann and Fisher, Indiana University Studies
No. 25, 1914 (Magdalena Basin at Calamar, Soplaviento, Cartago, Puerto del
Rio, Apulo); Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 311 (Marrigante, Rio Tuyra).

Sternopygus humboldtii Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 71, plate XIV (Magdalena); ibid., XLI, 1879, p. 169 (Mamoni R. at
Chepo); ibid., XLH, 1880, p. 88 (Cauca near Caceres); ibid., LXXH, 1902,
p. 147 (Barranquilla on Magdalena).

Habitat: Rio Mamoni and R. Tuyra, Panama; Rio Magdalena to Buenos
Aires and Rio Sao Francisco.

174

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

13399, L U. M

2

242 & 414

Barbacoas

Henn and

13400, L U. M

2

219 & 385

Rio Magui

Wilson

Henn

I340I, L U. M

1

224

Boca del Certegui

Wilson

13402, I. U. M

1

145

Managru

a

5620 a-j, C. M.; 13403, L U. M. . . .

87

76-270

Calamar

Eigenmann

5625 a-g, C. M.; 13404, I. U. M. . . .

11

102-289

Puerto del Rio

Gonzales

5623 a, C. M.; 13405, I. U. M

2

207 & 236

Apulo

a

5624 a, C. M.; 13406, L U. M

2

185 & 222

Girardot

Eigenmann

5622 a-o, C. M.; 13407, I. U. M.. . .

136

46-277

Soplaviento

U

13408, I. U. M

2

241 & 270

Patia between Magui

Henn

Hypopomus Gill.

and Telembi

270. Hypopomus brevirostris (Steindachner).

Rhamphichthys brevirostris Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII,
1880, p. 89 (Cauca near Caceres).

Hypopomus brevirostris Ellis, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VI, 1913, p. 134 (full bibliog-
raphy); Eigenmann and Fisher, Indiana University Studies No. 25, 1914,
p. 236 (Magdalena, Atrato and San Juan Basins); Meek and Hildebrand,
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 310 (Rio Chagres Basin;
Rio Bayano Basin).

Habitat: Atlantic and Pacific sides of Panama, Atrato, San Juan and Magda-
lena Basins, south to Paraguay.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5601 a-e, C. M.; 13380, I. U. M. . . .

10

86-145

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

5599 a-c, C. M.; 13381, I. U. M. . . .

6

83-162

Managru

Wilson

5600 a-b, C. M.; 13382, L U. M.. . .

5

82-128

Truando

((

5604 a-b, C. M.; 13383, I. U. M.. . .

5

50-168

Small creek near mouth
of Rio Calima

Henn

5602 a-b, C. M

2

90 and 98

Raspadura

Wilson

5603 a, C. M

1

91

Quibdo

5605 a, C. M.; 13384, L U. M

3

50-168

Rio Calima near Boca
del Guineo

Henn

There is considerable variation in the specimens of Hypopomus and it is
possible that different species or varieties should be recognized. The specimens
from Soplaviento have short, more or less vermiculating, dark markings on the
anterior abdominal part of the body; behind this area there are dark cross-bars,
or only a few spots, which are most pronounced on the back.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NORTHWESTEEN south AMERICA.

175

In the specimens from Managru there are pronounced dark cross-bars, wider
than the interspaces, on the upper half of the anterior third, sometimes broken
along the sides with the lower halves of the bars shifted backward. These recall
the markings of H. artedi.

The specimens from Truando are marked with narrower bars, which are
broken up into spots below and on the tail.

In specimens from the Rio Calima the bars are replaced by small spots, some-
times irregularly placed, sometimes elongate and following the general trend of
the bars, where these are developed. These probably represent the following
species (No. 271).

271. Hypopomus occidentalis Regan.

Hypopomus occidentalis Regan, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914, p. 32
(Rio Condoto),

This species is known only from the original description.

Sternarchus Bloch and Schneider.

Key to the Species op Sternarchus.

a. Eye in middle of head; head 5.16; depth 7.8; A. 158; anus nearer upper angle of pectoral than

to angle of gape leptorhynchus Ellis.

aa. Eye in middle of head in adult, somewhat in advance of it in smaller specimens; head 5.3-6. 5 in
the length; A. 151-175; anus much nearer upper angle of pectoral than to snout in a large

specimen (13377, I. U. M.) rostratus Meek and Hildebrand.

aaa. Eye far in advance of the middle of the head; head 6.3-7. 1 in the length to end of the anal; depth
6.33; A. 173-176; anus equidistant from snout and center of opercle (in 13375, I. U. M.).

mariae Eigenmann.

aaaa. Eye far in advance of the middle of the head; head 6-6.5 in the length to end of the anal; depth
7-8; A. 164-178 spurrelli Regan.

272. Sternarchus leptorhynchus Ellis. (Plate XXXV, fig. 1.)

Sternarchus leptorhynchus Ellis, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VI, 1913, p. 147, plate
XXII, fig. 4 (Amatuk and Warraputa; British Guiana); Eigenmann and
Fisher, Indiana University Studies No. 25, 1914, p. 236 (Mouth of Rio
Calima, San Juan Basin; Cordova, Rio Dagua).
i5593 a, C. M., one, 130 mm. Small creek near mouth of Rio Calima.

13374, I. U. M., one, 209 mm. Cordova, Eigenmann.

Center of eye in middle of head; snout long; gape very long; anus under
vertical limb of preopercle.

In No. 13374 I. U. M., the depth of the head at the anus is about equal to
half its length; the eye is in the center of the head, the snout being equal to the post-

176

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

orbital part of the head; the gape is long; the anus is nearer the upper angle of
the pectoral than to the angle of the gape and is below the vertical edge of the
preopercle.

273. Sternarchus rostratus Meek and Hildebrand. (Plate XXXIV,
fig. 5; plate XXXV, figs. 3, 4 and 5.)

Sternarchus rostratus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1913, p. 83 (Rio Grande near Cana, Tuyra Basin); ibid., X, 1916,
p. 312, plate XXVII; Eigenmann and Fisher, Indiana University Studies
No. 25, 1914, p. 236 (Magdalena Basin).

Habitat: Magdalena and Tuyra Basins.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

5595 a-c, C. M.; 13376, I. U. M. . . ,

5596 a, C. M.; 13377, I. U. M

5597 a-d, C. M.; 13378, I. U. M. . .

5598 a-c, C. M.; 13379, I. U. M. . .

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

179-218
203 and 204
94-182
119-155

Locality.

Girardot
Apulo
Cartago
Cauca at Cali

Collector.

Eigenmann

Gonzales

Eigenmann

Head 5. 3-6. 5 in length to end of the anal; depth 1.1-1 .3 in the length of the
head; A. 151-175; snout 2. 3-2. 7 in the length of the head; eye 3-6.1 in the inter-
orbital, 4-11.5 in the snout; 9-21 in the length of the head, depending on the age;
width of head 2-2.7 in the depth.

Evenly dotted or marbled, somewhat darker dorsally, a narrow light stripe
along the median dorsal line from the end of the snout, disappearing on the posterior
fourth of the body.

In No. 13377, I. U. M., the depth of the head at the anus is a little more
than half its length; the posterior margin of the eye is in the center of the head;
the gape is long; the anus is much nearer the upper angle of the pectoral than the
snout, or below a point about two and one half orbital diameters behind the eye.

274. Sternarchus rnariae^® Eigenmann and Fisher. (Plate XXXIV,
fig. 6; plate XXXV, fig. 2.)

Sternarchus marice Eigenmann and Fisher, Indiana University Studies No. 25,
Sept. 5, 1914, p. 236.

5594 a, C. M., type, 201 mm., Girardot. Eigenmann.

13375, I. U. M., paratype, 273 mm., Apulo. Gonzales.

Head 7.1 in type (6.3 in paratype) in the length to the end of the anal; depth

Named for Brother Apolinar Maria, Director of the Natural History Museum of Bogota.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

177

of head at the occiput 1.25 in its length in the paratype; depth 7 in the length,
6.33 to end of anal; anal rays one hundred and seventy-three in type (one hundred
and seventy-six in paratype) ; snout 2.7 in type (2.6 in paratype) in the length of
the head; eye far in advance of the middle of the head, 5.5 in type (5.7 in paratype)
in the interoubital; width of head 2.4 in type (2.5 in paratype) in the depth.

Profile of snout sharply decurved; gape reaching to vertical from the eye;
ground-color light buff, body closely pigmented with minute dark chromatophores
which are much more abundant dorsally. An interrupted whitish streak along the
median dorsal line from the end of the snout to the base of the caudal.

Easily recognized by the very short snout and gape.

In No. 13375, 1. U. M., the depth of the head at the anus is much more than
half its length; the center of the head falls an orbital diameter behind the eye;
the gape is very short; the anus is equidistant from the snout and the middle of
the opercle, and is below a point but little behind the middle of the head.

275. Sternarchus spurrelli Regan.

Sternarchus spurrellii Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914, p. 32 (Rio
Condoto) four specimens, the largest 180 mm.

Habitat: Rio San Juan.

This species is known only from the original description. It seems to be
similar to S. marice and may be identical with it, but without a specimen or a figure
it is difficult to determine its direct relationships.

Order SYMBRANCHIA.

Family XII. SYMBRANCHIDA5.

Symbranchus Bloch.

276. Symbranchus marmoratus Bloch.

Symbranchus marmoratus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1914, p. 473
(Rio Condoto).

7526 a-b, C. M., three, 445, 470, and 620 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

I have also examined specimens in the collection of the University of Michigan
as follows: two, 120-135 mm. long, from the Gaira River at Gaira, Colombia,
collected by Dr. A. G. Ruthven; three, 67-98 mm. long, collected in the Tamocal
River at San Lorenzo and the Manzanares River at Santa Marta and Mamatoco
by Dr. A. S. Pearse.

This is the most widely distributed fresh-water fish of South America.

178

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Order APODES.

Family XIIL ANGUILLIDiE.

Anguilla Shaw.

277. Anguilla chrysypa Rafinesque.

51987, University of Michigan, one, 118 mm., Gaira River at Gaira, Colombia.
A. G. Ruthven.

The common eel of North America has been known to enter various West
Indian rivers. As far as I am aware, this is the first South American record. Meek
and Hildebrand obtained a specimen in the Rio Chagres.

Order ISOSPONDYLI.

Family XIV. CLUPEID^.

File Jordan and Evermann.

278. Lile stolifera (Jordan and. Gilbert).

Lite stolifera Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIX, 1917, p. 393.

7490 a-f, C. M.; 13874, I. U. M., thirteen, largest 100 mm.. Mouth of Rio Dagua.
Eigenmann.

7494 a-/, C. M.; 13879, I. U. M., many, largest 100 mm., Tumaco. Henn and
Wilson.

This species was also recorded by Boulenger (Boll. Mus. Zook Anat. Comp.
Torino, XIV, 1899) from Guayaquil.

Family XV. ENGRAULIDJE.

Stolephorus LacepMe.

279. Stolephorus lucidus Jordan and Gilbert.

7488 a-j, C. M.; 13872, I. U. M., many specimens, the largest 85 mm. Chone,
Province Manabi, Ecuador. Henn.

7489 a-o, C. M.; 13873, I. U. M., thirty, largest 76 mm. Mouth of Rio Dagua.
Eigenmann.

Head 3.75; depth 4.25 uniformly; D. 13 or 14; A. 28-30; scales about thirty-
four; sixteen rakers on the upper part, twenty on the lower part of the first gill-
arch; maxillary reaching a little beyond mandible, not to the gill-opening; margin
of caudal dusky.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 179

280. Stolephorus branchiomelas Eigenmann. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 1.)

Stolephorus branchiomelas Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, p. 682
(Mouth of Rio Dagua, and Tumaco, Colombia).

The original description is supplemented by the figure appearing in this volume.

281. Stolephorus poeyi (Kner and Steindachner) .

Engraulis poeyi Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., X, 1864,
p. 23, plate III, fig. 3 (Rio Bayano).

Anchovia Jordan and Evermann.

282. Anchovia macrolepidota (Kner and Steindachner).

Engraulis macrolepidotus Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
X, 1864, p. 21, plate III, fig. 2 (Rio Bayano, Panama).

Family XVI. ELOPIDtE.

Tarpon Jordan and Evermann.

283. Tarpon atlanticus (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Megalops thrissoides Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,
p. 69 (Magdalena).

5016, C. M., about 500 mm., SoplavLento. Eigenmann.

5017, 5018, C. M.; 12817, I. U. M., three, the largest about 530 mm., Calamar
Cienega. Eigenmann.

The tarpon ascends the Magdalena and probably other streams for many miles.
While I was in the “Cienega'’ near Calamar, a fisherman threw in a few rocks at
a certain spot to attract the fishes and then threw in his casting net, securing five
tarpons in the one cast.

Order MICROCYPRINI.

Family XVII. PCECILIID^.

This family reaches its optimum north of the area under consideration and
there are more species in Panama (nine) than at any point in Colombia. There
are but four species in the San Juan Basin, only two closely related species in
Ecuador, and only Rivulus peruanus and several species of Orestias in Peru.

Pseudopoecilia, Diphy acanthus, and N eoheterandria are genera peculiar to our
area. Only Rivulus, distributed from Paraguay to the United States, connects this
area with the south. The genera Gamhusia, Priapichthys, Poeciliopsis, and Mol-
lienisia find their southern limit in this area.

180

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

For a detailed account of the species of Panama including their bibliography,
see Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916,
pp. 313-332.

Henn (Annals Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, pp. 93-142) likewise has given an
account of the species from our expeditions to Colombia and Ecuador. The
present account of the Poeciliidce is in general limited to a list of the species with
references to these papers, and figures of the species already described, but not
heretofore figured.

Gambusia Poey.

284. Gambusia nicaraguensis Gunther.

Gambusia nicaraguensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 316, fig. 4 (Brackish water, Atlantic and Pacific Coasts
of Panama).

Habitat: Southern Mexico to Panama.

285. Gambusia episcopi Steindachner.

Gambusia Episcopi Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 317, fig. 5 (Panama north of the Rio Bayano, on both slopes).
Habitat: Central Panama on both slopes.

286. Gambusia cascajalensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Gambusia cascajalensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 318 (Rio Cascajal, Porto Bello, Panama).

Habitat: Panama north of the Rio Bayano, on both slopes.

287. Gambusia caliensis Eigenmann and Henn. (Plate XXVH, fig. 5.)
Gambusia caliensis Eigenmann and Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 113
(Cali).

Habitat: Cauca Basin.

Priapichthys Regan.

288. Priapichthys nigroventralis (Eigenmann and Henn).

Gambusia nigroventralis Eigenmann and Henn, Indiana University Studies No. 16,
1912, p. 26 (Rio San Juan at Istmina).

Priapichthys nigroventralis Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 992; Henn,
Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 115, fig. 3 (Istmina, Tambo, Managru,
Quibdo, Raspadura, Rio Calima).

Gambusia caudovittata Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH, 1913, p, 471 (Rio
Condoto, San Juan Basin); Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 986.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

181

Habitat: Atrato and San Juan Basins.

Head 4. 5-4.8; depth at origin of dorsal 4.5-5; depth of caudal peduncle
about 6 in length to base of caudal and about 1.3 in head. Eye 2. 2-2. 5 in head;
equal to interorbital width. Snout short and blunt, lower jaw not extending beyond
upper; snout 1.5 in eye. Body depressed, profile arched.

D. 9; A. 9; P. 7; V. 6; scales twenty-nine to thirty in lateral series; eight
in transverse series.

Origin of dorsal slightly in advance of the middle of the entire length, slightly
posterior to origin of anal. Ventral rays graduated, outer ones longest, barely
reaching the vent. In males the anal is a pointed sword-shaped organ, arising at
the anterior third of the entire length. Its length is about 2.45 in the entire
length of the fish.

289. Priapichthys tridentiger (Garman).

Priapichthys tridentiger Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 320, fig. 6 (Panama).

Habitat: Both slopes of Panama, not in the Rio Tuyra.

290. Priapichthys tridentiger canus (Meek and Hildebrand).

Priapichthys tridentiger cana Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 321 (Rio Satiganti).

Habitat: Tuyra Basin of Panama.

291. Priapichthys dariensis (Meek and Hildebrand). ‘

Priapichthys danensfs Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 321, fig. 7 (Rio Juan Diaz, Rio Bayano and Rio Tuyra).
Habitat: Panama.

292. Priapichthys panamensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Priapichthys panamensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 322, fig. 8 (Rio Chame and Chame Point).

Habitat: Pacific side of Panama.

PcEciLiopsis Regan.

293. Poeciliopsis elongata (Gunther).

Pceciliopsis elongatus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 324 (Brackish water near city of Panama).

Habitat: Pacific coast of Panama.

182

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

294. Poeciliopsis colombiana (Eigenmann and Henn).

(Plate XXVII, figs. 8 and 9.)

Heterandria colomhianus Eigenmann and Henn, Indiana University Studies, No.

16, 1912, p. 27 (Rio Dagua); Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 996.
Poeciliopsis colomhianus Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 120.

Habitat: Rio Dagua, Colombia.

Head 4.25-4.5; depth at origin of anal 3.5; depth of caudal peduncle 5. 1-5.6
in length to base of caudal; caudal peduncle 1.2 in head. Eye 3 in head, inter-
orbital width 3.

D. 8; A. 9; V. 6; scales twenty-seven to twenty-nine in a longitudinal series;
eight in transverse series.

Body slightly robust; snout broad and chin steep; profile oblique. Origin
of the dorsal over last rays of the anal. In the single male, the anal fin is modified
into a narrow sword-like organ, without hooks, 1.6 times the length of the head.
The distance from the tip of the snout to the origin of the dorsal (in females) is
equal to that from the origin of the anal to the end of the middle rays of the caudal.
Pectorals reach over middle of ventrals; the latter do not quite reach the vent.
Caudal sub truncate or slightly rounded.

General color in spirits olivaceous, belly yellowish. All fins are without color
or pigment. Starting about the distance of the eye back of the origin of the pectoral
is a series of six or seven vertical streaks or narrow dark bars.

Two series of narrow spike-like teeth. The anal of the male of this species
exactly resembles that of Heterandria pleurospilus (Gunther) of Guatemala and
of H. lutzi Meek of Mexico. None of the females are pregnant.

295. Poeciliopsis isthmensis Regan.

Poeciliopsis isthmensis Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 997 (Colon) ; Meek
and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 325
(not taken) .

Habitat: Atlantic side of Panama.

Mollienisia Le Sueur.

296. Mollienisia sphenops (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Mollienisia sphenops Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 326, fig. 10 (both slopes of Panama); Henn, Ann. Carnegie
Mus,, X, 1916, p. 136 (Cartagena; Rio Manzanares; Santa Marta, Colombia).
Habitat: Both coasts of Panama north of the Rio Tuyra and northern
Colombia.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

183

297. Mollienisia caucana (Steindachner) . (Plate XXVII, figs. 1, 2 and 3.)

Mollienisia caucana Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 136, fig. 16 (Calamar
and Fundacion, Colombia) ; Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 329 (Aruza and Cituro, Tuyra Basin).

Habitat: Magdalena and Tuyra Basins.

Rivulus Poey.

298. Rivulus peruanus Regan.

Haplochilus peruanus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, 1903, p. 626 (Perim,
Peru, 800 meters) .

Rivulus peruanus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), X, 1912, p. 496.

I do not know whether Perim is on the Pacific or on the Atlantic slope of Peru.

299. Rivulus brunneus Meek and Hildebrand.

Rivulus brunneus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1916, p. 331 (upper course of a small creek at Toro Point).

Habitat: Atlantic slope of Panama.

300. Rivulus elegans Steindachner. (Plate XXVH, fig. 4.)

Rivulus elegans Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 108 (Rio Condoto; Rio
Truando); Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1916, p. 331 (Atlantic slope of Panama near Culebra).

Habitat: Magdalena, Atrato, San Juan, and upper Chagres Basins.

301. Rivulus magdalenae Eigenmann and Henn. (Plate XXVII, fig. 10.)

Rivulus magdalence Eigenmann and Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 109
(Ibague; Boquilla; Rio Guaduas; Rio Villeta; Quebrada de Chamisal).
Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

In addition to the specimens recorded above, I have since received two speci-
mens (15030 I. U. M.), 45-73 mm., from Quebrada Cristalina, 28 km. above
Puerto Berrio, alt. 1,000 feet, collected by Dr. E. B. Wilson.

302. Rivulus brevis Regan.

Rivulus brevis Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), X, 1912, p. 504 (Colombia
without definite locality) ; Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 112 (Funda-
cion, near Santa Marta).

Habitat: Northern Colombia.

184

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PsEUDOPCECiLiA Regan.

303. Pseudopoecilia festae (Boulenger).

Poecilia festce Boulenger, Bull. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, 1898, No.

329, p. 13 (San Vicente, near Santa Elena, Ecuador).

Pseudopoecilia festce Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 996.

Habitat: Ecuador, west of Guayaquil.

Scales 33-35, 12-13 transverse.

304. Pseudopoecilia fria (Eigenmann and Henn). (Plate XXVII, figs. 6 and 7.)

Poecilia fria Eigenmann and Henn, Indiana Univ. Studies No. 19, Jan. 16, 1914,
p. 13 (Vinces, Ecuador); Henn, Ann. Carnegie VIus., X, 1916, p. 119, fig. 6.
Habitat: Western Ecuador.

Scales 3-29 or 30-4.

I have since received several specimens of this species (15151, I. U. M.),
collected at Ventura, Ecuador, by Dr. J. N. Rose.

Diphyacantha Henn.

305. Diphyacantha chocoensis Henn.

Diphyacantha chocoensis Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 114, fig. 2, plate
XIX, figs. 1, 2 (Rio Calima).

Habitat: San Juan Basin.

Neoheterandria Henn.

306. Neoheterandria elegans Henn.

Neoheterandria elegans Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 117, fig. 5, plate
XIX, figs. 4, 5 (Rio Truando).

Habitat: Atrato Basin.

Orestias Valenciennes.

Members of this genus are distributed in lakes and quiet stretches of Andean
rivers above 7,000 feet elevation, from Lake Junin to Latitude 21' 30". The
species are especially numerous in Lake Titicaca. Large collections were made
during the Irwin Expedition and a monograph of the genus will be prepared as
soon as possible.

307. Orestias elegans Garman.

Orestias elegans Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIX, 1895, p. 149 (Lakes of
the Cordillera de la Ascension, sources of the river Banta Eulalia, which flows
into the Rimac at 13,000 feet elevation).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

185

15242, I. U. M., forty-six specimens, largest about 90 mm. to base of caudal.
Small glacial Lake between 15,000 and 15,500 feet, about five miles from
Casapalca, September, 1918.

These specimens were collected by a young man from Casapalca at the instance
of Supt. Roper, after my own visit to one of these lakes had proved barren.

This is the only species of the genus Orestias hitherto recorded from the Pacific
slope. There seem to be two species in the Montaro Basin of the Atlantic drainage
just across the divide from the Rimac, of which one appears to be this species.
Inasmuch as there is a great similarity between the young of the different species,
their true relations may be left in abeyance until the entire genus can be reviewed,

308. Orestias sp.

15243, I. U. M., five, largest 70 mm., Crucero Alto, at the crest of the Southern
Railway of Peru.

Along the railway at Crucero Alto (elevation 14,688 feet), there are small
ditches with pools. I am not sure in which direction they drain, probably in both di-
rections at different times. They contain many small specimens of an Orestias allied
to elegans and agassizi, the exact determination of which must be left until later.

Order SYNENTOGNATHI.

Family XVIII. ESOCID^E.

Tylosurus Cocco.

309. Tylosurus fluviatilis (Regan).

Belone fluviatilis Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, 1903, p. 626 (N, W.
Ecuador); ibid. (8), XII, 1913, p. 471 (Rio Condoto).

Habitat: From Manabi, Ecuador, to the Patia, San Juan and Atrato Basins.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens,

Length
. in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

7521 a-c, C. M.; 13902, I. U. M. .

.... 5

Manabi, Ecuador

Henn

7502 a-d, C. M.; 13885, I. U. M. .

... 8

Largest 550

Patia River

H

7497 a-/, C. M.; 13882, I. U. M. . ,

. , . .11

238-425

Tumaco

Henn and

7495, C. M.; 15034, I. U. M

. . . . 2

Largest 450

Barbacoas

Wilson
Henn and

7499 a, C. M.; 13884, 1. U. M. ,

. . . .11

Largest 200

Mouth of Rio Dagua

Wilson

Eigenmann

7525 a-d, C. M.; 13905, I. U. M. .

. . .14

Largest 470

San Juan at mouth of

Henn

7503, C. M.; 13887, I. U. M

. . . . 5

About 90-450

R. Jujiado

Puerto Negria

Eigenmann

7501, C. M

. . . . 1

470

Tado

Wilson

7498, C. M.; 13883, I. U. M

. . .13

78-460

Istmina

Eigenmann

7505, a-c, C. M.; 13888, I. U. M. ,

. . . . 6

Largest 560

Boca de Certegui,

and Wilso
Eigenmann

7496, C. M.; 13881, I. U. M

. . . . 7

305-330

Atrato Basin

Truando

Wilson

186

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

Order PERCESOCES.

Family XIX. MUGILID^.

The Mugilidce are in part marine fishes, which enter the mouths of rivers
{Mugil and Querimana), and in part freshwater fishes found in swift, clear streams,
in rapids, and at the base of waterfalls {Agonostornus and Joturus).

Mugil Linnaeus.

In addition to those listed below, species of Mugil which may enter freshwater
inlets are M. trichodon, which may enter rivers of the Atlantic slope, and M. hospes
and M. thoburni, which may occur in rivers draining into the Pacific.

310. Mugil curema Cuvier and Valenciennes.

5643 a, C. M,; 13429 a-h, I. U. M., Chone, Prov. of Manabi, Ecuador. Henn.
Field Mus. Coll., four, largest 113 mm., Trujillo, Peru. W. H, Osgood.

311. Mugil cephalus Linnaeus.

Mugil cephalus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913 (Pacasmayo),
15294, I. U. M., six, largest 181 mm., Picso, Peru. Eigenmann.

15295, I. U. M., four, largest 247 mm., Santiago (Market), Chile. Eigenmann.
15297, I. U. M., many, largest 267 mm.. La Serena, Chile. Eigenmann.

312. Mugil incilis Gunther.

Mugil incilis Gunther, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 1869, VI, p. 443 (Rio Chagres);
Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 26 (Mouth
of Magdalena).

313. Mugil liza Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Mugil liza Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 26
(Mouth of Magdalena).

314. Mugil charlottae Steindachner.

Mugil charlottce Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXII, 1902, p. 129,
plate IV, figs. 2, 2a (Guayaquil).

• 315. Mugil brasiliensis Agassiz.

Mugil brasiliensis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,
p. 26 (Mouth of Magdalena).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

187

Querimana Jordan and Gilbert.

316. Querimana harengus Gunther.

Querimana harengus, Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 279 (fresh-
water at Pacasmayo).

Agonostomus Bennett.

317. Agonostomus monticola (Bancroft),

Agonostomus monticola Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 334.

This species, occurring in Mexico and Central America, was taken by Meek
and Hildebrand in the Chagres River and numerous other Atlantic streams. It
was found everywhere on the Pacific slope except in the Tuyra Basin. It was
not taken by us in Colombia.

318. Agonostomus macracanthus Regan.

Agonostomus macracanthus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 335 (Rio Indio, upper Chagres).

I have examined specimens, 63 and 69 mm. long, from the Tamocal River at
San Lorenzo, Colombia (800 feet). Dr. A. S. Pearse, collector. Nos. 51965 and
51966, University of Michigan.

i

319. Agonostomus nasutus Gunther.

Agonostomus nasutus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914, p. 33 (Con-
doto, San Juan Basin).

It is possible that the specimen recorded by Regan from the Condoto really
belongs to the species listed below as Joturus daguce.

JoTURUS Poey.

320. Joturus daguae Eigenmann. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 2.)

Joturus daguce Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 681 (Caldas,
Colombia).

Habitat: Rio Dagua. This is the southernmost record of any species of
Joturus or Agonostomus.

This species greatly resembles Agonostomus monticola, which has a narrower
and longer snout.

The figure on the plate will supplement the original description.

188

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

321. Joturus pichardi Poey.^^

Joturus pichardi Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1916, p. 336 (Rio Indio, and Gatun, Chagres Basin).

Habitat: Cuba; Mexico to Panama. It was not taken by us in Colombia.

Family XX. ATHERINID^.

Thyrina Jordan and Culver.

Thyrina Jordan and Culver, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), V, 1895, p. 419.

Type, Thyrina evermanni Jordan and Culver.

322. Thyrina colombiensis Hubbs.

Thyrina guatemalensis (non Gunther) Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH,
1913, p. 472 (Rio Condoto).

Thyrina colombiensis Hvebs, Occ. Papers Mus. Zook, Univ. Michigan, 1920, No. 88,

p. 4.

Habitat: San Juan and Patia Basins.

The specimens, on which Dr. Hubbs based his description, were collected by
us at Barbacoas on the Rio Telembi of the Patia Basin, and at Condoto, Tado,
and Istmina in the San Juan Basin.

Menidia Bonaparte.

323. Menidia chagresi Meek and Hildebrand.

Menidia chagresi Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1914, p. 119 (Gorgona, Canal Zone).

Habitat: Chagres Basin.

Basilichthys Girard.

324. Basilichthys semotilus (Cope).

Protistius semotilus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, p. 66 (Peruvian
Andes, 12,000 ft.); Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., XVII, 1878, p. 700; Fowler,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 737, plate XLIV (reexamination, with
figure of type).

Gasteropterus archceus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., XVH, 1878, p. 700 (Are-

Polydactylus approximans (Lay and Bennett) was recorded from fresh water at Pacasmayo by
Regan (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 279).

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOETHWESTERN south AMERICA,

189

quipa); Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, 1903, p. 738, plate XLIII
(reexamination of t5q)e).

Pisciregia beardsleei Abbott, Proc, Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 342.
Atherinopsis regius (non Humboldt) Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
LXXII, 1902, p. 39 (Rio Tambo); Evermann and Radcliffe, Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 95, 1917, p. 45 (Rio Rimac near Lima).

Protistius semotilus was described and Trichomycterus dispar Cuvier and
Valenciennes was listed by Cope, with the statement that they were derived from
some portion of the Peruvian Andes at an elevation of twelve thousand feet. I
question the correctness of the altitude. My own experience is that in Peru at
12,000 feet there are only Orestias, Pygidium, and possibly Astroblepus.

Fowler, who has reexamined and figured the types of P. semotilus and of
G. archceus, says that the latter “differs from Protistius chiefly in the presence of
more than one dorsal spine.” I have been able to examine a large number of
specimens and find that the number of dorsal spines varies from none to four in
specimens from the area between Vitor Valley and Arequipa and from three to
five in those from the Rimac Valley. The number of dorsal spines therefore is
not of generic value, and the genera Protistius and Gasteropterus are synonymous.
From the variability in the number of dorsal spines in specimens from the Arequipa
region, one may naturally question whether Cope’s specimens might not have
come from Arequipa (elevation 7,500 ft.). The objection to this surmise is that
Pygidium dispar does not occur about Arequipa.

P. dispar has hitherto been recorded from the Atlantic side of Peru at an
elevation of 14,000 feet, and from Callao, from Lake Titicaca, and from Eten,
Peru, although I question the correctness of the identification of specimens from
the last three localities.

Eliminating the number of dorsal spines, it becomes difficult to distinguish
between P. semotilus and P. archceus. Fowler made out the following differences,
respectively, in a specimen of P. semotilus five and one-half inches long, and a speci-
men of P. archcEUs six and one-half inches long. Depth 5 vs. 6; D. I-1, 10 vs. I-I, 11 ;
A. 1.13 vs. 1.15; scales 75 vs. 86; width of head in its length 1.875 vs. 2; inter-
orbital 2.66 vs. 2.875; least depth of caudal peduncle 2.60 vs. 2.875; anus, close
in front of anal vs. midway between tip of ventrals and anal.

190

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length in

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

mm. (Largest).

Locality.

Date.

Collector.

15180, I. U. M

7699 a-e, C. M.; 15181,

. .4

200

Arequipa Market.

Oct. 29, 1918

Eigenmann

I. U. M

7700 a-e, C. M.; 15182,

. . Many

172

Tiabaya, Rio Chili

Oct. 25, 1918

a

I. U. M

a

170

Vitor Valley, Rio Vitor

Oct. 28, 1918

((

15183, I. U. M..

“

153

Lima, Rio Rimac

August, 1918

Allen

15184, I. U. M

7701 a-f, C. M.; 15186,

n

170

Chosica, Rio Rimac

Oct. 10, 1918

Eigenmann

I. U. M

n

153

Chosica, Rio Rimac

Aug. 24, 1918

Allen

15185, I. U. M

a

Matucana, Rio Rimac

Aug. 24, 1918

Eigenmann

15346, I. U. M

({

201

Chucurapi, Rio

June, 1921

N. E. Pearson

Tambo

Head 4.25 to 4.6; depth 4.66 to 5; D. 0 to V ^^-12 to 14; A. 15 to 17; snout

Number of Spines.

Specimens from

0

I

II

III

IV

V

Lima, Rio Rimac

3

2

Chosica, Rio Rimac

27

52

4

Vitor Valley, Rio Vitor

3

52

19

Tiabaya, Rio Chili

2

8

6

23

4

Arequipa, Rio Chili

1

3

Chucurapi, Rio Tambo

9

20

1

3 in the head, eye 4.5 to 5, interorbital 2.75 to 3; scales 83 to 95.

Vomer with a patch of teeth on its tip; distance from tip of snout to end of
maxillary equal at least to distance between snout and eye; depth of caudal pe-
duncle 2.5 to less than 3 in the distance between base of last anal ray and base of
middle caudal ray; pectorals reach half-way to tip of ventrals or half-way to anus.
Color as in .B. microlepidotus.

Order ACANTHOPTERI.

Family XXL CENTROPOMIDHl
Centropomus Lacepede.

A number of other species of this genus, which probably enter the mouths of
the rivers, were taken on the coasts of Colombia and Ecuador. They are listed by
Wilson, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 1916, X, pp. 63-64.

Number of dorsal spines in Basilichthys semotilus.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

I 191

325. Centropomus grandoculatus Jenkins and Evermann.

Centropomus grandoculatus Wilson, loc. cit., p. 63 (Mouth of Rio Dagua).

326. Centropomus armatus Gill.

Centropomus atridorsalis Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, 1903, p. 627
(Rio Vauqueria, Ecuador).

5243, C. M.; 13226, I. U. M., five. Mouth of Rio Dagua. Eigenmann.

5248, C. M.; 13227, I. U. M., three, Puerto Negria, San Juan. Eigenmann.

5249, C. M. ; 13228, 1. U. M., three, Rio Rosario, near Tumaco. Henn and Wilson.

327. Centropomus unionensis (Bocourt).

Centropomus unionensis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880,
p. 94 (Guayaquil).

328. Centropomus undecimalis (Bloch).

Centropomus undecimalis Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., I, 1859, p. 79 (Rio
Chagres) ; Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878, p. 21
(Cienega near Caiman, Magdalena); ihid., XLII, 1880, p. 94 (Guayaquil).

329. Centropomus ensiferus Poey.

Centropomus ensiferus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX,
1878, p. 21 (near mouth of Magdalena).

330. Centropomus pedimacula Poey.

Centropomus pedimacula Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII,
1880, p. 22 (Barranquilla) .

331. Centropomus parallelus Poey.

Centropomus parallelus Gunther, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, VI, 1868, p. 407
(Rio Chagres).

Family XXII. HtEMULID^.

PoMADASYS Lacepede.

Various species of this marine genus enter fresh water, and some of them are
possibly confined to it.

332. Pomadasys bayanus Jordan and Evermann.

Pomadasys bayanus Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 47, 1898, p.
1331 (Rio Bayano); Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914, p. 33
(Rio Condoto).

192

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Pristipoma lahraciforme Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIV,
1899, p. 3 (St. Elena Bay, Ecuador).

7509 a-c, C. M.; 13893, I. U. M., five, 158-337 mm. Cordova, Rio Dagua.
Eigenmann.

7517 a, C. M., 430 mm. Half-way between Puerto Negria and Istmina. Eigen-
mann.

Head 3; depth 3.5; D. XHI, 12; A. HI, 7. The smaller specimens along
the sides, have interrupted streaks which on the sides of the caudal peduncle
merge into two longitudinal bands. The anterior part of the anal is dark, the
posterior hyaline.

333. Pomadasys macracanthus (Gunther).

5751 a, C. M.; 13242, I. U. M., two, mouth of Rio Dagua. Eigenmann.

7524 a, C. M.; 13904, I. U. M., three, Guayaquil Market. Henn.

334. Pomadasys branicki (Steindachner) .

Pristipoma branicki Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLI, 1879,
p. 28 (Tumbez).

5266 a-b, C. M.; 13241, I. U. M., three, mouth of Rio Dagua. Eigenmann.

No. 13241, 1. U. M., has the following formula: Head 3; depth 2.5; D. XHI,
12; A. HI, 7; pores 47 + 10; eye 4 in head, preorbital 5, snout 3, maxillary 3.5,
pectoral 1.16, fourth dorsal spine 1.9, second anal spine 1.25; soft dorsal 2.66 in
the spinous; anterior part of anal black.

335. Pomadasys sinuosus Eigenmann. (Plate XXXIV, fig. 4.)

Pomadasys sinuosus Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1917, p. 683 (Patia
between Magui and Telembi Rivers).

Head 3; depth 3.3; D. XHI, 12; A. HI, 8; fifty-one pores in the lateral line
to the base of the caudal, twelve pores on the caudal; eye 4.4 in the head, snout
3.1, bony interorbital 7, interocular 5, preorbital 7.3.

Additional descriptive details will be found in the original description.

336. Pomadasys andrei (Sauvage).

Pristipoma andrei Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris (7), HI, 1879, p. 204 (Rio
Guayas, Ecuador).

337. Pomadasys schyri Steindachner.

Pomadasys schyri Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., Wien, LXXH, 1902,
p. 32 (Guayaquil).

193

EIGENMANN • FISHES OF NORTHWESTERN SOUTH AMERICA.

Family XXIII. SCI^NIDiE.^^

338. Plagioscion surinamensis (Bleeker).

Pseudoscicena surinamensis Bleeker, Arch. Neerl. Sci. Exact, et Nat., VIII, 1873,
p. 458 (Surinam).

Scicena magdalence Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878^
p. 22, plate I, fig. 1.

Several marine species of this family, not recorded by Wilson in Annals Carnegie Museum, X,
1916, pp. 57-70, are the following;

Cynoscion xanthulus Jordan and Gilbert.

7519 a, C. M.; one, 160 mm., Tumaco. Henn and Wilson.

Bairdiella ensifera (Jordan and Gilbert).

7508 a, C. M.; 13891, I. U. M., three, largest 200 mm.,, market at Guayaquil. Henn.

7518 a, C. M., one, 185 mm., Buenaventura. Eigenmann.

Bairdiella chrysoleuca (Gunther).

■ 13895, I. U. M., one, Guayaquil market. Henn.

Bairdiella ronchus (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

7510, C. M.; 13894, I. U. M., two, Cartagena. Eigenmann.

♦ Ophioscion typicus Gill.

7511, C. M., one, 192 mm., Rio Dagua.

7512 a-c, C. M.; 13896, I. U. M., ten, largest 145 mm., Guayaquil. Eye 4.5 in the head, snout 3.75.

Odontoscion dentex (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

7514 a-e, C. M.; 13898, I. U. M., nine, 87-135 mm., Cartagena. Eigenmann.

Micropogon altipinnis Gunther.

Micropogon altipinnis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXII, 1902, p. 121 (Guayaquil)
Stellifer melanocheir sp. nov, (Plate XXVIII, fig. 3.)

7520, C. M., type, 120 mm., Tumaco. Henn and Wilson.

This species is evidently closely allied to S. oscitans (Jordan and Gilbert), from which it differs,
among other things, in the much longer pectorals and in coloration. In S. oscitans the pectoral reaches
almost to the vent, in the present species it reaches to above the first anal spine.

Head 3.44; depth 3.1; D. XI, 23; A. II, 8; seven scales from middle of back in front of dorsal to
lateral line, ten scales from lateral line to vent; fifty pores to origin of caudal rays; eye about four times
in the head, interorbital 2.5, snout 4.5; maxillary-premaxillary border 1.8.

Mouth oblique, lower jaw included; the premaxillary on a level with the lower edge of the pupil;
interorbital slightly convex; chin with a small knob, the pores evident; teeth in two irregular series, the
outer series of the upper jaw and the inner series of the lower jaw enlarged. Gill-rakers fifteen or sixteen
in upper, twenty-five or twenty-six in lower arch (twenty-one 4- twenty-seven in S. oscitans), preopercular
spines strong, the upper directed backward, the lower downward and backward; first and second dorsal
spines strong, pungent; second dorsal spine nearly half the length of the head; tenth dorsal spine shortest,
the third to the seventh spines weak, flexible, the rest becoming strong, pungent, third dorsal spine higher
than any of the rays; second anal spine 1.17 in head, its tip reaching tip of fourth anal ray; caudal

194

MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSET^.

Scicena surinamensis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XXXIX, 1878,
p. 77; ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 56 (Cauca near Caceres).

Plagioscion surinamensis magdalence Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad, Wiss. Wien,
LXII, 1902, p. 32 (Barranquilla) .

Habitat: Magdalena Basin.

7506 a-b, C. M.; 13889, I. U. M., four, 188-278 mm., Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

7507 a-j, C. M.; 13890, I. U. M., twenty-five, largest 420 mm., Cienega, at
Puerto del Rio. Gonzales.

Family XXIV. CICHLID.^.

The members of this family are distributed from the United States to Buenos
Aires on the Atlantic side and to Pacasmayo on the Pacific side. The distribution
of the genus Cichlasoma is coextensive with that of the family. There are a number
of genera north of Panama, while others flourish south of it. Neetroplus, one of
the northern genera, reaches as far south as the Canal Zone, while the genera
Geophagus and Mquidens, universally distributed from Buenos Aires northward,
reach the Canal Zone. Central Panama is thus in a small measure the outpost
both of the southern and the northern elements of the family. This fact is em-
phasized by the members of the genus Cichlasoma iomxd in our area. Three of
the species belong to the genus Theraps, which is not found south of Panama, two
belong to the genus Parapetenia, which is also essentially a northern group, and the
others are members of the subgenus Astatheros, which, while essentially a northern
group, extends south on the Pacific slope to Guayaquil. It also extends over into

the Atlantic side in the Atrato Basin.

Key to the Genera.

a. First gill-arch with a downward projecting lobe on its upper part Geophagus.

aa. First gill-arch normal.

c. Anal with three spines .ffiquidens.

narrowly rounded, its middle rays equal to the length of the head; pectorals reaching to above the first
anal spine, the ventrals to the vent; caudal, soft dorsal, and anal scaled to near the tip; a row of scales
along the back of the dorsal spines to near the tip. Caudal, soft dorsal, and all but part of last three
anal rays densely punctate; upper surface of first two ventral rays less densely punctate; spinous dorsal
and all but low'est rays of the pectorals nearly black, much darker than the other fins. Scales of sides
and back with punctulations forming faint streaks, oblique between the lateral line and the spinous dorsal,
horizontal elsewhere. We give the measurements below.

Table of Measurements op Type.

Length to base of caudal 93 mm.; length of head 27 mm.; pectoral 31 mm.; ventral 23 mm.;
second anal spine 23 mm.; caudal 28 mm.; second dorsal spine 13 mm.; third dorsal spine 15 mm.;
base of spinous dorsal 21 mm.; base of soft dorsal 32 mm.; base of anal 12 mm.

eigenmann: fishes of noethwesteen south ameeica.

195

cc. Anal with more than three spines.

d. Outer series of teeth incisor-like Neetroplus.

dd. Teeth all conical Cichlasoma.

Geophagus Heckel.

Key to the Species of Geophagus.
a. Caudal and soft dorsal spotted.

h. D. XV or XVI, rarely XVII. One scale between lateral line and soft dorsal. No dark bar

below eye, even in youngest steindachneri Eigenmann and Hildebrand.

aa. Caudal and soft dorsal uniform.

c. D. XV or XVI; two scales between lateral line and soft dorsal, .crassilabris Steindachner.
cc. D. generally XVII, sometimes XVIII; one scale between lateral line and soft dorsal; a
dusky shade from eye to angle of preopercle, well marked in young; some of the lateral
bands of the male continued on the spinous dorsal, especially in specimens from the
Atrato Basin pellegrini Regan.

339. Geophagus steindachneri Eigenmann and Hildebrand.

(Plate XXXII, fig. 3.)

Geophagus hrasiliensis (non Quoy and Gaimard) Steindachnee, Denkschr. Akad.

Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 56 (Cauca near Caceres).

Geophagus steindachneri Eigenmann and Hildebeand, Reports Princeton Univ.
Exped. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 478.

Geophagus hondoe Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1912, p. 506 (Honda).
Habitat: Magdalena Basin from the coast to Girardot.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of Length

Specimens. in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

7605, C. M.; 14134, I. U. M 60 Largest

7606, C. M.; 14135, I. U. M 68 Largest

7607 a, C. M.; 14136, I. U. M.. .' 2 93-98

14137, I. U. M 2 Largest

51975, 51976, U. of Michigan 2 37-62

133

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

111

Bernal Creek

((

Rio Seco

Gonzales

58

Apulo

(i

River at Fundacion

Pearse and Gaige

340. Geophagus crassilabris Steindachner. (Plate XXXII, fig. 4.)

Geophagus (Satanoperca) crassilabris, Steindachnee, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
LXXIV, 1876, p. 65, plate VII (Candelaria, Panama); Meek and Hilde-
beand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 340 (both slopes
of Panama).

Habitat: Both slopes of Panama.

D. XV, 11 in one; XVI, 11 in two; A. Ill, 8.

196

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

341. Geophagus pellegrini Regan. (Plate XXXII, fig. 2.)

Geophagus pellegrini Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1912, p. 505 (Tado, Rio
San Juan); ibid. (8), XII, 1913, p. 472 (Rio San Juan and Rio Condoto).
Habitat: Atrato and San Juan Basins.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length of

Largest in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

14138, I. U. M

. ... 5

187

Truando, Atrato Basin

Wilson

7608, C. M.;

14139, I. U. M. .

. . . . Many

193

Quibdo, Atrato Basin

Eigenmann,

7616, C. M.;

14140, I. U. M..

30

220

Tado, Atrato Basin

also Wilson
Wilson

7609, C. M..

. . . . 9

57

Managru, Atrato Basin

Eigenmann

7610, C. M.;

14141, I. U. M..

18

147

Boca de Certegui, Atrato

i(

7611, C. M.;

14142, I. U. M..

60

95

Basin

Boca de Raspadura,

((

7612, C. M.;

14143, I. U. M. .

19

125

Atrato Basin

Raspadura, Atrato Basin

Wilson

7613, C. M..

. . . . 1

35

Tambo, Atrato Basin

(<

7614, C. M.;

14144, I. U. M..

24

200 to end of

Puerto Negria, San Juan

Eigenmann

7617, C. M.;

14146, 1. U. M..

. . . . Many

upper caudal
filament

202

Istmina, San Juan

{ (

This species, first recorded from the San Juan, is even more abundant in the
Atrato Basin of the Atlantic drainage.

The young have a dusky band extending from eye to middle of base of caudal,
a curved bar from a point some distance in front of dorsal to the eye and from the
eye to the angle of the preopercle; six bars crossing sides between the opercle and
the caudal spot; a spot in the bar crossing the sides at the tip of the pectoral.
These markings fade irregularly with age, the spot on the side usually remains most
prominent, sometimes there are inky blotches on the sides and the fins of the male.

The male develops an excessive nuchal knob and very thick lips. A female
188 mm. long from the Truando is carrying young in its mouth.

tEquidens Eigenmann and Bray.

Key to the Species of JiIquidens.

a. Gill-rakers 5 or 6.

h. Caudal emarginate, subtruncate, or rounded; dorsal without a spot.

c. Usually three, rarely four, bars behind the lateral spots; dorsal spines usually XV, rarely
XIV; center of lateral spot equidistant from center of caudal spot and a point
between the edge of the operculum and its anterior third.

coeruleopunctatus (Kner and Steindachner).
d. Usually four bars, tending to divide, behind the lateral spot; center of lateral spot
equidistant between the center of the caudal spot and a point between the eye and

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

197

the second third of the operculum; dorsal spines usually XIV, rarely XV; lateral

spot below the scales of the lateral line latifrons (Steindachner).

dd. Four bars behind the lateral spot, bars not tending to divide, the interspaces broad;
center of lateral spot equidistant from center of caudal spot and a point in the pos-
terior half of the eye; dorsal spines usually XV, rarely XIV; depth 2.33-2.43.
Centers of scales sometimes light; caudal emarginate, the outer rays sometimes

prolonged sapayensis (Regan).

hh. Caudal lanceolate in adult; a black spot on the spinous dorsal over the lateral spot; a lateral
spot on the lateral line, sometimes extending on the dorsal fin, about equidistant from center
of caudal spot and the upper angle of the operculum; dark lines along the rows of scales, a
dark band from eye to upper edge of caudal peduncle, four bars behind the lateral spot.

biseriatus Regan.

aa. Gill-rakers 7-9, usually 8; dorsal spines XIII- XV; three, rarely four, bars behind the lateral spot,
the interspaces narrow, becoming obscure with age; lateral stripes along rows of scales becoming
prominent with age, the bands sometimes double in the young rivulatus Gunther.

342. iEquidens coeruleopunctatus (Kner and Steindachner).

Acara coeruleopunctata Kner and Steindachner, Sitzb. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miin-
chen, 1863, 222; Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, X, 1864, p. 16,
plate II, fig. 3 (Chagres) .

Mquidens coeruleopunctatus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 339 (Panama).

Habitat: Both slopes of Panama; (?) N. W. Ecuador.

Gill-rakers 6; D. XV in five, XVI in one; bands 4 in two, 3 in four. Center
of lateral spot equidistant between center of caudal spot and a point between edge
of operculum and its anterior third.

343. .Mquidens latifrons (Steindachner). (Plate XXXIII, fig. 1.)

Acara coeruleopunctata latifrons Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
XXXIX, 1878, p. 27 (Lower Magdalena); ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 56 (Cauca
near Caceres).

Acara coeruleopunctata brevirostris Steindachner, ibid., XLII, 1880, p. 56 (substi-
tute name) .

Acara pulchra (part) Pellegrin, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, XVI, 1903, p. 176;

Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XV, 1905, p. 335 (Barranquilla).
Cichlasoma coeruleopunctatum Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XH, 1913,
p. 471 (R. Condoto, R. Tamana).

Habitat: Panama; Magdalena, Atrato and San Juan Basins.

198

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Number of Spines in Dorsal Fin.

Number of Individuals Possessing Number of Spines Following:

XIII.

XIV.

XV.

Specimens from Soplaviento

18

1

“ “ Calamar

15

2

“ “ Truando

19

2

“ “ Quibdo

7

3

“ “ Raspadura

8

3

“ “ Puerto Negria

I

15

4

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

2" 7654 a-j, C. M.; 14187, I. U. M .

• Forty-five

32-89

Soplaviento

Eigenmann

24 7655 a, C. M

. . One

70

Penas Blancas

U

24 7656 a-j, C. M.; 14188, I. U. M..

. .Thirty-nine

24-77

Calamar Cienega

it

2^7650 a-j, C. M.; 14183, I. U. M..

. Many

27-148

Truando

Wilson

2^7647 a-j, C. M.; 14180, I. U. M..

. . Nineteen

Largest 101

Quibdo

Eigenmann

2^7651 a-S, C. M.; 14184, I. U. M..

. .Fourteen

25-100

Raspadura

Wilson

26 7649 a-n, C. M

. .Fourteen

53-125

Puerto Negria

Eigenmann

26 14182, I. U. M

18-145

Puerto Negria

Wilson

2451970, U. Michigan

. .Two

About 54

Irrigation ditch at
Santa Marta

A. S. Pearse

2451971, “ “

. .One

78

Marsh at Mama-
toco, Santa

Marta

A. G. Ruthven

24 51969, “ “

. .Two

52-74

Pond near river at
Fundacion

A. S. Pearse

24 51968, “ “

. . Three

42-70

Marsh at Funda-
ci6n

U

2451971, “ “

. .Three

44-49

Manzanares River,
Mamatoco,

Santa Marta

U

344. ^quidens sapayensis (Regan). (Plate XXXI, fig. 1.)

Acam sapayensis Regan, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, 1903, p. 628; ibid. (7),
XV-, 1905, p. 340 (Rio Sapayo).

Acara rivulata (part) Pellegrin, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, XVI, 1903, p. 177.
Habitat: Rio Patia and Rio Sapayo.

7659 a, C. M.; 14186, 1. U. M., two, 75 and 116 mm., Rio Telembi near Barbacoas,
Jan. 17, 1913. Henn and Wilson.

14197, I. U. M., one, 68 mm., Rio Magui, Patia Basin, April 4-5, 1913. Henn.
Head 2.8-3; depth 2.33-2.43; D. XIV/1 or XV/3, lOor 11; A, III, 9; eye 3-3.75;

Magdalena Basin, including the Santa Marta Mountains.

Atrato Basin.

San Juan Basin.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

199

interorbital 2.5 to 3; twenty-four or twenty-five scales along the series of the
lower lateral line. Center of lateral spot equidistant from center of caudal spot
and a point in posterior half of the eye. Lateral bars without tendency to divide
into two bars.

Caudal rounded in the two smaller specimens, emarginate, and the outer rays
prolonged in the larger specimen from the Telembi.

345. iEquidens biseriatus (Regan). (Plate XXX, fig. 4.)

Cichlasoma (^quidens) hiseriatum Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913,
p. 471 (Condoto).

Habitat: Atrato and San Juan Basins.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

7653,

C. M.; 14186, I. U. M

29

23-127

Managru, Atrato Basin

Wilson

7662

a, C. M.; 14181, 1. U. M

2

60-68

Condoto, San Juan Basin

a

14189, I. U. M

2

51-71

Istmina, San Juan River

iC

7652

a-c, C. M.; 14185, I. U. M. . . .

6

35-54

Tambo, Atrato Basin

cc

7661,

C. M

1

90

Boca de Raspadura,

Eigenmann

7660

a-c, C. M.; 14198, I. U. M. . . .

18

43-148

Atrato Basin

Rio Calima, small creek

He nil

♦

near Boca del Guineo,

San Juan

D. XIV/1, XV/17, XVI/6, 9/1, 10/16;* A. HI, 8; 22 to 25 scales in

a median

series.

346. .^quidens rivulatus (Gunther). (Plate XXX, fig. 3; plate XXXIII, fig. 2.)

Chromis rivulata Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, p. 418 (Western Ecua-
dor) .

Acam rivulata Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIV, 1899,
No; 335, p. 5 (Rio Vinces; Rio Peripa); Pellegrin, Mem. Soc. Zool. France,
XVI, 1903, p. 177; Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XV, 1905, p. 338
(Western Ecuador; Rio Peripa).

Acara pulchra {non Gill) Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., IV, 1862, p. 280 (West-
ern Ecuador).

Acara cequinoctialis Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XV, 1905, p. 337 (W.
Ecuador; Rio Vinces).

JEquidens azurifera Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1911, p. 515, fig. 7 (trib-
utary of the Chimbo, near Bucay, Prov. Guayas, Ecuador).

* The denominators indicate the number of specimens.

200

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat: Ecuador south to Pacasmayo, Peru.

Gunther based Chromis rivulata on the type, a specimen 136 mm. in length, and
four other specimens 52-92 mm, all in Fraser’s collections from Western Ecuador.
Boulenger received two specimens, 55-76 mm. long, from the Rio Vinces and three,
113-126 mm. long, from the Rio Peripa, all collected by Festa. All of these he
referred to A. rivulata. Pellegrin examined the same material and in addition a
specimen 114 mm. long from the Sapayo in northwestern Ecuador, collected by
Rosenberg. All of this material he referred to A. rivulata. Lastly Regan referred
Gunther’s four smaller specimens and Boulenger’s specimens from Vinces to A.
o’quinoctialis; Gunther’s type and Boulenger’s specimens from the Rio Peripa,
he referred to A. rivulata; and the specimen from the Sapayo, he made the type
of a new species, A. sapayensis. The latter is a valid species.

A. ccquinoetialis.

.4. rivulata.

A. azurifer.

Length

52-96 inm.

113-136 mm.

133 mm.

Depth in the length

2-2.2

2.2-2.4

2.33

Head in the length

2.66-2.8

3

2.8

Snout in posterior part of head

shorter than

equal to

equal to

Eye in length of head

2.8-3.6

3.66-4

3.6-5. 1

Interorbital in length of head

2.5-3

3-3.25

2.7

Preorbital

equals eye or less

1-1.25 in eye

.75 in eye

Maxillary reaching to

ant. margin of eye

not to ant. margin
of eye

not to eye

Jaws

Fold of lower lip

equal

not continuous

equal

not continuous

equal

No. of series of scales on cheek

3

3-4

3

Gill-rakers on lower arch

8-9

7-8

8

Scales

25-26

27-28

24

Scales between 1.1. and soft dorsal

1.5

1.5

1.5

Dorsal spines

XIII-XV

XIV-XV

XIII-XV

Dorsal rays

10-12

10-12

10-11

Dorsal spines

subequal from 5th

graduate to last

subequal

Fourth or fifth spine in head

2.5

3

2.75

Soft dorsal extending to

middle of caudal

nearly to middle of
caudal or beyond

middle of caudal

A

III, 8-9

III, 8-9

III, 8 or 9

Pectoral

at least equal to
head

nearly equal to
head

nearly equal to head

Ventral

to origin of A. or
further

nearly to origin of

A.

to origin of A.

Cadual

subtruncate or
rounded

rounded

rounded

Caudal peduncle

.6-. 75 as long as
deep

as long, or nearly as
long, as deep

as long as deep

Coloration

dark cross-bars;
sometimes a dark
bar below eye

four or five bars; a
dark stripe below
eye

six bars; a dark
stripe below eye

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

201

Fowler described A. azurifer based on four specimens from the Rio Chimbo.
1 have examined a large series of specimens, and A. rivulata, A. oequinoctialis, and
A. azurifer seem to me but different forms of the same species. .

The differences between the three nominal species from Western Ecuador,
using the diagnoses of Regan and Fowler, are as follows:

Specimens Examined.

Specimens from Ecuador.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

7604 a-j, C. M.;

14190, I. U. M.

.... Many

Largest 207

Colimes, Rio Daule

Henn

7657 a-c, C. M.;

14191, I. U. M.

. . . .26

Largest 204

Chone, Prov. Manabi

a

14192, I. U. M..

. . . . 1

123

Portoviejo, Prov. Manabi

u

14193, I. U. M..

. . . . 2

125-172

Naranjito

({

14194, I. U. M..

.... Several

Largest 143

Vinces

if

7658 a-c, C. M.;

14195, I. U. M.

.... 50

Largest 195

Guayaquil Market

i(

4697 a, C. M. (Paratype of A.
azurifer)

. . . . 1

102

Affluent of Chimbo River

S. N. Rhoads

Field Mus

near Bucay

Specimens from Peru.

. . . . 7 50-113 Pacasmayo

Osgood and

7681 a-j, C. M.;

15157", I. U. M.

.... Many

38-175

Cultambo, near

Anderson

Eigenmann

15154, I. U. M..

. . . . 1

230

Pacasmayo

Laguna near Pacasmayo

( {

15155, I. U. M..

. . . .10

56-191

Llallan, Rio Jequetepeque

a

7683 a-c, C. M.;

15156, 1. U. M.

.... Many

Largest 84

Piura

if

Neetroplus Gunther.

Distributed southward from Mexico to the Chagres River in Panama.

347. Neetroplus panamensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Neetroplus panamensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1913, p. 90 (Rio Mandingo, Bas Obispo, Canal Zone); ibid.,
1916, p. 348, plate XXXI.

Habitat: Chagres Basin.

CiCHLASOMA Swainson.

Distribution: Southern Mexico, Cuba, Barbados, Trinidad, and South America
south to Guayaquil on the Pacific slope, and Buenos Aires on the Atlantic slope.

There are at least three groups or subgenera of Cichlasoma in the area under
consideration : C. kraussii and C. umbriferum form one of the groups {Parapetenia) ;
C. maculicauda, C. tuyrense and C. sieboldi form another (Theraps); and C. jestce
from Guayaquil, C. ornatum from the Patia, C. gephyrum from the Dagua and

202

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

San Juan, C. atromaculatum from the San Juan and Atrato, C. calobrense from the
Tuyra and Bayano, and possibly C. altifrons from northern Panama form a third
group (Astatheros) . The species composing the last group are found in successive
basins from Guayaquil to northern Panama, only the Rio San Juan harboring
two species.

Key to the Species of Cichlasoma.

a. Premaxillary process not extending past middle of eye.

b. Teeth of the upper and lower jaws similar, none of them enlarged" canines; an ill-defined dark
blotch at the middle of the base of the caudal; depth 1.75-2.33 in the length. (Theraps
Gunther.)

c. Anal with six or seven spines.

d. Depth 1.75-2 in the length; two series of scales between the two branches of the lateral
line; no cross-bands; a large blotch, or band, on caudal peduncle; scales 31-33;

D. XVII or XVIII, 11 or 12; A. VI, 9 or 10 maculicauda Regan.

dd. Depth about twice in the length; four rows of scales between the two branches of the
lateral line; six cross-bars, intensified along the middle or reduced to a series of
spots along the middle of the sides; series of dots along the rows of scales; scales
34-41; D. XVI- XVIII, usually XVII, 11 or 12; A. VI or rarely VII, 8 or 9.

tuyrense Meek and Hildebrand.

cc. Anal with five spines.

e. Depth 2.33 in the length; two rows of scales between the two branches of the lateral
line; five or six cross-bars, intensified below the middle and along the back, rows of
dots along the rows of scales; snout rounded; scales 30-32; last dorsal spines twice

as long as eye; D. XVII, 11; A. V, 8 sieboldi (Kner and Steindachner).

bb. Teeth of the middle of the upper jaw larger than those in the front of the lower jaw. {Astathe-
ros Pellegrin.)

ee. An ocellus at the base of the upper half of the caudal; a black spot at the bases of the
last dorsal and anal rays; lateral bars sometimes continued on the spinous and
soft dorsals.

/. Young with cross-bars, a dark band from eye to near caudal ocellus in the adult,
black spots, or a black band, under the pectoral below the lateral band; upper
parts of the bands sometimes remaining and continued on the bases of the
dorsal, sometimes the bands intensified with age, the spinous dorsal nearly
black; a dark spot on base of pectoral; depth 2.5 in the length; two series of
scales between the two branches of the lateral line; D. XVII, 11; A. VI,

8 or 9 atromaculatum Regan.

//. Sides of head and each scale of the sides with a pearl-gray or blue spot; sides
with cross-bands (remaining in the adult), most prominent between the tip of
the pectoral and the soft dorsal; depth 2.5 in the length; two scales between
the two branches of the lateral line; D. XVI, 12; A. V, 9.. .ornatum Regan.
///. Similar to ornatum, the gray spots of the head smaller; D. XVI or XVII; A.
V, 7, or VI, 6 ornatum gephyrum subsp. nov.

////. Sides with black cross-bars, without blue spots; depth 2.25-2.6; two scales
between the two branches of the lateral line; scales 30, pores 19 -h 12; D.
XVI or XVII, 11 or 12; A. V, 9 festae (Boulenger).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

203

eee. A small black spot at the base, middle, or upper half of the caudal; lateral bands not
continued on the dorsal; last rays, soft dorsal, and anal without a spot.
g. Sides with a dark spot on middle, under posterior part of spinous portion of dorsal ;
cross-bands in young; cheeks, opercle, and anterior portion of sides often with
small rusty spots; depth 2.13-2.7; two rows of scales between the branches of
the lateral line; scales 28-31; D. XVII, 10-12; A. VI, 7 or 8; scales 28-31.

calobrense Meek and Hildebrand.
gg. Depth 2.3; pearl-colored spots over entire body; three rows of scales between the
two branches of the lateral line; about five cross-bars; snout pointed; scales
about 30; last dorsal spine less than twice the length of the eye; D. XVI, 11;

A. V, 8-9 altifrons (Kner and Steindachner).

aa. Premaxillary process extending to beyond the eye; maxillary usually reaching beyond the anterior
margin of the eye; anterior teeth in both jaws canines; snout pointed, the lower jaw prom-
inent; an ocellus at base of upper caudal lobe; two scales between the upper and lower branches
of the lateral line {Parapetenia Regan).

h. A spot on the lower angle of the opercle, another above the gill-opening, a third near middle of
sides, and a fourth at base of upper half of caudal; scales of the sides with a dark spot or
margin; more or less distinct cross-bands; scales 29-30; D. XV or XVI, 10 or 11; A. VI,

8 or 9 kraussi (Steindachner).

hh. A dark lateral band, an ocellus near its middle and another at its end on the base of the upper
half of the caudal; scales of sides with a light vertical streak; no cross-bars, except in very
young; scales 30-32; D. XVI or XVII, 11 or 12; A. VI, 8 or 9.

umbriferum Meek and Hildebrand.

348. Cichlasoma maculicauda Regan.

Cichlasoma maculicauda Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 343 (lower Chagres and its tributaries).

Habitat: Guatemala to Panama. This species finds its southern limit in the
Chagres Basin.

349. Cichlasoma tuyrense Meek and Hildebrand.

Cichlasoma tuyrense Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1913, p. 89 (Boca de Cupe, Rio Tuyra); ibid., 1^16, p. 344, plate
XXVHI (Bayano and Tuyra Basins).

Habitat: Pacific slape of Panama from the Bayano to the Tuyra.

This species evidently related to C. maculicauda and C. sieboldi can be readily
distinguished by its small scales.

350. Cichlasoma sieboldi (Kner and Steindachner).

Cichlasoma sieboldi Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 345.

Habitat: Pacific slope of Panama.

204

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

This species is known only from the types, not having been taken by Meek
and Hildebrand.

351. Cichlasoma atromaculatum Regan. (Plate XXXIII, figs. 3 and 4.)

Cichlasoma (Parapetenia) atromaculatum Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), IX,
1912, p. 507 (Tado, Rio San Juan; Rio Condoto); ibid., XII, 1914, p. 472.
Habitat: Atrato and San Juan Basins.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

7625 a-J, C. M.; 14155, I. U. M. . .

12

54-140

Istmina, R. San Juan

Eigenmann

7626 a-h, C. M.; 44156, I. U. M.. .

. . . .11

36- 87

Condoto, San Juan Basin

Wilson

7629 a-h, C. M.; 14159, I. U. M.. .

44-152

R. Calima, San Juan Basin

Henn

14085 a, I. U. M

71

Tado, San Juan

Rosenberg

7627 a-c, C. M.; 14157, I. U. M.. .

. . . . 5

27- 65

Tambo, Atrato Basin

Wilson

7628 a-h, C. M.; 14158, I. U. M.. .

. . . . 8

22-115

Raspadura, Atrato Basin

U

7630 a-h, C. M.; 14160, I. U. M.. .

. . . . 4

31- 63

Managru, Atrato Basin

a

14162, I. U. M

. . . . 5

47-257

Truando, Atrato Basin

li

7631 a-h, C. M.; 14161, I. U. M.. .

. . . . 5

34-122

Quibdo, Atrato Basin

Eigenman n

Head about 2.8; average depth 2.39; D. equifrequently XVI or XVII, 11,
rarely 10 or 12; A. VI, 8; scales in a median series 27 or 28 + about two on the
caudal with pores.

352. Cichlasoma ornatum Regan. (Plate XXXI, fig. 2.)

Cichlasoma ornatum Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XVI, 1905, p. 330 (Rio
Durango, St. Javier).

Habitat: Patia Basin in southwestern Colombia, and Durango, and St. Javier
in northwestern Ecuador.

7632-7636, C. M.; 14164-14168, I. U. M., twenty-nine, 42-256 mm., Rio Telembi,
creeks between Barbacoas and eight miles above, January 14-17, 1913. Henn
and Wilson.

14169, I. U. M., sixteen, 106-237 mm., Rio Magui, Patia Basin, Apr. 4-5, 1913.
Henn.

Head (average) 2.9; depth (average) 2.43; D. normally XVI, 12; A. V, 9.
In the specimens from the Patia Basin, there are twenty- two with sixteen dorsal
spines, one with but fifteen, and one with seventeen. The number of anal spines
is uniformly five.

Mr. Henn recorded the living colors of a specimen from near Pambana, Rio
Telembi, as follows: “general coloration olive-green, lighter on operculum below
eye; three yellow streaks from anterior corner of eye to gape; silvery yellow spots

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

205

on operculum; dark green vertical streaks. Pectorals and ventrals clear light
yellow; dorsal tipped with deep crimson; transverse streaks or dots of clear light
blue mixed with colorless patches. Caudal and anal similar, latter with consider-
able orange or deep yellow. Caudal ocellus black.”

353. Cichlasoma ornatum gephyrum subsp. nov. (Plate XXXI, figs. 3 and 4.)

7638 a-d, C. M.; 14170, I. U. M., eight, largest 136 mm., Istmina, Rio San Juan.

Eigenmann.

7637 a, C. M.; 14166, 1. U. M., two, 68-70 mm., Cisnero, Rio Dagua. Eigenmann.

7639 a-b, C. M., type and paratype, 240 and 78 mm. ; 14171, 1. U. M., one paratype,

Cordova, Rio Dagua. Eigenmann.

Habitat: Rios Dagua and San Juan.

The type has seventeen dorsal and five anal spines. Its coloration is so
peculiar (see figure) that it might well be a hybrid between C. atromaculatum and
C. ornatum. The other two paratypes from Cordova have sixteen dorsal spines
(the normal number); one has six anal spines, and the other five (the normal
number).

Of six specimens from Istmina, two have sixteen and four have seventeen
dorsal spines; two have five and four have six anal spines. The smaller specimens
might be considered as belonging to C. atromaculatum, if there were not a number
of specimens of the latter species of equal size from the same place with the per-
fectly characteristic color of C. atromaculatu7n.

Description of the Type. (7639 a, C. M. figured.)

Head very rarely 3; depth 2.4; D. XVII, 12; A. V, 9; eye 5.5, snout equals
half the length of the head; interorbital 2.6; preorbital 1.5 times the eye. Five
series of scales oti the cheeks; 3.5 scales between the upper lateral line and the
soft dorsal ; two scales between the two branches of the lateral line ; scales twenty-
nine in a median series to base of caudal; sixth to fourteenth dorsal spines of nearly
equal height, 1.25 the diameter of the eye; last spine three times in the head;
soft dorsal and anal pointed, not reaching middle of caudal; pectoral less than
head without opercle, not reaching to above anus.

Remains of cross-bands occur especially along back and middle of sides, many
of the scales of the bands below the middle have black bases; axil black, centers
of scales otherwise largely light; soft dorsal, caudal, and posterior half of soft anal
with translucent spots; anterior parts of soft dorsal and anal and outer parts of
ventrals black, the inner rays of ventrals and the entire pectoral light; small

206

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

(blue?) spots on cheeks and opercles; a black spot on base of upper half of caudal,
a black spot on bases of soft dorsal and anal near the ends of these fins.

The dorsal spines are relatively higher in the young and the lateral bars are
complete from dorsal to anal. In the larger specimen from Istmina the centers
of all the scales over the abdominal cavity and a little beyond it are pearl-gray,
the dark spot on base of pectoral is lacking, the caudal spot is less conspicuous,
and the bands do not encroach on the base of the dorsal spine. Otherwise this
specimen is very similar to one of ornatum of the same size from the Telembi.

354. Cichlasoma festae (Boulenger). (Plate XXXII, fig. 1.)

Hews festce Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIV, 1899, No.

335, p. 6 (Rio Guayas); Pellegrin, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, XVI, 1903,

p. 230.

Habitat: Guayas Basin of Ecuador.

14177, I. U. M., one, 174 mm., Rio Chanchan, Ecuador. Henn.

14178, I. U. M., one, about 185 mm., Guayaquil Market. Henn.

Head 2.6-2.75; depth 2.25-2.6; D. XVI or XVII, 11 or 12; A. V, 9; thirty
scales in a median series, pores 19-1-12; eye 4.5 in the length of the head, inter-
orbital 3-3.25; preorbital greater than eye; teeth of the lower jaw increasing
forward, the middle pair of the upper jaw canine-like; last dorsal spine about three
times in the head; nine gill-rakers on the lower arch. Five series of scales on the
cheeks; two and a half scales between the lateral line and the soft dorsal; two
scales between the lines.

Nine conspicuous black bands, alternating with red bars; a black spot at the
base of the upper caudal lobe, continued as a bar across the base of the fin. Spinous
dorsal black, except just above the light spaces between the bars; soft dorsal,
caudal, and soft anal having the color of the light interspaces of the body, no
spots; spinous portion of the anal and the ventrals dark; pectorals like the
caudal, the axil dark.

355. Cichlasoma calobrense Meek and Hildebrand.

Cichlasoma calobrense Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.

Ser. X, 1913, p. 90 (Rio Calobre); ibid., 1916, p. 346, plate XXIX (Bayano

and Tuyra Basins).

Habitat: Pacific slope of Panama from the Bayano to the Tuyra.

This species is related to the atromaculatum-ornatum grgup of Cichlasoma.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

207

356. Cichlasoma altifrons (Kner and Steindachner) .

Hews altifwns Kner and Steindachner, Abhandl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen
1864, X, p. 11, plate II, fig. 1 (New Granada).

Habitat: Panama.

This species may have come from the Pacific rivers of Chiriqui (Western,
Veragua) as stated by Gunther and thus be beyond the limits of this paper. It
was not taken by Meek and Hildebrand.

357. Cichlasoma kraussii (Steindachner).

Petenia kraussii Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1879, XXXIX,
p. 28, plate II (Magdalena); ibid., 1880, XLII, p. 56 (Cauca near Caceres);
Eigenmann and Bray, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, p. 615; Pellegrin,
Mem. Soc. Zook France, XVI, 1903, p. 244 (Lake Maracaibo).

Cichlasoma kraussii Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XVI, 1905, p. 339 (Bar-
ranquilla) .

Chromis dentatus Guichenot MS. Pellegrin, loc. cit.

Habitat: Magdalena and Atrato Basins.

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers. i

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

7640 a, C. M.; 14172, I. U. M. . .

2

235-256

Rio Sucio, Atrato Basin

Eigenmann

7645 a, C. M

1

157

Truando, Atrato Basin

Wilson

7642 a-b, C. M.; 14174, I. U. M.

. . . .3

118-175

Quibdo, Atrato

(C

7641 a, C. M.; 14173, I. U. M. .

. . . .2

218-230

Cienega, Puerto Berrio,
Magdalena Basin

Gonzales

7643 a-x, C. M.; 14175, I. U. M.

. . . .Over 100

Largest 215

Calamar Cienega,
Magdalena Basin

Eigenmann

7644 a-x, C. M.; 14176, I. U. M.

. . . .Over 100

Largest 230

Soplaviento, Magdalena
Basin

a

358. Cichlasoma umbriferum Meek and Hildebrand.

Cichlasoma umbriferum Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zook.Ser. X, 1913, p. 88 (Rio Cupe, Cituro, Panama); ibid., 1916, p. 347,
plate XXX (Tuyra Basin).

Habitat: Chepo, Tuyra, Atrato, and Magdalena Basins.

208

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

14063, I. U. M

. . . . 1

81

Rio Cupe, Darien, Panama

Meek and

14150, I. U. M

. . . . 7

50-116

Truando, Atrato Basin

Hildebrand

Wilson

7619 a-f, C. M.; 14148, I. U. M. .

. . .11

56-293

Quibdo, Atrato

Eigenmann

7621, C. M

. . . . 1

71

Certegui, Atrato Basin

Wilson

7618 a, C. M.; 14147, I. U. M..

. . . . 3

73-211

Raspadura, Atrato Basin

U

7622 a-b, C. M.; 14151, I. U. M.

. . . . 3

39- 75

Soplaviento, Magdalena

Eigenmann

7620 a-d, C. M.; 14149. I. U. M..

... 7

82-117

Basin

Rio Seco, Magdalena Basin

Gonzales

14152, I. U. M

... 2

41 and 42

Apulo, Magdalena Basin

((

Head 2.7; depth 2.4; D. XVII, rarely XVI, 11 or 12; A. VI, 8 or 9.

Family XXV. GOBIIDvE.

The members of the Gobiidce and Pceciliidce help to bridge the gap between
the truly fresh-water fishes and the truly marine fishes. Some are confined to salt
water, some to fresh water, while others seem to be at home in either place. Many
of the genera occurring in fresh water like Philypnus, Dormitator, Eleotris, Guavina
Awaous, and Sicydium have long been well known. They are defined in “The
Fishes of North and Middle America,” by Jordan and Evermann (Bull, U. S. Nat.
Mus., No. 47, III, 1898); in the “Biologia Centrali- Americana,” by Regan, 1906-08;
and in “The Fishes of the Fresh Waters of Panama,” by Meek and Hildebrand
(Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916, pp. 349-370).

The new species of this family from Colombia and Ecuador have been de-
scribed by me (Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, pp. 684-687) and while in the
present account sufficient details have been given in the keys to permit identifica-
tion, it has not been considered necessary to repeat the original descriptions.

The genera of the area under consideration may be distinguished as follows:

Key to the Transandean Genera of Gobiid.e.

a. Ventrals separate.

b. Gill-arches with two series of long, blade-like, slender gill-rakers (over one hundred on first
arch), the tips of the lower ones in the inner row, bifid, those of the anterior and posterior
series divergent, leaving a broad groove between them, those of the posterior series of one
arch interlacing with those of the anterior series of the following arch to form an elaborate
straining apparatus; buccal cavity short; head short and very broad between the eyes; each
jaw with several series of incisors, those of the two anterior series much the larger, several
series of minute, conical teeth behind them; head scaled to the snout.. . .Dormitator Gill.
bb. Gill-arches with a single series of rakers or none.

c. Preopercle with a downward projecting spine at its angle; first gill-arch with two series of
cushions or with a few low, fleshy rakers in place of the anterior cushions of the first arch.

Eleotris Bloch and Schneider.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

209

cc. Preopercle unarmed.

d. Head scaled; first gill-arch with an anterior series of slender, wide-set rakers in front,
and a series of low cushions or knobs behind, succeeding arches with cushions
only; lower jaw projecting.

e. Vomer with slender conical teeth; gill-openings extending forward to below the
eyes, opercular scales ctenoid; buccal cavity long; teeth conical, those of the
upper jaw increasing in size backward; head scaled to the snout; snout long.

Philypnus Cuvier and Valenciennes.
ee. Vomer without teeth; outer teeth of the upper jaw slightly larger.

/. Scales large; opercular scales ctenoid.. . . Hemieleotris Meek and Hildebrand.

//. Scales very small, over one hundred in a lateral series, scales of the head small,
imbedded, all of them, including those of the opercular, cycloid.

Guavina Bleeker.

dd. Head, breast, and nape naked; first arch without rakers, all of the arches with cushions
or low knobs; head naked.

g. Head narrow, articular of the lower jaw expanded below, meeting or nearly meeting
its fellow of the opposite side; teeth in bands; general appearance of Philypnus.

Leptophilypnus Meek and Hildebrand.
, gg. Head wider, articular of the lower jaw not expanded; slit between first gill-arch
and the sides of the buccal cavity very short, the upper limb of the arch with a
membrane connecting it with the lower arch, the anterior part of the lower arch
adnate; mouth large, the lower jaw projecting; head broad, depressed.

Microeleotris Meek and Hildebrand.

aa. Ventrals united; head naked.

h. Ventral disk short, adnate to belly; no dermal flaps on shoulder-girdle; buccal cavity very short;
no gill-rakers; upper jaw with a series of many small, close-set incisors, lower jaw with fewer,

stronger, recurved, thorn-like teeth Sicydium Cuvier and Valenciennes.

hh. Ventral disk free from belly; interorbital area not elevated in front; dorsal spines four to eight;
teeth pointed; maxillary not greatly prolonged; body scaly.

i. Inner edge of shoulder-girdle without papillae Gobius Linnaeus.

ii. Inner edge of shoulder-girdle with two or three dermal flaps Awaous Steindachner.

Dormitator Gill.

359. Dormitator maculatus (Bloch).

Dormitator maculatus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 354 (Stagnant and brackish streams of Panama).

Habitat: Atlantic coastal streams from North Carolina to Para, and West
Indies.

5679 a, C. M., one, Cartagena. Eigenmann.

360. Dormitator latifrons (Richardson).

Dormitator latifrons Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 355 (Panama, not in Tuyra).

Habitat: Pacific slope from Lower California to Ecuador.

210

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5676 a-d, C. M.; 13515 a-d, I. U. M., fifteen, Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Henn.

5677 a-d, C. M.; 13516 a-d, I. U. M., eight, Chone, Province of Manabi, Ecuador.
Henn.

5678 a-b, C. M.; 13517 a-b, I. U. M., four. Mouth of Rio Dagua. Eigenmann.
This species is the Pacific coast representative of D. maculatus.

Eleotris Bloch and Schneider.

361. Eleotris picta Kner and Steindachner.

Eleotris picta Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 472 (Rio San
Juan); Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X,
1916, p. 357 (Panama).

Habitat: Pacific coastal streams from Lower California to Ecuador.

5681 a-b, C. M.; 13520 a-b, I. U. M., Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. Henn.

5682 a, C. M.; 13521 a-b, I. U. M., Chone, Province of Manabi, Ecuador. Henn.

362. Eleotris pisonis (Gmelin).

Eleotris pisonis Meek and Hildebrand Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1916, p. 358 (Lower Chagres, Porto Bello, and upper Rio Trinidad, Panama).
Habitat: Atlantic coastal streams from Florida to Brazil, and West Indies.
51977, Univ. of Michigan, two, 65 mm., Gaira River at Gaira, Colombia. A. G.
Ruthven.

363. Eleotris isthmensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Eleotris isthmensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 359 (Mindi, Chagres Basin).

Philypnus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

364. Philypnus dormitor (Lacepede).

Philypnus dormitor Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 350 (Chagres system).

Habitat: Atlantic coastal streams from Texas to Brazil, and West Indies.

365. Philypnus maculatus (Gunther).

Philypnus maculatus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 472 (Rio
San Juan); Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1916, p. 352 (Panama).

Habitat: Pacific coastal streams from Lower California to Ecuador.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

211

The most elevated and most inland locality at which it was secured by us
is Istmina.

Specimens Examined.

No. of Length
Catalog Numbers. Specimens. in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

15293, I. U. M •. . . 5 largest

260 mm.

5680 a-c, C. M.; 13518, I. U. M 6

7474 a-e, C. M.; 13853, I. U. M

7473 a-e, C. M.; 13857, I. U. M 30

7467 a, C. M 1

7469 a-g, C. M.; 13855, I. U. M 13

7470 a, C. M 1

13856, I. U. M 3

13519, I. U. M 1

7468 a-c, C. M 3

7472, C. M 6

7471 a-c, C. M.; 13854, I. U. M.. . . . 6

3927, I. U. M 1 159 mm.

Cultambo, Rio Jequetepeque Eigenmann

Market at Guayaquil, Ecuador
Rio Chanchan, Naranjito,
Ecuador

Colimes, Rio Daule, Ecuador
Barbacoas

Mouth of Rio Dagua
Cordova

Small creek near mouth of Rio
Calima

Rio San Juan at mouth of Rio
Cucurrupi

Rio Rosario, near the rapids

Puerto Negria

Istmina

Tado

Henn

ii

1 1

Henn and
Wilson
Eigenmann

Henn

Henn and
Wilson
Eigenmann

H

Wilson

Hemieleotris Meek and Hildebrand.

H emieleotris Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser. X,
1916, p. 364. Type, Eleotris latifasciatus.

Key to the Species of Hemieleotris.

a. Dorsals truncate, some of the anterior spines and rays longest, tip of the first or second spine reaching
beyond the tip of the last, tip of the first dorsal ray reaching the middle of the last ray; ventrals
reaching to, or beyond, the vent; a conspicuous lateral band from the snout to the caudal, a more
intensely black spot at the base of the caudal, narrowed on the base of the middle caudal rays;
dorsals with horizontal streaks; D. VI-I, 9; head scaled to behind the eyes; scales of opercle and
a few on upper part of cheek, ctenoid; head elongate, interorbital much less than the eye; gill-

rakers 2-1-9 latifasciatus (Meek and Hildebrand).

aa. Dorsals rounded, first and second spines not reaching the middle of the last spine; tip of first dorsal
ray not reaching beyond base of last, usually much shorter; ventrals not reaching the vent; lateral
band, if present, very faint; sides with cross-shades; a dark humeral spot; dorsals uniform;
D. VII-I, 10; head scaled to the snout; scales of opercles and cheek all cycloid; head broad;
interorbital a little larger than the eye; gill-rakers 5 -f- 15 levis Eigenmann

366. Hemieleotris latifasciatus Meek and Hildebrand.

Hemieleotris latifasciatus Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 365 (between Rios Cliorrera and Bayano, Panama).
Habitat: Rivers of Pacific slope from Costa Rica to southern Colombia.

212

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

7475 a-e, C. M.; 13858, 1. U. M., twenty-two, largest 45 mm., creek near mouth
of Rio Calima, San Juan Basin. Henn.

13859, 1. U. M., three, largest 57 mm., Rio Calima near Boca del Guineo, San Juan
Basin. Henn.

7476 a-c, C. M., three, largest 32 mm., Puerto Negria, San Juan Basin. Eigenmann.

7477 a-c, C. M.; 13860, 1. U. M., twelve, largest 23 mm., Rio Rosario, small coastal
stream near Tumaco. Henn and Wilson.

367. Hemieleotris levis Eigenmann. (Plate XXIX, fig. 1.)

Hemieleotris levis Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 684 (Rio
Calima; and warm, stagnant pools in Buenaventura).

Head 3.5; depth 4.5; D. VII-I, 10; A. 10 or 11; scales 34 or 35-11; eye once
in snout, four times in head; interorbital a little greater than the eye; teeth in
narrow bands, outer series considerably enlarged.

Guavina Bleeker.

368. Guavina guavina (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Gvavina guavina Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.
X, 1916, p. 360 (Colon, and Toro Point, Panama).

Habitat: Atlantic coastal streams from Mexico to Brazil, and West Indies.

Leptophilypnus Meek and Hildebrand.

369. Leptophilypnus fluviatilis Meek and Hildebrand.

Leptophilypnus fluviatilis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 361.

This species has been taken only at Mindi, Atlantic slope of Panama.

Micro ELEOTRis Meek and Hildebrand.

Key to the Species of Microeleotris.

a Scales in lateral series, 33 to 36; second dorsal I, 8; anal I, 8. . . . panamensis Meek and Hildebrand
an. Scales in lateral series, 30 to 32; second dorsal I, 9; anal I, 9 mindii Meek and Hildebrand.

370. Microeleotris panamensis Meek and Hildebrand.

Microeleotris panamensis Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs.,
Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 363.

Known only from the Rio Juan Diaz, and Rio Chorrera, Pacific slope of
Central Panama. ^

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

213

371. Micro eleotris mindii Meek and Hildebrand.

Microeleotris mindii Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 364.

Known only from brackish water at Mindi, near the Atlantic coast of the
Canal Zone.

SiCYDiUM Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Key to the Species of Sicydium.

a. Occipital region scaled; caudal plain.

h. Belly scaled in the adult, with a naked area in specimens 63 mm. in length.

c. Third or fourth dorsal ray projecting far beyond the rest; second dorsal ray almost reaching
caudal, the penultimate ray shorter than the head; pectorals about equal to head; dorsals
minutely and nearly uniformly punctate, the points aggregated in the soft dorsal into a
dark marginal and a submarginal line; anal with a more intense submarginal line.

salvini Grant.

cc. Second, third, and fourth dorsal spines produced, and of nearly equal extent; penultimate
dorsal ray reaching caudal, longer than head; dorsals with numerous hyaline spots; anal

with a dusky border hildebrandi Eigenmann.

hh. Belly with a median naked area; rays of first dorsal in the male nearly reaching end of base of
second dorsal, the longest ray of which is a little longer than the head; pectorals longer than
head; eye 5.5-6; dorsal with dark vermiculations; anal with a dark edge.

pittieri Regan (extralimital).

aa. Nape, an area behind ventrals, and a vertical strip connecting these, naked; second dorsal and anal
highest anteriorly, last ray not nearly reaching caudal; pectoral as long as head, eye four times in
the head; caudal with two dark cross-bars; soft dorsal with a series of small dark spots on the rays.

condotense Regan.

372. Sicydium salvini Grant.

Sicydium salvini Grant, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1884, p. 159, plate XII, fig. 2
(Panama); Regan, Biologia Centrali- Americana (Pisces), 1905, p. 10 (Pan-
ama; Western Ecuador); Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist
Pubs., Zool. Ser. X, 1916, p. 369 (Paraiso on Rio Grande, Pacific slope of
Panama; Chagres Basin).

Sicyopterus salvini Jordan and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IX, 1886,
p. 485.

Cotylopus salvini Jordan and Eyermann, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLVII, 1898,

p. 2208.

Oreogobius rosenbergii Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), IV, 1899, p. 126
(Paramba, Western Ecuador, 3,500 ft.).

Habitat: Eastern and western slopes of Panama; Magdalena Basin; and
western Ecuador,

214

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

51991, Univ. of Michigan, one, 63 mm., Tamocal River at San Lorenzo, Colombia
(800 ft.). A. S. Pearse.

In the specimen from San Lorenzo and in the smallest specimen from the Rio
Indio, collected by Meek and Hildebrand, the belly is naked and the nape is scaled.

373. Sicydium hildebrandi Eigenmann. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 4.)

Sicydium hildebrandi Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 685
(Cisnero, Rio Dagiia).

Head 5.25; depth5.5; D. VI-11; A. 11; about seventy scales between pectoral
and caudal, about twenty between dorsal and anal; eye six times in the head;
interocular 2.5; horizontal teeth of the lower jaw entirely concealed, teeth of the
upper jaw truncate.

374. Sicydium pittieri Regan.

Sicydium pittieri Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIX, 1907, p. 260 (Rio
Grande de Terraba, Costa Rica).

Meek and Hildebrand (p. 369) state that this species has been recorded from
Panama, but they secured no specimens.

375. Sicydium condotense Regan.

Sicydium condotense Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914, p. 33 (Rio
Condoto).

This species is known only from the original description based on a single
specimen, 60 mm. in total length.

Gobius Artedi.

Subgenus Ctenogobius Gill.

376. Gobius daguae Eigenmann. (Plate XXXI, fig. 2.)

Gobius (Ctenogobius) daguce Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917,
p. 685 (Mouth of Rio Dagua).

Allied to Gobius boleosoma and G. encceomus.

Head 4-4.2; depth 5.25-6; D. VI-I, 12; A. I, 12; scales 31-34; eye four
times in the head, interocular six times, preorbital very little wider than the eye;
head as well as body compressed, heaviest at the ventrals, tapering regularly to
the caudal; snout very blunt, narrow; width of the head but little, if any, more
than half its length; depth of the head 1.5 in its length; mouth low, terminal,
horizontal; lips very thin; upper jaw with an outer series of fixed teeth and a few

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

215

teeth within these near the symphysis; lower jaw with a similar series of slightly
smaller teeth and several irregular series behind this and near the symphysis.

Subgenus Gobionellus Girard.

377. Gobius sagittula (Gunther).

7483 a-b, C. M.; 13864, I. U. M., four, 45-85 mm., mouth of Rio Dagua. Eigen-

mann.

Head 4; depth 6 or 7; D. VI, 13; A. I, 13; scales 55; eye 1 in snout, a trifle
over 4 in the head; interorbital very narrow, less than one fourth of the eye.

Heaviest at the head, tapering to the caudal, very little compressed; head
blunt, wide, flat below, arched from its ventral surface; eye high, looking upward
and outward; lips thin, mouth wider than long, upper jaw readily protractile;
upper jaw with an outer series of heavy, straight, blunt teeth and an inner series
of smaller, recurved teeth; teeth of the lower jaw like those of the upper, with a
few strong recurved teeth near the symphysis within the inner series; preorbital
narrower than the eye. Nape naked, scales crowded about the pectorals, becoming
larger toward the caudal.

Awaous Steindachner.

To the following key, as published by Meek and Hildebrand, the characters
of A. decemlineatus since described have been added.

Key to the Species op Awaous.

a. Scales very small, 69 to 76 in lateral series; about 20 rows between base of anterior rays of second
dorsal and anal; mouth moderate, the maxillary failing to reach vertical from anterior margin
of eye, about 2.7 in head in specimens 150 mm. in length; fins low, the spinous dorsal failing to
reach origin of second dorsal when deflexed; sides with dark blotches, but without black cross-bars.

taiasica (Lichtenstein).

aa. Scales somewhat larger, 60 to 67 in lateral series, about 16 rows between base of anterior rays of
second dorsal and anal; mouth large, the maxillary reaching vertical from anterior margin of
eye, about 2.1 in head in specimens 150 mm. in length; fins high; the spinous dorsal usually
reaching to or past oi'igin of second dorsal when deflexed; sides with dark blotches and with

narrow, black cross-bars transandeanus (Gunther).

aaa. Scales about 57 in a lateral series; about 14 rows between dorsal and anal; maxillary reaching to
below middle of eye; fifth dorsal spine reaching the fourth ray, the last rays reaching caudal;
sides with about ten cross-lines decemlineatus Eigenmann.

378. Awaous taiasica (Lichtenstein).

Gobius taiasica Lichtenstein, Berk Abhandl., 1822, 273 (Brazil).

Awaous taiasica Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool. Ser.

X, 1916, p. 366 (Chagres Basin).

216

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

379. Awaous transandeanus (Giinther). (Plate XXIX, fig. 3.)

Gobius transandeanus Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Ill, 1861, p. 62 (Western
Ecuador).

Awaous transandeanus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 473
(Rio Condoto); Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pubs., Zool.
Ser. X, 1916, p. 368 (Pacific slope streams between Rio Chame and Rio Tuyra).
Habitat: Rio Chame in Panama to the Rio Chanchan in Ecuador.

Specimens Examined.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

13847, I. U. M

1

156

Rio Chanchan, Ecuador

Henn

7460 a-b, C. M

2

Larger 165

Rio Telembi, Patia Basin

Henn and Wilson

13848, I. U. M

1

130

San Lorenzo, Rio Telembi

a

7461 a-b, C. M

2

Larger 118

Barbacoas, Rio Telembi

a

7462 a, C. M

1

Patia, between Magui and

Henn

13876, I. U. M

6

Largest 86

Telembi

Creek near mouth of Rio

C(

7464 a-b, C. M

2

Larger 137

Calima

Puerto Negria, Rio San Juan

Eigenmann

7465 a-/, C. M.; 13851,
M

I. U.

12

Largest 33

Puerto Negria, Rio San Juan

Eigenmann

13850, I. U. M

1

78

Tado, San Juan Basin

Wilson

7463 a-5, C. M.; 13849,
M

I. U.

5

Largest 234

Istmina, Rio San Juan

Eigenmann

380. Awaous decemlineatus Eigenmann. (Plate XXIX, fig. 4.)

Awaous decemlineatus Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 686
(Quibdo, Atrato Basin; cienegas at Puerto del Rio, and Calamar, Magdalena
Basin).

Head 3.33; depth 5.25; D. VI-I, 9 or 10; A. I, 10; scales 57-14; eye a little
over 5 in the head and equal to the interocular; snout nearly 3 in the head; mouth
wide, its width equal to the postorbital part of the head; lower jaw (in the type)
with a series of small, more or less movable teeth in an outer row, and four strong,
recurved, fixed teeth in an inner series near the symphysis, which is not parallel
with the outer series, and on the side of the jaw remote from the rest of the inner
series and opposite the end of the outer series, one or two similar teeth; upper jaw
with a series of about seven strong, widely spaced, recurved teeth (16 in the young).
Easily distinguished from the other species of Awaous by its narrow cross-lines.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

217

Gobioides LacepMe.

381. Gobioides peruanus (Steindachner) .

Amblyopus (Gobioides) peruanus Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
XLII, 1880, p. 94, plate II, figs. 2, 2a.

Habitat: Ecuador.

7522 a-c, C. M.; 13903, 1. U. M., twelve, 189-583 mm., Prov. of Manabi, Ecuador.
Henn.

Eamily XXVI. BATRACHOIDIDtE.

Thalassophryne Gunther.

382. Thalassophryne quadrizonatus sp. nov. (Plate XXIX, fig. 5.)

3921 a, C. M., type, 35 mm., Rio Truando, Atrato Basin. Wilson.

This species is evidently allied to T. maculosa Gunther from the Caribbean Sea.
Head about as wide as long, 3 in the length; D. II, 22; membrane of the last
ray just reaching caudal; A. 23, the last ray adnate to the caudal; dorsal spines
broad and not very acute; pectoral rather acute, reaching to the sixth anal ray;
gill-opening extending from the upper angle of the pectoral to near the anterior
margin of the ventrals; very short tentacles along the lower jaw.

A short bar across the back at the second dorsal spine; another across the
anterior part of the soft dorsal, another a little behind its middle, and another at
its end; several large spots along the sides and many smaller ones on the back and
the head; pectoral and caudal with dark spots.

Batrachoides Lacepede.

383. Batrachoides pacifici Gunther.

Batrachoides pacifici Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLI, 1879,
p. 160 (Mamoni at Chepo); ibid., LXXII, 1902, p. 123 (Guayaquil).

Family XXVII. PLEURONECTID^.

CiTHARiCHTHYS Bleeker.

384. Citharichthys gilberti Jenkins and Evermann.

Citharichthys gilberti Jenkins and Evermann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 157
(Guaymas, Mexico); Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 47,
1898, p. 2686; Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXII, 1902,
p. 133 (Guayaquil).

Habitat: Pacific coast from Mexico to Peru, entering rivers.

218

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

15008, I. U. M., one, 85 mm., Chone, Prov. of Manabi, Ecuador. Henn.

One, I. U. M., 132 mm., Sullana, Peru. Eigenmann.

Family XXVIII. SOLEIDiE.

Achirus Lacepede.

385. Achirus klunzingeri (Steindachner.)

Solea klunzingeri Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 96.
plate IX, fig. 3 (Guayaquil).

Habitat: Panama to Guayaquil, marine, but entering rivers.

15005, I. U. M., five, 31-77 mm., Vinces, Prov. Rios, Ecuador. Henn.

15006, I. U. M., two, 29 and 63 mm.. Colimes, Rio Daule, Ecuador. Henn.
15007, I. U. M., one, 40 mm., Chone, Prov. of Manabi, Ecuador. Henn.

All of these specimens are young and it is quite possible that the adult enter
rivers only at spawning time.

386. Achirus fischeri (Steindachner).

Solea fischeri Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLI, 1879, p. 161,
plate II, fig. 8 (Mamoni).

387. Achirus panamensis (Steindachner).

Achirus yanamensis Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XIV, 1914, p. 33.

APPENDIX I

THE FISHES OF THE META RIVER BASIN OF
EASTERN COLOMBIA.

By C. H. Eigenmann.

The following pages deal with the fishes from the streams of the eastern slopes
of the Eastern Cordillera, and the llanos or plains, at the base of the Andes east
of Bogota. These streams drain into the Rio Meta, which is one of the larger
tributaries of the Orinoco. Little has been previously known of the fishes from
this region and nearly half of the species have proven to be new. These have been
described by me in the “Annals of the Carnegie Museum,” in the “Proceedings of
the American Philosophical Society,” and especially in the “Indiana University
Studies.” A number are described in the present paper.

After my return from Colombia in 1912, my assistant Manuel Gonzales
continued collecting. He made a number of very valuable collections from along
three routes, (1) along the road from Factativa west to Honda; (2) from Bogota
north through Santander; and (3) from Bogota east to Barrigon. We are con-
cerned here with only the last of these, since the others have been considered in
the preceding memoir.

Brother Apolinar Maria, Director of the Museum of the Institute de la Salle
of Bogota, has sent me valuable collections from this region. One such collection
came from Cumaral, another from Cano Carneceria, which is reached by two days’
travel northeast from Villavicencio. These localities and those of Gonzales are
indicated on the accompanying map of this area. Their collections are in the
Museum of Indiana University and in the Carnegie Museum.

Fourteen of the species listed here, or nearly one-fourth, are widely distributed
forms, which have been recorded in the preceding pages from the Magdalena or
other streams west of the Eastern Andes. Of particular interest is the fact that
the genus Stevardia, supposed to be peculiar to the island of Trinidad, has a repre-
sentative at the base of the Cordilleras. However, through a study of this fauna
and that of Lake Valencia in Venezuela, Trinidad has lost its supposed isolation
and proves faunistically to have much in common with the Orinoco Basin.

219

220

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

]>. C. T. Regan (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) Vol. 10, 1912, pp. 218, 391, et al.)
has recorded several species presented to the British Museum by Sir Bryan Leighton
and presumably collected at Honda in the Magdalena Basin. In the same papers
he records several specimens from Bogota, collected by Cutter. During my short

Fig. 21. Sketch map of the upper drainage area of the Rio Meta.
Localities where collections were made are marked X.

stay at Honda, I did not secure the species mentioned, which, however, are abundant
in the Rio Meta. Likewise the species recorded from Bogota certainly did not
come from that locality and it is more than probable that in both instances the
recorded specimens actually came from the Meta Basin and were shipped from
Honda and Bogota.

Chasmocranus Eigenmann.

1. Chasmocranus rosae sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 4.)

3841, C. M., type, 65 mm.; 3842, C. M.; 15019, I. U. M., paratypes, four, 35-78
mm., Rio Negro, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

15020, 1. U. M., two, 49 and 57 mm., Quebrada Cramalote, ViUavicencio. Gon-
zales.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

221

Head 5; depth 6-6.33; D. 7; A. 9 or 10; adipose 4-4.25 in the length; eye
2 in snout, 7 in the length of the head, nearly 2 in the interorbital; maxillar}^
barbels reaching to, or but little beyond, the middle of the pectorals; premaxillary
teeth in two separate patches, each patch about twice as wide as deep and without
backward projecting angle; dorsal truncate, the second ray highest and nearly
coterminous with the subsequent rays when depressed, the first ray a little shorter,
not spinous; caudal slightly forked; anal rounded, the middle ray highest, those
following it coterminous with it, those in front of it rapidly graduate; pectorals
and ventrals large, rounded, first pectoral ray not spinous; fontanels narrow, from
in front of eye to base of occipital crest.

Top of head dusky; six bands on body, well marked on the back, faint or
absent on the sides; the first from pectoral to pectoral, widest; the second under
first half of the dorsal; the third between the dorsals; the fourth and fifth under
the ends of the adipose; the last across end of caudal peduncle; distal half of caudal
dusky.

Imparfinis Eigenmann and Norris.

Imparfinis Eigenmann and Norris, Revista Museu Paulista, 1900, p. 352. Type,
Imparfinis piper atus Eigenmann and Norris.

Eye without a free orbital margin except in the old of /. piperatus; no teeth
on the palatines or vomer; snout broad; jaws subequal; premaxillary band of
teeth without a backward projecting angle. Pectoral spine, short, strong, or
scarcely spinous; first dorsal ray not spinous; skull covered by skin, not granular;
occipital process very short. Upper caudal lobe the longer ; origin of ventrals in front
of origin of dorsal; anal short. Fontanels narrow, continued to near base of
occipital process; a narrow bridge behind the eyes.

2. Imparfinis microps Eigenmann and Fisher, sp. nov. (Plate IV, figs. 2 and 3.)

6776 a, C. M., type, 75 mm.; 6777 a-e, C. M.; 13546, I. U. M., paratypes, 19-43
mm., Rio Negro, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

D. 7; A. 12; P. 8; head 5.5, depth 7; width 8.7; snout in head 2.6; inter-
orbital 1.5 in the snout; adipose 4.4 in length.

Body slender, compressed toward caudal. Head short, flat, its depth equal
to one-half its width. Eye very small, five in the snout, twelve in the head. Mouth
rather wide; its width at rictus equal to length of snout. Jaws equal; premaxillary
band of teeth moderate, of equal width throughout. All barbels extending to
gill-opening when laid straight back. Dorsal rounded; its base slightly longer
than longest ray; its origin behind origin of ventrals.

222

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Anal rounded, the length of its base slightly less than length of head; caudal
forked, the upper lobe the longer, longer than the head; ventrals short, in front
of dorsal, equal to the postorbital portion of the head. Pectoral short, reaching
only half way to origin of ventrals.

With numerous brown chromatophores which are more abundant dorsally and
anteriorly. Fins all hyaline.

3. Pimelodella metae Eigenmann. •

Pimelodella ^netae Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1917, p. 244, plate
XXXI, fig. 1.

Catalog Numbers. Length in mm.

7441, C. M 77

7442, C. M.; 13769, I. U. M

13768, I. U. M

15088, I. U. M ■. .Largest 100

Locality. Collector.

Rio Negro, Villavicencio Gonzales

Barrigon “

Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio “

Lake Valencia Basin < Pearse

4. Pimelodella chagresi (Steindachner).

Pimelodella chagresi Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1917, p. 253, plate
XXXIII, fig. 3.

6766, C. M., 51 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

I am not sure of the identification of this small specimen. The species has
not previously been found east of the Cordilleras.

5. Pimelodus clarias (Bloch).

6663 a-d, C. M.; 13492, I. U. M., 53-181 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

13798, I. U. M., one, 137 mm., Cumaral. Maria.

This is a widely distributed species, occurring also in the Atrato and Mag-
dalena Basins, west of the Andes. (See Preceding Memoir, No. 28, p. 44).

6. Rhamdia sebae (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

3922, C. M., two. 111 and 116 mm., Rio Negro, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

13567, I. U. M., one, 154 mm., Rio Meta. Gonzales.

15009, I. U. M., three, 103-155 m_m., Barrigon. Gonzales.

This species also occurs in the Magdalena Ri^er.

SCIADES Muller and Troschel
7. Sciades marmoratus Gill.

Sciades marmoratus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, p. 95 (Upper Amazon) ;
Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), I, 1888, p. 136 (Taba-
tinga).

15024, I. U. M., a head, 135 mm. to tip of opercle. Barrigon. Gonzales.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA. 223

It is quite possible that the specimens recorded by Gill and by Eigenmann and
Eigenmann represent two distinct species. Gill’s specimen has the patches of
vomerine teeth transversely ovate. The specimens in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, respectively 500 and 580 mm. long, have them longitudinally ovate.
The present specimen, which on the basis of the length being about 5.2 times the
length of the head must have been nearly 700 mm. long, has them transversely
ovate as in Gill’s specimen.

I add a few measurements of the specimen before me. Length of head to
tip of long opercle, 135 mm.; snout 67 mm.; eye 13 mm.; greatest width of head
120 mm.; interocular 59 mm.; width at rictus 84 mm. ; maxillary barbels 425 and
440 mm,, mental barbels 95 mm., postmentals 180 mm,, reaching to near tip of
pectoral rays; pectoral 113 mm., pectoral spines 95 mm. +, being broken off near
tip; 58 fine teeth on one of the pectoral spines (several broken off with the tip),
largest at the end of the first third of the spine where they equal one third of the
width of the body of the spine.

Distance between eyes and posterior nares 29 mm., between eyes and anterior
nares 46 mm.; distance between ends of premaxillary band of teeth 45 mm., depth
of the band greatest near middle, 6 mm. ; distance between outer edges of the two
patches of vomerine teeth 17 mm., distance between vomerine and palatine patches
16 mm.

Color of the barbels similar to that of the head, not annulated.

8. Plecostomus plecostomus Linnaeus.

7571 a-e, C. M.; 13924, I. U. M^, ten specimens, largest 140 mm., Barrigon,
March 24, 1914. Gonzales.

7572 a, C, M., 138 mm., Rio Negro, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

13925 a, I. U. M., 22 mm., Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

A number of specimens were collected by Dr. A. S. Pearse in Lake Valencia
and in the Rio Tuy, in Venezuela.

9. Pseudancistrus daguae (Eigenmann).

Hemiancistrus daguce Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No, 16, Sept. (Dec.
23) 1912, p. 11.

13661, I. U. M., one, 69 mm., Rio del Fosca, 4,500 feet. Gonzales.

Described originally from the Rio Dagua in the San Juan Basin of western
Colomb ia. This is the only record from east of the Andes, (For other records,
see Preceding Memoir, No. 98, p. 78).

224

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

10. Pseudancistrus pediculatus Eigenmann. (Plate X, fig. 4; plate XII, fig. 3.)
Pseudancistrus pediculatus Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 679.

Specimens Collected by Gonzales.

No. of

Catalog Numbers. Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

13664, 1. U. M.; 7348, C. M., paratype and type

2

60 and 118

Rio Negro, Villavicencio

13927, I. U. M.; 7586, C. M., paratypes

. . 6

Largest 95

Villavicencio

13928 and 13663, I. U. M., paratypes

. .10

Largest 120

Quebrada Cramalote,

13929, I. U. M., paratypes

. . 3

Largest 103

Villavicencio

Barrigon, Rio Meta

13932, I. U. M.; 7587, C. M., paratypes

.. 7

Largest 95

Tengavita

13930, I. U. M

.. 3

Largest 78

Villavicencio

13934, I. U. M

. . 7

Largest 55

Quebrada Blanca

13939, I. U. M

. . 5

Largest 33

Rio Roncador

13931, I. U. M

. . 2

Largest 73

Rio Negro, Villavicencio

13945, I. U. M

. . 6

Largest 46

Quebrada Sumuco

A specimen purchased from W. F. H. Rosenberg, the London dealer, as P.
setosus from the Tamana River of the San Juan Basin of western Colombia, proves
to be this species. This is probably one of the specimens recorded by Regan
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XII, 1913, p. 469). If the locality is correct, then
the present species occurs west of the Andes on the Pacific slope.

Head 2.7-3; depth 6.5-7; D. I, 7 in five, I, 8 in forty-six, I, 9 in two; A. I, 4;
scutes usually 25, rarely 24 or 26; eye about 6 in snout, 10 in head, a little over 3
in the interorbital; ramus of lower jaw about equal to the interorbital; interopercle
with two principal spines, the longer .6 of the head, extending much beyond the
head; sometimes 4 or 5 graduated spines follow each other, besides which there
is, with age, an increasing number of smaller spines about the edge or below the
hispid portion of the interopercle; snout with many bristles in the male, short
spines from the eyes forward, around the nares and forward along the middle to
the snout; dorsal spine equal to the snout or shorter, the last ray reaching the
adipose spine or the second scute in front of it; caudal very obliquely emarginate,
the lower ray 3.33 in the length; pectoral reaching tip or middle of ventrals.

Back and sides with faint spots; dorsal and caudal with numerous spots on
the rays, more rarely uniform; ventrals and pectorals more faintly spotted.

11. Ancistrus triradiatus Eigenmann. (Plate XII, fig. 8;
plate XHI, figs. 3 and 4.)

Ancistrus triradiatus Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 680
(recording the following specimens).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

225

Specimens Examined.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

13935 a, I. U. M., type

...Ad'

113

Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio

Gonzales

13935 h-e, I. U. M., paratypes

. . . .4

61-85

(( u a

iC

7591, C. M

....2

78 and 81

i( ic (1

U

13937 a, I. U. M

....Id

77

Barrigon

n

13937 b-c, I. U. M

....29

43 and 70

a

7578, C. M

. . . .1

52

Villavicencio

n

Closely related to this species is A. brevijilis Eigenmann, from El Concejo in
the Rio Tuy Basin, west of Caracas, Venezuela.

CocHLioDON Heckel.

Type, Hypostomus cochliodon Kner. The genus Cochliodon is a Plecostomus
with large unipointed teeth, as Panague is a Hemiancistrus with large teeth. The
teeth have one lobe only. The species of this genus are found east of the Andes.

Key to the Species of Cochliodon.

a. Lower caudal ray longer than upper; nine teeth in each side of each jaw; marginal spines of the opercle
and interopercle larger than those of the side of the head. Base of dorsal equal to its distance
from the second or third scute behind the spine of the adipose; caudal peduncle equal to the
length of the head and the first scute behind the occipital or shorter than the head; 24-26 + 1

scutes cochliodon (Kner).

aa. Upper caudal ray longer than lower, teeth without lateral notch, eleven or twelve teeth in each side
of each jaw; marginal spines of opercle and interopercle not enlarged; base of dorsal equals its
distance from second to the fourth scute behind the adipose spine; caudal peduncle equal to the
head measured along the dorsal line and the two scutes behind the occipital; depth of the head
at the occipital equals the snout; 28-29 + 1 scutes plecostomoides n. sp

12. Cochliodon plecostomoides sp. nov. (Plate XI, figs. 1, 2, and 3.)

15043, I. U. M., type, 256 mm. over all. Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio.
Gonzales.

15084, I. U. M., Rio Bue at Maracai, Valencia Basin. Pearse.

Head 3.1; depth 4.5 ; D. I, 7; A. I, 4; scales 26 or 27 + 1; 6 scutes between
dorsal and fulcrum in front of the adipose spine; 16 scutes and fulcra between the
anal and the lower caudal ray; eye 5.5 in snout, 4 in the interorbital, 8.5 in the
head; ramus of lower jaw 8 in the head, 4 in the interorbital; interopercle without
enlarged spines, plecostomoid; occipital bluntly keeled, its tip entering the scute
following it; teeth large, without a lateral notch, spoon-shaped (when new?) or
truncate (when worn?), 12 on each side of each jaw; belly entirely covered with
scutes, lateral scutes all strongly keeled, finely granulate; dorsal truncate, the last

226

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ray almost reaching the adipose spine, the first ray reaching the tips of the second
to fourth rays, not those of the last three rays; base of dorsal equal to its distance
from the fourth scute behind the adipose spine or its distance from a point a little
in front of the middle of the snout; caudal deeply emarginate, the upper ray is
longer than the lower, the length of the upper ray in the type is 83 mm., that of
the shortest middle ray is 40 mm., and that of the lowest ray is 72 mm.; outer
ventral ray (52 mm.) reaching to about middle of anal; the pectoral spine (59
mm.) reaches to the second third of the ventrals.

Covered everywhere with numerous spots, smallest and most numerous on the
head, in size not equal to the pupil, about ten irregular series in the interorbital
space, those of the body larger, most prominent on anterior parts, fading out
toward the base of the caudal; those of the ventral surface equal in size to those
of the sides. One or two series of spots in each dorsal membrane, prominent at
the base but fading toward the tip. Well formed spots at the base of the caudal
fin, the margin of the fin uniformly dark; pectorals, ventrals, and anal spotted;
length of caudal peduncle about equal to the distance between the snout and the
posterior margin of the second scute following the occipital.

13. Chaetostomus anomalus Regan.*

Chcetostomus anomalus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XI, 1903, p. 599
(Partim).

13946, I. U. M., one, 58 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

13940, I. U. M., three, largest, the type, 88 mm., Quebrada Cramalote,
Villavicencio. Gonzales.

Head 2.75-3; depth 6; D. I, 9; A. 1,4; scales 25; eye 2.5 in the interorbital
width which is 3.33-3.5 in the head; width of head equals its length, depth of
head about 2.25 in its length; the naked portion of snout one-fourth the length of
the head, measuring from snout to end of occipital. Interopercle with from 7 to
11 straight spines in three groups, none of them folding under the opercle, about 8
shorter spines on the upper part of the interopercle; dorsal spine equal to the snout
or shorter; base of dorsal equal to its distance from the caudal the last ray reach-
ing to adipose; adipose well developed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.25 in its length.

* Chcetostomus dorsalis sp. nov. (extralimital).

Chcetostomus anomalus Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) XI, 1903, p. 599 {partim)] Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond., XVII, 1904, p. 250, PI. XIII, fig. 2 (Merida and mountain streams above it).

Of this species I have examined the following:

13656, I. U. M., 126 and 160 mm., Rios Albirregas and Millo, near Merida, purchased from Rosenberg,
and two specimens collected by E. B. Williamson in northwestern Venezuela, now in the Museum
of the University of Michigan.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

227

Back with dark cross-shades, dorsal rays with small white spots; caudal dark,
its tips rusty; upper surfaces of pectorals and ventrals more or less distinctly
barred.

OTOCINCLUS Cope.

14. Otocinclus spectabilis Eigenmann.

Otocinclm spectabilis Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 23, 1914, p. 229;

Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 78, plate XIV, figs. 2 and 3.

13253, 1. U. M., ten, largest 38 mm., Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

15. Farlowella acus (Kner).

13200, I. U. M., 2, 77 and 84 mm., Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio. Gonzales.
13199, I. U. M., 6, largest 158 mm., Barrigon, Rio Meta. Gonzales.

13252, I. U. M., 1, 44 mm., Rio del Fosca, 4,500 ft. elevation. Gonzales.

15081, I. U. M., 7, El Concejo, Rio Tiguirito. Pearse.

16. Sturisoma leightoni (Regan).

Oxyloricaria leightoni Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, p. 669, plate LXVII,
fig. 2 (Honda).

13796, I. U. M., 2, 97-100 mm., Cumaral. Maria.

This species is common west of the Cordilleras, having been taken in the upper
Magdalena Basin and in the Rio San Juan of western Colombia. The above
specimens from Cumaral differ slightly in having the fins and the spines in the
male slightly shorter than in the western specimens. See No. 125.

17. Sturisoma aureum (Steindachner).

Loricaria aurea Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXII, 1902, p. 138,
plate V, fig. 2 (Bodega Central on the Rio Magdalena, and Rio Meta).

I did not receive any specimens of this species, which is known from a specimen
169 mm. in length from the Rio Magdalena and a smaller one from the Rio Meta.
It has been identified by Regan as S. panamense. This identification of the latter,
however, may be left in doubt until direct comparisons can be made.

18. Corydoras metae Eigenmann. (Plate VIII, fig. 5.)

Corydoras metce Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 23, 1914, p. 230;

Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 78, plate XIV, fig. 1.

13451, I. U. M., type, 54 mm., Barrigon, Rio Meta. Gonzales.

228

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

19. Corydoras melanotaenia Regan. (Plate VIII, fig. 1.)

Corydoras melanotcenia Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), X, 1912, p. 217 (Honda).
13971 and 13972, I. U. M., eleven, 37-57 mm., Cumaral. Maria.

3928, C. M., Villa vicencio. Gonzales.

15033, I- U- M., one, 52 mm., Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio. Gonzales.
15039, I. U. M., one, 43 mm., Barrigon. Gonzales.

This species was originally described from two specimens about 50 mm. in
length, said to have come from Honda on the Rio Magdalena. I did not succeed
in securing this species during my short stay at Honda. It is probable that the
specimens really came from the Meta Basin and were shipped from Honda. The
species is evidently abundant about Villavicencio.

20. Astroblepus longifilis (Steindachner) .

Arges longifilis Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLVI, 1882, p. 19,
plate V, figs. 3, 3a, 36 (Rio Huambo, and Rio Totora of northern Peru).

The following specimens were collected by Gonzales in mountain streams in
the Cordilleras, east of Bogota.

7404, C. M.; 13703, I. U. M., Caqueza; 7405, C. M., Quebrada Hirajara; 13714,
I. U. M., Marutiba; 7406, C. M.; 13715, I. U. M., Rio del Fosca (4,500
feet) ; 7417, C. M., Quebrada Sumuco.

This species has an extensive distribution, ranging in the Andean streams
from Peru to the Tuyra Basin in Panama, to Mogotes in Santander, and to the
headwaters of the Rio Meta.

21. Astroblepus latidens Eigenmann. (Plate VI, fig. 3.)

Astroblepus latidens Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 674.

This species, as far as known, is found only on the eastern slope of the Eastern
Andes of Colombia. All the specimens recorded below are from along the route
between Bogota and Villavicencio and Barrigon, and were collected by Manuel
Gonzales or under his direction.

No. of Length

Catalog Numbers. Specimens. in mm. Locality.

7362, C. M., type 19 57 Piperel.

13677, I. U. M.; 7363, C. M 10 28-58 Piperel.

13678, I. U. M.; 7364, C. M., paratypes . . 5 48-73 Caqueza.

13679, I. U. M.; 6365, C. M., paratypes . .18 27-60 Quebrada Hirajara.

13680, I. U. M.; 6366, C. M 33 Largest 79 Quebrada Perdizes.

13681, I. U. M.; 7367, C. M 12 20-18 Rio del Fosca.

13727, I. U. M 26-57 Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

229

Catalogue Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

7411 a~i, C. M

23-55

Quebrada at Villavicencio

7412 a, C. M

26

Rio Negro, Villavicencio.

7413 a-d, C. M.; 13728, I. U. M. . .

9

32-50

Quebrada Sumuco.

7414 a-h, C. M.; 13729, I. U. M. . .

4

45-53.5

Quebrada Naranjal.

7415 a-d, C. M.; 13730, 1. U. M. . .

7

37-54

Quebrada Marutiba.

7416 a-c, C. M

3

34-41

Rio Blanco, Villavicencio.

13744, I. U. M

4

25-35

Rio Roncador.

7432 a-h, C. M.; 13745, I. U. M. . .

4

36-60

Tengavita.

This species is similar to A. trifasciatus from the Rio Dagua. It ranges
through the sanie gamut of color as A. trifasciatus, some specimens having con-
spicuous cross-bands, others being uniform in color. The adults are readily dis-
tinguishable from A. trifasciatus by the very broad teeth in the outer row of the
premaxillary, a difference not evident in the young. It is very closely related to
A. chapmani.

22. Astroblepus grixalvii Humboldt.

Astroblepus grixalvii Humboldt, Obs. Zool., I, 1805, p. 19, plate VII (Popayan).
13954, I. U. M., many, largest 85 mm., Choachi. Maria.

13955, I. U. M., one, 86 mm., Cano Carniceria. Maria.

This species occurs throughout the Andes of Ecuador, and the Eastern and
Central Andes of Colombia, reaching the highest elevations attained by fishes in
these regions.

23. Astroblepus micrescens Eigenmann.

Astroblepus grixalvii micrescens Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917,
p. 677.

This species occurs on the eastern slopes of the Eastern Cordillera of Colombia .

24. Pygidium metae Eigenmann.

Pygidium metce Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 694; Mem.

Carnegie Mus., VH, 1918, p. 312, plate XL VII, fig. 5.

13770, I. U. M,, type, 78 mm., Barrigon, March, 1914. Manuel Gonzales.

25. Pygidium kneri (Steindachner) .

Pygidium kneri Eigenmann, Mem. Carnegie Mus., VH, 1918, p. 314, plate XLVI,
figs. 1 and 2.

13907, I. U. M., one, 155 mm., Barrigon, Rio Meta. Gonzales.

230

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

26. Pygidium dorsostriatum Eigenmann.

Pygidiu7n dorsostriatum Eigenmann, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., LVI, 1917, p. 695;

Mem. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1918, p. 320, plate XLVIII, fig. 3.

7093, C. M.; 13810, I. U. M., four, 18-76 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

ERYTHRINUS Gronow.

27. Erythrinus erythrinus (Bloch and Schneider).

13787, I. U. M., one, Cumaral. Apolinar Maria.

28. Hoplias malabaricus (Bloch).

13789, I-. U. M., twenty, Cumaral. Apolinar Maria.

15044, I. U. M., a head, 90 mm. long, Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio. Gon-
zales.

29. Curimatus argenteus Gill.

Curimatus argenteus Gill, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VI, 1858, p. 62; Lutken,
Vidensk. Medd. Nat. For., Kiobenhavn, 1874, p. 225 (Trinidad); Eigenmann
and Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., IV, p. 13; Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, 1906, I, p. 385, plate XXI, fig. 3 (plentiful in the ravines of the
Streatham Lodge Estate, Dominica).

This species, hitherto known from Trinidad, was found by Gonzales at Bar-
rigon and Villavicencio.

15021, 1. U. AI., six, 83-100 mm., Barrigon. Gonzales.

3843, C. AI., one, 109 mm., Rio Negro, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

15110, I. U. A4., El Concejo, Rio Tiquirito, near Caracas, Venezuela. Pearse.
15111, I. U. M., Maracay, Rio Bue. Pearse.

Head 3.75-4; depth 2.75-3; D. 11; A. 9; scales 5-34 to 38-5; interorbital
equals postorbital portion of the head, but little more than 2-2.4 in the length of
the head; depth of caudal peduncle equal to its length, or to the postorbital portion
of the head; less than 2 in the head. Highest anal rays reach the caudal. Dorsal
spot large and usually very prominent, middle caudal rays but faintly tinged.

30. Curimatus metse sp. nov. (Plate XVH, fig. 1.)

3844, C. M., type, 119 mm.; 3845 a-b, C. M.; 15023, I. U. M., 68-118 mm., para-
types; Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

15022, I. U. M., forty-seven, 70-148 mm., Barrigon. Gonzales.

Head 3.5-4; depth 2.66-3.25; D. 11; A. 9; scales 5-36 to 39-5; eye 3 in
the head; depth of caudal peduncle equal to its length; interorbital 2.25-2.5 in

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA,

231

the head; origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and some part of the
adipose, the highest ray equal to the head behind the nares, all the rays nearly
coterminous when depressed; caudal deeply forked, the lobes longer or shorter
than the head; anal emarginate, the anterior rays extending beyond the posterior,
not reaching the caudal; pectorals not reaching ventrals, the ventrals half-way to
the last anal ray.

Scales increasing in size to the ventrals.

A variable dark spot near base of middle dorsal rays; a dark band on middle
of caudal peduncle (in formalin specimens), fading out forward and continued to
very near the end of the middle caudal rays; lower caudal lobe partly or entirely
dusky.

This species is very similar to C. argenteus, differing in the shape of the caudal
peduncle and in coloration.

31. Prochilbdus mariae sp. nov. (Plate XX, fig. 2.)

15150, I. U. M., 296 and 302 mm., the smaller is the ty'pe. Barrigon, Rio Meta.
Received March 1914. Gonzales.

Allied to Prochilodus laticeps Steindachner.

Head 3. 8-3. 9 in the length to end of lateral line; depth very little more than
3; D. 11, not counting the short fulcrum or the last filament; A. 11. Scales
10-53-8 in one, 10-58-8 in the other. Eye 2.3 to 2.5 in the snout, 5 to 5.5 in the
head, 3 to 3.25 in interorbital; gape extending slightly beyond nostrils, not to eye;
origin of dorsal about equidistant from snout and the last half of the base of the
adipose; anal emarginate, the second ray extending beyond the tip of the last rays;
pectorals not reaching the ventrals by one or two scales. Postventral region
trenchant.

About 8 obscure dark cross-bands under the dorsal and the region in front of it.
Sides with zigzag lines between the rows of scales, most conspicuous above the anal.
Dorsal obscure in front, hyaline behind; small dots in rows across the rays, most
sharply defined in the upper posterior half; round spots on the adipose; caudal
with about seven rows of spots, most sharply defined on the middle rays, running
into wavy bands on the inner parts of the lobes, the margin of the lobes uniform.

32, Pyrrhulina lugubris sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 1.)

? Pyrrhulina semifasciata Regan, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), X, 1912, p. 390
(“Bogota” !).

15041 a, I. U. M., type, a male, 53 mm.; 12 paratypes, 21-54 mm., Barrigon.
Gonzales.

232

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

15042 a-h, I. U. M., 52-53 mm., Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio. Gonzales.
3868, C. M., 2, 62 mm., Rio Negro, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

13791, I. U. M., 4, 36-60 mm., Cumaral. Maria.

Allied to P. brevis.

Head 4-4.33; depth 4-4.25; D. 10; A. 10 or 11; 5-5.5 scales between dorsal
and ventral, 21 or 22 + 2 along the median series; eye 3 in the head, equals snout
and part of eye in front of pupil; interorbital equals snout and half the eye, a
little less than eye and postorbital portion of the head; caudal peduncle equals
snout and eye.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from base of middle caudal rays and preopercle
or opercle, much behind origin of ventrals, height of dorsal less than length of head;
caudal large, the lobes rounded, the upper lobe longer, longer than head; lower
fins larger in the male, the anal reaches the caudal, the ventrals reach the anal and
the pectorals reach nearly to the ventrals.

A narrow dark stripe extends from the eye around the chin, and from the eye
to the edge of the opercle and sometimes along a few scales behind it. These
stripes are sharper in the female. A series of light spots extends along the rows of
scales. The dorsal in the female has a black spot near its center or somewhere
in the space between the second and fifth rays. In males, the black spot reaches
to the tip of these rays, the anterior margin of the fin being white. The margins
of the pectorals, ventrals, and anal are black in the male, with an obscure dark
area above the posterior halves of the pectorals.

Although extra-limital, the following species may conveniently be described
here :

COPEINA Fowler.

33. Copeina osgoodi sp. nov.

Type, 53 mm. in length from chin to end of scales on middle caudal rays.
Paratypes, six, 45-54 mm., measured between the same points. Type in Field
Museum of Natural History. Nazareth, Peru. Sept. 10, 1912, W. H. Osgood.
Closely allied to C. argyrops Cope.

Head 4; depth 4; D. 10; A. 11; scales 6 in transverse series between dorsal
and ventral; 24 or 25 + 2 along the middle line; eye 3 or a little more in the head;
snout 4.25-4.5; interorbital about 2.4; caudal peduncle a little less than eye and
postorbital portion of the head.

Origin of dorsal nearly directly over origin of ventrals, equidistant from tip
of snout and end of scales on middle of caudal; height of dorsal equals eye and

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

233

postorbital part of head; caudal longer than head, the lobes subequal; pectorals
not reaching ventrals, ventrals not reaching anal.

Iridescent, steel blue above with small, pearly spots along the rows of scales
in some specimens. No stripe on head; dorsal spot mostly below the middle of
the fin.

I take pleasure in naming this species for its collector. Dr. Wilfred H. Osgood
of the Field Museum of Natural History, of Chicago.

34. Copeina metae Eigenmann. (Plate XX, fig. 3.)

Copeina eigenmanni Regan (in part), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), X, 1912, p. 393
(‘‘Bogota”!).

Copeina metce Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 23, 1914, p. 229.

13251 a, I. U. M., type, 35 mm., and 34 paratypes, largest 43 mm., Barrigon, Rio
Meta. Gonzales.

15040, I. U. M., 6, largest 49 mm., Barrigon. Gonzales.

The specimens recorded from Bogota by Regan, as given above, very probably
really came from the Meta Basin, as has been previously mentioned.

35. Characidium fasciatum Reinhardt.

15322, I. U. M., 1, 30 mm., Barrigon. Gonzales.

15323, I. U. M., 14, largest 50 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

36. Leporinus Y-ophoms sp. nov. (Plate XX, fig. 4.)

15025, I. U. M., type, 167 mm. to end of scales on caudal. Barrigon. Gonzales.

Head 5; depth 4.66; D. 12; A. 11; scales 6-42-5; eye 2 in snout, 4.5 in the
head, 2 in the interorbital; isthmus 3.5 in the head; depth of caudal peduncle 2.4
in the head.

Elongate, subcylindrical; snout subconical; preventral region rounded, with
a median series of scales extending to opposite the anterior margin of the pectoral;
predorsal area narrowly rounded, without a regular median series of scales.

Mouth small, the maxillary reaching to the vertical from behind the anterior
nares; interorbital convex. Scales regularly imbricate, without notable differ-
ences in size except on the ventral surface in front of the pectorals. Origin of
dorsal equidistant between snout and middle of adipose; its margin rounded,
the third to ninth rays nearly coterminous when depressed; the third nearly
equal to the length of the head; anal truncate when open, the longest rays
just reaching the caudal fulcra when depressed.

234

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

A series of seven bars from the middle of the back to the ventral edge; the
second bar Y-shaped, the three limbs of the Y nearly equal in size. Maxillary
dark like the bars.

37. Hemigrammus barrigonae Eigenmann and Henn.

Hemigrammus harrigonce Eigenmann and Henn, Indiana University Studies No.
24, 1914, p. 232; Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, p. 161, plate
93, fig. 2.

13423 and 13424, I. U. M., 66 specimens, largest 43 mm., Barrigon, Rio Meta.
Gonzales.

38. Hyphessobrycon metse Eigenmann and Henn.

Hyphessobrycon metce Eigenmann and Henn, Indiana University Studies No. 24,
1914, p. 233; Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zook, XLIII, p. 203, plate 93,
fig- 3.

13421 and 13422, 1. U. M., 67 mm., largest 35 mm., Barrigon, Rio Meta. Gonzales.

39. Moenkhausia metae sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV, fig. 3.)

15026, I. U. M., type, and paratypes, twenty, 52-74 mm., Barrigon, Rio Meta.
Gonzales.

3926 a~d, C. M., and 13951, I. U. M., ten, paratypes, 52-63 mm., Villavicencio.
Gonzales.

Head 4 or nearly 4; average depth 2.5 in the length; D. 11; A. 20-22; scales
6 (more rarely 7)-34 to 36-5 (more rarely 4); eye 2.7-3; interorbital about equal
to the eye; maxillary with 2 or 3 teeth; 4 to 6 teeth in the front row of the pre-
maxillary.

Shaped like M. barbouri] preventral area rounded, postventral area narrowly
so; predorsal area narrowly rounded, with a median series of nine scales; occipital
process 4-4.5 in the distance from its base to the dorsal, bordered by three scales
on the side; interorbital convex; second suborbital leaving one-fifth or more of
the cheek naked; maxillary 2.8-3 in the head; equal to the distance from the snout
to the pupil; usually four or five teeth in the front series of the premaxillary,
five teeth in the second series; maxillary usually with two, less frequently with
three, teeth; mandible with four large teeth, about nine abruptly smaller teeth
on the sides; gill-rakers about 5 -k 9 to 11. Scales of the sides with four or more
slightly diverging striie; anal sheath consisting of five or six scales along the bases
of the anterior rays; scales of caudal largely lost.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and caudal, the longest rays

EIGENMANN: fishes of NORTHWESTEKN south AMERICA. ’ 235

longer than the head, 3.5 in the length, equal to the caudal lobes; anal lobe almost
equal to the length of the head without the opercle, reaching to or very nearly to
the base of the last ray; origin of ventrals nearer to base of last anal ray than to
tip of snout; pectorals reaching base or two scales beyond base of outer ventral
rays.

A dark median lateral line; anal dark at margin. One or two faint humeral
spots or none.

40. Mcenkhausia oligolepis (Gunther).

13773, 13774 and 13778, 1. U. M., four specimens from Cano Carniceria. Apolinar
Maria.

41. Astyanax abramis (Jenyns).

13777, 13781, 15310 to 15313, I. U. M., eight, largest 130 mm., Cano Carniceria,
two days northeast of ViUavicencio. Apolinar Maria.

The predorsal line is almost entirely naked, the scales are 47 to 49, the anal
27 to 32.

The humeral spots are faint. No. 15310, a male 130 mm. long, has a brilliant
black band on the caudal peduncle; the pectorals being long and extending past
the origin of the ventrals. A female of the same size entirely lacks the black
band on the caudal peduncle, and has the pectorals not reaching to the ventrals,
and the maxillary shorter than in the male.

42, Astyanax metae Eigenmann.

Astyanax metce Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 19, 1914, p, 11;
Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, 1921, p. 287, plate 87, fig. 4.

No. of

Length

Catalog Numbers.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

5457, C. M., type, 130 mm;

5458, C. M.; 13156, I. U.

M.,

paratypes

6

103-130

Rio Negro, ViUavicencio

Gonzales

13371, I. U. M

1

141

Barrigon

(i

13264, I. U. M

19

Largest 146

((

(1

7319, C. M

4

Largest 104

Rio Guatigua

ii

13153, I. U. M

4

Largest 132

Rio Negro, ViUavicencio

ii

13265, I. U. M

3

Largest 135

Quebrada Cramalote, ViUavicencio

n

13790, I. U. M

1

83

Cumaral

Maria

13782, I. U. M

1

112 to base

Cailo Carniceria

li

of caudal

This species is also abundant in Lake Valencia and the Rio Tuy Basin in
Venezuela.

236

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

43. Bryconamericus cismontanus Eigenmann.

Bryconamericus cismontanus Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 19, 1914,
p. 5; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921, plate 91, fig. 4.

5459, C. M., type, 60 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

? 5460, C. M., 13155, I. U. M., 2, 43 and 50 mm., Rio Orquiza. Gonzales.

44. Bryconamericus deuterodonoides Eigenmann.

Bryconamericus deuterodonoides Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 19,
1914, p. 5; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921, plate 91, fig. 3.

5461, C. M., type, 43 mm.; 5462 a-f, C. M.; 13156, I. U. M., paratypes 13, largest
48 mm., Rio Negro, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

45. Bryconamericus alpha Eigenmann.

Bryconamericus alpha Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 19, 1914, p. 7 ;

Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921, plate 91, fig. 1.

5463 a, C. M., type, 59 mm.; 5464 a-c, C. M.; 13157, I. U. M., paratypes six,
largest 64 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

7066 a-n, C. M.; 13258, I. U. M., many, largest 76 mm. Rio Meta at Barrigon.
Gonzales.

13259, I. U. M., 16, 35-62 mm., Quebrada Cramalote, Gonzales.

Habitat: Base of Andes, east of Bogota.

Allied to B. caucanus, differing among other things in the shorter maxillary.
Head.4-4.25; depth 2.75-3; D. 10; A. 23/7, 24/4, 25/1, 26/4, 27/1; scales 6
or 7-39 or 40-4 or 5; eye 2.66 in head, a little greater than interorbital.

Alaxillary considerably less than the eye; mandible with four or five large
teeth and smaller ones on the side; maxillary with 2/3, 3/4, 4/2 teeth (the denom-
inator represents the number of specimens) .

A vertical humeral spot; a broad lateral band (black in formalin specimens),
possibly slightly broader on the caudal peduncle, continued as a dusky band to
the end of the middle caudal rays. Base of anal hyaline, shading to a dark margin.
This species may prove to be B. caucanus from across the Andes. The two
species are certainly very closely related.

46. Bryconamericus beta Eigenmann.

Bryconamericus beta Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 19, 1913, p. 7;

Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, 1921, plate 91, fig. 2.

5465 a, C. M., 57 mm.; 5466 a-d, C. M.; 13158, I. U. M., nine paratypes,

largest 75 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

237

13257, I. U. M., thirteen, largest 58 mm., Villavicencio, Quebrada Cramalote.

Gonzales.

15140, I. U. M., El Concejo, Tuy Basin near Caracas. Pearse.

Habitat: Base of Andes east of Bogota and northern Venezuela.

Head 4-4.25; depth 2.65-2.8; D. usually 10, rarely 9; A. 25/1, 26/2, 27/6,
28/2, 29/4, 30/1; scales 5 or 6-36/2, 37/4, 38/1, 39/1-2 or 4 to ventrals. Eye 2.'8-
3, equal to or slightly less than interorbital; maxillary teeth 4/1, 3/2, 2/6, length
of maxillary about two-thirds of the eye. (In the above fractions, the denom-
inator represents the number of individuals having the given character).

Base of upper caudal lobe scaled for one-fourth, that of the lower for one-
third, of its length.

Ventrals reaching to or not quite to the anal; pectorals about to ventrals;
sometimes falling a little short or extending a little beyond origin of ventrals.

Color much faded, a black line in the dark lateral band, which extends to the
end of the middle caudal rays. A transverse humeral band ; an obscure caudal spot.
7065 a-e, C. M., 13256, 1. U. M., thirty-three, largest 68 mm., Rio Meta at Barrigon.

Gonzales.

These specimens are better preserved than the types. The pectorals extend
to the second scale beyond the origin of the ventrals, rarely to the end of the third
scale or only To the origin of the ventrals. D. 9/2, 10/18; A. 26/1, 28/7, 29/5,
30/5, 31/1, 32/1; head 4.25-4.66; scales 37/1, 38/6, 39/1. The humeral spot is
frequently well marked, crossing the second and third scales of the lateral line;
the lateral band overlying the black line is very faint except on the caudal peduncle
where it widens and becomes darker. Anal with basal or subbasal part dusky, the
entire fin sometimes uniformly dusky, the margin very rarely darker than the rest
of the fin.

CREATOCHANES Gunther.

47. Creatochanes aflinis Gunther.

13775, I. U. M., two, Cano Carniceria. x^polinar Maria.

The general characters are those of C. affinis. The upper caudal lobe is very
much darker, its basal spot as prominent as in C. caudomaculatus; maxillary
reaching to end of second premaxillary. Scales 7-48; A. 29.

48. Creatochanes caudomaculatus Gunther.

13974, I. U. M., three, locality and collector in doubt.

238

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

49. Creagrutus beni Eigenmann.

Creagrutus beni Eigenmann, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, 1921, plate 56, fig.
3; plate 93, figs. 4, 5, 7.

Specimens

Collected by

Manuel

Gonzales.

Catalog Numbers.

No. of
Specimens.

Length
in mm.

Locality.

5480 a, C. M.; 13173, I. U. M

3

78-84

Rio San Gil, Santander

5481 a-c, C. M.; 13174, I. U. M

. '. 6

54-80

Rio Guadrigua

5482 a-g, C. M.; 13175, 1. U. M

18

47-84

Rio Negro, Villavicencio

5488 a, C. M.; 13179, I. U. M

13372, I.. U. M

12

54-73

Rio Roncador

Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio

13373, I. U. M

42-80

Barrigon, Rio Meta

STEVARDIA Gill.

50. Stevardia aliata Eigenmann.

Stevardia aliata Eigenmann, Indiana University Studies No. 20, 1914, p. 37;

Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLIII, 1921, plate 83, fig. 4.

5215, C. M., type, a male 75 mm.; 5489, C. M.; 13180, I. U. M., twenty-one
paratypes, largest 77 mm., Rio Negro, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

5490, C. M.; 13181, I. U. M., three paratypes, largest 51 mm., Rio Guadrigua,
Gonzales.

51. Charax metae sp. nov. (Plate XXV, fig. 1.)

15027, I. U. M., type and paratypes, thirty-five, 47-149 mm., the largest the type,
Barrigon. Gonzales.

3846 a-j, C. M., paratypes, twenty-one, 63-130 mm., Quebrada Cramalote, Villa-
vicencio. Gonzales.

Closely allied to C. pauciradiatus of the Amazon.

Head 3. 6-3. 8; depth 2.7-3 (2.66 in C. pauciradiatus); D. 11; A. 42/6, 43/2,
44/1, 45/5, 46/1 (45-49 in C. pauciradiatus}; scales 50/1, 51/1, 52/2, 53/2, 54/6,
56/2 (55-57 in C. pauciradiatus); eye equals interorbital or snout, 3.5 in the head.

Elongate, the back less humped than in C. gihbosus; breast flat without a
regular median series of scales; postventral area compressed; dorsal profile from
base of occipital process to dorsal formning a arc of a circle, the radius of which
is equal to the distance between the snout and the dorsal; profile of head concave,
maxillary extending beyond the posterior edge of the preorbital; premaxillary-
maxillary border a little more than two-thirds of the length of the head; distance
from the eye to the lower angle of the cheek about equal to snout and half the eye.
Gill-rakers 5 -L 8 or 9, the longest about half the length of the eye. Origin of

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTERN south AMERICA.

239

dorsal about equidistant between snout and caudal, its height about 3.5 in the
length; caudal lobes about 4 in the length; origin of anal about equidistant from
tip of snout and base of caudal, its margin very slightly concave; ventrals reaching
to or a little beyond origin of anal; pectorals to middle of ventrals.

Scales regularly imbricate, without radials, largest over abdominal cavity,
smallest on predorsal area. Lateral line nearly straight; fins naked.

Reticulate, a dark streak from eye obliquely down and back to the preopercle;
a large spot on end of caudal peduncle continued on the middle caudal rays. Anal
with numerous chromatophores, frequently those on different levels of the rays
differently expanded, giving rise to a dark margin or a submarginal streak.

52. Acestrorhynchus falcatus (Bloch).

13786, I. U. M., one, 99 mm., Cumaral. Maria.

15308, I. U. M., one, 163 mm. to end of middle caudal rays. Maria.

53. Gymnotus carapo Linnaeus.

13795, I. U. M., Cumaral. Maria.

This is the most widely distributed Gymnotid and the one reaching furthest
north. It occurs from Guatemala south and east of the Andes to the Rio de la
Plata. It was taken in the San Juan and the Atrato, but not in Panama.

54. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider).

5619 a, C. M., 72 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

13788, I. U. M., Cumaral. Maria.

This widely distributed species occurs from the Rio Paraguay on the south,
throughout northwestern South America, including the Atrato and Magdalena
Basins. It occurs also in Pacific slope streams such as the San Juan, Patia, and
Guay as Basins.

55. Rivulus hartii (Boulenger).

Rivulus hartii Henn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., X, 1916, p. 108.

13608, I. U. M., 3, 25-46 mm., Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio. Gonzales.
13609, I. U. M., 2, 23-47 mm., Barrigon, Rio Meta. Gonzales.

Apistogrammus Regan.

56. Apistogrammus taeniatum (Gunther).

3930, C. M., 50 mm., Rio Negro, Villavicencio. Gonzales.

240

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

57. Apistogrammus conimbae (Eigenmann).

15018, I, U. M., 37-43 mm., Barrigon. Gonzales.

CRENICICHLA Heckel.

58. Crenicichla geayi Pellegrin.

3866 a, C. M., 59 mm., Villavicencio. Gonzales.

13780, I. U. M., one specimen, 105 mm., locality doubtful. Maria.

13784, 13785, 13792, 13793, I. U. M., six specimens, 65-96 mm., Cumaral. Maria.
Also one specimen, 200 mm., Barrigon. Gonzales.

59. .^quidens mariae sp. nov. (Plate XXX, fig. 1.)

No. of

Length

Catalog Number.

Specimens.

in mm.

Locality.

Collector.

15011, I. U. M

11

60-1 10, the largest the type

Barrigon

Gonzales

13794, I. U. M

2

61 and 82, paratypes

Cumaral

Maria

13776, I. U. M

1

54 to base of caudal

Cano Carniceria

((

13968, I. U. M

5

35-72

Rio Negro, Villavicencio

Gonzales

14154, I. U. M

1

118

East of Bogotd.

((

15012, I. U. M

1

88

Quebrada Cramalote,
Villavicencio

((

Head 2.8-3; depth 2.33-2.4; D. XIV (or rarely XIII), 9 or 10; A. Ill, 8 or 9;
scales 26 in the median line to the base of the caudal, pores 16 + 12, + 2 scales
with pores on the base of the caudal; two scales between the branches of the
lateral line, 1.25 scales between the lateral line and the soft dorsal; eye 2.66-3.25
in the length of the head; interorbital 2.5-2.75 in the head; the sixth dorsal spine
2.66-3 in the head.

Center of eye in center of head or nearer snout than end of opercle by diameter
of pupil or less; preorbital from two-thirds to exactly diameter of eye; soft dorsal
and anal pointed, the former not quite reaching middle of caudal; caudal emarginate
(sometimes rounded), the outer rays prolonged, equal to the length of the head;
anal shorter than dorsal; ventrals reaching beyond origin of anal; pectorals about
equal to the length of the head ; six gill-rakers ; three series of scales on the cheeks,
preopercle naked; dorsal and anal naked.

A dark band across the nape and along the upper part of the sides around the
end of the soft dorsal, or to the base of the last rays; a narrow dark edge to the
hinder orbital border, continued as a broader dark stripe from below the middle
of the eye to the angle, or just below the angle of the preopercle; a faint dark bar
between the anterior parts of the eyes; five or six dark shades entirely across the
sides, sometimes forming spots where they cross the longitudinal band; dusky

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

241

longitudinal stripes between the rows of scales, wider or narrower than the light
stripes along the middle of the scales; a small dark spot above the middle of the
base of the caudal; the edges of the soft dorsal, anal, and the upper and lower
margins of the caudal, dark; the soft dorsal and the caudal and sometimes the last
anal membranes with hyaline spots; tips of membranes between the dorsal spines
without color, a dark, oblique line below these; cheeks with spots and lines.

60. iEquidens metae sp. nov. (Plate XXX, fig. 2.)

13967, I. U. M., type, 155 mm., paratype, 168 mm., Barrigon. Gonzales.

13779, I. U. M., 1, 110 mm., Cano Carniceria. Maria.

13797, I. U. M., 2, 51-59 mm., Cumaral. Maria.

15017, I. U. M., 8, 22-46 mm., Barrigon. Gonzales.

Head 3; depth 2.25; D. XIV or XV, 12; A. Ill, 8 to 10; scales 24; pores
16 + 12; eye nearly 4 in the length of the head; interorbital 2. 2-2. 3; last
dorsal spine nearly half as long as the head, the sixth dorsal spine 3.5 in the head,
2.75 in the young.

Eye slightly behind the middle of the head, nearer the snout in the young;
preorbital a little wider than the eye, much narrower than the eye in the young;
jaws equal, dorsal spines but slightly graduate; soft dorsal pointed, extending
beyond the middle of the caudal; caudal rounded, longer than the head; anal
pointed, but little shorter than the caudal; ventrals reaching beyond the origin
of the dorsal ; pectorals a little longer than the head ; six gill-rakers ; three series of
scales on the cheeks; preopercle naked; end of upper lateral line one and one-half
scales from the dorsal; dorsal and anal naked.

A black ocellus at the base of the upper caudal lobe; a dark bar along the
anterior edge of the preopercle; a dark stripe from the upper angle of the gill-
opening to in front of the caudal ocellus, interrupted in front and behind the lateral
bar at the end of the pectoral; about six obscure bars, the middle one bordered by
light in front and behind, and intensified into a spot below the lateral line; a light
band across the end of the caudal peduncle. Anal blue-black, with a few light spots
on the posterior membranes; dorsal margined with dark, the membranes of the
soft part having obscure spots along the basal portion in front of the prolonged
part, the membranes behind this with light spots along their entire length; caudal
with light streaks along the membrane to the distal two fifths, where it is crossed
by about five series of translucent spots.

APPENDIX 11.
BIBLIOGRAPHY

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF PAPERS DEALING WITH THE
FISHES OF PANAMA, COLOMBIA, WESTERN
ECUADOR, AND WESTERN PERU.

By C. H. Eigenmann.

In the following Bibliography I have listed all the principal papers making
contributions to the fauna of the area, exclusive of such general works as Gunther,
Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum, and Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire
Naturelle des Poissons.

Several papers stand out. These are Steindachner 1878, 1879, 1880, and 1902;
Boulenger 1898 and 1899, and the numerous short papers of Regan, especially
those of 1913 and 1914, and his larger volumes, 1907-08. The most important
single paper is that of Meek and Hildebrand, 1916.

Abbott, James Francis.

1899. The Marine Fishes of Peru. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences Phila-

delphia, 1899, pp. 324-364.

Describes, p. 342, Pisciregia heardsleei gen. et spec. nov. = Basilichthys semo-
tilus (Cope).

Bayern, Princessin Therese von.

1900. Vorlaiifiger Bericht iiber einige wahrend einer Reise nach Siidamerika, 1898,

gesammelte neue Fische. Anz. K. K. Akad. TFm. Wien, XXXVH, pp.
206-208.

These fishes were later dealt with in detail by Steindachner, 1902, q. v.
Bean, Bart(^n A.

1908. On Ctenolucius Gill, a Neglected Genus of Characin Fishes, with Notes on
the Typical Species. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, XXXHI, 1908,
pp. 701-703.

Calls attention to the genus Ctenolucius described by Gill, 1861.
Boulenger, G. A.

1887. On New Siluroid Fishes from the Andes of Colombia. Annals and Magazine
of Natural History, (5), XIX, pp. 348-350.

Describes Stygogenes guentheri, Chcetostomus setosus, and Trichomycterus
nigromaculatus.

242

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

243

The following table gives the species listed by Boulenger (1898-9) in his “Poissons
de I’Equateur.” (See p. 244.)

Rios Mira
and Cliota.

Guayaquil

Basin.

Santiago

Basin.

Arius labiatus sp. nov

Hoplias microlepis

Lehiasina bimaculata

Piabucina elongata

Astyanax brevirostris

“ festce

Bryconamericus simus

“ rutilis

Hemibrycon polyodon

Brycon atricaudatus

“ dentex

“ striatulusf

“ alburnus

Salminus affinis?

Leporinus frederici? ecuadoriensis .

Curimatus troscheli

“ guentheri = boulengeri .

Prochilodus humeralis

“ nigricans

Pimelodus bucMeyi

Rhamdia cinerascens

“ humilis

“ parvus

Pygidium kneri

“ tcenium

Cetopsis macroteronema

Astroblepus prenadilla

“ festce

Loricaria frenata = panamensis . .

“ jubata

Plecostomus spinosissimus as festce .

Chcetostomus microps^

“ ' dermorhynchus

“ platycephalus

Sternarchus albifrons

Eigenmannia cequilabiatus

Pcecilia festce^

Acara rivulata

“ syspilus

Heros festce

Crenicichla saxatilis

Sicydium salvini^

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

XI
X^
X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X®

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

x^

x^

X'

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

^ Probably peruanus. ^ The specimen from Zamora probably a different species. ^ If this is really
striatulus it is found on both slopes. It may be doubted whether this identification is correct.
^ This identification needs verification. ® Chcetostomus brevis Regan. ^ West of Guayaquil. * As
Oreogobius rosenbergii.

244

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

1890. Descriptions of Two New Species of the Siluroid Genus Arges. ' Proceedings
Zoological Society London, 1890, 450-452, pi. 41.

Describes Arges taczanowskii and Arges whymperi.

1895. Description of a New Characinoid Fish of the Genus Parodon. Annals and
Magazine Natural History, (6), XVI, 1895, p. 480.

Describes Parodon caliensis.

1898 and 1899. Viaggio del Dr. Enrico Festa nell’ Ecuador e regioni vicine. Pois-
sons de I’Equateur (Premiere partie). Bollettino dei Musei di Zodlogia ed
Anatomia Comparata della R. Universitd Torino, XIII, 1898, No. 329, 13 pp.
(Deuxieme partie). No. 335, 8 pp. (For list see p. 243.)

The following table gives the species listed by Boulenger (1899) in his “Poissons
de VAmerique CentraleP (See p. 245.)

1

R. Cucunati

C3

"o

O

£

>>

0)

o

§

c3

>

k;

o

s

1 Rio Cranati

Lagnna della Pita |

j Sabana

1

Tuyra

Engraulis ischanus Jordan & Gilbert

+

Piaiticfna /esioK Boulenger

+

Astyanax fasciatus (Cuvier)

+

+

+

Roeboides guatemalensis Gthr. ( = occidentalis?)

+

Curimatus magdalence Steind

+

Pcecilia mexicana Steind. ( — ?)

+

“ elongata Gthr. ( — Paciliopsis elongata)

+

+

Mugil hospes Jordan. (= Joturus pichardif)

+

Centropomus ensiferus Poey

+

Mesoprion griseus C. & V

+

Lobotes surinamensis Bloch

+

Corvina vermicularis Gthr

+

“ ensifera Jordan & Gilbert

+

“ Strabo Gthr

+

+

+

+

Gobius soporator C. & V

+

Eutenogobius saggitula Gthr

+

Porichthys notatus Girard

+

Hippoglossina sabanensis Boulenger

+

Symphurus williamsi Jordan & Culver

+

Arius dovii Gill

+

“ guatemalensis Gthr

+

+

“ planiceps Steind

+

“ multiradiatus Steind

+

Mlurichthys pinnimaculatus Steind

+

Polynemus approximans Lay & Bennett

+

Chcetodon capistratus Linnseus

+

“ humeralis Gthr

+

Chorinemus occidentalis Linna?us

+

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

245

Boulenger, G. a.

1899. Description of a New Genus of Gobioid Fishes from the Andes of Ecuador.
Annals and Magazine Natural History, (7), IV, 1899, pp. 125-126.
Describes Oreogohius rosenhergii = Sicydium salvini Grant.

1899. Viaggio del Dr. Enrico Festa nel Darien e regione vicine. Poissons de
I’Amerique Centrale. Bollettino dei Musei di Zodlogia ed Anatomia
Comparata della R. Universitd Torino, XIV, 1899, No. 346, 4 pp. {v. p. 244).

1902. Description of Two New Fishes of the Genus Loricaria from Northwestern

Ecuador. Annals and Magazine Natural History, (7), IX, 1902, pp. 69-71.

Describes Loricaria frenata = Sturisoma panamense and Loricaria
juhata.

1903. Description of a New Fish of the Genus Arges from Venezuela. Annals and

Magazine Natural History, (7), XI, June 1903, pp. 601 and 602.

Describes Arges orientalis.

1911. Description of Three New Characinid Fishes from Southwestern Colombia.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (8), VII, pp. 212-213.

Describes Lebiasina multimaculata; Luciocharax striatus = Ctenolucius
heani (Fowler); Curimatus lineopunctatus.

Cope, Edward D.

1874. Description of Some Species of Reptiles obtained by Dr. John F. Bransford,
Assistant Surgeon United States Navy, while attached to the Nicaraguan
Surveying Expedition in 1873. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences
Philadelphia, pp. 64-72.

Describes in a footnote, p. 66, Protistius semotilus gen. et sp. nov.

1874. On Some Batrachia and Nematognathi brought from the Upper Amazon
by Prof. Orton. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
1874, pp. 120-134.

Records, p. 132, Trichomycterus rivulatus from Arequipa.

1877. Synopsis of the Cold-blooded Vertebrata Procured by Prof. James Orton

during his Exploration of Peru in 1876-77. Proceedings American Philo-
sophical Society, XVII, 1877, pp. 33-49.

Notes on Trichomycterus pardus, p. 46, and poeyanus, p. 47.

1878. Synopsis of the Fishes of the Peruvian Amazon obtained by Professor Orton

during his Expeditions of 1873 and 1877. Proceedings American Philo-
sophical Society, 1878, pp. 673-701.

Describes in an Addendum, p. 700, Gastropterus archceus gen. et sp.
nov. = Basilichthys semotilus.

Day, Francis.

1891. Cyclopium cyclopum Humboldt. Supplementary Appendix to Whymper’s
“Travels amongst the Great Andes of the Equator.” London, 1891, pp.
137-139.

246

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Records several species of Astrohlepus under the above name. See
Boulenger, 1890, and Regan, 1904, for a discussion of the same specimens.
Eigenmann, C. H., and Fordice, Morton W.

1885. A Review of the American Eleotridinse. Proceedings Academy Natural
Sciences Philadelphia, 1885, pp. 66-80.

Defines the genera and species of this subfamily from Panama, etc.
Eigenmann, Carl H., and Rosa Smith.

1888. A List of the American Species of Gobiidse and Callionymidse, with Notes

on the Specimens Contained in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Cambridge, Massachusetts. Proceedings California Academy Sciences, (2),
I, 1888, pp. 51-78.

Records specimens from Panama and Ecuador.

1889. Preliminary Notes on South American Nematognathi II, Proceedings

California Academy Sciences, (2), II, 1889, pp. 28-56.

Describes Loricaria panamensis sp. nov., Panama, and Ancistrus
chagresi sp. nov., from the Chagres.

1890. A Revision of the South American Nematognathi. Occasional Papers

California Academy Sciences, I, 1890, pp. 1-508.

Defines genera and species and gives synonymy, bibliography, and
distribution.

1891. Catalogue pf the Fresh-water Fishes of South America. Proceedings U. S.

National Museum, XIV, pp. 1-81.

Discusses principles of distribution and lists the species.

Eigenmann, Carl H.

1893. Catalogue of the Fresh-water Fishes of Central America and Southern
Mexico. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, 1893, pp. 53-60.
Supplements the preceding paper.

1903. New Genera of South American Fresh-water Fishes and New Names for
Some Old Genera. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, XLV, pp.
144-148. . .

Defines Othonophanes, Gilhertella = Gilbertolus.

1905. The Fishes of Panama. Science, N. S., XXII, pp. 18-20.

Discusses the relation of the fishes of the Chagres and those from the
Pacific side.

Eigenmann, Carl H., and Ogle, Fletcher.

1907. An Annotated List of Characin Fishes in the United States National Museum
and the Museum of Indiana University, with Descriptions of New Species.
Proceedings U. S. National Museum, XXXIII, 1907, pp. 1-36.

Describes the following new genera and species from Panama and the

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

247

Atrato basin: Gilhertolus, Curimatus houlengeri, Prochilodus beani, Hemi-
grammus inconstans, Astyanax emperador, A. atratoensis, Charax atratoensis,
Astyanax orthodus.

Eigenmann, Carl H.

1908. Preliminary Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Tetragonopterid

Characins. Zoological Results of the Thayer Brazilian Expedition. Bulle-
tin Museum Comparative Zoology, LII, 1908, pp. 93-106.

Describes Hyphessohrycon panamensis from Panama.

1909. The Fresh-water Fishes of Patagonia and an Examination of the Archiplata-

Archhelenis Theory. Reports of the Princeton University Expedition to
Patagonia, III, 305, 310, 315.

Lists the species, discusses distribution, and outlines the Panama
problems.

1911. Description of Two New Tetragonopterid Fishes in the British Museum.

Annals and Magazine Natural History, (8), VII, pp. 215-217.

Describes Nematobrycon palmeri and Knodus meridce.

1912. Some Results from an Ichthyological Reconnaissance of Colombia, South

America. Part I. Indiana University Studies, No. 16, September 1912.
(Issued December 23.)

Describes four new genera and thirty-one new species.

1913. The same; Part II. Indiana University Studies, No. 18, March 1913.

(Issued June 3.)

Describes two new genera and twenty-six new species.

1914. New Fishes from Western Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru. Indiana Univer-

sity Studies, No. 19, 1914, pp. 1-15.

Describes four new genera and eighteen new species from Colombia
and Ecuador.

1914. Some Results from Studies of South American Fishes. Indiana University
Studies, No. 20, 1914, pp. 4-26.

Describes Stevardia aliata.

1914. On New Species of Fishes from the Rio Meta Basin of Eastern Colombia
and on Albino or Blind Fishes from near Bogotd. Indiana University
Studies, No, 23, .1914, pp. 229-230.

Describes Copeina metre, Otocinclus spectabilis, and Corydoras metre.
Eigenmann, Carl H., and Henn, Arthur Wilbur.

1914. On New Species of Fishes from Colombia, Ecuador, and Brazil. Indiana
University Studies, No. 24, 1914, pp. 231-234.

Describes Rhoadsia minor, Hemigrammus barrigonre, Hyphessohrycon
metre.

248

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

Eigenmann, Carl H., and Fisher, Homer G.

1914. The Gymnotidse of Trans-andean Colombia and Ecuador. Indiana Uni-

versity Studies, No. 25, 1914, pp. 235-237.

« Describes Sternarchus marice. .

Eigenmann, Carl H.

1915. The Cheirodontinae, a Subfamily of Minute Characid Fishes of South

America. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, VII, p. 1-99, map, and plates

ii-xvn.

Describes and figures the species of this subfamily including those
from the present area.

1916. Apareiodon, a New Genus of Characid Fishes. Annals Carnegie Museum,

X, 1916, pp. 71-76.

1916. New and Rare Fishes from South American Rivers. Annals Carnegie
Museum, X, 1916, pp. 77-86.

Figures Cory dor as metce, Otocinclus spectabilis, and describes Trachy-
corystes fisheri, Imparfinis microps, Nannorhamdia nemacheir, Cetopso-
rhamdia nasus gen. et spec, woy., Ancistrus melas, Hemiancistrus landoni,
P seudancistrus carnegiei.

1916. Description of Three New Species of Characid Fishes. Annals Carnegie
Museum, X, 1916, pp. 87-90.

Describes Leporinus ecuadoriensis and Astyanax magdalenoe.

1916. On the Species of Salminus. Annals Carnegie Museum, X, 1916, pp. 91-92.

Gives key to the four species including that from the Rio Magdalena.

1917. Pimelodella and Typhlohagrus. Meynoirs Carnegie Museum, VII, 1917,

pp. 251-258, Plates XXXIII, XXXIV, and XXXV.

Lists and gives a key to the species, and lists the specimens from
this area,

1917. Descriptions of Sixteen New Species of Pygidiidse. Proceedings American
Philosophical Society, LVI, 1917, pp. 690-703.

P. latidens, metce, stramineum, dorsostriatum, latistriatum, regani, from
the present area.

1917. The American Characidse. Memoirs Museum Comparative Zoology. XLIII,

1918. Parts I-III issued, other parts in press and in preparation.
Describes and figures the species of this family.

1917. Eighteen New Species of Fishes from Northwestern South America. F^ro-
ceedings American Philosophical Society, LVI, 1917, pp. 673-689.

Describes the following from the present area: Astrohlepus latidens,
cyclopus, Santander ensis,frenatus, grixalvii, micrescens, Hemiancistrus wilsoni,
P seudancistrus pediculatus, Ancistrus triradiatus, Chcetostomus leucomelas^

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

249

J oturus daguce, Stolephorus hranchiomelas, Stellifer melanocheir, Pomadasys
sinuosus, Hemieleotris levis, Sicydium hildehrandi, Gohius daguce, Awaous
decemlineatus, Brycon ecuadoriensis, Brycon meeki.

1917. The Pygidiidae. Proceedings Indiana Academy of Sciences, 1917, pp. 59-66.

1918. The Pygidiidae, a Family of South American Catfishes. Memoirs Carnegie

Museum, VII, 1918, pp. 259-373, plates XXXVI-LVI.

1919. The Irwin Expedition. Science, (N. S.) L., Aug., 1919, pp. 100-102.

1920. The Irwin Expedition. Indiana University Alumni Quarterly, Jan., 1920,

pp. 1-16.

1920a. The Fishes of Lake Valencia, Caracas, and of the Rio Tuy at El Concejo,
Venezuela. Indiana University Studies, No. 44, Vlarch 1, 1920, pp. 1-13,
plates I-III.

1920b. South America West of the Maracaibo, Orinoco, Amazon, and Titicaca
Basins, and the Horizontal Distribution of its Fresh-water Fishes. Indiana
University Studies, No. 45, June, 1920, pp. 1-24.

Gives tables showing the horizontal distribution of 386 species and
varieties.

1920c. The Fishes of the Rivers Draining the Western Slope of the Cordillera
Occidental of Colombia (Rios Atrato, San Juan, Dagua, and Patia).
Indiana University Studies, No. 46, Sept., 1920, pp. 1-19.

While there has been intermigration between the San Juan and the
Atrato, the low continental divide between these two rivers at Istmina has
been an effective barrier against the southward migration of a number
of genera.

1920d. The Fish Fauna of the Cordillera of Bogota. Journal Washington Academy
Science, X, Oct., 1920, pp. 460-468.

Deals with the fishes in the higher waters of the Cordillera of Bogota.
1920e. The Fresh-water Fishes of Panama East of Longitude 80° W. Indiana
University Studies, No. 47 A, Dec., 1920, pp. 3-19.

Demonstrates that the fishes of the Chagres River came in part from
the north, in part from the Atrato, via the Tuyra and Chepo Rivers.

1920f. The Magdalena Basin and the Horizontal and Vertical Distribution of its
Fishes. Indiana University Studies, No. 47B, Dec., 1920, pp. 20-34.

The original fauna of the Magdalena was segregated from the eastern
fauna by the formation of the Cordillera of Bogota within the life of many
of the present species.

1921. The Origin and Distribution of the Genera of the Fishes of South America

West of the Maracaibo, Orinoco, and Amazon Basins. Proceedings Amer-
ican Philosophical Society, LX, 1921, pp. 1-6.

250

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The present genera were in small part derived from the ocean, in
small part through immigration from the north, in large part by segregation
from the east with, or without, subsequent modification.

Evermann, Barton Warren, and Kendall, William Converse.

1905. An Interesting Species of Fish from the High Andes of Central Ecuador.

Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XVIII, 1905, pp. 91-106.
Discusses specific characters within .the genus Cyclopium.

Evermann, Barton Warren, and Goldsborough, E. L.

1910. Notes on Some Fishes from the Canal Zone. Proceedings Biological Society
Washington, XXII, pp. 95-104.

Describes Cheirodon gorgonce.

1910. Further Notes on Fishes from the Canal Zone, ibid., XXIII, pp. 3-6.
Evermann, Barton Warren, and Radclifee, L.

1917. The Fishes of the West Coast of Peru and the Titicaca Basin. Bulletin U.
S. National Museum, No. 95, pp. 1-166.

Deals mostly with marine fishes. 'Reviews also the fresh-water fishes
of western Peru.

Fowler, Henry W.

1903. Descriptions of New, Little Known, and Typical Atherinidse. Proceedings
Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1903, pp. 737-742.

Redescribes and figures Protistius semotilus Cope, p. 737, plate XLIV,
and Gasteropterus archceus, p. 738, plate XLHI.

1906. Further Knowledge of Some Heterognathous Fishes. Part I. Proceedings

Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1906, pp. 293-351, ibid. Part
II, pp. 431-483, with 60 figures.

Gives descriptions of specimens in the Academy’s Collections, among
them, p. 465, Belonocharax beani gen. et spec, nov., based on specimens
referred by Gill, 1861, to Ctenolucius.

1911. New Fresh-water Fishes from Western Ecuador. Proceedings Academy

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1911, pp. 493-520.

Describes Prochilodus stigmaturus, Rhoadsia altipinna, Brycon scap-
ularis, Astyanax notemigonoides, Astyanax sciurus, Piabucina aureoguttata,
and Mquidens azurifera.

1915. Notes on Nematognathous Fishos. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 1915, pp. 203-244.

Notes on p. 228, Pygidium rivulatum = pardus = piurce, and p. 229,
Pygidium poeyanum, aiui p. 242, Cyclopium chimborazoi.

Garman, Samuel W.

1877. On the Pelvis and External Sexual Organs of Selachians. Proceedings
Boston Society Natural History, XIX, pp. 210.

Deals in part with Potamotrygon.

eigenmann: fishes of noethwesteen south ameeica.

251

1895. The Cyprinodonts. Memoirs Museum Comparative Zoology, XIX, No. 1,
1895, pp. 5-179, plates I-XII.

A monograph of all the American Cyprinodontidae.

1913. The Plagiostomia (Sharks, Skates, and Rays). Memoirs Museum Com-
parative Zoology, XXXVI, 1913, pp. 1-515. 77 plates.

Considers among others Potamotrygon magdalence.

Gill, Theodore.

The Fishes. Letter to Arthur Schott, Dated: Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D. C., January 14, 1861, in Senate 36th Congress, 2d Session,
Ex. Doc. No. 9, pp. 257-259, 1861.

Contains a list of genera collected during a Survey for an interoceanic
ship-canal near the Isthmus of Darien.” (Ctenolucinus, err. typ.)

Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America, etc.
Supplement Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XIII, 1861, p. 8.

Describes genus Ctenolucius Gill.

Descriptive enumeration of a collection of fishes from the Western Coast of
Central America, Presented to the Smithsonian Institution, by Capt. John
M. Dow. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1863,
pp. 162-174.

Notes on Fishes from the Isthmus of Panama, Collected by Dr. J. F. Brans-
ford, U. S. N. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1876,
pp. 335-339.

Describes as new: Platypoecilus mentalis = Mollienisia sphenops;
Piahucina panamensis; Rhamdia hransfordii = Rhamdia wagneri; Lori-
caria hransfordii = Loricaria uracantha.

Grant, William Robert Ogilvie.

1884. A Revision of the Fishes of the Genera Sicydium and Lentipes, with De-
scriptions of Five New Species. Proceedings Zoological Society London,
1884, pp. 153-172, pis.

Describes Sicydium salvini.

Gunther, Albert.

1859. List of Cold-blooded Vertebrata Collected by Mr. Fraser in the Andes of
Western Ecuador. Proceedings Zoological Society London, 1859, pp. 89-93.
Describes Arges hrachycephalus and Leporinus mulleri.

1859. Second List of Cold-blooded Vertebrata Collected by Mr. Fraser in the
Andes of Western Ecuador. Proceedings Zoological Society London, 1859,
pp. 402-420, pi. 2.

Describes Chromis rivulata, Anodus troschelii, Prochilodus humeralis,
Chalceus alhurnus, Chalceus hrevirostris.

1861.

1863.

1876.

252

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

1860. Third List of Cold-blooded Vertebrata Collected by Mr. Fraser in Ecuador.
Proceedings Zoological Society of London, 1860, pp. 233-234, pi. 10.

Describes Pimelodus cinerascens, P. elongatus, P. modestus, Brycon
dentex.

1864. On Some New Species of Central American Fishes. Proceedings Zoological
Society of London, 1864, pp. 23-27, pis. 3 & 4; Annals and Magazine
Natural History, (3), XIV, pp. 227-232.

1868. An Account of the Fishes of the States of Central America based on Collec-
tions made by Capt. J. M. Dow, F. Godman, Esq., and 0. Salvin, Esq.
Transactions Zoological Society London, VI, 1868, pp. 377-494, pis. 63-
87. Read March 22^ 1864, and December 13, 1866.

A general account of all of the fishes from Panama to Mexico.

Henn, Arthur.

1916. On Various South American Poeciliid Fishes. Annals Carnegie Museum, X,
1916, pp. 93-142, plates XVIII-XXI.

Describes and figures species from the present area. The new species
are: Rivulus magdalence, Gambusia caliensis, Diphyacantlia chocoensis, Neo-
heterandria elegans.

Holton, Isaac F.

1857. ‘‘New Granada: Twenty Months in the Andes.” New York, Harper Bros.

Very good general account and record of travel.

Humboldt, A. von.

1811. Memoire sur rEremophilus et I’Astroblepus, deux nouveaux genres de I’Ordre
des Apodes. Recueil d’ Observations de Zoologie et d’Anatomie, I, pp.
17-20, pis. VI and VII. Originally published in 1805.

1811a. Memoire sur une Nouvelle Espece de Gymnote de la Riviere de la Made-
laine, ibid., I, 46-48, pi. X. Originally published in 1807.

Humboldt, A. von, and Valenciennes, A.

1833. Recherches sur les Poissons Fluviatiles de I’Amerique Equinoxiale. Recueil
d’ Observations de Zoologie et d’ Anatomie Comparee, ibid., II, pp. 141-216, origi-
nally published in 1817.

Johnson, R. D. O.

1912. Notes on the Habits of a Climbing Catfish (Arges marmoratus) from the
Republic of Colombia. Annals New York Academy of Sciences, XXII,
pp. 327-333.

Excellent account of the habits.

Jordan, David Starr, and Evermann, Barton Warren.

1896-1900. The Fishes of North and Middle America. Bulletin U. S. National
Museum, No. 47, part I, 1896, part II, 1898, part III and part IV, 1900.

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

253

Knee, Rudolph, and Steindachner, Franz.

1864. Neue Gattungen und Arten von Fischen aus Central-Amerika. Abhand-
lungen der Bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften, II KL, Bd. X., Abth.
1, 1864, pp. 1-59, 6 plates.

Describes Her os altifrons, H. sieboldii, Acara cceruleopunctata, Eleotris
pictus, EngrauUs macrolepidotus, E. poeyi, Xiphophorus gilli, Saccodon
wagneri gen. et sp. nov., Pseudochalceus lineatus gen. et sp. nov., Chalcinopsis
striatulus gen. et sp. nov., Chalcinopsis chagrensis, Chalceus atrocaudatus,
Bagrus arioides, Trichomycterus tcenia, T. laticeps, Loricaria uracantha.
Meek, Seth E., and Hildebrand, Samuel F.

1912. Descriptions of New Fishes from Panama. Field Museum Natural History,

Publication 158, Zoological Series, Vol. X, No. 6, pp. 67-68.

Describes Astyanax grandis = A. fasciatus (Cuv.), Hemigrammus
minutus = Hyphessobrycon panamensis Durbin, Deuterodon atrocaudata
= Gephyrocharax atrocaudata; Creagrutus notropoides, Eleotris latifasciatus.

1913. New Species of Fishes from Panama. Field Museum of Natural History,

Publication 166, Zoological Series, Vol. X, No. 8, pp. 77-91.

Describes twenty-six new species.

1916. The Fishes of the Freshwaters of Panama. Field Museu7n of Natural
History, Publication 191, Zoological Series, X, No. 15, pp. 217-374.

A monograph of the fresh-water fishes of Panama.

Pellegrin, Jacques.

1904. Contribution a I’etude anatomique, biologique, et taxonomique des Poissons
de la famille des Cichlides. Memoires de la Societe Zodlogique de France,
XVI, 1904, pp. 41-402, pis. 4-7.

1907. Characidinides Americains Nouveaux de la Collection du Museum d’Histoire
Naturelle. Bull. Museum d’Hist. Nat., XIII, 1907, pp. 25-27.

Describes Tetragonopterus {Astyanax) riveti.

1909. Mission Geodesique de I’Equateur. Collections Recueillies par M. le Dr.

Rivet. Description de Deux Poissons Nouveaux de la Famille de Loricari-
ides. Bull. Mus. d’hist. natur. Paris, XV, 1909, pp. 517-519.

Describes Chcetostomus cequinoctialis and Arges regani.

1912. Poissons de TEquateur, Recueillis par M. le Dr. Rivet. Mission Geodesique
de VEquateur IX; Pt. B., pp. 1-15.

Petre, Loraine F.

1906. ‘‘The Republic of Colombia.” London, Edward Stanford.

Posada, Andres.

1909. Estudios Cientificos. Medellin, Colombia, 1909, pp. 1-432.

Gives a general account of the fishes of Colombia on pp. 283-322, and

254

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Regan, C.

1903.

1904.

1905.

1905a.

1905&.

1905c.

1905d.

1906.

1906a.

describes Ichthyoelephas patalo gen. et sp. nov., and twelve other new
species. All have been disregarded in the foregoing memoir, as only one
or two are possibly valid, and none can be positively identified without
material taken at Medellin.

Tate.

Descriptions of New South American Fishes in the Collection of the British
Museum. Annals and Magazine Natural History, (7), XII, pp. 621-630.
Records Trichomycterus retropinnis sp. nov., St. Augustine.

A Monograph of the Fishes of the Family Loricariidse. Transactions
Zoological Society London, XVII, part III, Oct. 1904, pp. 191-324, plates
IX-XXI.

The Systematic Arrangement of the Fishes of the Genus Arges. Annals
and Magazine Natural History, (7), XV, June 1905, pp. 529-534.

A reply to the paper of Evermann & Kendall, 1905.

A Revision of the Fishes of the South American Cichlid Genera Crenacara,
Batrachops, and Crenicichla. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London, pp. 152-168, plates XIV, XV.

Records Crenicichla gegyi Pellegrin, p. 161, from near Bogota.

A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid Genus Cichlasoma and of
the Allied Genera. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (7) XVI,
1905, pp. 60-77, 225-243, 316-340, and 433-445.

A Revision of the Fishes of the -South American Cichlid Genera Acara, -
N annacara, Acaropsis, and Astronotus. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, (7) XV, pp. 329-347.

Records Acara cceruleopunctata Kner and Steindachner from the Chagres.

A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid Genus Cichlasoma and of
the Allied Genera. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (7) XVI, pp.
225-243 and 316-340.

Records Cichlasoma maculicauda sp. nov., p. 227, from the Chagres.
Cichlasoma sieholdii (Kner and Steind.), p. 235.

Cichlasoma kraussi Steind., p. 339, from Barranquilla.

Cichlasoma altifrons (Kner and Steind.), p. 242.

A Revision of the South American Cichlid Genera Retroculus, Geophagus,
Heterogramma, and Biotoecus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History,
(7) XVII, pp. 49-66.

Geophagus crassilabris Steind., Panama.

Notes on Some Loricariid Fishes, with Descriptions of Two New
Species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (7) XVII, pp. 94-98.
Describes Plecostomus tenuicauda Steind.

EIGENMANN: fishes of NOKTHWESTEEN south AMERICA.

255

1907. Descriptions of New Loricariid Fishes from South America. Proceedings of
the Zoological Society of London, pp. 795-800, plates XLII-XLIX.

Describes Arges heterodon sp. nov., p. 800, plate XLVIII, fig. 2,
Jiminez, Western Colombia.

1907a. Descriptions of Two New Characinid Fishes from South America. Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, (7) XX, p. 402.

Describes Ctenocharax hogotensis sp. nov. from Bogota = Grundulus
bogotensis (Humboldt) .

1907-1908. Pisces. Biologia Centrali- Americana, pp. 1-203.

A general account with maps and plates of the fresh-water fishes
between Panama and Mexico.

1912a. Descriptions of New Cichlid Fishes from South America in the British
Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (8) IX, pp. 505-507.

Describes Geophagus pellegrini sp. nov., Tado, Rio San Juan; Geophagus
hondce sp. nov., = G. steindachneri Eigenmann & Hildebrand, Honda;
Cichlasoma {Parapetenia) atromaculatum sp. nov., Tado, Rio San Juan.

19126. A Revision of the South American Siluroid Fishes of the Genus Corydoras,
with a List of the Specimens in the British Museum (Natural History).

Describes Corydoras melanotcenia sp. nov., Honda.

1912c. A Revision of the South American Characid Fishes of the Genera Chalceus,
Pyrrhulina, Copeina, and Pogonocharax. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, (8) X, pp. 387-395.

Mentions Copeina eigenmanni sp. nov. from Bogota. Pyrrhulina
semifasciata Steind., Honda and Bogota.*

1912(i. A Revision of the Poeciliid Fishes of the Genera Rivulus, Pterolebias, and
Cynolehias. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (8) X, pp. 494-
508.

Describes Rivulus elegans Steind., p. 498; Rivulus 6rm's n. sp., p. 504.

1912. Descriptions of New Fishes of the Family Loricariidse in the British Museum.

Proceedings Zoological Society London, 1912, pp. 666-670, plates LXXV-
LXXVII.

Describes Plecostomus hondce = Cheiridodus gen. nov., Chcetostomus
palmeri = fischeri, Ch. paucispinis = fischeri, Oxyloricaria tamance, 0.
leightoni, Arges cirratus.

1913. Fishes of Peru, Collected by Dr. H. O. Forbes. Annals and Magazine of

Natural History, (8), XII, 1913, pp. 278-280.

Mentions Lebiasina bimaculata, Tetragonopterus microphthalmus and

* The locality Bogota is erroneous. The specimens probably came from the base of the Eastern
Cordillera.

256

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Tetragonopterus simus from Paeasmayo, the latter two probably = Brycon-
americus peruanus.

1913. The Fishes of the San Juan River, Colombia. Annals and Magazine of

Natural History, (8) XII, Nov. 1913, pp. 462-473.

Enumerates fifty-five species of which all but five are in the British
Museum. The following are described as new: Brycon oligolepis, Crea-
grutus leuciscus — affinis, Xenurocharax spurrelli = Argopleura chocoensis,
Bryconamericus ruhricauda = ortholepis, B. juanensis = scopiferus, Hyphes-
sohrycon condotensis = panamensis, Pimelodella eutcenia, N annorhamdia
(gen. nov.) spurrelli, Pseudopimelodus transmontanus, Pygidium unicolor,
P. spilosoma, Hemiancistrus holostictus, Ancistrus centrolepis, Gambusia
eaudovittata = Priapichtliys nigroventralis, Cichlasoma hiseriatum.

1914. Fishes from the Condoto River, Colombia, Collected by Dr. H. G. F. Spurred.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (8) XIV, July 1914, pp. 31-33.

Describes Sternarchus spurrellii, Hypopoinus occidentalis, Sicydium
condotense.

1916. A New Loricariid Fish of the Genus Cyclopiuni from Ecuador. Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, (8), XVIII, p. 80.

Describes Cyclopium mindoense.

Scruggs, William L.

1905. “The Colombian and Venezuelan Republics with Notes on Other Parts

of Central and South America.” Boston, Little, Brown, and Company.
Describes parts of the Magdalena Basin.

Starks, Edwin Chapin.

1906. On a Collection of Fishes Made by P. 0. Simons in Ecuador and Peru.

Proceedings U. S. National Museum, XXX, 1906, pp. 761-800, pis. 65-66.
Records fishes from Guayaquil, Eten, Paita, Callao.

Steindachner, Franz.

1878. Zur Fisch-Fauna des Magdalenen-Stromes. Denkschriften d. Kaiserlichen

Akademie der Wissenscliaften Wien, XXXIX, pp. 19-78, Taf. I-XV.

Report on a collection of over two hundred fishes from cienegas at
the mouth of the Magdalena, consisting of thirty species, of which sixteen
or seventeen were new.

1879. Ichthyologische Beitriige, VIII, Sitzb. K. Akademie IFfss. Wien, I. Abth.

Juli, 1879.

Recording six new species from the Cauca River.

1879. tiber Einige Neue und Seltene Fisch-Arten aus den K. K. Zoologischen
Museen zu Wien, Stuttgart, u. Warschau. Denkschriften Kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenscliaften Wien, XLI, pp. 20-72.

Contains figures of Loricaria magdalence (Tafel VII, figs. 2-3).

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

257

1879. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Flussfische Siidamerika’s. Denkschriften Kaiser-

lichen Akademie der Wissenschaften Wien, XLI, 1879, pp. 151-172.

Contains an account of sixteen species of fishes of the Mamoni River
at Chepo and of three species from Northwestern Peru. Tetragonopterus
hranickii = T. peruvianus, Lehiasina himaculata.

1880. Zur Fisch-Fauna des Cauca und der Fliisse bei Guayaquil, ibid., XLII,

pp. 55-104, Taf. I-IX.

Report on forty-seven species of fresh-water fishes from the Cauca
and its tributaries at Caceres. Among them five new species. Enumera-
tion of seventy valid species from the Magdalena. Notes on twelve
species from Guayaquil. Three new species.

1902. Herpetologische und Ichthyologische Ergebnisse einer Reise nach Siida-
merika. Denkschriften Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften Wien,
LXII, pp. 89-148, Taf. I-V. ^

Reports on ninety-two species of fishes collected between Barranquilla
and Honda, at Ibague and Bogota, between Guayaquil and Chimborazo,
at Lima, Arequipa, and Pacasmayo.

Thominot, Alex.

1882.' Sur un Saccodon d’espece nouvelle venant de I’Equateur. Bulletin Societe
Philomathique de Paris, (7), VI, 1882, pp. 248-251.

Describes Saccodon craniocephalum.

Vaillant, Leon-.

1897. Contribution a I’etude ichthyologique du Chagres. Bulletin 'Museum
d’Histoire Naturelle, III, pp. 220-223.

Compares the Chagres and Chepo faunas.

Valenciennes, Achille.

1833. Nouvelles Observations sur le Capitan de Bogota. Recueil d' Observations de
Zoologie et d’Anatomie Comparee, II, p. 341.

Wagner, Moritz.

1864. Uber die hydrographischen Verhalt’nisse und das Vorkommen der Siisswas-
serfische in den Staaten Parama und Ecuador. Abhandlungen der K.
bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften, II Cl., Bd. X, Abth. 1. pp. 1-49.

Addenda.

Driver, Charles.

1919. On the Luciopimelodinse, a New Subfamily of the South American Siluridae. Proc. Am.
Phil. Soc., LVIII, pp. 448-456.

Transfers M egalonema xanthum to the genus Perugia of the Luciopimelodince.

Eigenmann, C. H. •

1922. The Nature and Origin of the Fishes of the Pacific Slopes of Ecuador, Peru, and Chili.

^ Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., LX, pp. 503-523.

Contends that the fishes of the western slopes were segregated by the formation
of the Andes before the life-time of the present species.

APPENDIX III.

GAZETTEER AND INDEX OF LOCALITIES.

I have endeavored in the following pages to give all the localities from which
fishes have been recorded within the territory covered by the preceding paper.
Where possible, I have given the elevation above sea-level. In the higher altitudes
these are frequently only approximations.

I have not been able to find on any of the maps accessible to me the names of
a number of small quebradas (brooks), especially in the Province of Santander,
and the spelling of their names is also a matter of doubt. I only know some of
these localities from the labels furnished me by Sefior Manuel Gonzales, who
collected for me within several days’ journey east, west, and north of Bogota.
The labels which were received from him were frequently torn, faintly written, or
otherwise not clearly legible.

The numbers under each locality are those of the species given in serial order
in the main body of the preceding memoir. The letter ‘‘A” is prefixed to all the
numbers, which occur in Appendix I, which deals with the fishes of the Rio Meta.
These numbers constitute an index to the species taken at each of the localities
mentioned.

Abacon, Rio. Panama.

296.

Abirregas, Rio. Maracaibo Basin, near Merida, Venezuela.

Agua Clara. Town and river emptying into R. Trinidad, into the Chagres. Panama.
161; 166; 188; 245.

Agua Larga, west of Bogota, now called Alban. (7,258 ft.)

44.

Alausi. River and town in the interandean park of the same name. Chanchan Basin.
Directly east of Guayaquil, Ecuador. j^9,400 ft.)

48 = Astroblepus grixalvii Humboldt.

Alban, Quebrada. Between Honda and Facatativa. Near top of divide on the Mag-
dalena side. Colombia. (7,258 ft.)

38; 49; 51; 78; 107; 207; 214.

Alhajuela. On Limon Creek, upper Chagres, Panama.

254; 295; 342.

Altacar. Tributary of the R. Telembi, Colombia.

192; 200.

258

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

259

Ambalema. Town on the Magdalena above Honda, Colombia. (782 feet.)

Ambato, Ecuador. Town in the interandean park Latacunga, the drainage of which is
into the Amazon.

Ancuya. On Rio Guaitara, highlands of western Colombia. Patia Basin. (5,000 ft.)
51 = Astroblepus choice (Regan).

Angel, El. In the highland park of Ibarra in northern Ecuador. Mira Basin. (10,000 ft.)
48 = Astroblepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Apulo. Juntas de Apulo on the railway between Girardot and Facatativa. (1,500 ft.)
3; 13; 27; 28; 30; 57; 86; 103; 120; 122; 146; 194; 197; 201; 207; 247; 252;
253; 261; 262; 265; 267; 269; 273; 274; 339; 358.

Araijan. Pacific side of Panama, a short distance north of the Canal Zone.

161;- 285; 289.

Arequipa. Town in southern Peru.

69; 70; 324.

Arguello, Quebrada. Santander, Colombia.

51.

Aruza, Rio. Tributary of the Tuyra, Darien, Panama.

166; 176; 218; 297.

Baipe, Rio. Boyaca, Colombia.

51 = Astroblepus choice (Regan); 100 = P seudancistrus carnegiei (Eigenmann.)
Banco, El. City on the Rio Magdalena at the mouth of the Rio Cesar, Colombia.

10; 27; 32; 33; 94; 247; 253.

Barbacoas. Town near the mouth of the Rio Telembi, tributary of the Rio Patia, S.
W. Colombia. (72 ft.)

26; 90; 115; 131; 172; 177; 192; 200; 257; 269; 309; 322; 352; 365; 379.
Barranca Alta. River near and parallel to the Rio’ Chanchan, southern Ecuador.

134; 135; 145; 158; 170; 171; 180.

.Barrancas. On Rio Lebrija, a tributary of the lower Magdalena, Colombia.

183.

Barranquilla. Near the mouth of the Rio Magdalena. Including the species about
the mouth of the Magdalena.

3; 9; 17; 30; 32; 33; 37; 86; 94; 114; 116; 133; 136; 146; 150; 151; 153;
179; 183; 247; 252; 259; 260; 262; 267; 269; 283; 297; 312; 313; 315; 328;
329; 330; 338; 343; 357.

Barrigbn. Hamlet at the head of navigation in the Rio Meta, east of Bogota. Inten-
dencia del Meta, Colombia.

99; 205; 265; A6; A7; A8; AlO; All; A15;. A17; A18; A19; A24; A25; A29;
A30; A31; A32; A34; A35; A36; A37; A38; A39; A42; A45; A46; A49; A51;
A55; A57; A58; A59; A60.

260

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Bayano, Rio. River emptying into the Pacific south of Panama City. {See Rios Chepo
and Mamoni).

281; 282; 332.

Beltran. Town bn the Rio Magdalena opposite Ambalema, Colombia. Salminus is
abundant here according to the reports of sportsmen.

Bernal Creek. Small creek near Honda, Colombia.

24; 27; 95; 121; 126; 185; 207; 244; 253; 262; 265; 339.

Blanco, Rio. Stream from crest of Cordillera east of Bogota, Colombia.

AlO; A21.

Boca de Certegui. Station on the Rio Pablo near the mouth of a tributary of the Rio
Certegui, Colombia, Atrato Basin.

20; 24; 28; 117; 121; 122; 123; 133; 151; 154; 165; 169; 188; 193; 201; 208;
215; 258; 269; 309; 341; 358.

Boca de Cupe. A town on the Tuyra at the mouth of the Rio Cupe, Darien, Panama.

97; 117; 123; 127; 181; 208; 349; 355.

Boca del Guineo. Rio Calima, flowing into the lower San Juan, Colombia.’

130; 161; 267; 270; 305; 345; 366.

Boca de Raspadura. A hamlet at the mouth of the Rio Raspadura near Istmina,
Colombia. Atrato Basin. (See Raspadura.)

Bodega Central. Town on the Magdalena near the mouth of the Lebrija.

3; 125; A17.

Bogota. Capital of Colombia, and name of river draining the plains of Bogota. (See
Rio Funza.)

67; 81; 164.

Boqueron, Rio. Atlantic side of the Canal Zone, Panama.

254.

Boquilla. Small hamlet west of Salento, at the western base of the Quindio Pass.
Drains into the Rio Viejo, into the Cauca.

15; 40; 51; 61; 203; 223; 230; 301.

Bucay. On a tributary of the Rio Chimbo, Ecuador.

148; 162; 171; 346.

Buenaventura. A town on the western coast of Colombia at the mouth of the Rio Dagua.

6; 278; 279; 280; 294; 309; 325; 326; 333; 334; 360; 365; 367; 376; 377.
Buenavista. Town on the Rio Alagdalena below La Dorada, Colombia.

28; 123; 153; 185; 196; 201; 253.

Cabarachia, Quebrada. Province of Santander, Colombia. Should possibly read
Cabarachior.

49; 68.

Cachabe. A small village on the river of that name. Province of Esmeraldas, Ecuador.
1° N. 81° W. on Map of Wolf. (500 ft.)

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

261

Caceres. Town on the Cauca, one hundred and fifty-nine miles from its mouth. (660 ft.)
3; 10; 17; 27; 30; 31; 32; 33; 36; 37; 83; 86; 94; 103; 116; 133; 136; 144;

146; 147; 149; 153; 174; 179; 183; 191; 208; 247; 250; 252; 259; 261; 262;

265; 267; 269; 270; 297; 300; 338; 339; 343; 357.

Caiman. Hamlet on Cienega of Barranquilla, Colombia. (See the list for Barranquilla.)
Calamar. Town on the Magdalena, east of Cartagena. (72 ft.)

28; 30; 31; 36; 83; 86; 114; 116; 133; 136; 146; 153; 179; 185; 188; 196;

201; 247; 252; 253; 262; 265; 267; 269; 297.

Calamar Cienega, or Cienega del Cerro, east of the Rio Magdalena north of Calamar.

83; 133; 136; 146; 15a; 185; 188; 196; 247; 252; 259; 283; 343; 357; 380.
Caldas. A town on the upper Rio Dagua emptying into the Pacific at Buenaventura,
Colombia. (3,722 ft.)

16; 26; 42; 44; 46; 61; 98; 172; 175; 177; 320.'

Cali. A town on the Rio Grande, an affluent of the upper Cauca.

20; 27; 57; 63; 126; 138; 154; 155; 175; 186; 198; 201; 204; 210; 216; 223;
233; 242; 243; 255; 267; 269; 273; 287.

Calima, Rio. A tributary of the lower Rio San Juan, Colombia.

16; 64; 130; 159; 161; 172; 177; 188; 200; 220; 221; 242; 249; 263; 265; 266;
267; 270; 272; 288; 305; 345; 351; 365; 366; 367; 379.

Callao. Port in Peru.

6; 73; 158. , ^

Callejona, Quebrada de la. Santander, Colombia.

45. .

Calobre, Rio. Bayano Basin, Panama.

Ill; 123; 133; 161; 167; 263; 355.

Cana. On the Rio Satigante, Tuyra Basin, Panama. See also Rio Grande.

52; 97; 102; 176; 218; 273; 290.

Candeleria. Isthnius of Panama.

340.

Cano Carneceria. A stream northwest of Cumaral. Llanos east of Bogota, Colombia.
See Carneceria.

Capeti Rio. Tuyra Basin. Panama.

119; 121.

Capitan, El. On Rio Mamoni, Panama.

249; 379.

Capitanejo, Quebrada. Santander, Colombia. Twenty-five miles east of Mogotes on
the Rio Chicamocha. 6° 18' 40" N. 1° 0' E. of Bogota.

68 = Pygidium nigromaculatum (Boulenger).

Caqueta, Rio. Tributary of the Cauca, near Cali, Colombia.

128.

262

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Caqiieza. Between Bogota and Villavicencio, thirty miles from Bogota, Colombia.
Elevation of the bridge of the Caqueza 5,300 ft.

A21; A22.

Cardenas, Rio. Pacific side of Canal Zone.

245.

Cargiieirazo or Caraguairazo or Carchuairazo. Volcano in Chimbo Basin, Ecuador.

43 = Astrohlepus cyclopus (Humboldt).

Cariyacu, Rio. Tributary of the Rio Angel (10,230 feet), Ecuador.

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Carneceria. Cano in the llanos east of Bogota, Intendenoia del Meta, Colombia.

51; A23; A40; A41; A42; A47; A59; A60.

Cartagena. Port on north coast of Colombia.

296; 359.

Cartago. Town on the Rio Viejo about six miles from the Rio Cauca.

27; 95; 126; 138; 155; 175; 198; 201; 204; 206; 210; 216; 223; 243; 255; 267;
269; 273. .

Casapalca. Smelter and town on the upper Rimac, Peru. Orestias elegans in the lakes
above and west of Casapalca.

Cascajal, Rio. Atlantic side of Panama at Porto Bello.

219; 285; 296; 317.

Castigo. See Rio Guaitara.

175; 177.

Cauca, Rio. The largest tributary of the Rio Magdalena. Probably the oldest river
of Colombia.

Cayambe. Town in the interandean park of Quito, Ecuador, Esmeraldas Basin. 0° 2'
N. (9,000-9,500 ft.)

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Cerro Azul. Pacific side of Panama.

161.

Certegui. Quito Basin of the upper Atrato Basin, Colombia. {See Boca de Certegui.)
• Chagres, Rio. Into the Atlantic near Colon, Panama.

Chame, Rio. Point and town about twenty-five miles north of Panama City.

16; 246; 264; 289; 293; 342; 379.

Chamisal, Quebrada. Between Honda and Facatativa, Colombia.

51; 78; 301.

^Chanchan, Rio. Tributary of the Rio Chimbo, emptying into the Rio Guayas, Ecuador.
Reached from station of Naranjito.

18; 43; 135; 158; 190; 225; 238; 264; 354; 365; 379.

Charala, Quebrada. Santander, south of Mogotes, Colombia.

45 = Astrohlepus Santander ensis (JLigawmaiva) 'jiSl = Pygidiumhogotense (K\gQi\m.2i,an).

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

263

Chepo. Town on the Rio Mamoni or Chepo, near head of tide. Panama.

16; 24; 104; 122; 123; 249; 264; 269; 349; 383.

Chiguancay. Tributary of the Rio Chanchan, southern Ecuador.

43 = Astrohlepus cyclopus (Humboldt).

Chillo. Ecuador. (8,500 ft.)

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Chimbe, or Chimbi? Quebrada de Santander, Colombia.

44 = Astrohlepus unifasciatus (Eig.); 51 = Astrohlepus choice (Regan).

Chimbi, Quebrada. Between Honda and Facatativa, near Alban, Colombia.

38 = Astrohlepus homodon (Regan).

Chimbo, Rio. Emptying into the Guayas near Guayaquil, Ecuador. (Between 700
and 800 ft.)

48; 105; 148; 162; 171; 238; 346.

Chipaque. Seventeen miles southeast from Bogota.* (7,900 ft.; 9,000-9,500 ft. ac-
cording to Chapman.)

Chiquinquira. City and river near southern boundary of Boyaca, Colombia. (8,480 ft.)

81 = Eremophilus mutisii, otherwise confined to the Plain of Bogota.
Chiquinquiseto, Rio. Province Boyaca, Colombia.

164 = Grundulus^ hogotensis otherwise confined to the Plain of Bogota.

Chirajara, Quebrada. Between Bogota and Villavicencio, Colombia. {See Hirajara.)
Chirimoto. Town in northern Peru, on the Rio Totora. Atlantic drainage.

51; 52.

Chiriqui. District in western Veragua, Panama.

356.

Choachi. Town east of Bogota on Atlantic side of crest, Colombia.

48; 51; A23.

Choco. The region of the San Juan and the Atrato, Colombia.

Chone. Town on river of the same name near the coast east of Colimes, Ecuador.
Near 1° south latitude.

22; 158; 190; 212; 238; 264; 279; 310; 346; 360; 361; 384; 385.

Chorrerra, Rio. Town and small stream emptying into the Pacific north of the Panama
Canal.

16; 112; 133; 176; 181; 200; 249; 264; 366; 370.

Chosica. Town on the Rio Rimac above Lima, Peru.

71; 158; 224; 324.

Chota, Rio. Below Paramba, Ecuador. (2,600 ft.)

51 = Astrohlepus choice (Regan).

Chota, Valley. Northern Ecuador.

217 = Bryconamericus simus (Boulenger).

Cincinnati. Twenty miles from Santa Marta, Colombia. (4,500 ft.)

67.

264

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Cisnero, or Juntas. A town on the Rio Dagua, Colombia. (1,046 ft.)

16; 26; 42; 53; 98; 175; 177; 221; 353; 373.

Cituro. Rio Cupe, Tiiyra Basin, Panama.

104; 127; 141; 176; 208; 256; 297; 358.

Cobarachf or (ia?), Quebrada. Santander. {See Cabarachior.)

Coello, Rio. Western tributary emptjdng into the Magdalena near Girardot, Colombia.
Colimes. On the Rio Daiile, Ecuador. North of Guayaquil.

7; 18; 85; 134; 135; 139; 145; 158; 170; 173; 190; 212; 225; 264; 346; 365;
385.

Colon. Port at the Atlantic end of the Panama Canal.

182; 284; 295; 368.

Condoto, Rio. An upper, eastern tributarj^ of the Rio San Juan, Colombia.

11; 16; 19; 26; 66; 91; 104; 105; 109; 110; 115; 122; 123; 124; 151; 159;
172; 177; 188; 200; 201; 208; 215; 220; 221; 235; 236; 242; 265; 266; 267;
271; 275; 276; 288; 300; 319; 322; 332; 343; 345; 351; 353; 375; 379.
Cordova. A town on the Rio Dagua, Colombia. (120 ft.)

16; 21; 75; 130; 177; 199; 200; 221; 267; 272; 332; 365.

Corozal. Pacific side of the Panama Canal Zone.

Costa Rica. State north of Panama.

181; 218; 238; 254; 366; 374.

Cotopaxi. Volcano south of Quito, Ecuador.

43 = Astroblepus cyclopus (Humboldt); 48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt).
Cramalote, Quebrada. Brook at Villavicencio, east of Bogota, Colombia. (1,496 ft.)
99; Al; A3; A8; AlO; All; A12; A13; A14; A15; A19; A22; A29; A30; A32;
A42; A45; A46; A49; A51; A55; A59.

Cristalina, Quebrada. Twenty-eight kilometers above Puerto Berrio, Colombia. Ele-
vation 1,000 feet.

51; 60; 301.

Cruz Verde, Paramo de. "Southeast of Bogota, Colombia. (9,900 ft.)

76 ^ Pygidium venulosum Steindachner.

Cucurrupi. Tributary of the Rio San Juan, Colombia.

200; 257; 365.

Cuenca. Town on the interandean park of the same name draining into the Amazon,
Ecuador.

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Culebra. On the Panama Canal. Sometimes on Atlantic side and sometimes on
Pacific side.

161; 300.

Cultambo. Station on the Jequetepeque near Pacasmayo, Peru.

72; 158; 171; 224; 346; 365.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

265

Cumaral. Hamlet and llanos northeast of Villavicencio. Intendencia del Meta,
Colombia. (1,320 ft.)

■ 126; A16; A27; A28; A32; A42; A52; A53; A54; A58; A59; A60.
Cundinamarca. Province in Colombia.

Cupe, Rio. A tributary of the Rio Tuyra, Darien, Panama.

104; 141; 165; 176; 208; 256; 291; 355; 358.

Dagua, Rio. Western Colombia. {See Buenaventura, Caldas, and Cisnero).

Daule, Rio. Forming with the Rio Vinces the Rio Guayas, Ecuador. {See Colimes.)
Densino, Quebrada da. Santander, Colombia.

49; 65.

Ducho, Rio de. Santander.

44; 49; 51.

Durango, Rio. Northwest Ecuador. (Into the Esmeraldas?) (350 ft., fide Rosenberg.)
11; 90; 105; 115.

Ecuador, Western (without more exact designation).

142; 184; 226; 231.

Empire, or Emperador. Station near Culebra in the Canal Zone, Atlantic side.

161; 218.

Encontradas, Lake Maracaibo, Venezuela.

133‘.

Esmeraldas. River in northwestern Ecuador, draining the area about Quito.

18; 158; 173.

Esperanza. Station near Tequendama on the plains of Bogota, Colombia.

164.

Eten. Coast town in northern Peru.

23; 171.

Fosca, Rio del. Southeast of Bogota, a short distance east of the crest of the Cordillera
Oriental, Colombia. (4,500 ft.)

49; 52; 98; A9; A15; A21; A22.

Frijoles, Rio. Town and tributary of the middle Rio Chagres, Panama.

112; 161; 200; 340.

Fundacion. South of Santa Marta, Colombia.

16; 123; 168; 195; 262; 297; 339; 343.

Funza, or Bogota, Rio. River draining the plains of Bogota.

67; 81; 164.

Gaira, Rio. At Gaira, Santa Marta, Colombia.

276; 277; 362.

Gatun, Rio. Town and tributary of the lower Chagres, Panama.

16; 87; 112; 113; 166; 167; 178; 182; 200; 245; 264; 342; 348; 378.

Girardot. Town on the Magdalena at end of the railway from Facatativa, Colombia.
(1,089 ft.)

266

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5; 13; 20; 24; 28; 57; 103; 104; 118; 120; 122; 126; 136; 146; 194
207; 216; 247; 248; 253; 261; 262; 269; 273; 274.

Gorgona. Near Culebra, Canal Zone, Chagres Basin, Panama.

161; 166; 285; 323.

Grande, Rio. Emptying into the Pacific near Panama City.

87; 293; 372.

Grande de Terraba, Rio. Costa Rica.

Grande, Rio. Tuyra Basin near Cana, Panama. {See also Cana.)

97; 273.

Guadalupe. Santander, Colombia. 6° 2' 30" N. 0° 20' 42" east of Bogota.
45.

196; 201;

(5,400 ft.)

Guadrigua, Rio. Eastern slope east of Bogota. Exact location not known.

205; A49; A50.

Guaduas, Rio. City between Honda and Facatativa, Colombia. (3,323 ft.)

38; 44; 51; 60; 74?; 78; 100; 307.

Guaitara, Rio. Tributary of the upper Patia. Southwestern Colombia.

22; 175; 177; 200; 222; 228; 257.

Guali, Rio. Western tributary emptying into the Magdalena at Honda, Colombia.
Guallupi. Opposite Lachis on the Rio Mira, Ecuador. (5,000 ft.)

43 = Astrohlepus cyclopus (Humboldt).

Guamal, Quebrada. Betsween Honda and Facatativa, Colombia. Possibly this is
Guadual?

Guanita = Juanita, q. v.

Guapota, Quebrada. Santander, Colombia. 6° 7' 45" N. 0° 25' 10" east of Bogota.
(3,300 ft.)

45; 51.

Guatemala. State in Central America.

254; 266; 318; 348.

Guatigua, Rio = Guatiquia or Guateque?

A42?

Guaranda. On the Rio Chimbo, Ecuador.

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt.)

Guayaquil. Port in Ecuador on the Guayas.

18; 56; 85; 135; 142; 143; 152; 173; 264; 267; 314; 327; 328; 333; 337; 346;
354; 360; 361; 364; 381; 383; 384; 385.

Guayas, Rio. Formed by the junction of the Rios Vinces and Colimes. Ecuador.
{See also Guayaciuil).

267; 336; 354.

Guineo. {See Boca de Guineo.)

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

267

Hato. Quebrada de Santander. Near Mogotes, Colombia. 0° 24' 5" E. 6° 20' 3" N.
(4,300 ft.)

78 = Pygidium striatum M. & H.

Herrera. Station near Teqiiendama, Colombia.

81.

Hirajara. {See Chirajara.) Colombia, between Bogota and Villavicencio.

52; A21; A22.

Honda. Town on the Magdalena River six hundred and thirty miles above Barran-
quilla. (693 ft.)

10; 14; 24; 27; 28; 31; 82; 86; 88; 95; 100; 121; 126; 136; 137; 146; 153; 157;
179; 185; 196; 201; 207; 216; 244; 247; 250; 252; 253; 261; 262; 265;- 339.
Honda, Quebrada de la. Santander, Colombia.

65; 74.

Horizonte, Quebrada de. Santander, Colombia.

Huamani, Ecuador. Into Rio Napo.

48 = Astroblepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Huambo, Rio. Northern Peru, Amazon Basin.

51; 52.

Huaras. On the Rio Santa, Peru. (10,700 ft.)

54.

Huigra. Town on the Chanchan, in the interandean park of Alausi, Ecuador. (4,000 ft.)
51 = Astroblepus chotce (Regan).

Ibague. Town west of Bogota on the base of Tolima, Colombia. (4,286 ft.)

228; 301; 339.

Ibarra. Town in the interandean park of Ibarra, Mira Basin, northern Ecuador, 0° 20'
N. (7,000 ft.)

Imbabura. Volcano north of Quito, Ecuador.

43 = Astroblepus cyclopus (Humboldt).

Indio, Rio. Tributary of the upper Chagres, Panama.

178; 209; 317; 318; 321.

Istmina, Colombia. A town on the upper Rio San Juan, where it turns from a westward
to southward flow.

19; 26; 46; 88; 91; 96; 104; 109; 115; 123; 124; 126; 130; 161; 172; 177;
188; 200; 208; 215; 220; 221; 236; 237; 242; 257; 263; 265; 267; 288; 309;
322; 332; 341; 345; 351; 353; 365; 379.

Jequetepeque, Rio. Discharging into the Pacific near Pacasmayo. {See Cultambo;
Llallan, Pacasmayo.)

Jimenez. Near Cisnero, Rio Dagua, Colombia.

41; 52; 53.

Juanambu, Rio. Tributary of the upper Patia. Southwestern Colombia.

51 = Astroblepus chotce (Regan).

268

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Juan Diaz, Rio. Emptying into the Pacific a few miles south of Panama City.

181; 291; 370; 379.

Juanita. On the Rio Cauca, the port of Cali.

Included in the list under Cali.

Juntas. See Cisnero.

Jujiado, Rio. Tributary of lower San Juan. Western Colombia.

309.

Labaja. Santander; see Luba j a, Colombia.

44.

Lachis. On the Rio Mira above Paramba, Ecuador. (5,000 ft.)

43 = Astroblepus cyclopus (Humboldt); 52 = Astrohlepus longifilis (Steindachner).
La Dorada. Town at the head of navigation of the lower Magdalena, about six hundred
and fifteen miles from its mouth. (627 ft.)

Largateria. Northern tributary of the Chagres, Panama.

167; 254.

La Serena. Coast town near Coquimbo, Chili.

311.

Latacunga. Town in the interandean park of the same name, draining into the Amazon,
Ecuador. (9,055 ft.).

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Lebrija, Rio. An eastern tributary of the Rio Magdalena, Colombia.

153.

Lima. Capital of Peru, on the Rio Rimac.

71; 158; 224.

Limon Creek. At Alhajuela, Panama.

342.

Lisa, Rio. Tributary of the Rio San Juan. Western Colombia.

159; 208.

Llallan. Station on the upper Jequetepeque, inland from Pacasmayo, Peru. (2,437 ft.)
23; 55; 72; 158; 171; 224; 346.

Los Llanos de Sandona. Near Tuquerres, southwestern Colombia. (5,000 ft.)

51 = Astrohlepus choice (Regan). *

Los Llanos. The plains of eastern Colombia. {See Barrigon, Carneceria, Cumaral.)

62.

Lubaja, Quebrada. Santander, Colombia.

44.

Machachi. Town in the interandean park, Quito, Ecuador. (9,500 ft.)

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt.)

Madrid. Town on the plains of Bogota near Facatativa, Colombia. (8,500 ft.)

• 67; 81; 164.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

269

Magdalena. Largest river in Colombia.

Magui, Rio. Tributary of the Rio Patia above the Telembi, southwestern Colombia.

90; 106; 115; 123; 172; 189; 257; 265; 269; 335; 344; 352; 379.

Mamatoco, Rio Manzanares. Santa Marta, Colombia.

276; 296; 343. '

Mamoni, Rio. See Chepo and Bayano.

16; 24; 104; 122; 123; 133; 167; 249; 263; 264.

Manabi, Ecuador.

309.

Managru. Upper Quito Basin of the Atrato, Colombia.

4; 114; 130; 151; 154; 165; 188; 201; 208; 215; 242; 263; 265; 267: 269; 270:
288; 341; 345; 351.

Mandingo, Rio. Chagres Basin.

178; 347.

Mango, Quebrada del. Santander, Colombia.

65.'

Manzanares, Rio. Near Santa Marta, Colombia.

276; 296; 343.

Maracaibo. Extreme northwestern corner of Venezuela.

28; 133; 137; 313; 357.

Maria Luisa. Hacienda on the Rio Mira in northern Ecuador below Paramba.
Mariquita. Railway station southwest of Honda, Colombia. (1,805 ft.)

Marrigante. Panama, Tuyra Basin.

29; 35; 268; 269.

Marte Arnade, Rio. Panama.

84; 133.*

Marutiba. (Possibly Marcetita*.) Between Bogota and Villavicencio, Colombia.

52; A21; A22.

Matucana. Town on the Rio Rimac above Chosica, Peru.

71; 158; 324.

Matachin. Panama Canal Zone, Atlantic side.

Merida. Town on the Cordillera de Merida in the Maracaibo Basin, Venezuela.

205; A13; A20; A27.

Meta, Rio. Tributary of the Orinoco, eastern Colombia. . {See Appendix I).

17; 99; 125.

Milligali. Hacienda southwest of Quito, Ecuador, belonging to L. Soderstrom. Esrner-
aldas Basin.

48. -

Millo, Rio. Maracaibo Basin, near Merida, Venezuela.

* Also Xiphosioma hujeta; Piabucina erythrinoides ; Ailurichthys bagre.

270

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Mindi. Near the Atlantic coast of the Canal Zone, between Gatun and Colon, Panama.
348; 360; 369; 371.

Mindo. Hacienda, west of Quito, Ecuador. Esmeraldas Basin. (4,108 ft.)

43; 51; 59; 163; 239.

Mira. Town in the interandean park, Ibarra, northern Ecuador.- Mira Basin.

Mira, Rio. Northwestern Ecuador.

171.

Mirador. Ecuador.

190.

Missimbi, Rio. Empire, Canal Zone, Panama.

340.

Mogotes. Rio, Santander, Colombia. About ten miles southeast of San Gil, 0° 42' 42"
E. 6° 16' N. (5,582 to 5,626 ft.)

45; 52.

Monte Liria. On the Rio Gatun, Chagres Basin.

87; 113; 166; 178; 182; 245; 348; 378.

Munguido, Rio. Tributary of the Rio San Juan, western Colombia.

58; 200; 265; 267.

Naradol, Quebrada. Santander.

Naranjal. Between Bogota and Villavicencio. {See Quebrada Naranjal.)

A22.

Naranjito. Rio Barranca Alto, and Rio Chanchan from the station of Naranjito,
Ecuador.

89; 145; 152; 158; 171; 180; 238; 346; 354; 365; 379.

Negro, Rio. Antioquia, Colombia.

52.

Negro, Rio. River on the eastern slope east of Bogota, Colombia.

49; 99; Al; A2; A3; A5; A6; A8; AlO; A19; A22; A30; A42; A43; A49; A50;
A56; A59.

Neiva. Town on the upper Magdalena, one hundred and ninety-three miles above
Honda, Colombia.

New Granada. Old name for Panama.

113; 181; 350; 356.

Nicaragua. State in Central America.

254; 285.

Northwestern Ecuador, without nearer designation, probably Esmeraldas Basin.

123.

Novita. A town on the Rio Condoto, emptying into the San Juan, Colombia.

1*30; 235.

Obispo. Station on the Rio Chagres.

200; 264; 285; 347.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

271

Ocamonte, Quebrada. Santander, 0° 35' 35" E. 6° 9' 45" N. (4,620 ft.)

65.

Orquiza, Rio. Eastern slope of Cordillera Oriental; exact location not known; but it is
east of Bogota.

A43.

Pacasmayo. Coast town in northern Peru.

23; 72; 158; 171; 224; 316; 346.

Pacho, Rio de. Between Honda and Facatativa, or Boyaca. (5,893 ft.)

' 49 = Astrohlepus micrescens (Eigenmann.)

Paila. A town on the Rio Paila, a tributary of the upper Cauca, Colombia.

95; 126; 138; 146; 156; 175; 198; 201; 204; 206; 210; 223; 233; 243; 255.
Paita. Northwest coast of Peru. The fresh-water fishes reported from Paita actually
came from some miles inland from the Chira or the Piura River.

Palmira Pass. Atlantic slope, Ecuador.

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt.)

Papallacta. Northeastern face of the Huamani. Atlantic slope, Ecuador.

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt.)

Paraiso. Pacific slope of Panama, Canal Zone.

372.

Paramba. Town or hacienda on the Rio Mira, northern Ecuador, east of Cachabe.
0° 55' N. 80° 39' W. on map of Wolf. (3,500 ft.)

59= Pygidium laticeps (Kner); 171 = Brycon atricaudatus (Kner); 372= Sicydium
salvini (Grant.)

Patia, Rio. Southwestern Colombia.

Pava, Quebrada la, Santander.

45; 51.

Pedro Miguel. Pacific slope of the Panama Canal Zone.

256.

Pelada, Quebrada de la, Santander.

45; 49; 51; 100.

Penas Blancas. Station on the Magdalena near Puerto Berrio, Colombia.

24; 27; 28; 86; 122; 137; 138; 146; 196; 201; 207; 216; 247; 253; 261; 343.
Pembana. On the Rio Telembi, emptying into the Patia, southern Colombia.

Pequeno, Rio. Tributary of the upper Chagres, Panama.

200.

Perdices, Quebrada. Brook emptying into the Rio Negro above Villavicencio.

A22

Peripa, Rio. Tributary of the Rio Daule, Ecuador.

8; 145; 170; 171; 173; 346.

Pichincha. Volcano near Quito, Ecuador.

272

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Piedra Moler. Bridge over the Rio Viejo east of Cartago, Colombia. '

95; 104; 126; 146; 155; 175; 198; 201; 206; 211; 216; 223; 233; 255.

Piedras, Rio. Santander, Colombia.

67.

Pinchote, Quebrada de. Santander, Colombia, near San Gil. (4,150 feet.)

51; 77.

Piperel, Quebrada. Emp tying into the Rio Negro above Villavicencio. Intendencia del
Meta, Colombia.

A22.

Pisco. Coast town of Peru south of Callao.

311.

Pita, Laguna. Darien, Panama, on the Pacific side.

133; 160.

Piura. City in northern Peru on river of the same name.

23; 72; 158; 171; 224; 346.

Popayan. Southwestern Colombia.

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt.) •

Porto Bello. On the Rio Cascajal, Panama. A coast town a few miles east of Colon.
161;' 219; 286; 362.

Portoviejo, Ecuador. Near the coast at 1° north latitude.

22; 158; 190; 212; 346.

Potrero, Quebrada. Santander, Colombia.

49.

Pove, Rio. Santo Domingo de los Colorados, Ecuador. (1,848 ft.)

108 = Chcetostomus cequinoctialis (Pellegrin.)

Puente Piedra. Near Lima, Peru, on the railway toward Ancon.

71; 158; 224.

Puente del Chimbo. Former railroad terminus, seventy miles from Guayaquil. (1,000 ft.)
Puente de Suba. North of Bogota, Colombia.

67; 81; 164.

Puerto Berrio. Town on the Magdalena, Colombia. (424 ft.)

10; 30; 31; 32; 33; 36; 60; 136; 146; 153; 179; 201; 216; 247; 252; 357.
Puerto Negria. A station at the head of steam navigation on the Rio San Juan, Colombia.
21; 109; 115; 123; 124; 130; 151; 172; 200; 208; 215; 257; 263; 265; 309;
326; 332; 341; 343; 365; 366; 379.

Puerto del Rio. Cienega on Central Magdalena.

3; 86; 196; 247; 265; 267; 269; 338; 380.

Puertoviejo, Near coast, west of Guayaquil. (See Portoviejo.)

Puerto Wilches. Town on the Rio Vlagdalena. (346 feet.)

3; 24; 27; 28; 32; 179; 185; 196; 201; 247; 253.

BIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

273

Punta Toro. Western Point of Limon Bay near Colon. {See Toro Point.)

Quetame. East of Bogota, Colombia. (4,700 ft.)

Quibdo, A town at the junction of the Rios Quito and Atrato, Western Colombia.

4; 10; 16; 24; 28; 34; 36; 58; 114; 123; 129; 133; 137; 146; 151; 153; 169;
177; 185; 192; 195; 201; 208; 215; 249; 251; 258; 260; 265; 270; 288; 341;
343; 351; 357; 358; 380.

Quito. Capitol of Ecuador. (9,375 ft.)

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt.)

Quito, Rio. A tributary emptying into the Rio Atrato at Quibdo, Colombia.
Raspadura. Town and river, the latter of the Atrato Basin just north of the Rio San
Juan. {See also Boca de Raspadura.)

4; 104; 110; 114; 115; 130; 151; 154; 161; 177; 188; 201; 208; 220; 236; 240;
249; 265; 267; 270; 288; 341; 342; 345; 351; 358.

Raya, Quebrada de la. Santander, Colombia.

68.

Reservoir Creek. Gorgona, Canal Zone, Panama.

347.

Rimac, Rio. River of Central Peru emptying into the Pacific at Callao.

71; 158; 224; 307; 324.

Rinconada. Hacienda north of Angel, Province of Cachi, Ecuador. (3,110 M.)

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Riobamba. Town in the interandean park of the same name, draining into the Amazon,
Ecuador. (9,000 ft.)

48 = Astrohlepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Roncador, Rio. Eastern slope of Cordillera Oriental. East of Bogota, Colombia.

205; A13; A21; A49.

Ropero, Quebrada de la. Emptying into the Rio Suarez near 5° 43' North. Bogota,
Colombia.

78; 107.

Rosario, Rio. Small stream emptying into the Pacific near Tumaco.

326.

Rosario, Rio. Tributary of lower San Juan.

6; 365; 366.

Salidero. Northwestern Ecuador (probably on the Esmeraldas). (350 ft. Rosenberg.)
105.

Sandona. Southern Colombia, Los Llanos de Sandona.

51 = Astrohlepus choice (Regan); 62 = Pygidium tcenium (Kner).

San Gil. Santander. (3,628 ft.)

78; 100; 107; 205; A49.

San Javier. Northwestern Ecuador. Rio Esmeraldas? (60 ft., fide Rosenberg.)

90; 115; 163.

274

MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

San Joaquin, Quebrada de. Santander, near San Gil, Colombia. (6,500 ft.)

47; 49.

San Juan, Rio. Stream in western Colombia, emptying near Buenaventura.

San Lorenzo. Santa Marta, Colombia. (4,500 ft.)

11; 67; 68; 318; 372.

San Lorenzo. On the Rio Telembi, tributary of the R. Patia, southwestern Colombia.

26; 58; 172; 177; 257; 352; 379.

San Pablo. Lake at base of Caraquairazo, Ecuador.

43 = Astroblepus cyclopus (Humboldt).

Santa, Rio. The largest river emptying into the Pacific in Peru.

54 = Astroblepus simonsi (Regan).

Santa Elena. Near the coast west of Guayaquil, Ecuador.

303 = Pseudopoecilia festce (Boulenger).

Santa Eulalia. Upper tributary of the Rio Rimac, Peru.

Santa Marta. Northern city on Caribbean sea, east of the Magdalena.

67; 68; 276; 296; 343. .

Santander. Province in Colombia examined between San Gil and Bogota.

67; 229.

Santa Rita, Quebrada. Antioquia, Colombia.

38; 52.

Santiago. Capital of Chile.

311.

Santiago, Rio. A river in northwestern Ecuador. (There is also a river of the same
name in southeastern Ecuador.)

181. (? 250 Eastern Ecuador.)

San Vicente. Near Santa Elena west of Guayaquil, Ecuador.

303 = Pseudopcecilia festce (Boulenger).

Sapayo, Rio. Northwest Ecuador, into Rio Cayapas, into the Rio Santiago.

163; 344.

Sarjento, Quebrada. Between Honda and Facatativa, Colombia. (4,000 ft.)

38; 44; 51; 60; 78; 107.

Satigante, Rio. A tributary of the Rio Tuyra, Panama.

97; 218; 289.

Seco, Rio. Near Honda, between Honda and Facatativa, Colombia.

339; 358.

Siachia, Quebrada de. Santander.

49. '

Sipi, Rio. Upper San Juan Basin. Western Colombia.

75.

Soplaviento. Town on Dique de Cartagena between Cartagena and Calamar, Colombia.

EIGENMANN: fishes op northwestern south AMERICA.

275

10; 17; 27; 28; 30; 31; 32; 33; 36; 83; 86; 94; 103; 114; 116; 133; 136; 137;
146; 153; 169; 179; 185; 196; 207; 213; 214; 234; 244; 247; 252; 253; 262;
265; 267; 269; 270; 276; 283; 338; 339; 343; 357; 358.

St. Augustine. On headwater tributary of the Rio Magdalena. (5,000 ft.)

51 = Astroblepus choice (Regan); 80 = Pygidium retropinne (Regan).

Suaita, Quebrada. Province Santander, Colombia. 0° 19' 30" E.; 5° 58' N. (6,369 ft.)
65; 164.

Suarez, Rio. Draining the highlands of Santander into the Magdalena. (See
Santander.)

Suba. Town a short distance north of Bogota. (See Puente de Suba.)

Sucio, Rio. A town at the junction of the Rio Sucio with,the Rio Atrato, Colombia.

3; 16; 28; 34; 146; 251; 263; 357.

Suescum. Into Rio Funza? Cundinamarca, 5° 2' 25" N. 0° 11' E. of Bogota, Colombia.
(7,073 ft.)

45 = Astroblepus santanderensis (Eigenmann).

Sullana. On the Rio Chira, northwestern Peru.

23; 132; 171; 224; 384.

Sumuco, Quebrada. Brook on eastern slope of Cordillera Oriental, not far from Villa-
• vicencio.

49; 52; AlO; A21; A22.

Susa, Rio. Nearly halfway between Hato and Chiquinquira. 0° 4' 45" E. 5° 54' 35"
N., Cundinamarca, Colombia. Near the laguna Fuquene. (8,471 ft.)

49 = Astroblepus micrescens (Eigenmann).

Susumuco. (See Sumuco).

Tabernilla. Atlantic side of the Canal Zone.

167; 254.

Tado. On junction of the Rio Tado with the Rio San Juan, western Colombia. (316
ft.)

79; 104; 115; 122; 130; 208; 215; 221; 237; 257; 265; 309; 322; 341; 351;
365; 379.

Tamana, Rio. An upper, eastern tributary of the Rio San Juan, western Colombia.

11; 75; 101; 104; 124; 130; 159; 221; 235; 343.

Tambo. A station at the headwaters of a small stream of the Atrato Basin, just north
of Istmina.

24; 159; 161; 188; 215; 220; 236; 288; 345; 351.

Tambo, Rio. Southern Peru, south of Mollendo.

324.

Tamocal, Rio. At San Lorenzo near Santa Marta, Colombia. (800 ft.)

276; 318; 372.

Telembi, Rio. A tributary of the Rio Patia from the south. Southwestern Colombia.

276

MEMOIES OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM.

4; 11; 22; 106; 115; 123; 131; 172; 177; 189; 222; 237; 257; 265; 267; 269;
309; 322; 335; 344; 352; 379.

Tengavita. Eastern slope of Cordillera Oriental near Bogota, Colombia. Exact location
not known to the recorder.

99; AlO; A22.

Tequendama. Falls of the Rio Funza or Bogota, Colombia.

Terraba, Rio Grande de. A river of Costa Rica.

374.

Tiabaya. Town a short distance from Arequipa on the Rio Chile, Peru.

70; 324; no other species at Tiabaya.

Toche. Small hamlet at the eastern base of the Quindio Pass, Colombia.

48 = Astroblepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Toro Point. Point of land near the Atlantic end of the Panama Canal. {See Punta
Toro.) 161; 285; 299; 317; 368.

Totora, Rio. Northern Peru. Atlantic slope.

51; 52.

Trinidad, Rio. Aqua Clara, Canal Zone. Chagres Basin, Panama.

254; 362.

Truando, Rio. A western tributary emptying into the Atrato near Rio Sucio, Colombia.

3; 4; 16; 24; 28; 34; 36; 83; 92; 114; 117; 129; 133; 137; 146; 151; 153;

154; 161; 165; 168; 169; 188; 192; 193; 195; 201; 202; 208; 215; 220; 241;

249; 258; 263; 265; 266; 270; 300; 306; 309; 341; 343; 351; 357; 358; 382.

Trujillo. Town near the coast in northern Peru inland from Salaverry.

158; 310.

Tumaco. Town on an island in southern Colombia.

6; 278; 280; 309; 338 (footnote) ; 361.

Tumbez, Rio. Emptying into the Pacific in northern Peru.

334.

Tungarahua or Tungaragua. Volcano south of Cotopaxi, Ecuador.

43 = Astroblepus cyclopus (Humboldt).

Tuquerres. Town in the highlands of southwestern Colombia in the Patia Basin.
Collections were made at 9,600 ft. and 10,090 ft.

48 = Astroblepus grixalvii (Humboldt).

Tuyra. Pacific slope stream of southern Panama.

16; 24; 29; 35; 87; 104; 117.

Usme Sur. Town on the Tunjuelo near Bogota, Colombia.

81.

Varriri, Quebrada. Santander, Colombia.

45; 51.

Ventura. Ecuador. Near Guayaquil.

304.

EIGENMANN: fishes of northwestern south AMERICA.

277

Veragua. Western Panama.

93; 356.

Villavicencio. City at eastern base of the Cordillera of Bogota, Intendencia del
Meta, Colombia. 0° 30' E. 2° 15' 10" N. (1,496 ft.)

24; 49; 99; 205; Al; A2; A3; A4; A5; A6; A8; AlO; All; A12; A13; A14;
A15; AlO; A22; A26; A29; A30; A32; A35; A39; A42; A43; A44; A45; A46;
A49; A50; A51; A54; A55; A56; A58; A59.

Villeta. Between Honda and Facatativa, Colombia. (Between 2,669 and 2,778 ft.)

38; 78; 107; 301.

Vinces, Rio and Town. North of Guayaquil, Ecuador.

12; 18; 25; 85; 134; 135; 139; 140; 145; 152; 158; 170; 187; 225; 227; 264;
304; 346; 385.

Vitor, Valle and Rio. Southern Peru not far from Arequipa.

324; no other species at Vitor.

Yambi, Rio. Tributary of Rio Telembi, southwestern Colombia.

172; 177; 352.

Yape. Tributary of the Rio Tuyra, Panama.

97; 111; 117; 127; 232; 291.

Zamora, Rio. Draining the interandean park Loja in southern Ecuador, toward the
Maranon. {See Boulenger.)

Zipaquira, Quebrada. Province Norte Colombia.

0° 1' 40" E. 4° 56' 35" N. (8,668 ft.)

Zurumilla, Rio. Upper course of the Rio Tumbez. Between Ecuador and Colombia.
158.

278

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Xyliphius magdalence Eigenmann. Type. No. 4829, C. M., 32 mm.
Girardot.

Fig. la. Enlarged view of distal extremity of pectoral spine of X. magdalence.

Fig. lb. Enlarged view of the under side of the head of X. magdalence.

Fig. 2. Bunocephalus colombianus Eigenmann. No. 5483, C. M., 136 mm. Man-
agru.

Fig. 3. Cetopsorhamdia boquillce Eigenmann. Type. No. 3923, C. M., 81 mm.
Boquilla.

Fig. 4. Chasmocranus rosce Eigenmann. Type. No. 3841, C. M., 65 mm. Rio
Negro, Villavicencio.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX

Plate I.

Xyliphius, Bunoceplialus, Cetopsorhamdia, Chasmocranus.

280

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Figs. 1-2. Pseudopimelodus transmontanus Regan. No. 13008, I. U. M., 73 mm.
San Lorenzo, Patia Basin.

Figs. 3-4. Microgla7iisvariegatus'EigeiimsLnnand Henn. Type. 13106, I. U. M..
45 mm. Vinces.

Plate II

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX

Pseudopi?nelodus, Microglanis.

■ > .T'

>■

>

s' nr

•»'"»» • I'i'l

■ ' .Wy. A

' : ■ .-" . •, •'..-;.4 :■• • .TV ,

r<:.*

282

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Hemicetopsis othonops Eigenmann. Type. No. 4830, C. M., 120 mm.
Girardot.

Fig. 2. Hemicetopsis amphiloxa Eigenmann. Type. No. 5332, C. M., 88 mm.
Patia Basin.

Fig. 3. Perugia xanthus Eigenmann. Type. No. 4822, C. M., 202 mm. Gi-
rardot.

Fig. 4. Pseudoplaty stoma fasciatum (Linnaeus). No. 13551, I. U. M., 400 mm.
Puerto Berrio.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate III,

Hemiceto'psis, Perugia, Pseudoplaty stoma

284

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Cetopsorhamdia nasus Eigenmann and Fisher. Type. No. 7124, C. M.,
72 mm. Honda.

Figs. 2-3. Irnparfinis niicrops Eigenmann and Fisher. Type. No. 6776, C., 75
mm. Rio Negro, emptying into Rio Meta at Villavicencio.

Fig. 4. Nannorhamdia nemaclieir Eigenmann and Fisher. Type. No. 7125,
C. M., 105 mm. Girardot.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX. Plate IV.

Cetopsorharndia, hnparfinis, Naimorhamdia.

286

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Trachycorystes fisheri Eigenmann. Type. o'. No. 6667a, C. M., 250 mm.
Fig. 2. Trachycorystes fisheri Eigenmann. Allotype. 9 . No- 66676, C. M., 275

mm.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Trachycorystes fisheri. 1 c? , 2 9 .

i

u , “

. ■ i rv “

1 Tv

? %. *'■’■ -

Vio*;

»-

f

rif

:‘d -':. VU'. •^- W

<

1*-^

',r^

■>

. <*

»

•.'5 A

>.

-»

\

. ■ . -P

if.

05 - . ‘ .

4P

‘m

j

■V’

<1

r,- {J

:<'l

^1

288

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Astrohlepus homodon (Regan). No. 7353, C. M., 63 mm. Quebrada
Sarjento.

Fig. 2. Astrohlepus chaprnani Eigenmann. Type. No. 4863, C. M., 75 mm.
Boquilla.

Fig. 3. Astrohlepus latidens Eigenmann. Type. No. 7362a, C. M., 57 mm.
Piperel.

Figs. 4-5. Astrohlepus trifasciatus (Eigenmann). No. 4869, C. M., 23 and 41
mm. Caldas.

Fig. 6. Astrohlepus trifasciatus (Eigenmann). Type. No. 4868, C. M., 85 mm.
Caldas.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate VI

Astrohlepus.

I

.1

f-

k^ar>j.w '

:/^Qr

V

4..\

A-

'•e*

<

r «s;/ .
k>-

!,• '

>S*.^

N

ifi

il**^

290

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Astroblepus cyclopus (Humboldt). No. 7389, C. AI., 39 mm. Hacienda
Lachis.

Fig. 2. Astroblepus unifasciatus (Eigenmann). Type. No. 4871, C. M., 57 mm.
Caldas.

Fig. 3. Astroblepus cirratus (Regan). Based on type of Cyclopium ventrale Eigen-
mann. No. 4866, C. M., 75 mm. Caldas.

Fig. 4. Astroblepus micrescens Eigenmann. Type. No. 7372a, C. M., 69 mm.
Agua Larga.

Fig. 5. Astroblepus choice (Regan). No. 7421, C. AL, 38 mm. Quebrada Guadual.

Plate

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Asiroklepus.

292

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Corydoras melanotcenia Regan. No. 15039, I. U. M., 43 mm. Barrig6n.
Fig. 2. Hoplosternum magdalence Eigenmann. No. 13970, I. U. M., juv., 62 mm.
Trnando.

Fig. 3. Hoplosternum magdalence Eigenmann. Type. No. 5081, C. M., 107 mm.
Soplaviento.

Fig. 4. Dorsal view of the type -of Hoplosternum magdalence Eigenmann.

Fig. 5. Corydoras metcB Eigenmann. Ventral view of Type, No. 13451, I..U. M.,
52 mm. Barrighn.

Figs. 6-7. Cheiridodus hondce (Regan). No. 13922, I. U. M., 108 mm. Istmina.

Plate Vlll.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Corydoras, Hoplosternum, Cheiridodus.

i

/•

■ ■C'.

■?

;i ...

.!_• J

294

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Hemiancistrus annectens Regan. No. 13914, I. U. M., 257 mm. Patia.
Fig. 2. Hemiancistrus annectens Regan. No. 13914, I. U. M., 257 mm. (Dorsal
view.)

Fig. 3. Hemiancistrus landoni Eigenmann. Type. No. 13654, I. U. M., 255 mm.
Naranjito, Ecuador.

Fig. 4. He7niancistrus holostictus Regan. No. 7569, C. M., 137 mm. Istmina.
Fig. 5. Hemiancistrus wilsoni Eigenmann. No. 13921, I. U. M., 127 mm. Tru-
ando.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate IX.

Hemiancisirus.

296

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Hemiancistrus wilsoni Eigenmann. Type. No. 7570, C. M., 133 mm.
Truando.

Fig. 2. Hemiancistrus landoni Eigenmann. Type. No. 13654, I. U. M., 255 mm.
Naranjito, Ecuador.

Fig. 3. Pseudancistrus carnegiei Eigenmann. Type. No. 7346, C. M., 110 mm.
Rio San Gil.

Fig. 4. Pseudancistrus pediculatus Eigenmann. Type. No. 7348, C. M., 118 mm.
Rio Negro, Villavicencio.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, IX.

Plate X.

Hemiancisirus, Pseudancistrus,

298

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Cochliodon plecostomoides Eigenmann. Type. No. 15043, I. U. M., 256
mm. Villavicencio.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view of head of type of Cochliodon plecostomoides Eigenmann.

Fig. 3. Ventral view of head of type of Cochliodon plecostomoides Eigenmann.

Fig. 4. Lasiancistrus caucanus Eigenmann. Type. No. 2824, C. M., 171 mm.
Cartago.

Fig. 5. Lasiancistrus caucanus Eigenmann. No. 12683, I. U. M., 173 mm.
Cartago.

Fig. 6. Lasiancistrus mayoloi Eigenmann. Paratype. No. 4827, C. M., 117 mm.
Istmina.

Fig. 7. Lasiancistrus mayoloi Eigenmann. (Ventral view of same specimen.)

Plate XL

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Cochliodon, Lasioncistrus.

300

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

*

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Pseudancistrus daguce Eigenmann. Type. No. 4842, C. M., 79 mm.
Caldas. (Ventral view.)

Fig. 2. Pseudancistrus daguce Eigenmann. (Dorsal view of the type.)

Fig. 3. Pseudancistrus pediculatus Eigenmann. No. 13928, I. U. M., 112 mm.
Quebrada Crarnalote, Villavicencio.

Fig. 4. Chcetostomus ihonisoni Regan. No. 13659, I. U. M., 84 mm. Quebrada
Guadual.

Fig. 5. Chcetostomus leucomelas Eigenmann. Type. No. 13652, I. U. M., 140
mm. Rio Patia.

Fig. 6. Chcetostomus leucomelas Eigenmann. (Dorsal view of type greatly en-
larged.)

Fig. 7. Chcetostomus lepturus Regan. No. 15302, I. U. M., 191 mm. Rio San
Juan.

Fig. 8. Ancistrus triradiatus Eigenmann. Paratype. No. 7578, C. M., 52 mm.
Villavicencio.

Fig. 9. Ancistrus centrolepis Regan. No. 13936, 1. U. M.,'184 mm. Truando.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate XII.

Pseudancistrus, Chatostomus, Ancistrus.

33

302

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. yisc/im Steindachner. No. 13653, 1. U. M., 230 mm. Naran-

jito, Ecuador.

Fig. 2. Ancistrus centrolepis Regan. Type of A. melas Eigenmann, No. 7335,
C. M., 106 mm. Condoto.

Fig. 3. Ancistrus triradiatus Eigenmann. Type. No. 13935, I. U. M., 114 mm.
Quebrada Cramalote, Villavicencio.

Fig. 4. Ancistrus triradiatus Eigenmann. (Enlarged dorsal view of head of type.)

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, IX.

Plate XIII.

ChcEtostomus, Ancistrus.

304

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Loricaria seminuda Eigenmann and Vance. Type. No. 3807, C. M., 182
mm. Girardot. (Dorsal view.)

Fig. 2. Loricaria seminuda Eigenmann and Vance. (Ventral view of type, en-
larged.)

Fig. 3. Loricaria gymnogaster Eigenmann and Vance. Type. No. 12691, I. U.
M., 182 mm. Apulo.

Fig. 4. Loricaria gymnogaster Eigenmann and Vance. (Enlarged ventral view of
type.)

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate XIV.

Loricaria,

306

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Loricaria fimbriata Eigenmann and Vance. Type. No. 3808, C. M., 114
min. over all. Boca del Certegiii. (Enlarged ventral view.)

Fig. 2. Loricaria fimbriata Eigenmann and Vance. (Dorsal view of type.)

Fig. 3. Loricaria latiura Eigenmann and Vance. No. 3806, C. M., 210 mm.
Boca de Certegui.

Fig. 4. Loricaria magdalence Steindachner. No. 12784, I. U. M., 192 mm. over
all. Istmina.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum,

Plate XV

Loricaria.

f"

. i

> '

308

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Sturisoma leightoni Regan. No. 12789, I. U. M., Ill mm. Paila. (Dor-
sal view.)

Fig. 2. Sturisoma leightoni Regan. Ventral view of the same specimen, enlarged.

Fig. 3. Sturisoma citurense Meek and Hildebrand. No. 13990, I. U. M., 200
mm. to end of middle caudal ray. Boca de Cupe.

Fig. 4. Sturisoma panamense Eigenmann and Eigenmann. No. 12782, I. U. M.,
d', 226 mm. to tip of caudal. Istmina.

Fig. 5. Sturisoma panamense Eigenmann and Eigenmann. No. 12782, I. U. M.,
9 , 227 mm. Puerto Negria.

Fig. 6. Sturisoma panamense Eigenmann and Eigenmann. No. 13966, I. U. M.,
194 mm. to end of middle caudal rays. Certegui.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX Plate XVI.

Sturisoma

310

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Curwiatus metce Eigenmann. Type. No. 3844, C. M., 118 mm. Que-
brada Cramalote, Villavicencio.

Fig. 2. Curimatus magdalence Steindachner. No. 5125, C. M., 200 mm. Boca
de Certegui.

Fig. 3. Curimatus houlengeriFellegnn. No. 13474, 1. U. M., 197 mm. Naranjito,
Ecuador.

Fig. ’4. Curimatus troscheli Gunther. No. 13538, I. U. M., 193 mm. Naranjito,
Ecuador.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, IX.

Plate XVII.

Curimatus.

312

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Curimatus atratoensis Eigenmann. Type. No. 4814, C. M., 107 mm.
Quibdo.

Fig. 2. Curimatus lineopunctatus Boulenger. No. 12807, I. U. M., 135 mm.
Puerto Negria.

Fig. 3. Curimatus patice Eigenmann. Type. No. 5368, C. M., 168 mm. Bar-
bacoas.

Fig. 4. Curimatus peruanus Eigenmann. Type. No. 15162, I. U. M., 160 mm.
Sullana.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate XVllI.

■ • ' V L

Curimatus.

V,

.. '7»>

’ >• ’• i •

I

\

t .. • j

■*'- . “'■

•»

,V.

.,* ■*■ i

4

V,

\ A

<r. •*

l5b. !i£ SaB-Sah y^.

%

I

\

314

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Parodon suborbitalis Cuvier and Valenciennes. No. 12831, I. U. M., 43
mm. Penas Blancas.

Fig. 2. Parodon caliense Boulenger. No. 5115, C. M., 43 mm. Penas Blancas.
Fig. 3. Ajyareiodon ecuadoriensis Piigenmann and llenn. Type. No. 13103, 1. U.
M., 49 mm. Vinces.

Fig. 4. Apareiodon terminalis Eigenmann and Henn. Type. 13104a, I. U. M.,
40 mm. Vinces.

Fig. 5. Prochilodus magdalence Steindachner. No. 12885, I. U. M., 117 mm.,
juv. Calamar.

Fig. 6. Prochilodus magdalence Steindachner. No. 12885, I. U. M., 83 mm., juv.
Calamar.

Fig. 7. Saccodon wagneri Kner and Steindachner. (Ventral view of head, after
Kner and Steindachner.)

Fig. 7a. Saccodon wagneri Kner and Steindachner. (Teeth, after Kner and
Steindachner.)

Fig. 8. Characidium phoxocephalum Eigenmann. Type. No. 4851, C. M., 68
mm. Paila.

Fig. 9. Characidium caucanum Eigenmann. Type. No. 4847, C. M., 51 mm.

Cali.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Parodon, Apareiodon, Prochilodus, Saccodon,' Characidium.

316

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Prochilodus humeralis Gunther. No. 13577, 1. U. M., 206 mm. Naranjito
Ecuador.

Fig. 2. Prochilodus marice Eigenmann. Type. No. 15150, I. U. M., 296 mm.
Barrigdn.

Fig. 3. Copeina metce 'Eigenm&nn. Type. No. 13251, 1. U. M., 35 mm. Barrigon.
Fig. 4. Leporinus y-ophorus Eigenmann. Type. No. 15026, I. U. M., 167 mm.
to end of scales on caudal. Barrigdn.

Fig. 5. Leporinus muyscorum Steindachner. Part of 13917, I. U. M., 41 mm.,
juv. Caiamar.

Fig. 6. Leporinus ecuadoriensis Eigenmann and Henn. Type. No. 13116, I. U.
M., 325 mm. Naranjito, Ecuador.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX. ■ .

Prochilodus, Copeina, Leporinus.

* ■ /

318

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

%

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXL

Fig. 1. Pyrrhulina lugubris Eigenmann. Type. No. 15041, I. U. M., 53 mm.,
d'. Barrigon.

Fig. 2. Lehiasina bimaculata Cuvier and Valenciennes. No. 13069, I. U. M.,
156 mm. Rio Chanchan.

Fig. 3. Lebiasina multimaculata Boulenger. No. 13068, I. U. M., 176 mm. Rio
Calima.

Fig. 4. Piabucina panamensis Gill. No. 12961, I. U. M., 149 mm. Raspadura,
Colombia.

Fig. 5. Piabucina panamensis Gill. Photograph of the type in the U. S. N. M.

Fig. 6. Piabucina astrigata Regan. No. 13534, I. U. M., 70 mm. Mindo,
Ecuador.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate XXL

Pyrrhulina, Lebiasina, Piahucina

320

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. Brycon dentex Gunther. No. 13462, 1. U. M., 154 mm. Colimes, Ecuador.
Fig. 2. Brycon henni Eigenmann. Type. No.. 5152, C. M., 250 mm. Caldas.
Fig. 3. Brycon oligolepis Regan. No. 12977, I. U. M., 245 mm. Rio Telembi
above Barbacoas.

Fig. 4. Brycon ecuadoriensis Eigenmann and Henn. Type. ‘ No. 13470, I. U. M.,
245 mm. to end of lower caudal lobe. Naranjito, Ecuador.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Plate XXII,

Brycon.

VL ''*,•*

!t, ,•. .
. !

■ PA' ;

'-,\r. ':.'

*iA'5'WX3l ':

. ^

■'•■-A

^ ‘A\nCt " '. . V

s • ' ’

Ks*'i<^■4J••^ '.j+l .

4,:^ ^ -Efc

.»•

•

,j iO.' ■‘‘.' • ,, '

-'■■J "*^ ''■'

"* '■■■, ■''. V :

Ay-: :■ ■ ::- .

’>^A '• • ‘ V ' ■..•

r* ' 'iV.'; .**-.

I £ ^ • '

* ' - ' * ,' I ' - ' SE <

«- ''i* '• -D.' •

I'- 1 , 1 ••

1/j.,

^<r'

.« -tv’’'-/

; V. ' ' 'v ‘ '*■

‘jj ;,^

A '
-V

Sf j'’ . ^

•' v'-

. ,-r. '

' '<■•■'■-. V'/'

.jV , • ,)t i •

, ' .-•’ f '

T >.. • - . . "V

r _■■; ^ ' :‘i; A '■'A-y' ;

'■ ' ' ■ ' - [ii’A-y V.' ‘ ■'. ' ■ ' :'

' - ■ ' ■ .' " ■ ■ ' ; • .

' A' "A .--y: / •' ■ ■ ;’

V .'^.W', . I

' ■ • . ■' '' -%. : ■ i.': f ’a^'4 ..': ’

w^y ■y^')^-:y:,}y-y .-a: '. : ■ '-./ ■■ '■. ■■'

^.' •'■/■■r,|^’'A . ■- ' " V;" i. >'■". C-A' ■ ' . .

'7* V\' ■ * •

. •>,-■»> .f, . •.’. ,

'■.'• '•‘r • •* •■ •

'v’.-y

■J ' ■

r- ,7 : -

■' ,A".: ../

;/ :

*\ ‘

>A’ ••

' /

'A.

, ■’ ^yyA ' y -

-. a; .-■. ..;■ ,f .-

• •■ ‘ V. > • • ■;.

-.■r-' A'/'; .f.

V ;

my-

< 4 ■

V

^C\

?A‘- 7^^'“; ' '* .■■'<■ .■'«•-

. y ^ ‘ *. '

J ^ ■ ' * :• />» • • ’ ’J.

• • Ar : - •

■ v*^' \ ■' • • ■• •: r ; .

/

'■,■ 'fcflfliy-.'.'/ 1' ‘A

A.. ’

-p

.iV.-'yTr^ :

iMjySfmiyA -

• < i.

"■ -HI

ivA

* *■ .'4 ' '‘- i>{’A

J.. ■> aIs

■ yy

: )

■ .:,:’1

A

%

a;-:

. ■'w.".

■ 'V.

■i

V-A.

322

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

*

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1. Brycon petrosus Meek and Hildebrand. Specimen in Field Museum of
Nat. History, 127 mm. Mandingo.

Fig. 2. Brycon alburnus Gunther. No. 13466, I. U. M., 315 mm. Naranjito,
Ecuador.

Fig. 3. Brycon atricaudatus (Kner). No. 13463, I. U. M., 278 mm. Naranjito,
Ecuador.

Fig. 4. Brycon meeki Eigenmann and Hildebrand. Type. No. 13467, I. U. M.,
276 mm. Barbacoas, Colombia.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate XXIII.

Brycon.

324

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. Hyphessohrycon poecilioides Eigenmann. Paratype. No. 5901,. C. M., 55
mm., 9 . Cali.

Fig. 2. Astyanax magdalence Eigenmann and Henn. Type. No. 5822, C. M.,
53 mm. Girardot.

Fig. 3. Thoracocharax maculatus Steindachner. Type of T. brevis Eigenmann,
No. 4845, C. M., 47 mm. Boca de Raspadura.

Fig. 4. Thoracocharax 7nagdalence Eigenmann. Type. No. 4846, C. M., 48 mm.
Girardot.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Plate XXIV

Hyphessobrycon, Astyanax, Thoracocharax.

326

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.

Fig. 1. Charax metce Eigenmann. Type. No. 15027, I. U. M., 108 mm. Bar-
rigon.

Fig. 2. Charax atratoensis Eigenmann. Type. No. 1664, U. S. N. M., 300 mm.
to end of lateral line. Truando. *

Fig. 3. Roeboides hildehrandi Eigenmann. Type. No. 5186, C. M., 157 mm.
Istmina.

Fig. 4. Rcehoides meeki Eigenmann. Type. No. 3840, C. M., 126 mm. Quibdo.

Plate XXV.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Charax, Roeboides,

328

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

Fig. 1. Gilhertolus alatus (Steindachner). No. 5628, C. M., 156 mm. Boca de
Certegui.

Fig. 2. Acestrocephalus anomalus (Steindachner). No. 5043, C. M., about 100
mm. Girardot.

Fig. 2a. Lateral scale of Acestrocephalus anomalus (Steindachner), magnified.

Fig. 3. Ctenolucius heani (Fowler). No. 13052, I. U. M., juv., 85 mm. Managru.
Fig. 4. Ctenolucius heani (Fowler). No. 13051, I. U. M., 176 mm. Truando.
Fig. 5. Ctenolucius insculptus (Steindachner). No. 12718, I. U. M., 166 mm.
Calamar.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Plate XXVI.

Gilbertolus, AcestrocepJialus, Ctenolucius.

. ' *

330

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

Figs. 1-2. Mollienisia caucana (Steindachner). After Steindachner.

Fig. 3. Mollienisia caucana (Steindachner). No. 5826, C. M., 9, 34 mm. Cie-
naga at Calamar.

Fig. 4. Rivulus elegans Steindachner. After Steindachner.

Fig. 5. Gambusia caliensis Eigenmann and Henn. Type. No. 6700, C. M., 9,
34 mm. Cali.

Fig. 6. Pseudopcecilia fria Eigenmann and Henn. Type. No. 13107a, I. U. M.,
9 , 28 mm. Vinces.

Fig. 7. Pseudopcecilia fria Eigenmann and Henn. Allotype. No. 13107, I, U. M.,
cf , 18.5 mm. Vinces.

Fig. 8. Poeciliopsis colomhiana (Eigenmann and Henn). Allotype. No. 4838, C.
M., cT, 35 mm. Rio Dagua.

Fig. 9. Pcea’h’opsfs co?ow5fana (Eigenmann and Henn). Type. No. 4837, C. M.,
9, 64 mm. Rio Dagua.

Fig. 10. Rivulus magdalence Eigenmann and Henn. Type. No. 5813, C. M.,
56 mm. Ibague.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate XXVII.

Mollienisia, Rivulus, Gambusia, Pseudopmcilia, Poeciliopsis.

332

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Stolephorus hranchiomelas Eigenmann. Type. No. 7491, C. M., 68 mm.
Mouth of Rio Dagua.

Fig. 2. Joturus daguce Eigenmann. Type. No. 7458, C. M., 195 mm. Rio
Dagua at Caldas.

Fig. 3. Stellifer melanocheir Eigenmann. Type. No. 7520, C. _M., 120 mm.
Tumaco.

Fig. 4. Sicydium hildehrandi Eigenmann. Type. No. 7466, C. M., 135 mm.
Rio Dagua at Cisnero.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, IX,

Plate XXVIII.

I f

WMM

Stolephorus, Jotiirus, Stellifer, Sicydium.

334

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.

Fig. 1. Hemieleotris levis Eigenmann. Type. No. 13865, I. U. M., 48 mm.
Buenaventura.

Fig. 2. Gobius daguce Eigenmann. Type. No. 7481, C. AI., about 133 mm.
Rio Dagua.

Fig. 3. Awaous transandeanus (Gunther). No. 7463a, C. M., 173 mm. Istmina.
Fig. 4. Awaous deGemlineatus Eigenmann. Type. No. 7478, C. AI., 80 mm.
Quibdo.

Fig. 5. Thalassophryne quadrizonatus Eigenmann. Type. No. 3921, C. AI., 35
mm. Truando.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Plate XXIX.

Hemieleotris, Gohius, Awaous, Thalassophryne.

336

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.

Fig. 1. Mquidens jnarice Eigenmann. Type. No. 15011, I. U. M., 110 mm.
Ciimaral.

Fig. 2. Mquidens metce Eigenmann. Type. No. 13967, I. U. AI., 155 mm.
Barrigon.

Fig. 3. Mquidens rivulatus (Gunther). No. 14191, I. U. M., 220 mm. over all,
202 mm. to end of caudal. Chone.

Fig. 4. Mquidens biseriatus Regan. No. 14198, I. U. AI., 154 mm. Rio Calima.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX. Plate XXX,

J^quiclens.

I

338

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI.

Fig. 1. Mquidens sapayensis (Regan). No. 14196, I. U. M., 117 mm. to end
of middle caudal rays. The fourth ray below the middle should be prolonged. Rio
Telembi.

Fig. 2. Cichlasoma ornatum Regan. No. 14169, I. U. M., 225 mm. Rio Magui.

Fig. 3. Cichlasoma ornatum gephyrum Eigenmann. Paratype. No. 7639b, C. M.,
78 mm. Rio Dagua, at Cordova.

Fig. 4. Cichlasoma ornatum gephyrum Eigenmann. Type. No. 7639a, C. M., 240
mm. Cordova.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, IX.

JSquidenSy Cichlasoma.

340

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

Fig. 1. Cichlasonia festce (Boiilenger). No. 14177, I. U. M., 174 mm. Rio Chan-
chan.

Fig. 2. Geophagus pellegrini Regan. No. 7617, C. M.,180 mm. to end of middle
caudal rays. Istmina.

Fig. 3. Geophagus steindachneri Eigenmann and Hildebrand. No. 7605, C. M.,
130 mm. Soplaviento.

Fig. 4. Geophagus crassilahris Steindachner. (After Steindachner.)

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX. Plate XXXII,

Cichlasoma, Geophagus.

342

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

Fig. 1. Mquidens latifrons (Steindachner). No. 14184, I. U. M., 101 mm. Eas-
padura.

Fig. 2. JEquidens rivulatus (Gunther). No. 14193, I. U. M., 175 mm. Naranjito,
Ecuador.

Fig. 3. Cichlasoma atromaculatum Regan. No. 14155, I. U. M., 145 mm. Ist-
mina.

Fig. 4.
an do.

Cichlasoma atromaculatum Regan. No. 14162, I. U. M., 200 mm. Tru-

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX.

Plate XXXIII.

4

jEquidens, Cichlasoma,

344

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.

Fig. 1. Plecostomus spinosissimus (Steindachner). No. 13910, I. U. M., 9, 540
mm. Guayaquil.

Fig. 2. Plecostomus spinosissimus (Steindachner). No. 13910, I. U. M., d', 550
mm. Guayaquil.

Fig. 3. Moenkhausiametce'EAgQnm.urm. Type. 15026, 1. U. M., 61 mm. Barrigon.
Fig. 4. Pomodasys sinuosus Eigenmann. Type. No. 13892, I. U. M., 161 mm.
Rio Patia.

Fig. 5. Sternarchus rostratus Meek and Hildebrand. No. 5596a, C. M., 203 mm.
Apulo.

Fig. 6. Sternarchus rnarice Eigenmann and Fisher. Type. No. 5594c, C. M., 201
mm. Girardot.

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, IX.

Plate XXXIV.

Plecostomus, Mmnkhausia, Poviodasys, Sternarchus.

346

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Fig. 1. Sternarchus leptorhynchus Ellis. No. 13374, I. U. M., 206 mm. Eio
Dagua, Cordova.

Fig. 2. Sternarchus marice Eigenmann and Fisher. Paratype. No. 13375, I. U.
M., 271 mm. Apulo.

Fig. 3. Sternarchus rostratus Meek and Hildebrand. No. 13377, I. U. M., 289
mm. Apulo.

Fig. 4. Sternarchus rostratus Meek and Hildebrand. No. 13378, I. U. M., 175
mm. Cartago.

Fig. 5. Sternarchus rostratus Meek and Hildebrand. No. 13378, I. U. M., 153
mm. Cartago.

Fig. 6. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider). No. 13392, I. U. M., 227 mm.
Rio Magui.

Fig. 7. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider). No. 13398, I. U. M., 178 mm.
Cartago.

Fig. 8. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider). No. 13394, I. U. M., 685 mm.
Guayaquil.

Fig. 9. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider). No. 13394, I. U. M., 800 mm.
Guayaquil.

Plate XXXV

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Sternarchus, Sternopygus.

# •

Memoirs Carnegie Muse

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Plate XXXVI.

J'

i.

■.XI .JOV ,MU3?UM aiOHMHAO 8HI0MaM^

MEMOIRS Carnegie Mused

81

NORTHWEST!

SHO\A

Charles E. b)ili
C. H. E^enmaw
JlrtRur Q.Hen
Divides
Boundaries

cAaosi

/

/

I

/

I

f

I

81

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. ix.

Plate XXXVII.

81 80^

MAP OF y<> /

NORTHWESTERN SOUTH AMERICA/'

I

{--.. ■ 3 SECTION TWO r^i=; ’ (

SHOWING ROUTES OE

CSarles E. Ot)i!son x x ^

C. H. E^cnmann

JlrtRur G).Henn I

Divides - j

Boundaries i

.XI .JOV ,MU3auM aiOrJKHAO

■^O «^A.V(

‘ K6c^'»i'.\UVi^ ^ " ,■/* *'•, " i

'’ ■; ' 'M'

p! V‘'‘ *■ ^ .•■'o'*.>. .

^ . •*•• t ■ -.J ^ ■ ' t' • . . ir.n.

.>■■'1 '■. > I \’

>■• rrp ■ '':1 I i ’ \i^IH3fMA. I®U08

-/x ■ I 1. N' \ ■ -.

' 7 O Vi/T H O ! T o 3 3 t:i3S=^i — ’ * "■>.

^O. BBTUOy^ Ot^lWOHS

s\y&Vs<.45 .3. e^Ws^O

GWisbrAMoB

oie^w^ vk <s«w

\

'"~

, '

Memoirs Carnegie Musei

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, IX.

Plate XXXVIII.

"to

,X1 .JOV ,MU33UM HIDaWHAO 2HIOM

60. Gasteropoda of the Chazy. Eatmond 1.35

61. Occurrence of Wynnea Americana in Pa. jEisr-

NINGS >06

62. Account of Pleistocene Fauna Discovered at

Frankstown, Pa. Holland 10

63. Vertehrate Fossils from the Vicinity of Pitts-

burgh, Pa. Case .16

64. Hlaenidse from the Black Elver Limestone near

Ottawa, Canada* Eaymond and Nareawat . . .20

65. Ehlnoceroses from the Oligocene and Miocene

of North Dakota and Montana. Douglass . . .25

66. Fossil Horses from North Dakota. Douglass. .30

67. Oligocene Lizards. Douglass 20

68. The Type of Stenomylus gracilis. Peterson.. .25

69. New Species of Birds from Costa Elea, etc.

Caeeiker 10

70. Costa Eican Formicariidse. Caerikee 06

71. Vertehrate Fossils from the Fort Union Beds.

Douglass -45

72. List of the Lepidoptera of Western Pa., etc.

Engel 1-25

73. Fauna of Upper Devonian in Montana. Fossils

of Eed Shales. Eaymond ’.60

74. New Species of Procamelus from Upper Mio-

cene of Montana. Douglass 30

75. Sections of the Conemaugh Series between

Pittsburgh and Latrobe, Pa. Eaymond 36

76. List of the Unionidse of Western Pa. Ortmann .60

77. Geological Eecoimaissance in North Dakota,

Montana, and Idaho. Douglass 1.00

78. Botanical Survey of Presque Isle. Jennings. . 2.75

79. Sesqui-Centennial (Pittsburgh) Eelics. Stewart .45

80. Dromomeryx, New Genus of American Eumi-

nants. Douglass 30

81. Fossils from Glacial Drift and Devonian and

Misslssippian near Meadville, Pa. Millard.. .10

82. New Species of Helodus. Eastman 05

83. Charles Chauncey Mellor. Holland .16

84. Eeports of Expedition to British Guiana, etc.

Eigenmann 50

85. Eeports of Expedition to British Guiana, etc.

Dubbin .26

86. Odonata of the Neotropical Eegion, Exclusive

of Mexico and Central America. Calvert. . . 2.25

87. Deinosuchus hatcheri, a New Genus and Species

of Crocodile, Holland .20

88. Eeports on Expedition to British Guiana, etc.

Blosser . .15

89. Description of Some New Titanotheres from

the Uinta. Douglass 25

90. Annotated List of the Birds of Costa Eica In-

cluding Cocos Island. Caerikee 3.00

91. Geology of the Coast of the State of Alagoas,

Brazil. Branner 40

92. Fossil Fishes from the Bituminous Shales at Ei-

acho Doce, Alagoas, Brazil. Jordan ........ .65

93. Ordovician Trilobites, No. II. Asaphidse from

the Beekmantown. Eaymond 36

94. Ordovician Trilobites, No, III. Eaymond .&

Narraway 36

95. Ordovician Trilobites, No. IV. Eaymond .... .40

96. Fishes from Irkutsk, Siberia, Jordan and

Thompson 30

97. South American Tetrigldae, Bruner 1.00

98. Fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh Series

in Western Pa. Eaymond 30

99. Ichthyological Survey About the San Juan

Islands, Washington. Starks 75

100. New Species of Pygidium, Eigenmann 10

101. The Brachiopoda and Ostracoda of the Chazy.

Eaymond 60

102. A New Camel from the Miocene of Western

Nebraska. Peterson 16

103. Skeleton of Stenomylus hitchcocki, etc, Peter-

son 15

104. Skeleton of Diceratherium cooki. Peterson.. .15

105. Carnegie Museum Expedition to Central South

America, 1907-1910. Holland 16

106. Eeport Upon the Expedition of the Carnegie

Museum to Central South America. Hase-
man & Eigenmann 25

107. New Species of Fishes, etc., from Central South

America. Haseman ,60

108. Annotated Catalog of Cichlid Fishes from Cen-

tral South America, Haseman 1.25

109. New Species of Fishes from the Eio Iguassu.

Haseman 65

110. Ornithology of the Bahama Islands. Todd &

Worthington 75

112. South American Acridoidea. I. Bruner 1.00

113. Species of Hasemania, Hyphessobrycon, and

Hemigrammus. Ellis 25

114. New Charadns in the Carnegie Museum. Eigen-

mann 30

115. Jurassic Saurian Eemains Ingested within Fish.

Eastman 20

116. Autograph Letter of U. S, Grant to Edwin M.

Stanton. Holland 16

117. Albert J. Barr. By W. J. Holland 10

118. Seventeen New Neotropical Birds. Todd 25

119. Dr. David Alter, the First Discoverer of Spec-

trum Analysis. Holland 10

120. Two Mummy Labels. Allen 10

121. The Families and Genera of Najades. Ort-

mann 1.00

122. Group of Stenomylins in the Carnegie Museum.

Peterson 25

123. Tertiary Fish-remains from Spanish Guinea.

Eastman .26

124. Plated Nematognaths. Ellis 66

125. New Species of Cambarus from the Isle of

Pines. Ortmann 15

126. Sedum Camegiei, a New Species of the Family

Crassulaceae, etc, Hamet 10

127. Two New Species of Fishes from Peru. Eigen-

mann 15

128. South American Locusts (Acridoidea). II.

Bruner 75

129. < Eevision of the Genus Chsemepelia. Todd. . . . . .85

130. New Genus and Species of Abyssinian Rodents.

Childs Prick 20

131. New Titanothere from the Uinta. Peterson . . .20

132. Small Titanothere from the Lower Uinta. Peter-

son 10

133. Osteology of Lasiopyga and Callithrix, etc.

Shueeldt 25

134. New Rhynchocephalian from Solenhofen. Grier .15

135. Scales of South American Characinid Fishes.

Cockerell 26

136. Skeleton of Platigonus Leptorhinus, Peter-

son 10

137. Lichens Collected in the Thunder Bay District,

Ontario. E. Heber Howe, Jr.- 10

138. Preliminary List of Fossil Plants in the Roof

of the Pittsburgh Coal. Grier ' .10

139. Undescribed Remains of the Uinta Titanothere

Dolichorhinus. Peterson 15

140. Triassic Fishes Belonging to the Oatopteridse

and Semionotidse. IijAstman ... , , , , . , , , , .16

141. Osteology of Promerycochcerus. . Peterson ... .40

142. Correction of a Generic Name. Peterson 05

143. Skull of Bison Crassicornis. Holland 10

144. Serrasalminse and Mylinse. Eigenmann 60

145. Heads and Tails: Notes on Sauropod Dinosaurs^

Holland .15

146. Dipterus Remains from Upper Devonian of

Colorado. Eastman 10

147. Notes on Tropical American Tettigonoidea (Lo-

custodea). Bruner 1.65

148. New Species of Tortoise from Jurassic of

Utah, Gilmore 16

149. Fauna of Upper Devonian in Montana.

Haynes .46

150. New Sphagebranchus from Bahamas, Eigbn-

MANN 07

151. Marine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador.

Wilson .15

152. Apareiodon, a New Genus of Characid Fishes.

Eigenmann ; , .18

153. New and Rare Fishes from S. American Rivers.

Eigenmann ' 25

154. Three New Species of Characid Fishes. Eiqen-

mann & Henn .12'

155. The Species of Salminus. Eigenmann 7

156. South American Poeciliid Fishes. Henn 40

157. A New Species of Apatosaurus. Holland 7

158. Birds of the Isle of Pines. Todd 70

159. Reptiles and Amphibians of the Isle of Pines.

Barbour 20

160. Land and Fresh Water Shells of the Isle of

Pinesj Henderson 20

161. Pelecypoda of the Chazy. Raymond .45

162. S. American Crickets, GryUotalpoidea, and Ache-

toidea. Bruner 1.30

163. Preliminary Catalog of N. American Sphserl-

idse. Sterki .76

164. Directions for Collecting Sphseriidae and

Aquatic Gastropods. Sterki 10

165. Lepidoptera of the Isle cf Pines. Holland .60

166. *Odonata of the Isle of Pines. Kahl , .16

167. A Trip to Islands in Lake Erie. GtoODRiCH. ... .15

168. Land-Shells of Islands at Western End of Lake

Erie, etc. Clapp 20

169. Orthoptera of the Isle of Pines. Holland &

Kahl 16

170. Obituary Notes. G. A. Link, T. A. Mills, Boyd

Crumrine, E, M. Bigelow. Holland .10

171. Two New W. African Rhopalocera. Holland, $0.15

172. Botany of the Isle of Pines. Jennings 2.00

173. List of Hymenoptera of Isle of Pines. Holland .10

174. Some Species of Farlowella. Eigenmann 30

175. List of S, American Lizards. Griffin 35

176. Leptodeira albofusca (Lac5p5de). Griffin 10

177. List of Coleoptera collected on Isle of Pines.

Holland & Schwarz 15

178. Rhynchota of the Isle of Pines, Heidemann

& Osborn 10

179. Mammals of the Isle of Pines, Holland . . .■.

180. Report upon FossU Material Collected in Cave

in the Isle of Pines. , Peterson

181. New Species of Fern (Polystichum jenningsi).

Hopkins

182. Notes upon the Genus Leucophenga ivriir^ with

Descriptions of New Species. Katw,

183. Some Species of Rhamdia, a Genus of S,

American Siluridse, Eigenmann & Fisher.

184. New and Rare Species of South American

Siluridse. Eigenmann .....

185. List of the Hypopthalmidse, Diplomystidee, and
. some Unrecorded Species of Siluridse. Fisher.

186. A Synopsis of the Saurian Genus Prionodac-

tylus. Griffin

187. Notes on a Collection of Fishes from Ceylon

with Descriptions of New Species. Jordan
& Starks ...

188. Collection of Fishes from Port Said, Egypt.

Jordan & Hubbs

189. A Fossil-bearing Alluvial Deposit in Saltville

Valley, Virginia. Peterson

.05

.10

.10

.30

.15

.30

.30

.05

.35

.20

.10

190. Catalog of Collection of Watches belonging

to H. J. Heinz. Stewart, Holland, Cogges-

• • .Paper, 30 cts.; loards .50

191. Contributions to the Natural History of the

Isle of Pines: Reprinted from Annals, Vols,
VIII-XI, 560 pp., 34 plates, index. Bound

5.00

192. Material Discovered in the Upper Eocene of

the Uinta Basin by Earl Douglass and O. A.

Peterson. Peterson ; 2.25

193. The Fresh-Water Fishes of the Island of For-
mosa. Masamitsu Oshima 2.75

194. On Elephenor, a New Genus of Fishes from -

Japan, David Starr Jordan .50

195. A Description of Cypripedium passerinum.

Jennings

.10

196. Obituaries of Charles Rochester Eastman, An-

drew Arnold Lambing, Herbert Huntington
Smith, and Henry John Heinz each. .10

197. Saltatorial Orthopter^ from S. America and Isle

of Pines, Bruner ... I.OO

198. Orthoptera from Africa. Bruner 66

199. Diplomystiis goodi Eastman. Holland .10

200. Mussel Shells in Lake Erie, compared With

those of Upper Ohio. Grier .50

201. Geology of Northeastern Brazil, and Fossil

Mammalia. Waring &: Holland ,76

202. Mugilidss of Formosa. Oshima .25

203. Contriscidse of Formosa. Oshima .10

204. Chalcidoidea in the Carnegie Museum. KAhl .10

205. The Genus Dicysta Champion. Drake .10

206. Fossil Plants of the Dakota Formation. Gress .30

207. Sub-fossil Birds from Bermuda, including the

‘ ‘ Cahow.” Shufeldt .66

208. The “Vigilant” Fire-engine. Holland .16

209. Notes on Sphseriidae, Descriptions of New Spe-

cies. Sterki 15

210. The Genus Lactuca in Western Pennsylvania.

Jennings 20

211. The Birds of the Santa Marta Region of Colom-

bia. Todd & Carriker 6.50

Publications of the Carnegie Museum^ Serial No. 11^

MEMQIKS

OF .THE

4

OAENEaiE MUSEUM

VOL. IX No. 2

W'. J. HOLLAND, Ebitob

NEOTEOPICAL TINGITID^ WITH DESCEIPTIONS OF THEEE
NEW GENERA AND' THIRTY-TWO ■ NEW SPECIES
AND VARIETIES (HEMIPTEEA).

BY

KARL J. DRAKE

\

PITTSBURGH

Published .by the Authoeity op. tH:b Boaed op Tbustees op the
OAENEGIE. institute'

■ OCTOBBB, 1922

JAM 1:2 i':'23

PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

ANNUAL REPORTS OF THE DIRECTOR

1898', 30e. (scarce) ; 1899, 25c.; 1900, 30c. (scarce) ; 1901-22, 25e. each.

REPORTS OF PROCEEDINGS OF FOUNDER’S DAY

1898-1922, 35c. each.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

The Annals are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, @ $3.50 per volume;
Vols. I-XrV, 1901-1922, bound in green cloth @ $4.00; bound in i Morocco @ $4.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

The Memoirs are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, at $10 per volume:
bound in green buckram at $10.75, and in half -morocco at $12.00.

VOL. I. (1901-3)

No. 1. Diplodocus, Its Osteology, Taxonomy, etc. No. 3. Osteology of the Steganopodes. Shufeldt $2.76

Hatcher .... $3.00 “ 4. Classification of Chalcid Flies. Ashmead.. 6.50

“ 2. Oligocene Canidse. Hatcher 1.60

VOL. II. (1904^6)

No. 1. Osteology of Haplocanthosaurus, etc. Hatcher $2.00

“ 2. Osteology of Baptanodon. Gilmore 1.50

“ 3. Fossil Avian Remains from Armissan. East-
man 1.00

“ 4. New Rodents and Discussion of Origin of

Dsemonelix. Peterson 1.75

No. 5. Tertiary of Montana. Douglass $1.00

‘ ‘ 6. Osteology of Diplodocus. Holland ....... 1.60

‘ ‘ 7. Osteology of Protostega. Wieland 76

“ 8. New Suilline Remains from the Miocene of

Nebraska. Peterson 76

’ ' 9. Notes on the Osteology of Baptanodon, etc.

Gilmore 1.00

“ 10. The Crawfishes of Pennsylvania. Ortmann 4.00

VOL. m.

No. 1. Archaeological Investigations in Costa Rica. No. 2, Osteology of Moropus. Holiand and Pbter-

Hartman $6.00 SON $6.00

VOL. IV.

No. 1. Early Chinese Writing. Chalfant $3.00 No. 5. New Carnivores from the Miocene of West-
ern Nebraska. Peterson $1.60

“ 6. Monograph of the Najades of Pennsylvania.

Pts. I and II. Ortmann. 2.50

‘ ‘ 7. Catalog Eocene Fishes from Monte Bolca in

Carnegie Museum. Eastman 3.00

VOL. y.

The Fresh Water Fishes of British Guiana. Eigenmann. $10 unbound; $10.75 cloth; $12.00 i morocco.

VOL. VI.

No. 1. Fishes from Korea. Jordan and Metz .... $1.50 No. 4. Fishes obtained in Japan. 1911, Jordan

‘ ‘ 2. Lantern-fishes of Japan. Gilbert l.CO and Thompson $3.60

“ 3. Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America. Max Nos. 5-7. Fossil Fishes in the Carnegie Museum.

“ 2. Formosan Fishes. Jordan 26

“ 3, Entelodontidse. Peterson 2.60

" 4. Fishes of Formosa. Jordan and Richard-
son ...... 1.26

Mapes Ellis.

1.60

vn.

No. 1. The Cheirodontinse. Eigenmann $3.50

‘ ‘ 2. Turtles of Uinta Formation. Gilmore .... 2.00

No. 3, Ophidia from S. America. Griffin 2.00

No. 1. Monograph of the Naiades of Pennsylvania.

Part III. Ortmann $5.00

Parts II-IV. Eastman 6.00

No. 4. Pimelodella and Typhlobagrus. Eigenmann. 2.00

No. 5. The Pygidiidse. Eigenmann 2.50,

No. 6. American Diceratheres.' Peterson 2.25

VIII.

No. 2. Fossil Plants from Montana.. Jennings... $3.50
No. 3. South American Naiades. Ortmann. 5.00

EX

No. 1. The Fishes of Western South America.

Part I. Eigenmann $15.00

No. 2. Neotropical Tingitidse. Part I. Drake . . . 2.00

REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

Nos. 1-59. See preceding lists. {Mostly out of print.)

MEMOIES

OF THE

CAENEGIE MUSEUM.

VoL. IX. No. 2.

NEOTROPICAL TINGITIDTEf WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE
NEW GENERA AND THIRTY-TWO NEW SPECIES
AND VARIETIES (HEMIPTERA).*

By Carl J. Drake.

(Plate XXXIX.)

Through the kindness of numerous friends and co-workers the writer has
received during the past few years many specimens of North and South American
Tingitidm for study and determination. The present paper, based largely upon
specimens in the Carnegie Museum, deals entirely with neotropical species. Thanks
are especially due to Dr, W. J. Holland, the Director of that museum, for granting
permission to the writer to study the very fine and extensive collection of South
American Tingitidm, principally collected in Brazil by the late Herbert H. Smith
and his wife. Records have also been taken from specimens in the United States
National Museum, the National Museum in Paris, and my own private collection.
The drawings have been made by Messrs. W. P. Osborn and A. R. Janson.

* Contributions from the Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa, and the New York State College of
Forestry, Syracuse, N. Y.,

t Note. — The proper form of the family-name to be applied to the Lace-bugs has been the subject
of a lengthy and good-natured correspondence between the author and the editor of this paper. The
generic name Tingis was first employed in the Hemipter a by Fabricius (1803, Systema Rhijngotorum,
p. 124). It is the Greek name of Tangiers, in Latin Tingi, or Tinge. The family name derived
from the generic name first appears in a Gallicized form “ Tingidites” employed by Laporte in 1833.
Westwood in 1840 used the word under the form “Tingid*.” Amyot and Serville in 1843 employed the
Gallicized form “Tingides.” Stal in 1873 employed the form Tingitidce and was followed by Uhler,
Champion, Horvath, Oshanin, Osborn, Drake, and many others. Van Duzee in 1917 in his “Cata-

351

352

MEMOIES OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus Phatnoma Fieber (1844).

Phatnoma Fieber, Entomologische Monographien, 1844, pp. 30 and 57; Stal, Enumeratio Hemipter-
orum. III, 1873, p. 117; Champion, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Rhynchota, Vol. II, 1897, p. 2.
Haplotype: Phatnoma laciniata Fieber, from the “East Indies.”

1. Phatnoma marmorata Champion.

Phaliioma marmorata Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynchota, II, 1897, p. 3, PI. I, figs. 1 and la.
Type-locality Panama.

Phatnoma filetia Gibson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XLV, 1919, p. 185. Panama.

Phatnoma spinosa Gibson, 1. c. Panama.

This species was collected at Chapada, Brazil, by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith.
Cjiampion records the insect from Panama. There are no specific differences in
the original descriptions of the forms described by Gibson as P. filetia and P.
spinosa from Panama. The types in the United States National Museum have
been examined by the writer, and they are both synonyms of P. marmorata.

2. Phatnoma varians sp. nov.

Antennal tubercles long, curved inwardly. Antennae long and slender, the first segment a
little longer and thicker than the second, the third segment long, three and one-half times the
length of the fourth. Head long, with seven long, stout spines, the median and anterior spines
blunt, directed forward, and a little stronger than the others; the median spine considerably

logue of the Hemiptera of America north of Mexico” employs “Tingididse” as the family name, citing
Laporte as his authority.

It has seemed both to the author and the editor that there should be some decision reached as to
which is the correct spelling of the word.

The fixed rule, in forming family-names in scientific nomenclature, is to suffix the termination
“idee” to the stem of the word. The name Tlyyts is employed by Strabo in liis Geography (Strabo,
Geography, Part I, 3, 1, § 140, Edit. Barrois, 1815) and he uses the genitive form Tiyyios. Therefore, in
Greek the stem is Tiyye = Tingi. Suffixing “idee” to the Greek stem we would have Tingiidce, after
the analogy of Hesperiidee, etc. But this has never been used.

However, scientific nomenclature is Latin, not Greek, save as latinized. The Latin adjective
derived from Tinge (Tangiers) is Tingitanus (Cf. Pomponius Mela, C. Mamertinus, and Valpy’s Edition
of the Delphin Classics, Vol. LXXXIX, p. 882, where the commentator upon Pliny’s Historia
Naturalis, Lib. V, 1, 1, says: “ Tingitana pertinet a freto Gaditano ad fines usque Marocani regni.” This
adjectival form plainly indicates that the Latin root of the noun is TINGIT! Suffixing “idae” to this
root, we have the form employed by Stal, Champion, and many others. It appears to the editor that
the w'ord Tingitidce is formed according to the best classic usage. It furthermore has in its favor the
weight of authority. The genitive Tingis used by Eabricius, l.c., p. 124, footnote, is plainly a lapsus,
and the form Tingidoe, based on it by Westwood, is not correct. The form Tingididce under any
application of the rules is plainly incorrect. If the Latin stem is to be employed (and this is the rule),
we have “Tingit,” and to this adding “idse” we have the family-name “Tingitidse.” {Cf. Science, N.
S., Vol. LVI, pp. 334-5). W. J. Holland.

drake: neotropical tingitid^.

353

longer than the two anterior spines. Rostrum reaching a little beyond the apex of the rostral
sulcus. Pronotum coai’sely and closely punctured, tricarinate, the carinae distinct and parallel,
but non-reticulate. Paranota angularly dilated before the middle as well as in front, becoming
narrower behind, the angular anterior dilation ending in a short spine, and composed of three rows of
areolae in front. Scutellum small. Elytra with a distinct clavus as well as costal, subcostal, dis-
coidal, and sutural areas; costal area with four rows of areolae at the base, two or three at the
middle, and three toward the apex, the areolae not very regularly arranged; discoidal area with
the margins curved and strongly raised, a little narrower and considerably shorter than the sub-
costal area. The costal area exhibits some variations in the arrangement of the areolae, and also
in the numbers of rows of areolae at the middle.

General color rather dull stramineous, the head and body beneath darker, the elytra with a
few small brownish spots on the costal nervures and on the nervelets of the costal area. Antennae
yellowish brown, the first and second segments brownish, the apical half of the fourth fuscous.
Legs with the coxae, trochanters, and femora brownish or nearly fuscous, the tibiae and tarsi yellow-
ish brown, the tips of tarsi darker.

Length 3 mm.; width 1.8 mm.

French Guiana: two specimens from ‘^Env. de St.-Georges, Oyapock’’; and
one from Quanary, collected by F. Geay, 1900. Type: a female from Env. de St.-
Georges, Oyapock, in Paris Museum. Paratypes: in Paris Museum and my
collection. One specimen from the neighborhood of St.-Georges, Oyapock, differs
from the type and paratypes in having the lateral carinse obsolete and the spines
on the head a little shorter. Other characters and color are practically identical
with the typical form. This variety is designated as P. varians unicarinata var. nov.

Genus Coleopterodes Philippi (1864).

Solenostoma Signoret, Annales de la Societe Entomologique de France, 1863, p. 575. (Preoccupied by

a genus of fishes, Rafinesque, 1815.)

Coleopterodes Philippi, Stettiner Ent. Zeitung, XXV, 1^4, P- 306; Drake, Florida Entomologist, V,

1922, p. 50.

Haplotype: Coleopterodes (Solenostoma) liliputiana Signoret.

3. Coleopterodes liliputiana Signoret (Plate XXXIX, fig. 13).

Solenostoma'liliputiana Signoret, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1863, p. 575, PI. XIII, fig. 27.

Coleopterodes fuscescens Philippi, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXV, 1864, p. 306.

A short-winged female, labelled Chili, Gay, 15-43,” is figured. This speci-
men, from the Paris Museum, is probably one of the series of types. Several other
specimens from Chile have been examined and the insect has also been reported
from Argentina. The long-winged form is unknown.

354

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus Monanthia Lapelletier et Serville (1825).

Monanthia Lapelletier et Serville, Encyclopedie Methodique, X, 1825, p. 653; VanDuzee, Catalogue
of the Hemiptera North of Mexico, 1917, p. 223.

Dictyla Stal, Ofversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, No. 3, 1874, p. 57.
Logotype: Monanthia (Tingis) rotundata (Herrich-Schaeffer).

4. Monanthia monotropidia StM.

Monanthia (Physatocheila) monotropidia Stal, Rio Jan. Herfiip., I, 1860, p. 63; Enum. Hemip., Ill,
1873, p. 133.

Monanthia monotropidia Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., II, 1898, p. 47, PL III, figs. 24, 24a, and
246.

Specimens of this species are at hand from Cuba, Hay ti, Mexico, Guatemala,
Panama, Colombia, and Brazil. It is perhaps one of the commonest and most
widely distributed species of the genus in tropical America.

5. Monanthia loricata Distant.

Monanthia loricata Distant, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXII, 1888, p. Ixxxiii; Champion, Trans. Ent-
Soc. Lond., 1898, pt. 1, p. 64, PI. Ill, fig. 11.

Chapada, Brazil, collected by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith. The median carina
is less elevated and thicker than in M. fignrata, a new species, the description of
which immediately follows.

6. Monanthia fignrata sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 12).

Head with five, short, porrect spines. Antennse moderately long, slender; first and second
segments about equal in length; third segment slightly more than three times the length of the
fourth. Rostrum reaching to the mesosternum. Pronotum very coarsely punctured, tricarinate ;
median carina thin, moderately raised, the areolae mostly indistinct; lateral carinae short, present
only on the triangular process, divaricating posteriorly. Elytra faintly constricted beyond the
middle, the outer margins nearly parallel; costal area moderately broad, uniseriate, some of the
transverse nervures placed close together in pairs; subcostal area triseriate at its widest part.
Wings a little shorter than the elytra.

General color fuscous, with lighter markings. Antennse yellowish brown, the first and fourth
segments fuscous. Pronotum with the disc blackish, the collum, median carina, and paranota
testaceous, or brownish testaceous; the triangular process reddish brown. Head black, the spines
yellowish brown. Elytra fuscous, the areolae lighter; the costal area brownish testaceous, the
areolae hyaline; body beneath black. Legs with the coxae and trochanters reddish brown; the
femora mostly fuscous or black; the apex of femora, the tibiae, and the tarsi (the apices of the latter
fuscous) yellowish brown or brownish.

Length 2.7 mm.; width .86 mm.

Closely allied to M. loricata Distant from Brazil, but separated from it by the
smaller size, the narrower and less robust form, and the more elevated median carina.

drake: neotropical tingitid^.

355

Eight specimens, Chapada, Brazil. The type, a male in Carnegie Museum,
is figured. Paratypes, males and females, in Carnegie Museum and my collection.
The paranotum is similar to that of M. loricata Distant. I have six Brazilian speci-
mens of the latter species before me.

7. Monanthia parmata Distant.

Monanthia parmata Distant, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXII, 1888, p. Ixxxiii; Champion, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1898, pt. 1, p. 64, PI. Ill, fig. 12.

Several examples of this insect were taken at Chapada, Brazil, by Mr. and
Mrs. H. H. Smith. It is more ovate and robust than the new species, M. figurata,
described above.

8. Monanthia c-nigrum Champion.

Monanthia c-nigrum Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 47, PI. Ill, fig. 25.

Common in the West Indies, Mexico, and Central America. Specimens are
at hand from Hayti, Guatemala, Nicaragua, and Mexico.

9. Monanthia balli sp, nov.

General appearance smooth and somewhat shining. Head with two porrect frontal spines.
Pronotum smooth, very strongly tumid on the disc, unicarinate, the lateral carinse entirely want-
ing: paranota very strongly developed, reflected against the pronotum, contiguous with the median
Carina. Elytra smooth, shining, slightly longer than the abdomen; costal area moderately wide,
uniseriate, the areolse quite regularly arranged; subcostal area with four or five rows of areolae at
its widest part; discoidal area broadly and deeply rounded along the outer margin at the base,
the latter extending deeply in the form of a semi-circular region into the subcostal area. Wings
slightly longer than the abdomen.

Head black, the spines brownish. Antennae testaceous, the fourth segment wanting. Body
beneath black, the posterior margin of the thorax whitish. Legs yellowish brown, the tips of the
tarsi fuscous. Pronotum mostly fuscous, the collum, and a broad margin of the paranota yellowish
brown. Elytra yellowish brown, the nervures of the sutural and most of the discoidal and sub-
costal areas fuscous, the areolae whitish, the areolae of costal area hyaline.

Length 2.56 mm.; width 1.25 mm.

One specimen, a female, from Port au Prince, Hayti. Type in my collection.
This very distinct species is named in honor of Dr. E. D. Ball, who kindly presented
the specimen to me. The very strongly swollen disc of the pronotum and the
smooth and somewhat shining appearance will readily separate M. balli from any
American species in the genus.

Genus Teleonemia Costa (1864).

Teleonemia Costa, Annuario del Museo Zoologico della Regia University di Napoli, II, 1864, p. 144;
Stal, Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, pp. 122 and 131.

356

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Amaurosterphus Stal, Hemiptera Fabriciana, I, 1868, p. 92; Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, p. 131.
Tingis, subgemis Americia Stal, ibidem, 1873, p. 131.

Lasiacantha Lethierry et Severin, Catalogue General des Hemipteres, III, 1896, p. 18 (in part), {non
StM).

Logotype: Teleonemia funerea Costa.

10. Teleonemia morio (StM).

Tropidocheila morio Stal, Ofversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, 1855, p. 187.
Laccometopus morio Stal, Rio Jan. Hemip., I, 1860, p. 65.

Teleonemia {Amaurosterphus) morio Stal, Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, p. 131; Champion,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1898, pt. 1, p. 61, PI. Ill, fig. 2.

Taken at Chapada, Brazil, by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith. I have in my
collection a specimen determined by Stal.

11. - Teleonemia aterrima Stal.

Teleonemia aterrima Stal, Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, p. 131; Champion, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1898, pt. 1, p. 62, PI. Ill, fig. 3.

This species was described from Colombia. I have four specimens from
Marcapata,. Peru.

12. Teleonemia limbata (Stal).

Tingis {Americia) limbata Stal, Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, p. 131.

Teleonemia limbata Champion, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1898, pt. 1, p. 61.

Several specimens from Chapada and Corumba, Brazil, collected by Mr. and
Mrs. H. H. Smith.

13. Teleonemia chapadiana sp. nov.

Robust, moderately elongate. Pronotiim rugiilose, narrowed anteriorly, very coarsely punc-
tured, sharply tricarinate, the Tadn® rather thick, reticulate, nearly parallel, each composed
of a single series of small areolae; median carina raised anteriorly and forming a small hood-like
structure, the latter projecting but very slightly forward; paranota not very broad, strongly re-
flexed, composed of a single series of moderately large areolae. Rostrum reaching a little beyond
the middle of the mesosternum. Elytra broadly rounded at the apex, very much like T. varie-
gata Champion in form; costal area rather broad, composed of a single row of very long areolae
(rectangular or triangular in shape) on the basal portion, biseriate beyond the middle; subcostal
area biseriate; discoidal area with four or five rows of areolae at the widest part, the outer margin
curved. The areolae of the elytra are rather coarse and large, extremely long (for this genus) on
the basal portion of costal area and not very regularly arranged. Wings a little longer than the
abdomen.

Body beneath, legs, and antennae fuscous, the last segment of the latter blackish. Pronotum
dark yellowish brown, the triangular apex, median carina, paranota, and the anterior (raised)

deake: neotropical tingitid^.

357

portion of median carina, yellowish brown. Elytra yellowish brown, some of the nervures marked
with fuscous, the areolae of costal area hyaline and areolae of the rest of the elytra whitish and opaque.

Length 4.85 mm.; width about 2 mm.

One female specimen, Chapada, Brazil, collected by Mr. and Mrs. H. H.
Smith, in the Carnegie Museum. The insect in general appearance somewhat
resembles T. variegata Champion, but is readily separated from it by the structures
mentioned above. *

14. Teleonemia brevipennis Champion.

Teleonemia brevipennis Champion, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1898, pt. 1, p. 63, PI. Ill, fig. 9.

Peru; one specimen from Marcapata and two from Vilcanota. The species
was described from the '‘Amazons.”

15, Teleonemia hasemani sp, nov.

.Elongate, robust, head with five moderately long spines, the anterior spines with their
apices meeting. Antennae moderately long, rather stout, first’ segment a little longer than the
second; third segment three times the length of the fourth, the latter considerably longer than
the first two taken together. Pronotum coarsely punctate, narrowed in front, sharply tricari-
nate, each carina composed of a single row of narrow, elongate areolae, the lateral carinae slightly
converging posteriorly; median carina somewhat raised in front, the elevated portion of pronotum
projecting angularly in front; paranota narrow, strongly refiexed, mostly contiguous with the
dorsal surface of the pronotum, uniseriate, the areolae quite large. Elytra elongate, gradually
widening from the base to about the middle, very broad at the middle and at the apex, slightly
constricted beyond the middle, the apices subtruncate; costal area broad, mostly triseriate, the
areolae rather large and not very regularly arranged; subcostal area biseriate; discoidal area large,
broad, long, extending beyond the middle of the elytra; the outer margin curved, with six or seven
rows of areolae at its widest part.' Wings almost as long as the abdomen. Rostrum reaching to
the end of the mesosternum. Length 5.45 mm.; width 2.2 mm.

Legs dark reddish, brown. Antennae dark reddish brown, the basal segment and apical
half of fourth, black. Head and body black beneath, the spines testaceous. Pronotum blackish,
the carinae dark reddish brown, the paranota whitish. Elytra with the discoidal, subcostal, su-
tural (save three cells along the apical margin) areas fuscous; some of the areolae partly whitish.
Costal area testaceous, a broad fascia near the middle, and a broad oblique fascia (continued
from sutural area) at the apex fuscous; some of the areolae along the apical margin of the elytra
whitish; the areolae of testaceous areas subhyaline, and those of fuscous areas very much clouded
with fuscous.

Length 5.45 mm.; width 2.2 mm.

Two specimens from Brazil collected by Mr. J. D. Haseman. Type: female,
from Sao Antonio de Guapore, Brazil, July 26, 1909, in Carnegie Museum. Para-
type: with antennae broken, in my coll ection from Rio Guapore, near Forto Principe,

358

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Brazil, Aug. 26, 1909. This species may be separated from T. albomarginata
Champion by the more robust form, shorter antennae, narrower paranota, the
broad, transverse fascia near the middle of costal area, the much less elevated
carinae, and the hood.

T. chilensis (Reed) differs from T. hasemani in having much broader paranota,
strongly raised carinae, a moderately large hood, and the elytra broadest at the apex.

16. Teleonemia simulans sp. nov.

Moderately long, robust. Antennae rather short, moderately pilose, the first segment a
little longer than the second, the third segment a little more than three times the length of the
fourth. Rostrum reaching a little beyond the meso-metasternal suture. Hood larger and the
carinae more strongly foliaceous than in T. chilensis; lateral carinae constricted at the middle, each
composed of a single row of large areolae; median carina strongly raised, biseriate and slightly
more than twice as high as the lateral carinae on the disc, uniseriate behind. Paranota formed
as in chilensis. Hood moderately large, projecting slightly over the base of the head. Elytra
broad, very broad in front of the middle and at the apex, and strongly constricted between, sub-
truncate at the apex; costal area rather broad, unevenly reticulated, mostly biseriate (some places
triseriate); subcostal area biseriate, the areol® rather large; discoidal area reaching beyond the
middle of the elytra, composed of four rows of areolae at its widest part. Wings about as long as
the abdomen.

General color-pattern quite similar to T. chilensis, but the markings a little lighter and with a
broader transverse band in front of the middle of the elytra. Elytra testaceous, the transverse
bands (near the middle and at the apex) broad and of a fuscous color; discoidal and sutural (mostly
fuscous) areas marked with brown or fuscous. The areol® of costal area, except in fuscous bands,
iridescent and nearly hyaline (one or two cells on each side clouded with fuscous), areolae of
subcostal and discoidal areas opaque whitish.

Length 4.3 mm.; width 2.26 mm.

Very similar in general appearance and color-pattern to T. chilensis (Reed), but
easily distinguished from it by the shorter antennae, the strongly arched median
carina, and the much smaller size.

One specimen from El Gran Chaco, “Bords du Rio Tapenaga, Colonia Flor-
encia, S. A.,” in my collection.

17. Teleonemia chilensis (Reed).

Cantacader chilensis Reed, Revista Chilena de Historia Natural, IV, 1900, p. 180.

Teleonemia chilensis Drake, Florida Entomologist, Vol. V, 1922, p. 50.

Brazil, Argentina, and Chile. This species seems to be quite widely distributed in South
America. The elytra are considerably constricted beyond the middle, and very broad a little
in front of the middle and a little broader still at the apex. The costal area contains a broad,
transverse, fuscous fascia a little in front of the middle; the areolae are irregular in size and ar-

drake: neotropical tingitid^e.

359

ranged in two (some places three) irregular rows. The paranota are strongly reflexed, rather
strongly produced, projecting almost upright, the outer margin narrowly rounded. Pronotum
tricarinate, each carina composed of a single row of rather large areolae, the lateral carinae con-
stricted at the middle. Hood moderately large, the height and length about equal.'*

18. Teleonemia albomarginata Champion.

Teleonemia albomarginata Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., II, 1898, pp. 36 and 43, PI. Ill,
figs. 18 and 18a.

Champion records this insect from Panama and the Amazons. I have speci-
mens before me from Guatemala, Venezuela, Brazil, and Peru.

19. Teleonemia triangularis (Blanchard).

Tingis triangularis Blanchard, in D’Orbigny, Voyage en Am^rique, etc., VI (2), 1843, p. 219, PI. XXIX,
fig. 9.

Teleonemia (Americia) albilatera Stal, Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, p. 131.

Teleonemia triangularis Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 43. (Footnote on syn-
onymy.)

Several specimens have been examined from Brazil and one specimen labelled
“Bolivie, Chiquitos, D’Orbigny, 1834.” The latter is probably one of Blanchard’s
series of types, and is in a good state of preservation.

Genus Eurypharsa Stal (1873).

Eurypharsa Stal, Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, p.p. 122, 123; Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 44; Trans. Ent. Soc. Bond., 1898, p. 63. (Notes on synonymy.)
Haplotype: Eurypharsa- {Tingis) nobilis (Guerin).

20. Eurypharsa phyllophila sp. nov.

Head armed with five moderately long spines. Pronotum narrowed anteriorly, very coarsely
punctured, sharply tricarinate, the carinae rather indistinctly reticulate; lateral carina slightly
diverging posteriorly; median carinae becoming more strongly raised and areolate anteriorly.
Paranota not very broad, slightly reflexed, mostly biseriate, triseriate at the middle. Hood a
little longer than high, projecting very slightly over the base of the head, very narrow, the sides
very steep and roof-like. Antennae moderately long, the first segment a little longer and thicker
than the second, the third slightly curved and a little more than three times the length of the
fourth. Rostrum reaching to the middle of the mesosternum. Elytra very broadly expanded,
nearly three times as wide as the pronotum, subtruncate at the apex, very broadly and roundly
expanded at the base and slightly rounded towards the tip; subcostal area narrow, biseriate, the
areolae small; costal area very broad, widely, irregularly, and rather unevenly reticulate, com-
posed of numerous irregular rows of areolae; discoidal area very long, composed of several irregular
rows of small areolae.

Head black, the spines yellowish brown. Antennae and legs blackish fuscous. Body be-

360

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

neath dark fuscous, slightly tinged with red, the rostral laminae and bucculae yellowish brown.
Pronotum reddish fuscous, the paranota, carinae, and hood yellowish brown. Elytra yellowish
brown, the discoidal and subcostal areas, and a broad transverse band near the apex fuscous;
costal area along the basal three-fifths very broadly margined with fuscous, the areolae (except
in fuscous region) hyaline.

Length 6.1 mm.; width 4.5 mm.

Type: a male specimen from the Rio Guapore, near Forto Principe, Brazil,
collected August 25, 1909, by J. D. Haseman, in the Carnegie Museum. In addi-
tion to the structural characters, the color of the costal area, not entirely margined
with fuscous, distinguishes this insect at once from any species described in the
genus.

Genus Amblystira StM (1873).

Amblystira Stal, Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, pp. 120 and 129; Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,

Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 29; Trans. Ent. Soc. Bond., 1898, pt. 1, p. 61.

Haplotype Amblystira pallipes Stal, from Brazil.

21. Amblystira morrisoni sp. nov.

Narrow, elongate. Pronotum coarsely punctate, strongly swollen on the disc, unicarinate,
the median carina distinct, but not strongly raised, the lateral carinae wanting. Head short, fur-
rowed in the middle, the frontal spines entirely wanting, the posterior spines represented by short
tubercular-like processes. Elytra slightly constricted beyond the middle, rounded at the tip;
costal area almost entirely absent, represented by an extremely narrow, almost obsolete carina-
like process; subcostal area with three to four rows of areolae at its widest part; discoidal area not
reaching the middle of the elytra, the outer margin distinctly rounded and enlarged (extending
into subcostal area) at the base. Rostrum reaching to the metasternum. Bucculae not contig-
uous in front.

Head black, the posterior tubercular-like spines testaceous. First and second antennal
segments testaceous, the others wanting. Pronotum fuscous, the median carina, median portion
of collum, and posterior process testaceous. Elytra testaceous, a broad transverse band, ex-
tending from the inner margin of discoidal area to outer margin of elytra, fuscous; the sutural
area partly imbrowned. Body black beneath. Legs testaceous, the tips of tarsi fuscous.

Length 2.5 mm.; width .75 mm.

Two specimens, collected four miles east of San Domingo City, Rep. San
Domingo, West Indies, July 22, 1917, by Mr. Harold Morrison. Type, No. 25,280
U. S. N. M., a male. The obsolete costal area distinguishes this species at once
from other members of the genus.

22. Amblystira nyctalis sp. nov.

Antennae longer than in A. silvicola sp. nov., the third segment one and one-third times the
length of the fourth. Elytra slightly expanded beyond the base, slightly constricted beyond the

drake: neotropical tingitid^.

361

middle, feebly serrate along the lateral margins, the costal area uniseriate to behind the middle
and biseriate at the widest part; subcostal area quadriseriate at its widest part; discoidal area
with the outer margin nearly straight, with four rows of areola3 at its widest part, distinctly
angulate, but not raised at the apex, the areolae moderately impressed. Rostrum reaching to
the end of the mesosternum. Wings almost as long as the elytra.

General color rather dull jet-black, the enlarged part of costal area testaceous, the distal
portion of sutural area dark fuscous. Areolae mostly black, the areolae of testaceous region of
costal area subhyaline, the areolae of fuscous portion of sutural area mostly fuscous. Other
characters quite similar to those of A. silvicola.

Length 2.85 mm.; width 1 mm.

Two specimens, one from Chapada and the other from Entre Rios, Brazil,
collected by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith. Type, a male from Chapada, in the
Carnegie Museum. Paratype, without head and pronotum, in my collection. The
longer antennae and the mostly black areolae of elytra distinguish A. nyctalis from
A. silvicola sp. nov. A. opaca Champion has the pronotum unicarinate and A.
maculata Van Duzee seems to be quite differently colored.

23. Amblystira silvicola sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 6).

Pronotum narrowed anteriorly, closely and quite coarsely punctate, rugulose, tricarinate,
the lateral carinse slightly converging posteriorly and rather indistinct on the disc. Antennae
moderately long, slender; first and second segments about equal in length; third long and slender, a
little less than twice the length of the fourth, the latter much longer than the first two taken
together. Elytra considerably longer than the abdomen, broadly rounded at the tip, the outer
margin serrate; costal area narrow at the base, becoming wider towards the apex, entirely uni-
seriate, the areolse small on the basal portion and moderately large at the widest part, or biseriate
at the widest part; subcostal area with five rows of areolse at its widest part; discoidal area rather
short, the outer margin nearly straight, with four rows of areolse at its widest part, the apex angu-
late and distinctly raised. Wings longer than the abdomen.

Head and pronotum black, somewhat shining. Body beneath black. Elytra mostly black;
the distal portion of sutural area dark fuscous, the widest part of costal area testaceous, the small
areolse of the black portion of the elytra opaque whitish, of the testaceous part of costal area sub-
hyaline, and of the distal and fuscous portion of the sutural area clouded with fuscous around the
borders, the centers pale. Antennse whitish or testaceous, the distal three-fourths of the apical
segment dark fuscous. Legs whitish or testaceous, the tarsi fuscous.

Length 3 mm.; width 1.1 mm.

Six specimens: three from Rio Machupo, Bolivia (near Rio Guapore)., collected
July 29, 1909, by J. D. Haseman; one specimen from Rio Guapore (near Forto
Principe), Brazil, July 20, 1920, collected by Haseman; one specimen from Entre
Rios, Brazil, collected by Mr. and Airs. H. H. Smith; one specimen from bank of
Demerara River, two miles from Georgetown, British Guiana, collected Sept. 22,

362

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

1916, by Mr. Harold Morrison. Type, a male from Rio Machupo, Bolivia, July 29,
J. D. Haseman, in the Carnegie Museum. Paratypes in Carnegie Museum, Na-
tional Museum, and my collection. The type has the antennae and legs whitish,
the tarsi and distal three-fourths of the last antennal segment fuscous; the widest
part of the costal area is biseriate. Some of the paratypes have the antennae and
legs darker and the costal area entirely uniseriate. One specimen has the costal
area biseriate on one side and uniseriate on the other. This species seems to differ
from A. pallipes Stal in the narrower costal area and the differently colored elytra.

24. Amblystira marginata sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 7).

Head, pronotum, and body beneath black. Elytra black, the costal area whitish testa-
ceous. ‘ Antennje moderately long, flavo-testaceous, the fourth segment black and moderately
hairy; first segment a little thicker and longer than the second; third segment two and one-third
times the length of the fourth, the latter longer than the first and second taken together. Ros-
trum reaching between the intermediate coxae. Legs yellowish brown, the tarsi fuscous. Pro-
notum coarsely punctured, narrowed anteriorly, tricarinate, lateral carinae distinct, but not
strongly raised, non-reticulate, slightly diverging anteriorly; median carina a little more elevated,
non-reticulate, slightly raised at the collum. Elytra broadest at the middle, the areolae of sub-
costal and discoidal areas very small and punctiform; costal area moderately broad, mostly
uniseriate, biseriate at the widest part, the areolae moderately large, and set in a little from the
outer margin; subcostal area broad, five or six rows of areolae at the widest part; discoidal area
short, broad, five to six rows of areolae at the widest part; sutural area broad, the reticulations
becoming larger towards the tip.

Length 3.1 mm.; width 1.2 mm.

Three specimens, taken at Paraiso, Canal Zone, Panama, Feb. 11, 1911, by
Dr. E. A. Schwarz. Type (figured) No. 25,279 in U. S. National Museum; para-
types in National Museum and my collection. The flavo-testaceous costal area of
the elytra distinguishes this insect at a glance from any species in the genus hither-
to described.

Genus Nyctotingis gen. nov.

Antennae long, rather slender, quite widely separated at the base; first segment
longer and slightly thicker than the second, the third very long and slender. Anten-
niferous tubercles well developed, moderately prominent. Bucculse closed in front.
Coxie quite widely separated; rostral channel deep, uninterrupted, rather wide,
the rostral laminae strongly foliaceous. Head with five small spines, the spines
arranged as in related genera. Rostrum reaching to the tip of the rostral sulcus.
Aletasternal orifices distinct. Pronotum quite strongly tumid on the disc, narrowed
anteriorly, coarsely punctate, unicarinate. Paranota represented by a very narrow,
non-reticulate, carina-like ridge. Hood small, formed by the raised collum and

O TROPICAL TINGITID^.

363

median carina. Wings present. Elytra broad, considerably longer than the
abdomen; discoidal area large, reaching beyond the middle of the elytra; costal
area broad, the subcostal area long and narrow.

Type of genus, Nyctotingis osborni sp. nov., in the Carnegie Museum. This
genus is perhaps most closely allied to Teleonemia StM, from which it may be
readily separated by the long and more slender antennse, which are also much more
widely separated at the base. It differs' from Leptoypha Stal in the characters
cited above and also in having the disc of the pronotum more swollen, longer
elytra, etc.

25. Nyctotingis osborni sp. nov. (Text-figure No. 1).

Pronotum somewhat shining, very coarsely punctate,
in front, transversely swollen through the disc, sharply uni-
carinate; the carina finely reticulated, raised in front, and
thus forming a small hood-like structure. Head with short
spines, the median spine appressed and the anterior ones
converging. Antennae very long, the first segment a little
more swollen and about twice the length of the second, the
third segment about three times the length of the fourth.
Rostral laminae and bucculae well developed, the rostrum
reaching to the apex of the rostral sulcus. Elytra broadly
expanded, broadly rounded at the apex, the outer margin
finely double-serrate; costal area quite broad, the areolae
moderately large, with eight or nine irregular rows of areo-
lae; discoidal area strongly elevated, long, reaching beyond
the middle of the elytra, composed of several irregular rows
of small areolae at the widest part; subcostal area nearly
perpendicular, mostly triseriate.

Head, eyes, pronotum, body beneath, including ros-
tral laminae and bucculae, black. Elytra black, except the
costal area, which is fuscous. Areolae clouded with black,
except those in costal area, which are fuscous. Legs black,
the tibiae reddish brown. Antennae with the first, second,
and fourth segments black, the third reddish brown.

Length 4.43 mm.; width 2 mm.

narrowed anteriorly, nearly truncate

Fig. 1. Nyctotingis osborni gen. et sp.
nov.

One female specimen (type) from Chapada, Brazil, collected by Mr. and Mrs.
H. H. Smith, in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus Tigava StM (1860).

Tigava Stal, Rio Jan. Hemipt., I, 1860, p. 63; Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 32;
Champion, Trans. Ent. Soc. Bond., 1898, pt. 1, p. 61.

Haplotype : Tigava prcecellens Stal.

364

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

26. Tigava notabilis sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 9).

Elongate and slender. Head smooth, with three very short, blunt spines, the median spine
semi-erect and the latero-posterior spines (one on each side) appressed to the head. Antennae very
long and slender, the first and fourth segments subequal in length, each about five times as long
as the second; third segment very long, a little more than three- times the length of the fourth.
Rostrum reaching a little beyond the prosternum. Pronotum coarsety punctate, the posterior
triangular portion becoming distinctly reticulate posteriorly and with a large cell at the apex,
tricarinate, each carina distinct, but non-reticulate. Paranota very narrow, carina-like, non-
reticulate. Elytra long and narrow; costal area extremely narrow, carina-like, without trace of
areolie; subcostal area mostly biseriate, triseriate at the apex of discoidal area; discoidal area
mostly triseriate, the areol® slightly larger _than those of subcostal area; sutural area broad, the
areolse becoming larger towards the apex and along posterior margin. Wings considerably
longer than the abdomen.

General color yellowish brown, with brown and fuscous markings. Head reddish brown,
the spines testaceous. Antennae brown, the first and second segments reddish brown, the fourth
segment fuscous. Pronotum testaceous, with a light or dark, broad, brownish streak between
the carinae. Elytra testaceous, a large portion of discoidal and sutural areas brown or fuscous,
three or four areolae near the apex hyaline. Legs brownish, the tips of femora, tibiae, and tarsi
fuscous. Body beneath dark fuscous.

Length 5 mm.; width 1 mm.

The very narrow carina-like paranota and costal area of the elytra, each
without areolse, distinguish T. notabilis at once from any other known species in
the genus.

Sixteen specimens from Chapada, Brazil, taken during the months of April,
May and November, by Air. and Mrs. H. H. Smith. Type, male, in Carnegie
Aluseum. Paratypes in Carnegie Aluseum and my collection.

27. Tigava jansoni sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 8).

Moderately long, slender. Antennae long, slender; first segment about three and a half
times the length of the second; third segment a little more than three times the length of the
fourth, the latter shorter than the first two taken together. Head tumid in front, with five spines;
latero-posterior spines long, extending to the basal segment of the antennae; median spine long,
porrect, considerably longer than the anterior spines. Rostrum reaching to the mesosternum.
Pronotum narrowed anteriorly, coarsely punctured, tricarinate, each carina distinctly raised,
but non-reticulate. Paranota carina-like, non-reticulate. Elytra long, constricted a little be-
yond the middle; costal area very narrow, slightly widened posteriorly, uniseriate, somewhat
refiexed anteriorly, the areolse very small; subcostal area mostly biseriate, triseriate at the widest'
part, the areolse a little smaller than those of discoidal area, the latter triseriate at its widest part;
sutural area broad, the areolse becoming larger distally.

General color yellowish brown, with brown and fuscous markings. Antennse testaceous.

drake: neotropical tingitid^.

365

the basal segment dark reddish brown, the fourth mostly fuscous. Legs testaceous, the tips of
tarsi brown. Head and median spines dark reddish brown, the other spines testaceous. Prono-
tum brownish. Elytra testaceous, eight or ten transverse nervures of costal area and most of
discoidal area fuscous; sutural area partly clouded with brown or fuscous. Body beneath black,
the rostral laminae and bucculse testaceous.

■ Length 3.7 mm.; width .68 mm.

Two specimens from Chapada, Brazil, collected by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith.
Type (figured), a male, in Carnegie Museum. This insect is very distinct from the
described species in the genus, but very closely related to T. mollicula sp. nov.
described below. The species is named in honor of Mr. A. R. Janson.

28. Tigava mollicula sp. nov.

Antennae rather long, slender; first segment long, a little shorter than in T. jansoni sp. nov.,
not quite two and one-half times the length of the second; third segment very long, three times
the length of the fourth. Head with five spines, somewhat enlarged about the base of the median
spine; posterior spines decumbent, reaching to the base of the antennae; median spines rather
long, reaching to the middle of the first antennal segment; anterior spines about half as long as
the median spines. Rostrum reaching to the metasternum. Pronotum coarsely punctate, be-
coming reticulate on the posterior portion, tricarinate; each carina thin, distinctly raised, com-
posed of a single row of indistinct areolae; paranota narrow, composed of a single row of very small
areolae. Elytra as in T. jansoni, the costal area slightly broader. Wings considerably longer
than the abdomen.

General color yellowish brown, with brown and fuscous markings. Antennae testaceous, the
basal segment brown, the apical segment mostly fuscous. Head brown, the posterior spines tes-
taceous. Pronotum yellowish brown, some of the nervures of triangular process partly fuscous.
Elytra yellowish brown, about ten or twelve transverse nervures in costal, most of discoidal and
part of sutural areas clouded with brown and fuscous. Body beneath blackish..

Length 3.8 mm.; width .7 mm.

Allied to T. jansoni, but differs from it in having shorter antennae, a longer
rostrum, broader (uniseriate) paranota, and more strongly raised carinae.

Two specimens from Chapada, Brazil, taken by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith.
Type, female, in Carnegie Museum. antennae broken, in my collection.

Genus Tingis Fabricius (1803).

Tingis Fabeicius, Systema Rhyngotorum, 1803, p. 124.

Monanthia Fibber, Entomologische Monographien, 1844, p. 38 (in part).

Logotype: Tingis iCimex) cardui (Linnseus).

Subgenus Tingis (Fabricius) Horvath, 1906.

Monanthia subgenus Platychila Fibber, Hie Europaischen Hemiptera, 1861, p. 119.

366

MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Subgenus Tingis Horvath, Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici, Vol. IV, 1906,

pp. 67 and 71.

Logotype of subgenus, Tingis (Cimex) cardui (Linn.).

29. Tingis americana sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 11).

Moderately large, broadly ovate, moderately clothed with short, fine pile. Antennae moder-
ately long; first segment slightly thicker and a little longer than the second; third segment slender-
est, one and two-third times the length of -the fourth. Pronotum coarsely punctate, narrowed
anteriorly, distinctly deiDressed back of the collum, tricarinate, each carina distinctly raised on
the disc and non-reticulate, more raised posteriorly and reticulate; the lateral carina converging
posteriorly; paranota moderately broad, faintly reflexed, biseriate in front, uniseriate behind, the
areolae large and hyaline, the outer margin nearly straight. Elytra broad, broadly rounded at the
tip; costal area broad, triseriate, the areolae large and hyaline; subcostal area uniseriate; discoidal
area broad, extending considerably beyond the middle of the elytra, with a slightly raised, longi-
tudinal, adventitious nervure between the outer margin and the middle. Wings almost as long
as the elytra. Head with four slender, blunt, moderately long spines, the median spine obsolete,
the antenniferous tubercles rather long, blunt, and slightly curved. Rostrum reaching a little
beyond the prosternum.

Head dark brown or blackish, the eyes blackish, the spines brownish or testaceous, the fine
hairs whitish. Antennae with the first and second segments dark brown, the third testaceous, the
fourth fuscQus. Pronotum brown, the depressed area back of the collum black, the pile whitish
or pale yellowish brown. Elytra yellowish brown, four to six transverse nervures of costal area
and one or two spots in discoidal area brown or fuscous. Body beneath dark brown, the thorax
darker. Legs dark brown, the tibiae and tarsi, except tips, lighter.

Length 2.72 mm.; width 1.6 mm.

Four specimens, Cliapada, Brazil, collected by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith.
Type a female (figured) in the Carnegie Museum. Paratypes in Carnegie Museum
and my collection. This species seems to belong to the Palsearctic genus Tingis
Fabr., subgenus Tingis Fabr., and is the first record of the occurrence of this, genus
in America. Several American species have been described and placed in the
genus Tingis, but they belong in other genera and have been incorrectly placed in
the genus Tingis.

Genus Neotingis gen. nov.

Pronotum coarsely punctate, transversely swollen on the disc, somewhat narrowed in front,
tricarinate, the lateral carina becoming obsolete anteriorly. Collum distinct. Hood wanting.
Paranota present. Bucculse broad, long, closed in front. Rostrum reaching a little beyond the
prosternum. Rostral laminae widely separated. Rostral groove uninterrupted, closed behind.
Metasternal orifice indistinct. Head long, with two long spines (one on each side of the median
line) in front; median spine wanting; posterior spines represented by short ridge-like spines
appressed to the head. Antenniferous tubercles rather stout, long. Eyes small, not very promi-

drake: neotropical tingitid^.

367

nent. Antennae slender, moderately long; first segment a little thicker and longer than the second ;
third very long and slender; fourth swollen on the distal half. Wings present. Elytra broad,
considerably longer than the abdomen, the discoidal almost reaching to the middle of the elytra.

Type of genus, Neotingis hollandi, sp. nov. In general appearance this species, although
it belongs to the Tingitini, greatly resembles the genus Phatnoma Fieber of the Cantacaderini.

30. Neotingis hollandi sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 5).

Head slightly rugulose, the anterior spines very long, slender, reaching almost to the end
of the first antennal segment, the tips rneeting. Antennae moderately long, slender, the third
segment about three times the length of the fourth, the latter considerably swollen on the distal
half. Rostrum reaching to the middle of the mesosternuni. Pronotum very coarsely and closely
punctate, the lateral carinae distinct on the triangular portion; the paranota moderately broad,
strongly and angularly produced antero-laterally in front. Wings much longer than the abdo-
men. Elytra broad, broad-oval in outline; costal area broad, triseriate at the base and apex,
biseriate in the middle, the areolte large and not very regularly arranged; subcostal area broad,
with five rows of areolse at its widest part; subcostal area moderately large, with four rows of
areolse at its widest part, angulate at the apex, the outer boundary distinctly curved.

General color yellowish brown, the swollen part of fourth antennal segment and tips of
tarsi fuscous. Reticulations marked here and there with brown, the areolse mostly hyaline.
Body beneath black, the genital segments somewhat reddish.

Length 2.84 mm.; width 1.6 mm.

Type (figured), a female from Chapada, Brazil, in the Carnegie Museum,
collected by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith. The species is named in honor of Dr. W.
J. Holland, who has taken a very active interest in South American insects.

Genus Atheas Champion (1898).

Atheas Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., II, 1898, p. 44; Heidemann, Bull. Buffalo Society of

Natural Sciences, IX, 1909, p. 231; Van Duzee, Cat. Hemip. Amer. North of Mexico, 1917, p. 222.

Logotype: Atheas nigricornis Champion.

31. Atheas elongata sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 1).

Very elongate, narrow. Pronotum coarsely punctate, slightly narrowed anteriorly, tricari-
nate, the carinse only slightly raised on the disc, the lateral carinae slightly diverging anteriorly.
Paranota ve’-y narrow, linear, composed of a single series of tiny areolae. Head longer than broad,
the anterior and posterior spines rudimentary, the median spine obsolete. Antennae moderately
long, the first segment not quite twice as long as the second; third segment a little more than two
and a half times the length of the fourth; fourth segment shorter than the first and second con-
joined, moderately swollen and clothed with a few long hairs towards the tip. Rostral laminae
nearly parallel, the rostrum reaching to the middle of the mesosternum. Elytra elongate, nar-
row; costal area very narrow, uniseriate; the areolae very small; subcostal area not twice as wide
as the costal area, biseriate; discoidal area very long, reaching beyond the middle of the elytra,
the outer margin nearly straight, with five rows of areolae at its widest part.

368

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

General color testaceous. Head black, the rudimentary spines testaceous. Pronotum
dark fuscous, the apex of triangular portion, paranota, the anterior end of the lateral carinse,
and central portion of the colluni testaceous. Elytra testaceous. Antennae dark brownish black,
the third segment becoming slightly lighter towards the tip. Legs dark brown. Body beneath
brownish black, the thorax almost black.

Length 3 mm.; width .68 mm.

Two specimens. Type (figured) from Chapada, Brazil, in the Carnegie
Museum. Paratype, from the same locality, in my collection. The latter has one
of the antenna? wanting. This species is very distinct and can not be easily con-
founded with any described species in the genus.

Genus Acysta Champion (1898).

Acysta Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., II, 1898, p. 46.'

Logotype: , Acysta Integra Champion.

32. Acysta brasiliensis uniseriata var. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 10).

Differs from A. brasiliensis Drake, Florida Entomologist, Vol. V, No. 3, 1922, pp. 42 and 43,
from Para, Brazil, in having a little shorter antenme and a little broader discoidal area; the costal
area is composed of one complete row of areolae and a few extra areolae- at its widest part. Other
characters and color about the same as in the t3UDical form. The pronotum and portions of the
elytra, as in the typical forms, usually covered with a whitish exudation.

Length 2.67 mm.; width 1.1 mm.

Three specimens from Chapada, Brazil, collected by Mr. and Airs. H. H.
Smith. The type, is a female in the Carnegie ALuseum, (figured). Paratypes in
the Carnegie Aluseum and my collection. In A. the costal area of the

elytra is composed of two complete rows of areolse and the outer margin of the
discoidal area is perhaps a little straightened. The typical form and the variety are
almost identical in size (through a typographical error the dimensions of the former,
1. c., p. 42, are too large and erroneously given), distinctly hairy on the pronotum
and elytra, and with two prominent, raised points on each elytron.

CoRYCERA gen. nov.

Head somewhat tumid in front, the anterior and median spines replaced by
stout, blunt, fingei-like processes.' These finger-like structures are very prominent
and are directed forward. The posterior spines are short. Hood wanting. Pro-
notum tricarinate. Bucculae closed in front. Aletasternal orifices distinct. Other
characters as in Gelchossa Kirkaldy (Leptostyla of Stal) . Except for the finger-like
horns, the species have the general appearance of Atheas of Champion. Two
species are described below. The type of the genus, Corycera comptula sp. nov., is
in the Carnegie Museum.

drake: neotropical tingitid^.

369 "

33. Corycera comptula sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 3).

Pronotum narrowed anteriorly, closely punctate, slightly riigulose, considerably swollen on
the disc, sharply tricarinate, the lateral carinse slightly converging posteriorly, the median carina
a little more elevated than the lateral carinse; collum distinct, composed of two quite regular rows
of very small cells; paranota narrow, long, uniseriate, the areolte small. Head considerably
swollen in front, the horn-like processes long, thick, cylindrical, reaching a little beyond the first
antennal segment, the median a little shorter than the others, and its tip reaching but very slightly
beyond the end of the first antennal segment. Posterior spines short, appressed, extending al-
most to the middle of the eyes. Antennae long, slender, first segment considerably thicker and
about twice as long as the second; third segment slightly more than two and one-half times the
length of the fourth, the latter longer than the first and second taken together. Rostrum reaching
almost to the end of the mesosternum. Elytra considerably longer than the abdomen, broadly
rounded at the tips, slightly constricted beyond the middle; costal area rather narrow at the base,
considerably wider towards the apex, uniseriate, the areolae moderately large beyond the dis-
coidal area; subcostal area moderately broad, with four rows of areolae at its widest part; dis-
coidal area not reaching to the middle of the elytra, moderately large, strongly raised at the tip,
with four rows of areolae at its widest part, the outer margin slightly rounded. Wings a little
shorter than the elytra.

Body beneath, head, eyes, spines, and horn-like processes black. Antennae pale testaceous,
the basal segment ferruginous, the distal half of the fourth fuscous. Pronotum black, the para-
nota and the tip of triangular process flavous. Legs yellowish brown, the tips of tarsi fuscous.
Elytra blackish fuscous; the costal area flavous, most of the transverse nervures on the basal
half fuscous.

Length 2.72 mm.; width .9 mm.

Two specimens from Chapada, Brazil, taken by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith.
Type (figured), a male in the Carnegie Museum; paratype (female) in my collection.

34. Corycera rugulosa sp. nov.

Head with the anterior finger-like projections smaller and shorter than in C. comptula, not
reaching the end of the first antennal segment, the median horn-like process a little thicke r and
slightly longer than other two. Pronotum more rugulose, more strongly swollen on the disc, and
the paranota narrower than in C. comptula; tricarinate, the lateral carinse only slightly raised on
the disc, becoming almost obsolete anteriorly. Elytra rather coarsely reticulated; subcostal area
mostly triseriate, the areolae larger than in C. comptula; discoidal area not raised at the apex, tri-
seriate at the widest part, the areolae about equal in size to those of subcostal area. The elytra
dark fuscous, but not as blackish as in C. comptula. Other characters and color very much like
those of C. comptula.

Length 2.55 mm.; width about .9 mm.

Resembles at first sight the foregoing species, C. comptula, but separated from
it by the shorter horn-like projections on the head, the more tumid and rugulose
pronotum, and the coarser and larger reticulation of the elytra.

The type (female) from Chapada, Brazil, is in the Carnegie Museum.

* 370

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus Leptopharsa Stal (1873).

Leptopharsa Stal, Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, pp. 122 and 126; Champion, Biol. Centr.-

Amer., Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 21.

Logotype: Leptopharsa elegantula St.1l.

35. Leptopharsa illudens sp. nov.

Plead with the anterior and median spines much reduced, the anterior ones sometimes want-
ing, the posterior spines rather long and appressed. Antennae long, the first segment twice the
length of the second; third segment a little more than twice the length of the fourth, the latter
considerably longer than the first two conjoined. Rostrum reaching slightly beyond the pro-
sternum, the rostral laminae widely separated on the metasternum. Pronotum closely punctate,
narrowed anteriorly, tricarinate; lateral carinae parallel, slightly less raised than the median Ca-
rina, the areolae very tiny, almost obsolete; median carina raised anteriorly, the areolae tiny; hood
very small, formed largely by the raised median carina, transverse, projecting slightly in front.
Paranota narrow, mostly biseriate, the outer margin nearly straight. Elytra rather narrow,
considerably longer than the abdomen, the outer margins nearly parallel, broadly rounded at the
tip; costal area moderately broad, biseriate, the areolae quite regularly arranged; subcostal area
narrow, biseriate, the areolae small; discoidal area rather broad, with five or six rows of areolae
at its widest part, the outer margin slightly rounded. Wings considerably longer than the abdo-
men.

Pronotum brown or fuscous, the paranota, apex of triangular process, hood and carinae whitish.
Elytra. entirely whitish or with the discoidal area brown, the sutural area partly embrowned and
the subcostal area testaceous. Head brown or fuscous, the spines whitish. Antennae with the
first and second segments brown or dark brown, the fourth (save small basal portion) fuscous, the
third brown and gradually becoming testaceous towards the apex. The third antennal segment
shows considerable variation in the amount of brown and testaceous color. In the type it is
mostly brown and only about the distal fourth somewhat testaceous. Legs testaceous, the tips
of tarsi fuscous. Body beneath dark brown or blackish.

Length 3 mm.; width 1 mm.

Very closely allied to L. elegantula Stal of South America, but separated
from it at once by the narrower and biseriate costal area of the elytra. The
median carina, as in L. manihotee n. sp., is raised anteriorly, and the hood is much
reduced and only a little higher than the median carina.

Five specimens from Jamaica and Porto Rico. Type, a female from Mande-
ville, Jamaica, collected by E. P. Van Duzee, April 1906, in my collection. This
specimen is labeled, Atheas nigricornis Champ, del. Van Duzee, and is perhaps
the insect referred to in “Notes on Jamaican Hemiptera,’’ Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat.
Hist., Vol. VIII, No. 5, 1907, p. 22, as A. nigricornis. It is not at all like my
cotype of Champion’s A. nigricornis. Three paratypes from the Porto Rico Experi-
ment Station, collected by A. W. Bartell, July 23, 1902; one paratype from San

drake: neotropical tingitid^.

371

Pedro de Mocoris, Rep. Dom., July 15, 1917 (336), by Harold Morrison, in National
Museum. The paratypes are a little lighter in color than the type and are perhaps
somewhat teneral.

36. Leptopharsa longula sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 4).

Elongate, moderately broad. Head smooth, armed with five spines, the median spine
rather short, blunt and porrect; the posterior spines very long, slender, nearly prostrate. An-
tennae long and slender; first segment four times the length of the second; third segment very long,
nearly three times the length of the fourth, the latter a little longer than the first two conjoined.
Pronotum rather coarsely punctate, tricarinate, each carina thin and composed of a single row
of very small areolae, the lateral carinae parallel. Paranota moderately broad, slightly reflexed ,
mostly biseriate, the outer margin nearly straight, rounded at the anterior and posterior ends.
Hood small, transverse, projecting a little in front. Rostrum reaching to the mesosternum, the
rostral channel very narrow on the pro- and mesosternum, widely separated on the metasternum.
Elytra very long, faintly constricted beyond the middle; costal area rather broad, composed of
two rows of areolae; subcostal area narrow, biseriate; discoidal area not quite reaching the middle
of the elytra, the outer margin nearly straight, with five rows of areolae at its widest part. Wings
considerably longer than the abdomen.

Head brown, the spines testaceous. Antennae with the first and second segments dark
brown or fuscous, the third segment testaceous, the fourth, save a small basal portion, fuscous.
Pronotum brown, the carinae, paranota and apical portion of triangular process testaceous. Ely-
tra brown, the costal area testaceous, the sutural area partly clouded with fuscous. Legs testa-
ceous, the tips of tarsi darker.

Length 3.52 mm.; width .55 mm.

Two specimens from Chapada, Brazil. Type, figured, a female in the Carnegie
Museum. Paratype, antennae wanting, in my collection.

37. Leptopharsa manihotae sp. nov.

Form and size about the same as L. longula, the antennae shorter, the first segment three
times the length of the second, the third segment a little less than two and one-half times the length
of the fourth. Posterior spines on the head shorter than in L. longula. Pronotum rather coarsely
punctate, the median carina distinctly raised in front, projecting slightly over the base of the
head, the raised collum and median carina forming a small hood-like structure. In L. longula
the hood is much higher than the median carina. Other characters, except the punctiform reticu-
lations of subcostal and discoidal areas, very much like those in L. longula.

Head blackish or fuscous, the eyes dark reddish. Pronotum fuscous, the carinae, para-
nota, apex of triangular process, and anterior margin of collum light testaceous. Elytra fuscous,
the costal area testaceous, the sutural area partly fuscous. Areolae of paranota and costal area
hyaline, of sutural area hyaline or subhyaline. Body beneath black. Legs pale brown, the tips
of tarsi fuscous. Antennae with first, second, and fourth (save small basal portion) segments
fuscous, the third pale brown.

Length 3.5 mm.; width .52 mm.

372

MEMOmS OF THE CAKNEGIE MUSEUM.

Very much like L. longula n, sp., but easily separated from it by the punctiform
areolae of the subcostal and discoidal areas, the distinctly raised median carina in
front, and the almost obsolete hood.

Three specimens, Trinidad, B. W. I. Type, female No. 25,305, in U. S. Nat.
Mus. Paratypes in Nat. Mus. and my collection. This species feeds and breeds
upon cassava, Manihot sp.

Genus Gelchossa Kirkaldy (1904).

Leptostyla Stal, Enumeratio Heinipterorum, III, 1873, pp. 120 and 125; Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,

Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 11; Van Duzee, Cat. Hemip. Amer. North of Mexico, 1917, p. 218; McAtee,

Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., Vol. XII, No. 3, 1917, pp. 55-64.

Gelchossa Kirkaldy, The Entomologist, XXXVII, 1904, p. 280.

Logotype: Gelchossa (Tingis) oblonga (Say).

The genus Leptostyla was first established by Paolo Lioy, 1864, Atti dell’
Istituto Veneto, 3a Ser., T. IX, p. 1350 (I Ditteri distribuiti secondo un nuovo
methodo di classificazione naturale), for a genus of Muscidoe (Diptera) and has
priority over Leptostyla Stal, 1873 (Hemiptera). In view of the foregoing fact,
Gelchossa was proposed by Kirkaldy in 1904, and replaces the preoccupied name
Leptostyla Stal {Hemiptera, Tingitidce).

38. Gelchossa albocosta sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 2).

Pronotiim narrowed anteriorly, rugulose, coarsely punctured, tricarinate, the lateral carinse
diverging slightly posteriorly, the median carina slightly more elevated on the colliim. Para-
nota rather narrow, uniseriate. Rostrum not quite reaching the middle of the mesosternum.
Antennae rather long and slender, the first segment a little thicker and distinctly longer than the
second; third segment long, more than two and one-half times the length of the fourth. Elytra
constricted beyond the middle; costal area moderately wide, uniseriate, the areolae hyaline; sub-
costal area mostly triseriate, the areolae about equal in size to those of discoidal area; discoidal
area quadriseriate at the widest part, the outer margin slightly rounded; sutural area rather
broad, the areolae becoming larger posteriorly. Wings almost as long as the elytra. Head with
the latero-posterior spines long, contiguous with the surface of the head; median spine very short
and almost obsolete; anterior spines moderately long, their apices meeting.

Head black, the posterior spines yellowish. Antennae testaceous, the distal two-thirds of
fourth segment blackish. Pronotum black, the triangular portion fuscous, the paranota whitish.
Elytra fuscous, the costal area whitish. Body beneath black. Legs testaceous, the tips of tarsi
brownish.

Length 2.27 mm.; width .82 mm.

One specimen {type, male) from Chapada, Brazil, collected by Mr. and Mrs.
H. H. Smith, in the Carnegie Museum.

deake: neotropical tingitid^.

373

39. Gelchossa magnifica sp. nov.

Paranota enormously developed, very long and broad, nearly semiglobose, strongly con-
stricted at the middle of the outer margin and extending high over and above the sides of the
pronotum, composed of several rows of areolae, the areolae rather large and irregular in size. Pro-
notum coarsely punctate, unicarinate. Hood rather large, ovoid, higher than long, not quite
as highly elevated as the paranota, a few short spines on the nervures, the sides slightly com-
pressed. Median carina enormously developed posteriorly, very- highly arched behind, united
to the median nervure of the hood a little above the base of the hood. Paranota and median
Carina armed with short spines on their margins. Lateral carinse entirely wanting. Rostrum
reaching almost to the end of the rostral sulcus. Head largely concealed by the hood, the pos-
terior spines obsolete, the anterior spines moderately long and directed downwards. Antennae
long and slender, sparsely setose; third segment slightly more than three times as long as the
second, the latter short; third segment very long, slightly more than twice the length of the fourth,
the latter longer than the first two segments conjoined. Elytra long and divergent, widening
from the base, with a double row of short spines along the outer margin, not broadly rounded at
the tip, the tumid elevations very strongly inflated and large; costal area very broad, with four
or five rows of large areolae at its widest part, the areolae becoming larger distally.

General color testaceous, with brownish markings. Body beneath dark reddish brown or
fuscous. Areolae of paranota considerably clouded with brown. Pronotum brown, usually cov-
ered with a whitish exudation. Median carina with a large fuscous area. Elytra testaceous, the
apical areolae, forming an oblique cross-band, partly clouded with fuscous. Areolae subhyaline.
Antennae testaceous, the first two and apical segments usually brownish. Legs yellowish brown.
The color of paranota and elytra varies somewhat in different specimens.

Length 5 mm.; width 3.2 mm. (through tumid elevations).

Twelve specimens from Chapada, Brazil. Type, a female from Chapada,
collected by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith, in the Carnegie Museum. Paratypes in
Carnegie Museum, Paris Museum, and my collection.

Genus Leptobyrsa StM (1873).

Leptobyrsa Stal, Enumeratio Hemipterorum, III, 1873, pp. 119 and 123; Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,

Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 25; Berg, Hemiptera of Argentina, 1884, p. 135.

Haplotype: Leptobyrsa steini Stal.

40. Leptobyrsa elegantula sp. nov. (Text-figure 26).

Broad; head smooth, shining, armed with five long, slender spines. Antennae moderately
long, clothed with numerous, long, projecting hairs; first segment a little thicker and a little more
than twice as long as the second; third segment almost twice as long as the fourth, the latter con-
siderably longer than the first and second conjoined. Pronotum rather closely punctured, uni-
carinate, the carina distinct but only feebly raised; hood wanting; posterior triangular portion
greatly abbreviated, leaving a large triangular area exposed between the elytra, and excavated
at the middle. Paranota strongly and somewhat arcuately produced in front, almost reaching

374

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to the apex of the second antennal segment, with two rows of areolse (one very large cell at the
anterior margin bordered with from five to seven smaller cells) in front, and diminishing to one
or two small cells at the posterior end. Elytra with the tumid elevations poorly developed,
almost obsolete, the margins of paranota and elytra with rather long, slender serines; costal area
composed of four or five rows of areolse; subcostal and discoidal areas not distinctly defined.
Wings rudimentary. Rostrum reaching almost to the intermediate coxse,.

General color yellowish brown, the poorly developed tumid elevations partly clouded with
fuscous. Areolse hyaline. Body beneath brown or yellowish brown. Antennse uniform yel-
lowish brown; in some specimens the first and second segments are brown.

Length 3.8 mm.; width 2.7 mm.

Fig. 2. a, Leptobyrsa splendida Drake, sp. nov.

b, Leptobyrsa elegantula Drake, sp. nov.

Ten specimens; nine from Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith), and one {paratype
in Paris Museum) labeled “Brazil” Type (male from Chapada) in the Carnegie
Museum. Paratypes in Carnegie Museum and my collection.

41. Leptobyrsa splendida sp. nov. (Text-figure 2a).

Broad, almost rectangular in outline. Head smooth, shining, armed with five long, slender
spines. Rostrum reaching a little beyond the middle of the mesosternum. Antennse moder-
ately long, clothed with numerous long, projecting hairs; first segment slightly more than twice
the length of the second; third segment a little less than twice the length of the fourth.
Pronotum coarsely punctured, unicarinate, the carina distinct, but only feebly raised (in a de-

drake: neotropical TINGITIDiE.

375

pressed groove on the disc); posterior triangular portion fully developed, ending in a broad
apex. Paranota strongly and arcuately produced in front, a little broader and the areolje smaller
than in L. elegantula sp. nov. Paranota and elytra armed with moderately long, slender spines
on the outer margins, the elytra with an additional suberect row of spines. Elytra with mod-
erately large reticulations; tumid elevations faintly developed, nearly flat; costal area with
three or four rows of areolae; discoidal and subcostal area not plainly differentiated.

General color yellowish brown. Eyes black. Antennae yellowish brown, the distal half
of fourth segment fuscous. Body beneath brownish.

Length 4.1 mm.; width 3.18 mm.

Allied to L. elegantula n. sp., but differs in having smaller reticulations, broader
paranota and in the well developed triangular portion of the pronotum.

Two specimens. Type, a female (figured), from Chapada, Brazil, in the
Carnegie Museum. Paratype, S. Antonio, Province de Bahia, Brazil, in my
collection. L. splendida and L. elegantula are not easily confused with L. steini
Stal from Brazil.

42. Leptobyrsa decora sp. nov.

Moderately broad. Head with five long and very slender spines; anterior spines projecting
a little forward, shorter than the first antennal segment; median spine porrect, a little longer than
the first antennal segment; posterior spines very long, very slender, appressed to the surface of
the head. Antennse moderately long, slender, clothed with numerous, long, projecting hairs;
the first segment twice as long as the second, the third very long and slender. Rostrum reaching
to the metasternum. Pronotum tricarinate, the carinae strongly foliaceous; lateral carina arch-
like, parallel, a little more strongly raised towards the front, each composed of two or three large
cells and a small cell in front; median carina strongly arched at the middle, composed of a single
row of large areolae. Hood higher than long, not very broad. Paranota long, broad, moder-
ately reflexed, the outer margin slightly rounded, biseriate, the outer row of areolae large. Elytra
broad, the tumid elevations well developed, somewhat rounded, each deeply constricted on the
inner side; costal area broad, triseriate at its widest part, the areolae large. Margins of elytra
and paranota finely serrate, clothed with a few long, fine hairs; the nervures with a few erect
hairs. Wings poorly developed. Legs moderately hairy.

Testaceous, a few of the nervures of carina3, paranota, and tumid elevation fuscous. Head
and body brown, the median and anterior spines dark brown, the posterior spines whitish. An-
tennae yellowish brown, the fourth segment wanting. Legs yellowish brown, the tips of tarsi
fuscous.

Length 3.85 mm.; width 2.25 mm.

Allied to L. medocina Pennington, but distinguished from it by the higher and
narrower hood, the more foliaceous median carina, the larger areolae, the smaller
tumid elevation, and the more widely separated tips of the elytra.

Three specimens: two from Lacumbre, Colombia, alt. 6600 feet, June 2, 1914,
by Mr. H. S. Parish; and one specimen (antennae broken and wings damaged)

376

MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

from Ber. San Pedro and Colaisaco, Ecuador, collected on a yellow flowering legu-
minous herb, Jan. 7, 1911, by Mr. C. H. Townsend.

Type, a male from Colombia, in my collection. Paratype from Ecuador in
National Museum.

43. Leptobyrsa ardua sp. nov.

Hood twice as long as high, strongly projecting forwards, not as highly elevated as in L.
decora and L. medocina. Head, save the sides, concealed by the hood, with five very slender, long
spines, clothed with long, projecting hairs; first segment a little thicker and twice the length of
the third; third segment slightly curved, about three and a half times the length of the fourth.
Rostrum reaching to the metasternum. Paranota broad, mostly biseriate, triseriate at the an-
terior margin, the areol® large, shaped as in L. ynedocina. Carin* strongly foliaceous; lateral
carinae parallel, arch-like, composed of three large cells; median carina highest a little in front of
the middle, uniseriate. Wings much reduced. Elytra broad, the areolae large, the tumid eleva-
tions similar in form, but larger than in L. medocina and L. decora; costal area mostly triseriate,
quadriseriate at the widest part, the areolae large. Margins of paranota and elytra (here and
there an extra submarginal row) armed with slender, not very long spines. The nervures with a
few erect spines. Legs moderately hairy. Color quite similar to medocina.

Length 5 mm.; width 2.9 mm.

Akin to L. decora and L. medocina, but separated at once by the much longer
and less elevated hood and the costal area which contains four rows of areolse at
its widest part.

Two specimens from Brazil. Type, male from Province of Minas Geraes,
Brazil (alt. 1100 meters), collected by E. R. Wagner, and in my collection. The
pronotum above and on the sides is moderately clothed with rather long
yellowish white hair. There are also a few scattered, erect spines on the nervures
of the elytra, hood, and paranota. In the paratype from San Paulo, the costal
area of elytra is composed of three rows of areolse on one side (at widest part) and
of four rows on the other side.

Genus Dicysta Champion (1897).

Dicysta Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 5; Drake, Annals Carnegie Museum,

XIII, 1922, pp. 269-273.

Haplotype: Dicysta vitrea Champion.

44. Dicysta sagillata sp. nov.

Head, except eyes, concealed from above by the hood, with two short, converging spines
in front. Antennae long and slender, the first segment two and one-half times the length of the sec-
ond, the third a little curved, slightly more than twice the length of the fourth. Paranota mod-
erately reflexed, moderately long and broad, the outer margin rounded, with three rows of areolae
at its widest part, the areolae moderately large. Hood rather large, projecting a little in front

drake: neotropical tingitid^.

377

of the head. Median carina strongly inflated at the posterior end, the posterior margin of the
latter rounded and the anterior margin slightly concave; the non-inflated portion of the median
carina composed of a single large cell, the dorsal nervure of this cell runs obliquely downward
from the summit of the posterior inflated portion and joins the median nervure of the hood a
little above its base. Elytra abruptly widened at the base and then gradually widening poster-
iorly, the tips divaricating and not as broadly roundecbas in D. braziliensis; tumid elevations quite
large and long, the outer margin highly elevated and rounded, inner margin broadly compressed
at the middle and sloping obliquely towards the median line; costal area broad, mostly tris-
eriate, quadriseriate at its widest part, the areol* large. The margins of the paranota and elytra
armed with a double row of almost obsolete spines. Wings much longer than the abdomen.

General color testaceous; the nervures of the hood, inflated portion of median carina, and
posterior portion of the tumid elevation fuscous, the areolae lightly infuscated; the areolae of the
rest of the elytra, paranota, and the large cell of non-inflated portion of median carina, hyaline.
Body beneath black, the rostral laminae and sides of thorax dark testaceous. Legs testaceous,
the tarsi fuscous. Antennae testaceous, the distal portion of the fourth segment fuscous.

Length 3.5 mm.; width 2 mm.

Very much like D. braziliensis Drake in general appearance, but easily dis-
tinguished from it by the more abruptly widened elytra at the base, the large tumid
elevations of the elytra and shorter, broader and more rounded paranota.

Three specimens, Porto Bello, Panama, March 12, 1911, collected by Dr. E.
A. Schwarz. Type, a female. No. 25,366 U. S. Nat. Mus. Paratypes (somewhat
damaged) in National Museum and my collection. This species belongs to the
group of Dicysta containing D. vitrea Champion, D. hollandi Drake and D. brazil-
iensis Drake; it is most closely related to the latter species, but readily separated
from it by characters, given above.

378

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.

Fig. 1. Atheas elongata sp. nov. (p. 367).

Fig. 2. Gelchossa albocosta sp. nov. (p. 372).

Fig. 3. Corycera comptula gen. et sp. nov. (p. 369).

Fig. 4. Leptopharsa longula sp. nov. (p. 371).

Fig. 5. Neotingis hollandi gen. et sp. nov. (p. 367).

Fig. 6. Amhlystira silvicola sp. nov. (p. 361).

Fig. 7. A7nblystira marginata sp. nov. (p. 362).

Fig. 8. Tigava jansoni sp. nov. (p. 364).

Fig. 9. Tigava notabilis sp. nov. (p. 364).

Fig. 10. Acysta braziliensis uniseriata var. nov. (p. 368).

Fig. 11. Tingis americana sp. nov. (p. 366).

Fig. 12. Monanthia figurata sp. nov. (p. 354).

Fig. 13. Coleopterodes liliputiana Signoret (p. 353).

Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX,

Plate XXXIX

Neotrofical Tingitid.e.

60. Gasteropoda of the Chazy. Eaymond 1.85

61. Occurrence of Wynnea Americana in Pa, Jen-

nings 05

62. Account of Pleistocene Fauna Discovered at

Frankstown, Pa. Holland .10

63. Vertebrate Fossils from the Vicinity of Pitts-

burgh, Pa. Case 16

64. lUsenidae from the Black Biver Limestone near

Ottawa, Canada. Eaymond and Naebaway.. .20

65. Ehinoceroses from the Ollgocene and Miocene

of North Dakota and Montana. Douglass . . .26

66. Fossil Horses from North Dakota. Douglass. .30

67. Oligocene Lizards. Douglass 20

68. The Type of Stenomylus gracilis. Petekson. . .26

69. New Species of Birds from Costa Eica, etc.

Carbikee 10

70. Costa Eican Formicariidae. Caeeikee .06

71. Vertebrate Fossils from the Fort Union Beds,

Douglass .45

72. List of the Lepidoptera of Western Pa., etc.

Engel 1.25

73. Fauna of Upper Devonian in Montana. Fossils

of Eed Shales. Eaymond 60

74. New Species of Procamelus from Upper Mio-

cene of Montana. Douglass 30

75. Sections of the Conemaugh Series between

Pittsburgh and Latrobe, Pa. Eaymond 36

76. List of the Unionidae of Western Pa. Oetmann .50

77. Geological Eeconnaissance in North Dakota,

Montana, and Idaho. Douglass 1.00

78. Botanical Survey of Presque Isle. Jennings . . 2,75

79. Sesqui-Centennial (Pittsburgh) Eelics. Stewabt .45

80. Dromomeryx, New Genus of American Eumi-

nants. Douglass 30

81. Fossils from Glacial Drift and Devonian and

Mississippian near Meadville, Pa. Millaed. . .10

82. New Species of Helodus. Eastman 05

83. Charles Chauncey Mellor. Holland 15

84. Eeports of Expedition to British Guiana, etc.

Eigenmann 60

85. Eeports of Expedition to British Guiana, etc.

Dubbin 26

86. Odonata of the Neotropical Eegion, Exclusive

of Mexico and Central America. Calveet. , . 2.25

87. Deinosuchus hatcheri, a New Genus and Species

of Crocodile. Holland 20

88. Eeports on Expedition to British Guiana, etc.

Blossee 16

89. Description of Some New Titanotheres from

the Uinta. Douglass 26

90. Annotated List of the Birds of Costa Eica In-

cluding Cocos Island. Caeeikeb 3.00

91. Geology of the Coast of the State of Alagoas,

Brazil. Beanner 40

92. Fossil Fishes from the Bituminous Shales at Ei-

acho Doce, Alagoas, Brazil. Jordan 56

93. Ordovician Trilobltes, No. n, Asaphidae from

the Beekmantown. Eaymond 36

94. Ordovician TrUobites, No. III. Eaymond &

Naebaway 86

95. Ordovician Trilobites, No. IV. Eaymond 40

96. Fishes from Irkutsk, Siberia. Jordan and

Thompson 30

97. South American Tetrlgidae. Brunee 1.00

98. Fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh Series

in Western Pa. Eaymond 30

99. Ichthyological Survey About the San Juan

Islands, Washington. Starks 76

100. New Species of Pygldium. Eigenmann 10

101. The Brachiopoda and Ostracoda of the Chazy.

Eaymond 60

102. A New Camel from the Miocene of Western

Nebraska. Peterson .16

103. Skeleton of Stenomylus hitchcocki, etc. Peter-

son 15

104. Skeleton of Diceratherium cooki. Peterson . . .16

105. Carnegie Museum Expedition to Central South

America, 1907-1910. Holland .16

106. Eeport Upon the Expedition of the Carnegie

Museum to Central South America. Hase-
man & Eigenmann 25

107. New Species of Fishes, etc., from Central South

America. Haseman 50

108. Annotated Catalog of Cichlid Fishes from Cen-

tral South America. Haseman ....... 1.25

109. New Species of Fishes from the Eio Iguassu.

Haseman 66

110. Ornithology of the Bahama Islands. Todd &

Worthington .75

112. South American Acridoldea. I. Bruner 1.00

113. Species of Hasemania, Hyphessobrycon, and

Hemigrammus. Ellis 26

114. New Characins in the Carnegie Museum. Eigen-

mann 30

115. Jurassic Saurian Eematns Ingested within Fish.

Eastman 20

116. Autograph Letter of U. S. Grant to Edwin M.

Stanton. Holland .......... 16

117. Albert J. Barr. By W. J. Holland 10

118. Seventeen New Neotropical Birds. Todd 26

119. Dr, David Alter, the First Discoverer of Spec-

trum Analysis. Holland .10

120. Two Mmnmy Labels. Allen 10

121. The Families and Genera of Najades. Ort-

mann 1.00

122. Group of Stenomylins in the Carnegie Museum,

Peterson 26

123. Tertiary Fish-remains from Spanish Guinea.

Eastman 26

124. Plated Nematognaths. Ellis .66

125. New Species of Cambarus from the Isle of

Pines, Ortmann 16

126. Sedum Camegiel, a New Species of the Family

Crassulacese, etc. Hamet 10

127. Two New Species of Fishes from Peru. Eigen-

mann 16

128. South American Locusts ( Acridoidea) . II.

Bruner 75

129. Revision of the Genus Chsemepelia. Todd. 86

130. New Genus and Species of Abyssinian Rodents.

Childs Erick 20

131. New Tltanothere from the Uinta. Peterson. . .20

132. Small Tltanothere from the Lower Uinta. Peter-

son 10

133. Osteology of Lasiopyga and Callithrix, etc.

Shufeldt 26

134. New Rhynchocephalian from Solenhofen. Grier .16

135. Scales of South American Characinid Fishes.

Cockerell 26

136. Skeleton of Platigonus Leptorhinus. Peter-

son 10

137. Lichens Collected in the Thunder Bay District,

Ontario. E. Heber Howe, Jr 10

138. Preliminary List of Fossil Plants in the Roof

of the Pittsburgh Coal. Grier .10

139. Undescribed Remains of the Uinta Titanothere

Dolichorhinus. Peterson 16

140. Triassic Fishes Belonging to the Catopteridse

and Semionotidae. Eastman 16

141. Osteology of Promerycochcerus. Peterson ... ,40

142. Correction of a Generic Name. Peterson .05

143. Skull of Bison Crassicornis. Holland 10

144. Serrasalminae and Mylinae. Eigenmann 60

145. Heads and Tails: Notes on Sauropod Dinosaurs.

Holland 16

146. Dipterus Remains from Upper Devonian of

Colorado. Eastman 10

147. Notes on Tropical American Tettigonoidea (Lo-

custodea). Bruner 1.66

148. New Species of Tortoise from Jurassic of

Utah. Gilmore 16

149. Fauna of Upper Devonian in Montana.

Haynes 46

150. New Sphagebranchus from Bahamas. Eigen-

mann 07

151. Marine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador.

Wilson .16

152. Apareiodon, a New Genus of Characid Fishes.

Eigenmann 18

153. New and Rare Pishes from S. American Rivers.

Eigenmann 26

154. Three New Species of Characid Fishes. Eigen-

mann & Henn 12

155. The Species of Salminus. Eigenmann 7

156. South American Poeciliid Fishes. Henn. 40

157. A New Species of Apatosaurus. Holland 7

158. Birds of the Isle of Fines. Todd 70

159. Reptiles and Amphibians of the Isle of Fines.

Barbour 20

160. Land and Fresh Water Shells of the Isle of

Fines. Henderson 20

161. Felecypoda of the Chazy. Raymond . . . '. 46

162. S. American Crickets, Gryllotalpoidea, and Ache-

toidea. Bruner 1.30

163. Preliminary Catalog of N. American Sphaerl-

idse. Sterki 76

164. Directions for Collecting Sphaeriidae and

Aquatic Gastropods. Sterki .10

165. Lepidoptera of the Isle cf Pines. Holland 50

166. Odonata of the Isle of Pines. Kahl ......... .16

167. A Trip to Islands in Lake Erie. Goodrich 16

168. Land-Shells of Islands at Western End of Lake

Erie, etc. Clapp 20

169. Orthoptera of the Isle of Fines. Holland &

Kahl 15

170. Obituary Notes. G. A. Link, T. A. MUls, Boyd

Crumrine, E. M. Bigelow. Holland 10

171. Two New W. African Rhopalocera. Holland. $0.16

172. Botany of the Isle of Pines. Jennings ...... 2.00

173. List of Hymenoptera of Isle of Pines. Holland .10

174. Some Species of Farlowella. Eigenmann .... .30

175. List of S. American Lizards, Griepin 35

176. Leptodeira albofusca (Lacepfede). Grippin 10

177. List of Coleoptera collected on Isle of Pines.

Holland & Schwarz 16

178. Rhsmchota of the Isle of Pines. Heidemann

& Osborn .10

179. Mammals of the Isle of Pines. Holland .... .05

180. Report upon Fossil Material Collected in Cave

179. Mammals of the Isle of Pines. Holland .... .05

180. Report upon Fossil Material Collected in Cave

in the Isle of Pines, Peterson 10

181. New Species of Fern (Polystichum jenningsi).

Hopkins 10

182. Notes upon the Genus Leucophenga Mik, with

Descriptions of New Species. Kahl 30

183. Some Species of Rhamdia, a Genus of S.

American Siluridee. Eigenmann & Fisher. .16

184. New and Rare Species of South American

Silurldse. Eigenmann 30

186. List of the Hypopthalmldae, Dlplomystidee, and

some Unrecorded Species of SiluridsB. Fisher. .30
186. A S3mopsis of the Saurian Genus Prionodac-

tylus. Grippin 05

187. Notes on a Collection of Fishes from Ceylon

with Descriptions of New Species. Jordan
& Starks i 35

188. Collection of Fishes from Port Said, Egypt,

Jordan & Hubbs 20

189. A Fossil-bearing Alluvial Deposit In Saltville

Valley, Virginia. Peterson .10

190. Catalog of Collection of Watches belonging

to H. J. Heinz. Stewart, Holland, Cogges-
HALL Paper ! 30 cts.j "boards .50

191. Contributions to the Natural History of the

Isle of Pines: Reprinted from Annals, Yols.
Vm-XI, 560 pp., 34 plates, index. Bound

in cloth 5.00

19'2. Material Discovered In the Upper Eocene of
the Uinta Basin by Earl Douglass and O. A.
Peterson. Peterson 2.25

193. The Fresh-Water Fishes of the Island of Por-

mop. Masamitsu Oshima 2.75

194. On Elephenor, a New Genus of Fishes from

Japan. David Stare Jordan .50

195. A Description of Cypripedium passerinum.

Jennings 10

196. Obituaries of Charles Rochester Eastman^ An-

drew Arnold Lambing, Herbert Huntington
Smith, and Henry John Heinz each .10

197. Saltatorial Orthoptera from S. America and Isle .

of Pines. Bruner 1.00

198. Orthoptera from Africa. Bruner 66

199. Diploinystus goodi Eastman. Holland .10

200. Mussel Shells in Lake Erie, compared with

those of Upper Ohio. Grier .50

201. Geology of Northeastern Brazil, and Fossil

Mammalia. Waring ,& Holland ............ .75

202. Mugilidae of Formosa. Oshima 25

203. Contriscidse of Formosa, Oshima .10

204. Chalcidoidea in the Carnegie Museum. EIahl .10

205. The Gmius Dicysta Champion. Drake ... .10

206. Fossil Plants of the Dakota Formation. Geess .30

207. Suh-fossil Birds from Bermuda, including the

“ Cahow.” Shupeldt .66

208. The ‘ ‘ Vigilant ’ ’ Fire-engine. Holland ..... .15

209. Notes on Sphaeriidse, Descriptions of New Spe-

cies. Sterki ..... .16

210. The Genus Lactuca in Western Pennsylvania,

Jennings 20

211. The Birds of the Santa Marta Region of Colom-

bia. Todd & Carriker 6.60

Publications of the Carnegie Museum, Serial Nos. 11 9-1 SO

MEMOIES

OP THE

CAENEGIE MUSEUM

VOL. IX NOS. 3-4

W. J. HOLLAND, Editor

3. THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS

By W. J. HOLLAND

4. THE OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS,
WITH A REVIEW OF THE SPECIES OF DOLICHORHINUS IN
THE ORDER OF THEIR PUBLICATION

PITTSBURGH

Published by the Authority op the Board op Trustees op the
CARNEGIE INSTITUTE
November, 1924

\

\

MEMO IKS

oi'' THE

CARNEGIE museum:

Vol. IX.

No. 3.

THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS^

By W. J. Holland, Director Emeritus of the Carnegie Museum.

(Plates XL-XLIII.)

Introductory.

When I received an invitation to contribute a short article to the Williston
Memorial Volume, there was immediately recalled to my mind a day in the
summer of the year 1899, when with Dr. S. W. Williston as my guest I sat and
chatted with him through the early morning hours on the shady side of a shack
in the bad-lands of Wyoming. I had gone thither to oversee the work which was
being done by my assistants in recovering the remains of a specimen of Diplodocus,
which is now one of the many ornaments of the Gallery of Paleontology in the
Carnegie Museum. Replicas of this skeleton are to be found in many of the

^ Shortly after the death on August 30, 1918, of Professor Samuel Wendell Williston, a movement
to bring out a memorial volume in his honor was initiated. A committee composed of some of the most
eminent paleontologists in both hemispheres was formed. Dr. W. K. Gregory of the American Museum
of Natural History in New York became the Secretary. Important papers were submitted by a number
of the leading paleontologists of Europe and America. When the papers had been collected and every-
thing was ready for publication, the National Academy of Sciences in Washington, who had been re-
quested to take the matter under their auspices, declined for une.xplained reasons to act. The various
manuscripts which had been collected were returned by Dr. Gregory to their authors with the request
that when publishing the same a note should be made that the paper had been originally intended to
form a chapter in the Williston Memorial Volume. This note is written in compliance with this request.
IP. ./. Holland.

379

380

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

museums of foreign lands. As Williston and I sat and talked, he grew reminiscent.
He told me that he had been the original discoverer of the material upon which
Professor Othniel C. Marsh had founded his description of the genus Diplodocus.

As I recall the story, Williston detected the earliest known remains of the
animal at the well known locality, near Felch’s Ranch, not far from Canyon City,
Colorado, in the year 1877. The spot is one, where Williston subsequently worked,
and where for a couple of years parties from the Carnegie Museum at a later
date carried on extensive excavations. Williston told me that at the time of his
first visit to the spot he lived in fear of hostile Indians, who, were not far away,
and that he worked rapidly and hurriedly, taking up what came to hand and
hastily boxing and shipping the material as it was recovered from the matrix.
He told me that, had it not been for his fear of being made the target of bullets
at any moment, he might have secured much more of the skeleton than he did
on the occasion of his first visit to the place. The parts which he obtained, now
in the Peabody Museum of Yale University, were one of the posterior limbs and
portions of the tail. The structure of the chevrons of the tail led Professor Marsh
to coin the generic name, which he gave to the reptile.^ Subsequently on the
occasion of later visits to the same spot Williston and the late M. P. Felch found
much other material, probably pertaining to the same individual, as well as to
other individuals of the same genus. But all of this material was more or less
fragmentary.

Tills early discovery by my friend. Dr. Williston, of the type of the genus
Diplodocus seems to me to make it appropriate that I should take as my theme
something bearing upon the anatomy of the genus, which he was the first to
unearth.

Since 1877 our knowledge of the reptiles belonging to the genus Diplodocus
has been greatly enlarged. Passing over the important discoveries which were
made by parties working under Dr. Henry Fairfield Osborn at Como Bluff,
Wyoming in 1897^, and the still more extensive discoveries made by the Carnegie
Museum near Sheep Creek, Laramie County, Wyoming, in the years 1899 and
1900, upon which more or less full accounts have already been published,^ it is
worthy of note that among the collections obtained at the quarry discovered and

^Diplodocus from hnrX6o^ = double; and 80x05, ri = henm, or rafter. Compare Matthew, VII, 5;
'YTTox/oirct, eKftaXe TrpOiTov TTjv Sokov eK Toir ocbdaXpov (Tov — **Thou hypocrite. Cast out first from thine own
eye the beam.”

^ Osborn, II. F., Memoirs A.M. N. II., Vol. I, No. 5, pp. 191-214, plates XXIV-XXVIII.

^ Hatcher, Memoirs C. M., Vol. I, No. 1, pp. 1-63, plates I-XIII.

Holland, W. J., 1. c., Vol. II, No. 6, pp. 225-278, plates XXIII-XXX, etc., etc.

HOLLAND: THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

381

opened under my direction near Jensen, Uinta County, Utah, are several speci-
mens of the skull belonging to this genus, three of which have been freed from the
matrix and which possess much interest. A brief account of these skulls, with
appropriate illustrations, appears in the following pages.

Earlier Accounts of the Skull of Diplodocus. The first description of the skull of
this genus was given by Professor Marsh in Part VII of the series of papers pub-
lished by him under the title: ‘Trincipal Characters of American Jurassic
Dinosaurs.” It appeared under the subtitle “On the Diplodocidse, a New Family
of the Sauropoda” and may be found in the American Journal of Science, Ser. Ill,
Vol. XXVII, pp. 160-168, 1884, accompanied by Plates III and IV. This account
was subsequently reproduced (1896) in the Sixteenth Annual Report of the U. S.
Geological Survey, Part I, pp. 175-179, Plates XXV-XXVI.

The material upon which Professor Marsh founded his description and
figures of the skull is still preserved in the United States National Museum (U. S.
N. M., Nos. 2672 and 2673). It was collected by Williston and Felch, near
Canyon City. The writer of these lines is very familiarly acquainted with these
specimens, as they were with the greatest courtesy loaned to the Carnegie Museum
at the time when the latter institution was engaged in preparing a replica of
Diplodocus to be presented to his Majesty, King Edward VII. At that time,
although we possessed an almost complete skeleton of a single individual, we did
not have a skull in its entirety. The only remains representing the cranium of
the animal in our collection consisted of what was at that time believed to be the
posterior part of the skull of a rather small individual, recovered by W. H. Utter-
back in Wyoming, in the year 1902 (C. M. Acc. No. 662 (22)). Employing the
anterior portion of the skull belonging to the United States National Museum
(No. 2673) which is entirely freed from the matrix and the occipital portion of
the skull in our own possession we effected a restoration of the skull, conformed
to Professor Marsh’s original description. In the light of recent discoveries we
have reason to congratulate ourselves upon the general accuracy of this restora-
tion. A full account of these matters may be found in the Memoirs of the Carnegie
Museum, Vol. II, pp. 227-246, where the material we used is fully described and
figured.

There is also given in the paper just cited a posterior and lateral view of a
skull of Diplodocus preserved in the American Museum of Natural History in
New York (A. AI. N. H., No. 969). This is a restoration made by Mr. Adam
Hermann, at that time the Chief Preparator in the Paleontological Laboratory of
that Museum, working under the supervision of Dr. Henry Fairfield Osborn. The

382

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

externally visible portions of this skull are to a considerable extent modelled in
plaster according to the figures given by Professor Marsh.

For a number of years the only material upon which an exact knowledge of
the structure of the cranium and lower jaws of the genus Diplodocus was based
was the material referred to in the preceding account. I may say in passing that
the occipital portions of the cranium employed by me in my restoration in the light
of recent studies is found to be doubtfully referable to Diplodocus longus Marsh. It
is not, however, necessary to here go into details upon this point. I will refer to
the matter again in this paper. Professor J. B. Hatcher and I were fully in
accord at the time in attributing this fragment to the genus Diplodocus, with
which it was found to agree after a comparative study of the papers and figures
of Marsh. There are, however, certain small, but very decided differences, which
point to at least specific non-identity. All of the material we had at our command
was more or less defective, but there was enough to decipher with much certainty
the principal characteristics of the skull. In fact it is rather astonishing to see
how Professor Marsh with the somewhat crushed and broken material preserved
in the United States National Museum was able to almost exactly restore the
features of the skull, now that practically perfect and almost uncrushed specimens
are available for comparison.

THE NATIONAL DINOSAUR MONUMENT.

In the fall of the year 1908 the writer visited his associate, Mr. Earl Douglass,
who had been sent by him to explore the Eocene deposits of the Uinta Basin. At
the time of my visit Mr. Douglass was located at a place known as “Well No. 2”
near Bonanza on the stage-road leading from Dragon to Vernal, Utah. Far away
on the northwestern horizon could be seen the snow-capped ranges of the Uinta
Mountains. A study of the maps of Hayden’s Survey showed certain areas to be
designated as “Jurassic,” and therefore likely hunting-grounds for the remains of
dinosaurs. In fact Mr. 0. A. Peterson as early as 1892, while collecting for the
American Museum of Natural History, in whose employment he was at that time,
had found some fragmentary remains of dinosaurs in the vicinity of Jensen on the
Green River. Mr. Douglass also before my arrival had made an excursion to
the region of Blue Mountain near the point where the Green River cuts through
the Uinta range, and had discovered some flotsam and jetsam of dinosaurian
material in the ravines. Orders were given that the team and wagon, a supply
of water, and provisions should be made ready, and one bright morning, just as

HOLLAND; THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS. 383

the sun was rising over the desert and arid plains, the writer accompanied by
Mr. Douglass, who acted in the capacity of teamster, friend, and philosopher,
began a tour of investigation. We took our way over “Dead Man’s Bench”
toward the distant mountains. The interesting events of that long and somewhat
trying journey, for the most part under a burning sun, may be passed over. A
week was spent in exploring. It suffices to say that enough was seen to convince
the writer that a diligent and painstaking search for dinosaurian remains would be
richly rewarded. Accordingly in the following year (1909) Mr. Douglass was
instructed, when returning to Utah, to remove his camp from the Uinta Basin to
the foothills near the Green River on its right bank above the little Mormon
hamlet, known as Jensen, and begin a systematic investigation of the exposures
of the Morrison or Atlantosaurus Beds, which we had detected at that place. He
was at first greatly discouraged, but was finally rewarded by the discovery in
September, 1909, at an elevation of about a mile above sea-level, of the bed of
an old river, tilted up at an angle of about 60° with the horizon. In the sandbars
of this ancient stream, now turned into sandstone, were the petrified remains of
numerous dinosaurs, many of them, as the result proved, consisting of skeletons
not greatly dislocated. The first skeleton recovered was that of the huge beast,
which, eclipsing the Diplodocus in size, the writer has had the pleasure of naming
Apatosaurus louisoe in honor of Mrs. Andrew Carnegie,*^ a step which Mr. Carnegie
laughingly approved, because he said: “She is the most important member of the
firm.” This great skeleton, as it stands alongside that of Diplodocus carnegiei,
excites the wonder of multitudes.'^

At the time Mr. Douglass and I began our work the land had not been thrown
open to settlement. We were carrying on our explorations under a permit given
to us by the authority of my good friend, Mr. James Rudolph Garfield, the then
Secretary of the Interior. Some years afterward the land was thrown open to
settlement. To avoid being made to pay tribute to some adventurer, who might
see fit to file a claim to the barren acres upon which we were carrying on our work,
I instructed Mr. Douglass to file a claim under the existing laws. He accordingly
filed a claim under the provisions of the law granting citizens of the United States
the right, under certain conditions, to take up land for mining and quarrying
purposes. Some vpry learned subordinate in the Department of the Interior,

® Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. X, 1916, pp. 143-145.

® A monographic account of the osteology of Apatosaurus is being prepared by the writer, all the
illustrations having been drawn, and it is hoped that it may shortly be published.

384

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

passing the claim under review, decided that “fossil bones,” mentioned by Mr.
Douglass in his application, are not “rhineral,” and our request to be granted
title to the land was disallowed. I have always been puzzled to know, since this
formal decision was rendered, where in the realm of material things to put silicified
bones. If they do not come within the category of mineral substances, what are
they? On one occasion I called the attention of the late Franklin K. Lane, Secre-
tary of the Interior, who was paying a visit to the Carnegie Museum, to this
decision. He had no reply to make, but grew very red in the face, and “looked
foolish,” as the boys say. However, there are always by the orderings of a kind
Providence ways in which to accomplish laudable purposes. I appealed to my
friend. Dr. Charles D. Walcott, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, to
help me in my perplexity, and he pointed out that in the year 1906 the Congress
of the United States had passed “An Act for the Preservation of American Antiqui-
ties,” and he proposed under the provisions of this Act, which seemed to be some-
what elastic, that the little tract of barren ground, where we had been digging for
fossil bones, should be set apart by presidential proclamation as a “national
monument.” To cut a long story short, this was done, and under date of October
4, 1915, the land was set apart by President Wilson as “The National Dinosaur
Monument.” Permission under the “Rules and Regulations” was given to the
Director of the Carnegie Museum to continue ‘the work, which had already been
carried on by him and his associates for the preceding six years, and we were freed
from the constant fear, which had haunted us, of being compelled to submit to
the exactions of some wandering sheep-herder or so-called “Homesteader,” either
of whom might have taken up the land under existing constructions of the law,
without our being able to prevent it, and then turned about and demanded rental
for the treeless ground.

The cjuarry near Jensen has yielded a good deal of material, some of it ex-
cellent, some of it fairly good, some of it of but little value. The matrix is sand-
stone of varying degrees of hai'dness. The bone-bearing strata are only reached
by a great deal of “uncovering,” which is expensive and tedious. The advantage
of the location is the fact that the remains found here are in many cases discovered
to be lying in very nearly the positions in which they were originally deposited
millions of years ago. It is ]iossible in many cases to determine the relationship
of the bones of the skeletons as they are found. They have not been as much
scattered and jumbled together, as is the case in many localities where dinosaurian
remains are abundant. This fact has in the main persuaded us to persist, as long

HOLLAND: THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

385

as we have, in carrying on our work at this point. However, there is not always
continuity of location in the bones of specimens. One of the skulls, of which I
am about to speak in detail, illustrates the latter assertion. The most perfect
skull was found entirely apart from any other skeletal material. It was imbedded
in a layer of very soft sandstone disassociated from any other fragments. It is
designated in the Departmental Catalog of the Carnegie Museum as No. 11,161.
The second skull. No. 3,452, is closely articulated with the cervical vertebrae, the
occipital condyle being in juxtaposition with the cup of the atlas, thus settling
beyond the shadow of a doubt the fact that the skull attributed to the genus
Diplodocus really belonged to it, which is not the case with some other genera of
the sauropod dinosaurs, which have been reconstructed by students from widely
scattered material, in fact so widely scattered, as to leave a great doubt in the
minds of careful students whether mistakes have not been made in the association
of the skulls with the other material. The third skull, representing a very small
individual, bears the Departmental No. 11,255.

SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS LONGUS Marsh.

(Carnegie Museum, No. 11,161.)

This skull is undoubtedly the most perfect specimen of a skull pertaining to
the genus Diplodocus, which up to the present time has been obtained.

Fig. 1. Photograph of left side of skull of Diplodocus. (C. M. No. 11,161.)

It was found at the western extension of the quarry opened by the Carnegie
Museum on the eminence, to which the writer has been in the habit of referring

386 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

in his publications as “Dinosaur Peak.” The skull was found apart, not closely
associated with any other remains. It was imbedded in a layer of soft white sand-
stone.

Vertically the skull has apparently sustained no crushing whatever. Laterally
it has sustained a little crushing, so that the right side is slightly compressed and
not quite symmetrical, a fact which is shown in the figures given on the plates.

The skull is somewhat smaller in size than the skull employed by Professor
Marsh in preparing his account of the type of the genus, the material for which
was obtained from the Morrison beds near Canyon City, Colorado.

So far as the writer is aware. Professor Marsh in his writings gave no exact
measurements of any of the material relating to the skull of his Diplodocus longus,
and simply states that the figures published in the American Journal of Science,
Vol. XXVII, 1884, Plate III, figs. 1-3, are “one-sixth natural size.” This would
give a length from the anterior margin of the premaxillaries to the occiput of
about 570 mm. In the restoration of the skull made by the writer and Mr. A. S.
Coggeshall, which has been used in the Carnegie Aluseum and in all the replicas
of the skeleton of Diplodocus, the length is approximately 590 mm. The restored
skull at the American Aluseum of Xatural History, for a cast of which we are
indebted to the Trustees of that institution, measures approximately 560 mm.
from the occiput to the anterior margin of the premaxillaries. The length of the
skull which we are here considering (Carnegie Aluseum No. 11,161) is 520 mm.
from the anterior margin of the premaxillaries to the occiput. The skull (Carnegie
Museum No. 3,452) is considerably smaller, measuring only 450 mm. in length,
measured in the same way. The third skull which is reasonably perfect (Carnegie
Museum No. 11,255) is the smallest in our possession.

We have in our possession a skull (Carnegie Museum No. 11,162) found as-
sociated with the skeleton of Apatosaurus louisce Holland, which is thoroughly
diplodocine in its features and particularly in its dentition. At moments I have
been almost inclined to regard this skull as belonging to Apatosaurus (See Annals
Carnegie Aluseum Vol. IX, pp. 273-277; Vol. X, p. 143). In its length it exceeds
all the diplodocine skulls thus far discovered, being 640 mm. in length. The as-
sociation with the other skeletal remains of Apatosaurus {Brontosaurus) of the
skull, attributed by Marsh to that genus, has seemed to me to have been rather
arbitrary, though it may be that he was right. Had he opened the quarry at The
National Dinosaur Monument and found the skull of which I am speaking, re-

HOLLAND: THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

387

moved only a few feet from the anterior end of the cervical vertebrae, I very
much question whether he would not have assigned this skull to the remainder
of the skeleton which was in situ.

We have in our possession fragments of other diplodocine skulls, of which T
shall not here speak, as they have not as yet been freed from the matrix and j^re-
pared for careful examination.

The skull (No. 11,161) which forms the immediate subject of consideration
is fully adult. This is revealed by the more or less perfect coossification of the
different bones of which it is composed. So complete is this coossification that
in a number of cases it is almost impossible to detect the lines of union between
the different elements. The sutures are, however, in most cases decipherable,
and agree in the main with other material which has been studied.

The Eye. — One of the remarkable features of this skull, which has not been
found in any other specimen, is the preservation on the right side of considerable
portions of the sclerotic wall of the eye. This is clearly shown in Fig. 1, and on
Plate XL. A careful microscopic examination of what remains of the eye does
not appear to reveal any sclerotic plates, such as are found in many of the reptilia
and birds. The membrane appears to have been continuous and almost homo-
geneous in its structure, the tissue consisting of fibres arranged in. circular (?)
layers surrounding the pupil of the eye. I have entirely failed to detect after
careful examination any sclero-skeletal plates.

Dentition. — Professor Marsh in his account of the material before him stated
that the i)remaxillary bone was provided with four teeth and that the maxillaries
were each provided with nine teeth. This was absolutely true of the specimens,
(Nos. 2672 and 2673 U. S. N. M.) upon which he founded his description of the
skull, and is also true, so far as the premaxillaries are concerned, of the specimen
preserved in the American Museum of Natural History. However, in the case of
the present specimen (Carnegie Museum No. 11,161) there is interpolated a large
tooth which emerges at the commissure of the premaxillaries. There apparently
was some malformation and dislocation of the teeth of the premaxillaries during
the life-time of the animal. The number of teeth in the supra-maxillaries is
evidently variable, as I have elsewhere pointed out (See Memoirs of the Carnegie
Museum, Vol. II, p. 240). There are ten teeth in the right maxillary of the speci-
men preserved in the American Aluseum of Natural History and eleven in the
left maxillary of that specimen. In the specimen before us there are ten teeth in
the left maxillary and eleven in the right maxillary. From the foregoing state-

388

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ments it is clearly seen that the number of teeth in the upper jaws is not definitely
fixed in number. They may range in the maxillaries from nine to eleven, and
possibly even more.

Fig. 2. Anterior view of the teeth of Diploclocus, (C. M. No. 11,161.) One-half nat. size.

Fig. 3. Posterior view of teeth of Diplodocus, (C. M. No. 11,161), showing successional teeth above.

At the time that the skull (No. 11,161) was being removed from the matrix
the anterior portion was accidentally broken away from the rest of the specimen.
Before restoring the fragment to its place, I had two drawings of it carefully made
by Mr. Sydney Prentice, our accomplished draughtsman, who, by the way, was a
former pupil at the University of Kansas of Professor S. W. Williston. One of
these drawings (Fig. 2) gives an excellent view of the anterior portion of the skull
showing the dentition as it apjiears in a frontal view. The other drawing (Fig. 3),
gives a view of the same fragment viewed from behind. The latter is interesting,
inasmuch as it shows the successional teeth in the sockets in which they were

HOLLAND: THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

389

formed, and from which they issued continuously in order to rei)lace teeth which
were worn out or lost. These curious reptiles throughout life were constantly
teething. The anterior portions of the premaxillaries and maxillaries as well as
of the dentary must have been more or less abundantly supplied with nutritive
material for the development of teeth. A vegetative process was continuously
going on at the anterior extremities of both upper and lower jaws. The teeth,
though somewhat firmly fixed in the alveoli, were weak, easily lost, and quickly
replaced.

An interesting phenomenon reveals itself in the teeth represented in figures 2
and 3. In these figures the teeth are shown to be worn off at almost right angles
to their axes. This is especially visible in the case of the older teeth, while the
newer teeth, which are longer than the older teeth, only begin at their extremities,
to show signs of this wearing off, but on the same plane and at the same angle
with their axes, as the older teeth. As the axes of the teeth in the upper and lower
jaws are placed at an obtuse angle in relation to each other it seems to the writer
quite impossible to think that this wear is due to attrition between the teeth in
the upper and lower jaws. The teeth contained in the lower jaw are much smaller
than those in the premaxillaries and supero-maxillaries, and in the skull which
we are considering do not show evidence of having been brought into opposition
with the teeth of the upper jaw. The teeth of the lower jaw are exceedingly small
and weak, having half the diameter (in many c'ases less than half the diameter)
of the teeth in the upper jaw, and the wear which -is noticeable upon their crowns
does not suggest that it could have been produced by friction against the teeth in
the upper jaw. In fact the wear apparent upon the lower teeth is on a plane more
or less opposite to that shown upon the upper teeth and not parallel with it. In
the small skull (Carnegie Museum No. 11,255) the teeth are, so far as visible,
sharply pointed and show no signs of transverse wear.

The teeth appear to the writer to have been organs of prehension rather than
of mastication. They were 'drippers” adapted to seizing the objects upon which
the animal fed, or "scrapers,” dental rakes, in which the upper set were mainly
functional as shown by their size and wear.

The question naturally arises in what way the peculiar wear of these teeth
was brought about. The view, originally propounded by Marsh, that these
creatures were herbivorous, feeding upon soft succulent vegetation, has long been
held. It is conceivable that such vegetation in the form of algae and acpiatic
plants growing in water on the surfaces of rocks may have been the food of these
creatures, and the wear of the teeth, of which I have been speaking, may have

390

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

been produced by scraping upon the surfaces of the stones to which the plants
were attached. In the American N aturalist, Vol. XLIV, 1910, p. 282, I suggested
that these animals might have fed upon the starchy material contained in the
trunks of cycads which were abundant in their time. It is possible that the very
singular wear of the teeth might have been produced by constant attrition against
the hard inner surfaces of the walls of the trunks of the cycads, which may have
been ripped open by the great claws of the fore feet, as I suggested. However,
Dr. G. Tornier (Bericht d. Senkenberg. Naturf. Ges., 42, 1911, p. 113) followed by
Richard Sternfeld, in a German popular magazine, “Aus der Natur,” has made
the suggestion that these creatures fed upon animal food, Tornier says hishes;’
Sternfeld says ‘freshwater bivalves.’ Tornier maintains that they were not
herbivorous, but dug up their food from the beds of streams. Quien sabe? It is
conceivable that these teeth might have been employed for the purpose of seizing
shell-fish which the creatures scraped out of the beds of streams, along the
margins of which their remains have hitherto always been found. In Fig. 4 I
give an outline drawing of the manner in which the Diplodocus might have seized

Fig. 4. Jaws of Diplodocus seizing a mussel.

a bivalve in his jaws. Upon the supposition that the animal fed upon mussels,
which he must have swallowed whole, the wear of the teeth might be explained
by such a habit. Naiades are indeed more or less abundant in the sandstones
and clays whence the remains of Diplodocus have been taken. It is, however
singular that where skeletons have been found in situ no shells have been dis-
covered massed together where the stomach of the reptile might be supposed to
have been located. We have uncovered several skeletons of these creatures with
the vertebrae and ribs in place and I have always instructed Mr. Douglass, who
has had supervision of the work in the field, to search for gizzard-stones and any
detritus which might throw light upon the contents of the viscera of the animals.
So far, howevei’, he has not reported to me any accumulation of the valves of

HOLLAND; THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

391

pelecypods or other mollusks detected as lying between or near the ribs of any of
the specimens which have been unearthed. There is thus so far no confirmation
of Tornier’s theory, nor, I may say for that matter, of Professor Marsh’s state-
ment that these creatures were herbivorous. I confess finding myself compelled
to announce myself as an agnostic, so far as the mode in which these creatures
obtained their food and the nature of their aliment is concerned. I am not in the
least prepared on this point to dogmatize.

The order in which the teeth succeeded each- other is a subject of inquiry,
which in the light of the material before me leads to a query as to the correctness
of the figure given by Professor Marsh in the American Journal of Science,
Vol. XXVII. On Plate 4, Fig. 3, he gives a diagrammatic drawing of the teeth
of the maxillary of Diplodocus longus, which has often been reproduced in text-
books. The large skull in our possession found associated with the remains of
Apatosaurus (Carnegie Museum No. 11,162) shows an abrasion on the anterior

Fig. 5. View of anterior end of right upper jaw of diplodocine skull (C. M. No. 11,162) at X showing

successional teeth overlapping teeth in front.

portion of the right maxillary revealing the successional teeth in such a way as
to suggest that the manner of succession was different from that indicated by
Professor Marsh in his figure to which reference has just been made. In the figure
given by Marsh the distal end of tooth No. 2 is shown underlapping the proximal
end_^of tooth No. 1. In our specimen (Carnegie Museum No. 11,162) the succes-
sional teeth are shown with their distal ends overlapping the proximal ends of the
anterior teeth. A careful and critical examination of the teeth in our specimen.
No. 11,161, likewise reveals the fact that the successional teeth as they advanced
overlapped and did not underlap the teeth which are on the point of being lost in
this specimen. Several of the teeth, which are almost worn out, show the points

392

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of their successors overlapping their proximal portions which have been already
partly absorbed. (See Fig. 3). It is also quite plain in some cases that the succes-
sional tooth immediately followed the one preceding it, without any tendency to
overlap. As the tooth in front was worn away and became obsolescent, the tooth
following it pressed upon its proximal extremity and as this was gradually ab-
sorbed the successional tooth invaded its degenerating substance, (a familiar
phenomenon in the case of mammalian teeth). This is shown on Fig. 6, at a,

Fig. (3. Showing at a that the successional tooth has invaded the cavity of this tooth.

where the ])roximal end of a tooth gliout to be shed is shown with the cup-shaped
cavity formed in it by the point of the tooth which was immediately succeeding it.

The Palatal Region of the Skull. — Little has hitherto been known of the
palatal region of the crania of the sauropods. A reference to the figure of this
region of the skull of Diplodocus given by Professor Alarsh (See “Dinosaurs of
North America “ Sixteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey,
1894-95, p. 177, fig. 27) which is herevuth reproduced, (Fig. 7) shows how very

Fig. 7. Reproduction of palatal view of skull given by Professor Marsh.

Sixteenth Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. p. 177. (Fig. 27.)

shrewdly Professor Alarsh with the more or less crushed and broken material,
which he emjiloyed, and which is still preserved at the United States National
Museum, succeeded in a general vTay in interpreting the osteology of this portion
of the skull. The late Dr. Theodore N. Gill informed me a number of years ago,
when I was preparing my paper, “The Osteology of Diplodocus” (Alemoirs Car-
negie Museum Vol. II, pp. 225-278), that Professor Marsh in order to facilitate

HOLLAND: THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

393

examination had separated, so far as it was possible to do so, the component
elements of the skulls in the United States National Museum (U. S. N. M. Nos. 2672
and 2673). These specimens when returned to the Geological Survey by Professor
Marsh were more or less composed of the disassociated portions, which were sub-
sequently reassembled at the Museum 'and mounted, as they may now be seen,
and as they were at the time when I wrote my paper.

In their present condition it is difficult to obtain satisfactory views of the
palatal region of these skulls. The outline given by Professor Marsh approxi-
mately agrees in many respects with what is shown in plates XLI and XLII of
the present article. There are, however, a number of features in the skull, which
we are considering, which reveal points which are not brought out in Professor
Marsh’s somewhat diagrammatic drawing of this aspect of the skull. (‘‘Dinosaurs
of North America,” Sixteenth Annual Report U. S. G. S., 1894-95, p. 177, Fig. 27),
(See Fig. 7). To these points I desire in the following paragraphs to briefly call
attention.

The specimen (Carnegie Museum No. 11,161) is, so far as the writer is aware,
the only specimen in existence, which gives an approximately clear view of the
entire palatal region of the skull of Diplodocus. The matrix in which this skull
was imbedded, as has already been stated, was very soft sandstone. In the in-
terior of the skull the sand which had filled it was very loosely compacted, so
that it was possible without much risk to gently remove it without fracturing the
very thin and delicate bones, which form the inner walls and supports of the facial
region of the skull. However, in the anterior portion, in the region of the paired
vomerine bones and the palatines there has been some crushing and there is diffi-
culty in clearly making out some of the sutures.

The Pterygoid and Palatine Bones. — Professor Marsh in his description of
this region says: “The palate is very high and roof-like, and composed chiefly
of the pterygoids, as shown above in Fig. 27. The basipterygoid processes are
elongate, much more so than in the other genera of Sauropoda.”

“The pterygoids have a shallow cavity for the reception of these processes,
but no distinct impression for a columella. Immediately in front of this cavity
the pterygoids begin to expand, and soon form a broad, flat plate, which stands
nearly vertical. Its upper border is thin, nearly straight, and extends far forward.
The anterior end is acute and unites along its inferior border with the vomer. A
little in front of the middle a process extends downward and outward, for union
with the transverse bone. In front of this process, uniting with it and with the
transverse bone, is the palatine.”

394

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The foregoing description by Professor Marsh in many respects is not open
to criticism. In Fig. 8 I give a cross-section through the skull made on a plane
inclining from the anterior extremity of the quadrate bone through the anterior

Fig. S. Section through skull extending iroin quadrate lione at anterior extremity through the
anterior border of the narial oiiening. BPP, Point where basiiiterygoid processes unite with back of
pterygoids; EE thin plates of bone (prenarials) overlapping the posterior ends of the inner extensions
of the premaxillaries; EPM, inner extensions of the premaxillary bones; ITV, infratemporal vacuity; J,
jugal; M, maxillary; POV, preorbital vacuity; PT, pterygoid; Q, quadrate; QJ, quadratojugal.

border of the narial o]iening, which confirms the statement of Marsh that the
palate is “high and roof-like and composed chiefly of the pterygoids.” This is
absolutely true of the posterior portion of the palatal region. His description of
the basipterygoid iirocesses is not open to an}" criticism. It is, however, I think
open to ciuestion whether the pterygoid extends as far forward as is represented
in his figure. He says “The anterior end” [of the pterygoid] “is acute and unites
along its inferior border with the vomer.” After a very critical examination of
the specimen befoiu me I am inclined to think that the acute anterior projection
of the palatal complex, which unites according to Marsh with the vomer, may
belong to the palatine. It is difficult, owing to the condition of the skull (Car-
negie Museum No. 11,161), to trace the sutures with exactness, but there is a
strong suggestion in what is visible that the palatine bone possessed a greater
extent than is attributed to it by Professor Marsh. He says of the palatine: “The
lialatine is a small semi-oval bone fitting into the concave anterior border of the
pterygoid, and sending forward a slender process for union with the small palatine
process of the maxillary.”

HOLLAND: thp: skull of diplouocus.

395

In Fig. 9 at pi. is shown the infero-proximal end of the palatal bone, as it
appears in the specimen before us, and at pi. p. the process of the same, which
unites with p. p. m., the palatal process of the maxillary. According to Marsh
the union of the palatal bone with the pterygoid should take place on the dotted
line marked in this figure x-y. But I have a strong suspicion that the palatine
entered more largely into the composition of the anterior part of the roof of the
mouth, and that instead of terminating along the line x-y, it extended inwardly

Fig. 9. View from in front looking into the skull of Diplodocus (C. M. No. 11,161) along the
axial line of the skull, which has been turned upside down, so as to show its inferior aspect. (Lead-
pencil sketch by W. J. Holland), b.pt., basipterygoid process; m. maxillary; o. c. occipital condyle;
pL, palatine bone; pi.?, inward extension of palatine, not shown by O. C. Marsh, but surmised by author
to exist; pi. p., palatine process for union with p. p. m., palatine process of maxillary; p. m. premaxillary;
p. s., parasphenoid; pt., pterygoid; q., anterior end of quadrate; q.j., quadratojugal; L, transverse bone;
V. V., prevomer; 1. matrix lying between vomerine arch and premaxillaries; 2. anterior foramina between
maxillaries and premaxillaries; 3. posterior end of large mesial foramen {Cf Mem. C. M., Vol. II, p. 240);
4. preorbital vacuity.

as well as anteriorly to a much larger extent than is indicated by Marsh and
formed the thin acutely projecting portions of the roof of the mouth, which Marsh
apparently interpreted as anterior projections of the pterygoids. In the specimen
of the skull which we are studying there is much to suggest that the palatine
coosifies with the. pterygoid at the line marked in Figs. 9 and 10 as x-z, and that

396

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

it may even have extended still further backward, as far as the line marked in
Fig. 10 as x-z'. I am not prepared to absolutely negative the correctness of Pro-
fessor Marsh’s figure and scanty description, nevertheless, after a careful exami-
nation of the material before me, I am strongly inclined to think that Professor
Marsh erred in restricting the boundaries of the palatine bone, as he has done.

itv.

of pterygoid; h. o., basioccipital; b. o. p., basioccipital process; b. s., basisphenoid; b. s. p., basipterygoid
process;/, rn., foramen magnum; {. t. v., infratemporal vacuity;/., jugal; m., maxillary; to./., mesial foramen
of maxillary; n. o., narial opening; o. c., occipital condyle; o. /., orbital vacuity; pi. and pi?, palatine;
p. TO., premaxillary; p. to. /., premaxillar foramina; p. o. v., preorbital vacuity; p. o. p., paroccipital
process; p. p. to., palatal plate of maxillary; p. p. p., anterior lateral process of palatine coossifying with
p. p. TO.; p. s. parasphenoid; q., quadrate; q' ascending flat inner platelike extension of quadrate; q" ,
anterior articular surface of quadrate; qj., quadratojugal; s. o., supraorbital; t., transverse; v. v., pre-
vomer; x-y, inner boundary of palatine as suggested by Professor Marsh; x-z, inner boundary of palatine
as suggested by the author; with x-z', po.ssible further inner extension of posterior boundary of palatine
suggested by the author. 1. vacuity filled with matrix interposed between prevomer and premaxillaries.

There appears, as I write, to be in the specimen before me (Carnegie Museum
No. 11,161) much to suggest the view just expressed and that the palatine is
found to correspond more nearly in its extent and outline with what we know of
this element in many other reptiles.

The Vomer. — Professor Marsh says: ‘‘The vomer is a slender triangular bone,
united in front by its base to a stout process of the maxillary, which underlaps
the ascending process of the premaxillary. Along its upper and inner border it
unites with the pterygoid, except at the end, where for a short distance it joins a
slender process from the palatine. Its lower border is wholly free.”

In the specimen before us the bone which Marsh designates as the vomer
is clearly revealed, but its position and outline is somewhat different from that
given by Professor Marsh in his figure {“Dinosaurs of North America, Fig. 27)

HOLLAND: THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

397

(See Fig. 7 of this paper) to which we have been referring. The vomer consists
of two paired bones which form the postero-inferior boundaries of an arch which
underlies an opening at this point between the re-entering portions of the
maxillaries, which, as Marsh says, “underlap the ascending processes of the pre-
maxillaries.” In the specimen before me this opening has a depth at the middle
of at least fifteen millimeters, by which space the premaxillaries at the middle
line are separated from the maxillaries. Professor Marsh’s statement that the
vomer “along its upper and inner border unites with the pterygoid, except at the
end where for a short distance it joins a slender process from the palatine”, which
in the previous paragraph he had described as “a small semi-oval bone sending
forward a slender process for union with the small palatine process of the maxil-
lary,” seems to plainly reveal a defect in his description of the palatine, and
accords with what I have already stated to be my surmise as to the form of the
palatine bone. If my interpretation of the structure of the palatine is correct,
and in a general way I think it is, the paired vomers (prevomerine bones) unite
posteriorly with the palatine (not with the pterygoids, as Marsh says). Figs. 9
and 10 and Plate XLI, Fig. 2, show the location and contour of these paired pre-
vomerine bones as they appear in the specimen which we are studying. At their
outer extremities they are broadly expanded and flattened plates, which are
adnate upon the lower surfaces of the maxillaries. These plates are in part what
Marsh interpreted as “a stout process of the maxillary.” The “stout process of
the maxillary” of Marsh is in fact largely composed of the widened and flattened
ends of the prevomerine bones. Concerning this element of the skull it is well to
consult R. Broom “On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon,” P. Z. S., 1901, II,
p. 184, where this careful observer points out that in the reptiles generally the
parasphenoid should be called the vomer, and functions as such, “while the anterior
paired element, usually regarded as the Vomer,’ but which is the homologue of
the dumbbell-shaped bone in Ornithorhynchus, may be called the Anterior vomer’
or by the name I have elsewhere^ proposed for convenience, the 'prevomer.’ ”

The Posterior Region of the Skull. — In my paper upon “The Osteology of
Diplodocus” (Mem. Garn. Mus., II, 1906, pp. 225-278) I undertook with such
light as I then possessed, to give a detailed account of the fragment of a skull
(Carnegie Museum No. 662 (22)) upon which we had in part founded the re-
storation of the posterior part of the skull of Diplodocus, used in preparing
replicas of the animal for presentation to various foreign museums. I had ex-

’’ Broom, R. “On the Homology of the Palatine Process of the Mammalian Premaxillary,” Proc.
Linn. Soc. of New South Wales, X, 1895, p. 484.

398

mp:moirs of the carnegie museum.

amined this fragment very carefully and had discussed its features with Dr. O. P.
Hay and a number of other eminent students of reptilian anatomy both at home
and abroad, and they all had in the main agreed with the correctness of my
interpretation of the various component elements, so far as these are capable
of being determined without breaking up the specimen.

After my paper had appeared, Dr. O. P. Hay through the United States
National Museum requested and obtained i^ermission to re-examine the fragment,
and subsequently published in Science, N. S., Vol. XXVIII, p. 517, a communi-
cation, in which he announced his dissent in some particulars from my interpre-
tation of the osteology of this fragment. To his critique I in part replied in the
same volume of Science, at p. 644. In my reply I admitted that very possibly
I had fallen into some errors and stated, that, when the time for a leisurely and
careful re-examination of the subject might arise, I would again revert to the
subject, so far as it relates to the interpretation of the bones forming the cerebral
walls of the skull. The opportunity for such a revision has at last come, and with
the material before me I am in position in part to confirm the correctness of some
of Professor Hay’s criticisms, though there are others in which I am not as yet
able to concur with him.

Before proceeding further I wish at this point to renew attention to the
fact, to which I have already incidentally alluded in the present paper, that the
fragment which I carefull}' figured in my Memoir (L c. Figs. 4-10) reveals some
well-defined differences from the basal portion of the skull (Carnegie Museum
No. 11,161, as well as all other skulls of Diplodocus recently re-examined by me.
One of the most noticeable differences is the fact that the anterior projection of
the bone which I called the “presphenoid” (Dr. Hay says I should have called
it the parasphenoid) lies on the same plane as the basisphenoid, and might be
interpreted as a very short anterior prolongation of the latter. In the skull,
Carnegie Museum No. 11,161, the parasphenoid originates at a point about
30 mm. higher up than the projection in the skull of C. M. 662 (22) and is a long,
slender bone directed forward and upward into the narial cavity on a quite dif-
ferent plane from the bone illustrated in the figures of the fragment given in my
paper to which reference has been made. This bone thus corresponds far more
closely to what we know of the parasphenoid from the figure given by Professor
Marsh in his cut (Dinosaurs of North America, p. 177, Fig. 27). In the text Marsh
does not mention the parasphenoid. In the specimen No. 662 (22) this bone is
lost. In the specimen No. 662 (22) the lower surface of the exoccipital processes
is very deeply excavated, or hollowed out anterio-posteriorly, which is not the

HOLLAND: THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

399

case in the si)ecimen No. 11,161, where these surfaces are aiitero-posteriorly
convex. This difference I regard as being at least specific. There is also to be
pointed out the fact that in the fragment No. 662 (22) there is no fontanel on the
upper surface of the skull in the parietal region, as is also the case in our skull.
No. 3,452, while in skull No. 11,161 such a fontanel is quite apparent, as also in
Carnegie Museum No. 11,162, in the specimens in the National Collection, and as
is shown in the case of the restoration of the specimen in the American Museum
of Natural History (No. 969). Having based our restoration of the posterior part
of the skull upon Specimen No. 662 (22) we have shown no fontanel at this point,
but on Plate XLI of the present paper this opening is clearly shown as it exists in
Carnegie Museum No. 11,161. Whether the presence or absence of such a fontanel
is due to age, or not, may be open to question. It is positively lacking in specimen
No. 662 (22) and 3,452. This combination of differences leads me to think that
this specimen, (662 (22)), though otherwise thoroughly diplodocine in character,
may well represent a species of the genus different from that with which we are
mainly dealing in this paper, (Carnegie Museum No. 11,161), which specimen I
refer provisionally to Diplodocus longus Marsh.

In honor of Professor 0. P. Hay I venture to call the specimen Carnegie
Museum 662 (22) Diplodocus hcnji (holotype) trusting that the learned Doctor will
not take exception to this act of mine. It may be distinguished from the other
species of the genus b}" the points to which I have called attention in the preceding
paragraph, and it is well figured in my paper on the “Osteology of Diplodocus'^
Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. II, text-figures 4-10, Fig. 4, having been repro-
duced in Abel’s “Die Stdmme der WirheUiere," page 609, figure 477.

The Super occipital. — Dr. Hay takes exception to my interpretation of the
superoccipitals while at the same time stating that my interpretation of the
exoccipitals is correct. He states in regard to the superoccipital, “in all reptiles
this bone, by virtue of its epiotic element, takes an essential part in the formation
of the internal ear, containing, as it does, the posterior semicircular canal. It
must, therefore, come into contact with the exoccipital and the prootic not far
above the fenestra ovalis. The three bones concerned are, in the Pittsburgh
specimen and all others known, thoroughly coossified and the sutures are nearly
effaced. However, the writer believes that the suture between the supraoccipital
and exoccipital starts about 25 mm. above the fenestra ovalis and runs outward
and backward to a notch in the hinder border of the post-temporal fossa. In Dr.
Holland’s figure 5 this suture would start from the suture ascending at the left
of the letters ex. o., at the upper border of the postfrontal bone and run backward

400

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

just below these letters, and end under the bone sq.” The point made by Dr.
Hay, as here quoted, is well taken by the writer after a thorough re-examination
of specimen 662 (22) and more especially after a critical examination of the same
region of the skull in specimen No. 11,161. The presence of the posterior portion
of the superoccipital where it is shown on a rear view of the skull, (Memoirs
Carnegie Museum, Vol. II, p. 235, Fig. 6), is approved by Dr. Hay in his article
and is confirmed by specimen No. 11,161. I failed to recognize the lateral exten-
sion of this bone running under the squamosal and reappearing at its lateral
extremities to form a portion of the inner wall of the supratemporal fossae. Dr.
Hay was not positive in his statement of the external limitations of this bone at
this point, but, so far as the new specimen No. 11,161 is concerned, it seems that
there is confirmation of his view, especially when the supratemporal fossa of the
left side of No. 11,161, is critically examined. The suture between the super-
occipital and exoccipital is rather distinctly shown in this specimen, but lies
somewhat further down than on the line suggested by Dr. Hay, coossifying with
the exoccipital below the middle of the supratemporal fossa, where also the hind
margin of the prootic is clearly seen overlapping the inner surface of the exoc-
cipital at this point. Where these bones, the superoccipital, the jirobtic, and the
exoccipital, converge in our specimen No. 11,161 is found, I think, the fenestra
ovalis near the base of the supratemporal fossa.

As to my interpretation of some of the smaller foramina, to which Dr. Hay
takes exception, I may say that our specimen. No. 11,161, does not reveal as
clearly as the fragment No. 662 (22), a number of the smaller foramina, which I
endeavored to interpret, and I am therefore not ready for the present either to
accept or reject Dr. Hay’s suggestions, I am not prepared to unhesitatingly coin-
cide with Dr. Hay’s suggestion that the trilobate foramen which appears near the
commissure of the prootic and the alisphenoid (it is only partially shown in my
Fig. 5, Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. II, p. 233, being in part concealed by
the downward projection of the postorbital bone) might be interpreted as the
fenestra ovalis in specimen No. 662 (22). According to Dr. Hay, if I understand
him correctly, this opening in his opinion might have served both as the exitus
for the facial nerve (trigeminal opening) and as the fenestra ovalis. I called it
the trigeminal foramen. The opening, which I designated as the fenestra ovalis,
which is near the above-mentioned trilobate opening. Dr. Hay dubiously asserts
may have been the exitus of the ninth pair of nerves, and that the tenth pair
escaped through the foramen which I designated with the numerals IX. Un-
fortunately the specimen No. 11,161, does not allow of the exploration of the

HOLLAND: THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

401

foramina at these points. However, by peering through the opening of the orbit
the outer walls of the cranium are partially visible in this specimen and in Fig. 11
I give a somewhat diagrammatic outline of the bones, as they appear in the skull,
together with the foramina which on this view are visible. In our specimen
No. 11,161, at the point where the prootic coossifies with the downward and
outward extension of the superoccipital and the exoccipital, as I have already
observed, there appears to be a foramen (concealed in Fig. 11) which in my judg-
ment is the fenestra ovalis. In specimen 662 (22) there is apparently a very small
opening corresponding in location with the fenestra ovalis in specimen No. 11,161.
The trigeminal foramen is where I placed it in my figure 5, and where it also
appears to be in the specimen No. 11,161.

The Farietals.—li is worthy of record that the parietal bones in specimen
No. 11,161 near the median line of the skull are shown to have a somewhat more
forward extension than is shown in the figures I gave of the fragment No. 662 (22).
They form in part the lateral boundaries of the vacuity shown at this point
in skull No. 11,161.

Orhitosphenoid. — In Fig. II at o. sph. is shown the orbitosphenoid which in
specimen No. 11,161 is very well preserved and to a considerable extent forms
the rear wall of the orbital cavity. It was no doubt more or less cartilaginous in

Fig. 11. Side view of posterior region of skull of Diploclocus (C. M. No. 11,161) looking into
orbital opening, which is defined by heavy line, al., alisphenoid; b. pt., basipterygoid process; b. s,.
basisphenoid; ea;o., exoccipital;/. opt., foramen opticum; Fr., frontal; J., jugal; L., lachrymal; o. m.f.,
oculomotor foramen (?); pr. o., prootic; o. sph., orbitosphenoid; P. fr., prefrontal; p. orb., postorbital;
p. sph., parasphenoid; Q., quadrate; S. orb., suborbital; sq., squamosal; tr. /., trigeminal foramen.
The dotted areas indicate vacancies or uilremoved matrix.

402

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

its structure, and is preserved in this specimen in the same way as is the sclerotic
mem}3rane of the eye.

The Posterior Articulation of the Quadrate. — Specimen No. 11,161 and speci-
men No. 3,452 in our collection show very plainly that the proximal end of the
quadrate is firmly wedged in between the exoccipital and a thin downward lateral
projection of the squamosal. There is here an overlapping by the proximal end
of the suborbital. This feature is perhaps best shown in specimen No. 3,452,
where a slight disarticulation in this region has taken place, without injury to
the bones, so that the lines of union at this point are clearly brought into view.

The Premaxilleiry Process. — In my jiaper (Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. II,
p. 238), I said: “Ranging backward from the premaxillaries, located between the
maxillaries, are the two long slender bones, which Professor Marsh interprets as
liackward prolongations or processes of the premaxillaries, but which may be
regarded as lateral ethmoids. These bones on the median line of the skull unite
to form a raised ridge, which is higher in front than behind. At the anterior point
of commissure the bones widen outwardly somewhat and terminate in blunt, out-
wardly obliquely truncated ends, which are raised above the level of the pre-
maxillaries and maxillaries. There are at this point two moderately large foramina,
one on either side, the purpose of which is yet to be determined, liut which corre-
spond more nearly in location to the nares as ordinarily found in the reptilia than
any other openings in the skull.”

This jiaragraph calls for radical modification in the light of the new material.
It appears that the long backward projections of the premaxillaries from the
openings of the foramina, to which allusion has been made in the foregoing quota-
tion, are overlapped on either side by long narrow bones which on their anterior
edges unite about half way between the above mentioned foramina and their
posterior extremities on the median line. I spoke of these bones as the “lateral
ethmoids” following the analogies of the skull of fishes. Perhaps it would be better
to call these long slender bones prenarials. Their location is shown on Plate XLI,
Fig. 1. They are visible in our specimen No. 11,161, also appear in the large
skull No. 11,162, and are quite distinctly visible in our specimen No. 11,255. (See
Plate XLIII).

It is worthy of remark that the skull of Diplodocus in many respects suggests
ornithic features and that it is widely different in many respects from the skulls
of the Crocodilia, the Testudinata, and the Lacertilia, with all of which comparison
lias been made.

HOLLAND: THE SKULL OF DIPLODOCUS.

403

SKULL (No. 3452) ARTICULATED WITH THE CERVICALS.

A figure of this skull and the cervicals associated with it is given on Plate XL,
Fig. 2. The specimen is highly interesting because of the immediate association
of the skull with the cervicals. It establishes beyond a doubt that no mistake has
been made in associating with the vertebrae which belong to Diplodocus the skull
hitherto consistently attributed to that genus. In this specimen the occipital
condyle of the skull lies almost within the cup of the atlas, and the seven following
cervicals are found lying near by as they are represented on the plate.

SKULL (No. 11,255).

A view of the right side of this skull is given on Plate XLIII. It is, so far as
the writer is aware, the smallest skull representing the genus, which has thus far
been discovered. It has been strongly crushed laterally, and much of the occipital
region, including a small portion of the occipital condyle, is missing.

The length of the skull from the rear of the occipital condyle to the anterior
margin of the infra-maxillaries is only 290 mm. While in part defective, this skull
agrees in most respects with the others we have studied, but differs noticeably, as
has been already observed, in having all the teeth sharply pointed, and showing
no traces of transverse wear. The sutures are fairly well defined, and show nothing
essentially different from what has been observed in the other skulls which have
been studied. The prenarials are plainly revealed as separate elements.

Great credit should be given to Mr. L. S. Coggeshall and Mr. S. Agostini for
the extremely skilful, manner in which they succeeded in freeing from the matrix
the skulls belonging to the Carnegie Museum which are mentioned in the foregoing
pages.

Carnegie Museum

Sept. 1, 1921.

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, VoL IX.

Plate XL

Fig. 1. View of left side of skull of Diplodocus, C. M. No. 11,161, showing remnants of ejm-ball in
place. Three-tenths nat. size.

Fig. 2. Skull and cervical vertebrse of Diplodocus, C. M. No. 3452. One-fifth nat. size.

(From wash-drawings made by Sydney Prentice)

Fig. 1. Superior view of outer surface of skull of Diploclocus, C. M. Xo. 11,161. Two-fifths nat. size.
Fig. 2. Palatal view of skull of Diploclocus, C. M. No. 11,161. Two-fifths nat. size.

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, VoL IX.

Plate XLI.

(From wash-drawings made by Sydney Prentice)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM , Vol IX.

Plate XLII.

Fig. 1. Photograph of palatal view of skull of Diplodocus, C. M. No. 11,161, about one-third iiat.

size. The view is taken looking down into the skull at an angle of about 45° with the axis.
Illumination from the left.

Fig. 2. Photograph of palatal view of skull of Diplodocus, C. M. No. 11,161, about one-third nat.

size. The view is taken directly from above perpendicularly to a.xis of skull. Illumination
from the right hand side.

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate XLIIL

Skull of Diplodocus. C. M. Cat. Vert. Fossils, No. 11,255. Three-fifths nat. size.

MEMOIES

OF THE

CAENEGIE MUSEUM

VoL. IX. No. 4.

OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS, WITH A
REVIEW OF THE SPECIES OF DOLICHORHINUS IN THE
ORDER OF THEIR PUBLICATION.

By 0. A. Peterson.

(Plates XLIV-LVII)

In the year 1913 Mr. Earl Douglass of the Staff of the Carnegie Aluseum
made a fortunate discovery of remains of the genus Dolichorhinus in the Upper
Eocene near the head of a small stream running from the west through Wagon-
hound Canyon to the White River in northeastern Utah. The outcrop of bones
(See figs. 1 and 2) occurred in the face of a cliff, twenty feet from the base and

Fig. 1. Sketch-map showing the location of the quarry where Mr. Douglass obtained much of his
material representing Dolichorhinus. Scale: 2 cm. = 1 mile.

405

406

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

y

fifteen feet from the top. The bone-bearing stratum was located in the lower
portion of the Middle Uinta (Horizon B). In order to secure the material Mr.
Douglass blasted off the top of the cliff until the layer of bones was reached.
Then by means of excavations, such as are ordinarily employed in like cases, the
material was taken out in the form of large and small blocks of sandstone in which
the bones remained imbedded. One of these blocks contained very nearly the
entire skeleton of a specimen of Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, which is now
exhibited in the Gallery of Fossil Mammals in the Carnegie Museum. The sand-
stone is very hard and refractory, and much credit is due to Mr. S. Agostini for
the patient and skilful manner in which he labored to extricate the bones from

Fig. 2. Showing the iiosition of different specimens of Dolichorhinus in the quarry. The numbers are
those given in Mr. Douglass’ field-notes. No. 250 is No. 11,072, and 251 is No. 11,071, C. M.
Cat. Vert. Fossils.

their tough matrix, after they had been turned over to him in the laboratory. The
restoration in the Gallery of Fossil Mammals in the Carnegie Museum (See
Plate LV) was ]irepared by Mr. Agostini. To the Field Museum and to the
American Museum of Natural History we are indebted for a number of original

PETERSON : OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 407

illustrations, for which special acknowledgement is given in their titles. Mr.
Sidney Prentice is the author of the plates given in this memoir and of most of
the text-figures. Finally I wish to make special acknowledgement to Dr. W. J.
Holland for his helpful suggestions and for his kind assistance in revising this
paper and preparing it for the press.

The upper Eocene on the eastern borders of the Uinta Basin has yielded
much material representing the titanotheres, which is now installed in various
museums of this country. The recent collections made by the Carnegie Museum
contain the best preserved specimens brought from this field up to the present
time. The author believes that a systematic description of the osteology of
DoUchorhinus, so far as it is decipherable from this material, will be of considerable
service to students.

Seven species have up to the present time been assigned to the genus
DoUchorhinus. When more and better material is secured the number of pro-
posed species will very probably be reduced. At present, however, we would not
gain much by attempting to reduce some of these species to the rank of synonyms,
as some of them are so very imperfectly represented by the material at command ;
and we accordingly recognize them provisionally as they stand in the literature
of the subject. This course is pursued in face of the fact that there does not
appear to have been complete accord in regard to some proposed species in the
genus DoUchorhinus. Osborn (Bull. A. M. N. H., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 611)
regards D. cornutus Osborn as being identical with D. hyognathus Scott and Osborn,
the latter having priority. On the other hand Riggs (Field Museum Nat. Hist.,
Geol. Ser., Vol. IV, 1912, pp. 31-32) regards it as undesirable to unite the two,
being inclined to accept D. cornutus Osborn as a valid species, until more material
representing the skulls and mandibles shall be found. Riggs discovered that
there is a disparity in the length of the molar-premolar series in the types of the
two species, D. hyognathus and D. cornutus, as well as other differences in pro-
portion. Further remarks on this subject will be found on pp. 410, and 430-4.

During the study of the remains of DoUchorhinus in the Carnegie Museum
the writer was led more and more to doubt that any species of the genus has
only two incisors in the lower jaw, as stated by Professor Osborn (Bull. A. M. N.
H., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 93). Finally a note was forwarded to the American Museum
of Natural History, requesting a re-examination of the lower jaws of their speci-
men, No. 1,857, which had been studied and published upon by Dr. Osborn, as
well as other individuals of DoUchorhinus in the collections of that institution.
I am indebted to the courtesy of Dr. William K. Gregory for the following letter:

408

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

American Museum of Natural History,

77th Street & Central Park West,

New York; N. Y.

November 15, 1920.

Dear Mr. Peterson:

In answer to your inquiry regarding jaw No. 1857: I have examined the
specimen and find that it is a very old animal of Dolichorhinus cornutus (hyo-
gnathus). Although there are only two incisors in place on each side there are
traces of the alveoli of the third incisors, so that the statement is probably an
error. I have never seen any Dolichorhinus jaws, or for that matter any Uinta
titan otheres, with less than three incisors on each side.

Very sincerely yours,

William K. Gregory.

This note seems to dispose of the difficulty arising from the statement in-
advertently made by Dr. Osborn. This fact and the unusual position of the pos-
terior nares enable me to present a statement of the generic characters of the
genus Dolichorhinus, based upon that already given by Riggs (Field Mus. Nat.
Hist., Geol. Ser., Vol. IV, 1912, p. 31) which I adopt, enclosing my emendations
in brackets.

GENERIC CHARACTERS OF DOLICHORHINUS.

“Middle Eocene titanotheres, progressively dolichocephalic, nasals elongate
and laterally infolded, cranial region strongly convex, incipient horn-cores above
the orbits, a shelf-like infra-orbital process, occiput broad and low, condyles

3 1 4 3

broad. Dentition complete [1. 3, C.j, P4, M3] premolars relatively progressive,
first pair of upper incisors separated by median diastema, posterior nares [far
back] of last molar.”

SKULL AND LOWER JAWS. (Plates XLIV-XLVI.

In the collection of the Carnegie Museum specimens Nos. 11,071 and 11,072,
which are more or less complete, have crania associated with lower jaws. These
two specimens, with other material obtained from the same and other localities
in the same general region, furnish the basis of the descriptions given in the
following pages. The jaws articulated with the crania in these specimens defi-
nitely establish the fact that Dolichorhinus longiceps'^ and D. hyognathus are
closely related.

The crania, especially those of Nos. 11,071 and 11,072, which are here pro-
visionally referred to D. longiceps Douglass, have the same contour as D. cornutus

^ Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass may be the female of D. cornutus Osborn.

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 409

Osborn and in general agree with Osborn’s descriptions and illustrations. The
smaller horn-cores of Dolichorhinus longiceps as well as the earlier geological
formation in which the type was found are made the subject of discussion in the
general description hereafter given and in the review of the species towards the
end of this paper (See pp. 437-39).

Two crania, Nos. 11,080 and 11,081, likewise provisionally referred to
Dolichorhinus longiceps, are of especial interest, as they are well preserved in the
palatine and pterygoid regions. In these skulls there are found no posterior
nares in the region of the median pterygoid fossa, where these openings are usually
found in most mammalia, especially in the Perissodactyla. In the posterior
region of the palate there is, however, a depression, which apparently marks the
original position of this orifice, and where also the postnares are located in the
Oligocene titanotheres. The depression referred to is covered with a bony struc-
ture and four or five centimeters further back is a second depression. In skull
No. 11,081 the anterior margin of this depression is pierced, especially on the left
side, while in skull No. 11,080 this depression is not pierced. The piercing of this
film of bone was undoubtedly done by some insect larva, possibly by Dermestes,
shortly after the death of the animal, and might be mistaken for the orifices of
the postnarial openings. Back of this second depression there are oblong or ovate
inflated areas of this same thin kind of bone, which measure about seven or eight
centimeters in length. These last mentioned inflations and depressions are sepa-
rated by a thin vertical plate, the vomer. This vomerine plate extends backward
to, and forms a contact with, the basisphenoid. At the point of contact the latter
bone has a sudden upward turn, which imparts a curious angle to the basicranial
axis. On either side of the vomer between the pterygoid processes back of the
swollen area described there are again deep depressions, which I judge to be the
functional posterior nares. In the region of the anterior margin of this depression
the thin bony structure is partly destroyed, so that the margin of this orifice is
not complete. I feel, however, quite certain that in better preserved specimens
the complete anterior margins of the posterior nares will be found at this point.
The nasopalatine passages of this genus are thus seen to be of great length and of
a most unusual character, heretofore not clearly known^ (See Plate XLV, fig. 3,
and Plate XLVI, fig. 2).

In this connection it is of interest to turn to the genus Sphenocoelus from the
lower portion of Horizon B of the Eocene beds of the Uinta Basin, described by

^ From Mr. Riggs’ general description of the material in the Field Museum of Natural Historj^
(Field Museum Publications, No. 159, Geol. Ser., Vol. IV, 1912, p. 33) it is clear that he found some
evidence of these thin bony plates bridging over the postnares.

410

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Osborn (Bull. A. M. N. H., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 98). On comparing Osborn’s illus-
tration (L c., p. 99, fig. 12) with the palate of Dolichorhinus just described (See
Plate XLVI, fig. 2) there is a most remarkable similarity of characters disclosed.
Not only do the foramina and the different processes, including the zygomatic
process of the squamosal, agree in general, but, most interesting of all, is the pair
of pits in the floor of the skull upon either side of the narrow vomerine extension
of the presphenoid, described by Osborn (L c., pp. 98-99). In the light of what is
I’evealed by the crania of Dolichorhinus, I now believe that these pits in Sphenocoelus
mark the iiosition of the postnares. We would thus have another genus possessing
these long and curious infundibula of the backward extension of the narial pas-
sages. We may even be justified in provisionally including Sphenocoelus in the
dolichorhinine series of the Uinta titanotheres under the name Sphenocoelince,
distinguished by a long narrow cranium, and a short sagittal crest with diverging
sagittal ridges.

A comparison of the lower jaws of our specimens. Nos. 11,071 and 11,072,
with the illustrations and descriptions of Dolichorhinus hyognathus by Mr. Charles
Earle^ reveals differences of at least specific value. As in D. hyognathus from the
Washakie, the jaw of D. longiceps is elongated and shallow, but it is noticeable
that in D. hyognathus the jaw decreases more rapidly from the vertical ramus
forward, so that the diameter at M3 is very nearly twice that at Pg, as was observed
by Earle {1. c., p. 349). In the species from the Uinta, on the other hand, the
ramus is more uniform in depth from M3 forward to The extraordinary
length of the symphysis is perhaps the most striking feature in D. hyognathus, a
character well emphasized by Earle {1. c.) and also remarked by Scott and Osborn
(See their original description, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. XVI, p. 513) and by
Osborn (Bull. A. M. N. H., Vol. VII, p. 93), who states that the symphysis of
the lower jaw (Specimen No. 1,857, A. M. N. H.) which he referred to D. cornutus:
“presents somewhat more angulation of the chin than in T. hyognathumh If the
symphysis of the jaw in the type of D. hyognathus (Scott and Osborn) is in a
natural condition, we shall also have to admit a proportionally longer postcanine
region in its skull than we find in any of the forms of the genus known from the
Uinta beds. On comparing the lower border of the ramus of D. longiceps with
the illustration in Mr. Earle’s paper (L c., Plate XI, fig. 10) it is interesting to
find that in this figure there is a failure to represent the downward thrust, which
is so prominent immediately anterior to the angle along the inferior border of the
ramus in D. lo7igiceps. From this illustration in Mr. Earle’s article, it may also

^ Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, Vol. IX, 1884-95, p. 348, PI. XI, figs. 10 and 11.

PETERSON; OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 411

be inferred that the vertical ramus of D. hyognathus has proportionally a greater
antero-posterior diameter than is the case in the jaw of D. longiceps.

In the lower jaws of C. M. No. 11,071 the symphysis is of about the same
length as in the type of D. hyognathus. This is, however, entirely due to patho-
logical conditions, the animal during life having received injury in the region of
the chin, which caused a backward exostosis. With this exception there is little
or no noteworthy difference from the lower jaws belonging to C. M. No. 11,072
above mentioned.

HYOID ARCH.

The hyoid arch of Dolichorhinus is chiefly known through the studies of
Mr. 0. A. Peterson (Ann. Car. Mus., Vol. IV, 1914, pp. 130-131). In the skull
forming a part of the skeleton of C. M. No. 11,071 the greater part of the hyoid
arch was found practically in position, as shown on Plate XLIV, figs. 1 and 4.
This material supplements that described by Peterson {1. c.) and gives us further
knowledge as to this portion of the anatomy. The stylohyoid only differs from
that already described by Peterson in having the proximal end less expanded
vertically, and thus corresponding more nearly to the same element in the living
tapir, e. g. Tapirus terrestris. The bone as a whole is, however, slenderer in pro-
portion than in the tapir, as has already been pointed out by the writer. The
ceratohyal in the present specimen is complete. It is rib-like, with the outer
surface convex from side to side and the inner surface plane. The contact with
the basihyal is expanded, especially transversely, to meet the large contact-surface
on the basihyal. Immediately above this contact-surface and for two-thirds of
the length of the bone the shaft is uniform in its antero-posterior diameter. It
curves first upward and forward from the base, then upward and slightly back-
ward. The upper one-third is reduced in size and the contact with the epihyal
is attenuated. The latter bone is not at present known to the writer to be repre-
sented in any material of Dolichorhinus which has been thus far collected. The
basihyal does not appear to be completely represented in the specimen under
consideration, inasmuch as the anterior truncated appendix, shown in the basihyal
earlier described by Peterson (L c.) is not so well developed in C. M. No. 11,071.
This region appears to have received some abrasion, but to what extent cannot be
stated. The thyrohyal is represented by the proximal end and a portion of the
shaft. This bone is a round process, largest at the contact with the basihyal, and
tapered toward the free end. The bone, when found complete, will no doubt bear
a close similarity to that in the horse.

412

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

VERTEBRAL COLUMN.

Specimen No. 11,072, C. M., Cat. Vert. Foss., consists of the complete skull
and lower jaws, the entire vertebral column with the pelvis, the ribs, and the
anterior portion of the sternum, all in position as originally found in the quarry
(See Plates XLVII and LV). A portion of the scapula and the humerus were
also found in front of the ribs and below the cervicals. The rest of the limb and
foot-bones were dislocated, but found in close proximity to the skeleton. This
individual is slightly larger than No. 11,071, in this respect more nearly agreeing
with the type of D. cornutus (Osborn). Osborn has given fifteen dorsals in his
restoration of Dolichorhinus '‘hyognathus,’’* while Riggs states the correct number
of dorsal vertebrae to be seventeen.^ The view maintained by Riggs is confirmed
by specimen No. 11,072, in which there are present and articulated in position
seven cervicals, seventeen dorsals, four lumbars, and four sacrals®. Slightly dis-
articulated, but near the sacrum, were also found six of the proximal caudal
vertebrae. The exact number of caudals is, therefore, not as yet exactly known.

Atlas. — The atlas is broadly expanded laterally. This is due in a great
measure to the expanse of the transverse process (See Plates XLVII and LVI).
The posterior face of the transverse process at the base is pierced by a well de-
veloped arterial canal. The atlantal foramen is also of normal size. The neural
spine is well developed and the cotyli for the occipital condyles are deeply exca-
vated, while ventrally the arch is well rounded from side to side with but slightly
developed or no hypapophyses. The articulation for the axis is well expanded
laterally, extending outwardly on the base of the transverse process.

Axis. — The axis has a very prominent and sharp ventral keel, which termi-
nates posteriorly in a rugose tubercle, triangular in outline. The neural spine is
well elevated, very heavy, and triangular in cross-section, with the apex of the
triangle directed forwards. The articulation for the atlas is well expanded laterally
to fit the corresponding surface on the atlas, already described. The transverse
process of the axis is not very prominent.

Remaining Cervicals. — The third, fourth, and fifth cervical vertebrae are
very nearly uniform in size and in structural details. The ventral keel is promi-
nent and sharp on the third and fourth, but back of the fourth this keel becomes
gradually lighter. On the fifth cervical the posterior wing of the transverse process
is slightly more rugose on the external face than is the case on the transverse
process of the preceding vertebrae. The neural spine is also slightly higher than

^ Bull. A. M. N. H., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 612.

^ Field Mus. N. H., Vol. IV, 1912, p. 31.

® The number of sacrals varies from four to five, (see later under sacrum).

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 413

on the third and fourth cervicals. The sixth cervical has the usual hatchet-shaped
ventral portion of the transverse process, which in this individual extends well
beyond the centrum both in front and back. The upper portion, or the true
transverse process, is well developed, trihedral in section, and extends directly
outward from the side of the vertebra. The neural spine, though thin, is normal
in height. The transverse process of the seventh cervical, as is usual in the peris-
sodactyla, lacks the inferior lamella, but the process itself is prominent and ex-
tends laterally beyond that of the first dorsal. The neural spine of this vertebra
is well elevated over the arch and terminates in a sharp trihedral point.

Dorsals. — There is a sudden rise of the neural spines of the anterior dorsals
which then gradually decrease in height until the twelfth is reached. At this
point the neural spines gradually take on the more attenuated characters of the
lumbar vertebrae. On the eleventh and twelfth dorsals the post-zygapophyses
are larger and more elevated over the prezygapophyses of the succeeding verte-
brae; and the interlocking condition characteristic of the lumbars does not begin
to take place until the fifteenth dorsal is reached.

Lumbar vertebrce. — The transverse process of the lumbar vertebrae are
moderately expanded laterally, and are quite attenuated. The anterior border
has a curve from the base outwards and forwards while the posterior border is
more nearly straight. The transverse process of the last lumbar has the anterior

Fig. 3. Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. No. 12,200, Field Museum of Natural History. About
one-sixteenth natural size. Showing the skeleton practically in the position in which it was
found. (Courtesy of the Field Museum of Natural History).

and posterior borders more nearly parallel, and the process itself is also smaller
than on the preceding vertebrae. The zygapophyses of, the lumbars are well
interlocked and present features not unlike those in the recent horse.

Sacrals. — There are in No. 11,072, as stated above, four coossified sacral
vertebrae, of which the two anterior carry the heaviest neural spines. The third
sacral has a slightly reduced spine, while in the fourth the reduction is more

414

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

noticeable. All of the spines are close together and show a tendency to coalesce,
but are distinctly differentiated one from the other. The ilium is supported
mainly by the two anterior vertebrae, though the pleurapophyses are well de-
veloped throughout the sacrum, and it is completely consolidated with the ilium.
The sacrum of Dolichorhinus varies considerably in regard to the number of
ankylosed centra, and also in the detailed structure of the neural spines. In the
collection of the Carnegie Museum are two sacra (Nos. 3,840 and 11,071) which
have five coossified centra. No. 11,071 also shows a wider spacing between the
neural spines, and the spines themselves are more expanded fore-and-aft at their
summits than those of No. 11,072. Mr. E. S. Riggs of the Field Museum of
Natural History has made a positive statement (Field Museum Publications,
No. 159, Geol. Ser., Vol. IV, p. 31), that the specimen in Chicago has four sacrals.
A recent communication from Riggs confirms his published statement and he adds
that the neural spines are close together but distinct from one another. This
description appears to agree with the conditions found in our No. 11,072. (See
Plate XLVII, fig. 2.) Professor Osborn has apparently given four centra to the
sacrum in his restoration of Ho^fc/ior/unus (Bull. A. M. N. H., Vol. XXIV, p. 612).

Caudals. — The caudal region is, as stated above, p. 412, represented by six
vertebrae, which pertain to the proximal portion of the tail. The exact number
of caudals is not known, but it does not appear unlikely that Professor Osborn,
who has given approximately twenty as the correct number, is right, especially
since he appears to have some vertebrae, which are represented in the distal
portion of the tail in his restoration (h c., p. 612). The caudal vertebrae which
belong to our No. 11,071 display the characteristic titanotheroid features in having
with the exception of the first, well developed and forwardly directed chevrons,
which are solidly coossified with the centra. The neural spines of the first three
caudals have their summits expanded fore-and-aft like those of Brontops dispar;
the transverse processes are heavy; and the prezygapophyses are located high on
the pedicle as in the Oligocene genus. The vertebra, which is designated as the
first caudal, has no chevron, while on the second the processes are broken, but
indicate that there was originally a chevron of considerable size. On the third of
the series the chevron is preserved and has a length of about 24 mm., while that
of the fourth is about 35 mm. long. Back of the fourth caudal the chevrons appear
to be wanting and the neural spine is also reduced.

RIBS.

The ribs are heavy, flat, broad, but not especially long. They are not unlike
those of the Oligocene titanotheres, and thus indicate a large thorax, with but a

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 415

short space between the last rib and the antero-superior border of the ilium, as
is the case in most Perissodactyla. The last rib is suddenly reduced both in length
and thickness, but retains a perfect and enlarged ventral end for cartilaginous
attachments. The first and second sternebrae are in position. The manubrium
is quite long, expanded and truncated immediately in front of, 'and constricted
back of, the attachments for the first pair of ribs. Back of this constriction, the
bone is sub-triangular in cross-section and gradually expands posteriorly, termi-
nating in a truncated and rugose end. The succeeding segment is less than one-
half the length of the presternum and is quadrate in outline.

Measurements.

No. 11,072 No. 11,071

Greatest length of skull 620 mm. 600 mm.

Length of superior dentition, to and including 293^ 298

Length of premolar series, including diastema back of P' 84 84

Length of molar series 120 120

Greatest length of mandible 465 480

Length of inferior dentition Ij to and including M3 290 304

Length of premolar series, including diastema back of Pi 93 92

Length of molar series 125 120

Total length of vertebral column measured along the curves of the back bone. . . 1650 mm.

Length of cervical region 400 mm.

Length of dorsal region 750 mm.

Length of lumbar region 250 mm.

Length of sacral region 145 mm.

Length of tail as represented by vertebrae present 54 mm.

Length of first rib 245 mm.

Length of seventh rib 510 mm.

Length of last rib 310 mm.

Length of manubrium 123 mm.

Length of sternebra 58 mm.

FORE LIMB

The fore limb of No. 11,071 was found in position.

Scapula. — With the exception of slight crushing of the spine, the scapula is
perfectly preserved, and thus for the first time we are able to ascertain its com-
plete and correct outline. From the incomplete scapula described and figured in
an earlier publication® Peterson was led to believe that ‘The general outlines of
the scapula are on the whole more suggestive of the Rhinocerotidse than the
titanotheres.” This is now seen to be erroneous, since the complete scapula
before us, shows that it is conformed to that of the titanotheres. The bone,
however, is proportionally longer and slenderer than in Brontops dispar, and the

^ The incisors of the upper and lower jaws, as well as the canines, are restored, and the measurements
are only approximate.

® Peterson, Annals Car. Mus., Vol. IX, 1914, p. 134.

416

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

lower portion of the blade has the appearance of being thrust forward as in Df-
ceratheriurn, while the upper part differs from the latter by extending forward
instead of backward, thus giving the coracoid border a sinuous curve above the
supra-scapular notch, which is well illustrated on Plate XLVIII, fig. 2. The
spine is quite prominent, as in the Oligocene titanotheres, but the supra-spinous
fossa is of relatively greater antero-posterior diameter than in the latter. The
infra-spinous fossa is subtriangular in outline, chiefly due to the prominent and
angular process for ligamentary attachments. There is relatively a greater dis-
tance from this process to the extreme superior border of the scapula than in
Brontops dispar, which gives the bone the proportionally greater length and
slenderness referred to above. The glenoid cavity is ovate in outline with a beak-
like process of considerable size directly in front. The coracoid process is rather
small and more distinctly separated from the border of the glenoid cavity than in
Brontops dispar. The latter has a heavy rugose ridge extending from the antero-
external angle of the glenoid cavity to and across the coracoid process, which
does not occur in Dolichorhinus. The inner face of the blade of the scapula is
quite smooth, concave from above downward, and convex antero-posteriorly. The
subscapular fossa is not deep or large.

Humerus. — The humerus of No. 11,071 has been laterally crushed. The
distal end is especially affected by this crushing, so that the trochlea and anconeal
fossa appear too narrow, and the shaft too long, when compared with the un-
crushed humeri of other individuals. In No. 11,072, on the other hand, the bone
has received vertical crushing, so that the humerus appears too short. The
humerus of No. 2,865 described as Dolichorhinus longiceps by Peterson® retains
the original shape and serves well as a guide. The articular surface of the head
extends downwards on the posterior face to a rather unusual extent, and in this
respect is unlike that in the Oligocene genus Brontops and more nearly suggests
some rhinoceroses of the Oligocene {Trigonias and Hyracodon). The greater
tuberosity has the same relative height and antero-posterior extent upon the
head as in Brontops dispar, but transversely it has proportionally a smaller
diameter. The deltoid groove is deep as in Brontops, due to the development of
the lesser tuberosity and the hook-like process bordering the groove on the ulnar
side. The development of the external tubercle on the deltoid ridge is very much less
than in Brontops dispar. This together with the great development in the region of
the ectepicondyle, or the supinator ridge in the latter genus, is not developed
nearly as greatly as in Dolichorhinus. The distal trochlea is oblique as in Brontops
dispar, though deeper. The internal condyle takes up the greater portion of the
® Peterson, Annals Car. Mus., Vol. IX, 1914, p. 134.

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 417

articulation, the external condyle chiefly consisting of a small facet on the anterior
face of the trochlea external to the heavy intercondylar ridge. In fact the general
proportions of the humerus as a whole recall the Oligocene rhinoceroses.

Radius and Ulna. — The radius and ulna are crushed laterally in the same way
as the humerus described above. This crushing has, no doubt, increased the
length, so that both the humerus and the lower part of the limb appear relatively
longer, when compared with the more perfectly preserved limb of Dolichorhinus
longiceps described by Peterson, (L c., p. 134.) As in that specimen, the radius and
ulna of No. 11,071 are coossified at the upper and lower ends, a condition unlike
that found in these bones in Brontops dispar, where they are separated throughout.
The head and distal end of the radius in Brontops are also seen to be more en-
larged than in the present genus. The bones are on the whole relatively longer
in Dolichorhinus than in Brontops, even when proper allowance is made for the
crushing referred to above. Besides the greater slenderness of the ulna, the region
of the olecranon is less developed in the form from the Uinta; consequently there
is not that great backward projection of the olecranon process seen in Brontops
dispar. The bones are therefore more nearly like those of the Oligocene rhinoce-
roses than of the true titanotheres.

Although the humerus of the genus Eotitanotheriund° from the Uinta is in
general construction typical of the titanotheres of the Oligocene, the radius and
ulna {1. c., p. 44) are slender and more nearly like those of Dolichorhinus.

The manus of Dolichorhinus was described by 0. A. Peterson [1. c., pp. 135-
137), but a closer comparison of the elements of the manus in the three genera
Eotitanotherium, Dolichorhinus, and Brontops is here given to aid the student.

Scaphoid. — The scaphoid of Dolichorhinus is actually higher than in Eotitano-
therium osborni (C. M., No. 2,860). The scaphoid of the latter is a larger bone,
especially in the fore-and-aft dimensions, and, as Peterson has already stated,
[1. c., p. 135), the anterior articulation for the magnum is of much larger size, due
to the larger descending and truncated mass of the bone in Eotitanotherium, a
distinct feature of the Oligocene forms (Compare Brontops). A second feature
very noticeable is the facet for the lunar along the ulnar face. In Dolichorhinus
this facet is located on an overhanging lip near the dorsal face, and forms nearly
one-half of a circle; while in Eotitanotherium it runs in an almost straight direc-
tion fore-and-aft as in Brontops dispar. The radial surface of the scaphoid in
Dolichorhinus is more convex than it is in Eotitanotherium, and in this respect
Dolichorhinus from the Uinta and Brontops from the Oligocene are more nearly
alike. There is no noteworthy difference between the scaphoid of No. 11,071, and
Peterson, Annals Car. Mus., Vol. IX, 1914, p. 43.

418

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of No. 2,865, which Mr. Peterson described as belonging to DoUcJiorhinus longiceps
{1. c., p. 135).

Lunar. — The lunar has a greater constriction of the articulation for the radius;
and the palmar portion of this articulation is more oblique downward and out-
ward than in Brontops. The greater degree of this constriction in Dolichorhinus is
chiefly in order to accommodate the greater convexity of the articulation of the
scaphoid described above. The broad facet for the unciform is seen to be equally
broad in Brontops dispar, but, as Peterson has already observed (h c., pp. 135-136),
the latter has the posterior portion of this facet suddenly concave nearly to the
same degree as the facet for the magnum. In DoUcJiorhinus, on the other hand,
the facet for the unciform does not extend so far back, and has a more evenly
convex surface from the front backward, and the posterior portion of the two
facets, that for the unciform and that for the magnum, besides being dissimilar,
are more distinctly separated by a ridge, which extends lower down than is the
case in Brontops dispar. The lunar of No. 11,071 appears to have the anterior
portion of the facet for the radius narrower than is the case in No. 2,865, described
in 1914. Otherwise there is little or no difference in this bone in the two animals.

Cuneiform. — The cuneiform of Dolichorhinus is relatively high, when com-
pared with Brontops dispar, and is, no doubt, also higher than in Eotitanotherium.
As Peterson has already stated {1. c., p. 136) the facet for the pisiform occupies
a relatively greater transverse area than in Brontops, but the ulnar portion of the
cuneiform has relatively a smaller antero-posterior diameter, so that the facet for
the radius has a triangular outline with the apex directed towards the ulnar face,
while in Brontops dispar the facet is subovate, the external and internal portions
of the facet having equal dimensions. The radial face carries the two facets for
the lunar usually found in the Perissodactyla, the superior being somewhat less
overhanging than in Brontops, due to the smaller development of the dorsal radial
angle of the cuneiform. The distal face is entirely taken up by the facet for the
unciform. The latter facet is more evenly concave from side to side than m
Brontops, and is really more analogous to that in Miocene rhinoceroses (Compare
Diceratherium) . The differences in the cuneiform of No. 11,071 and No. 2,865
are slight.

Pisiform. — Peterson has observed that the pisiform of Dolichorhinus differs
from that of Eotitanotherium and the Oligocene titanotheres generally by being
proportionally heavier and shorter. The transverse diameter of the facet for the
ulna is relatively smaller, while that for the cuneiform is greater than in Brontops
dispar. The jiisiform of Eotitanotherium (C. M., No. 2,860) is too much crushed
at the pi'oximal end to admit of an accurate comparison. This bone of the two

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 419

latter genera is, however, remarkably similar in having attenuated shafts and deep
terminal tuberosities, which have already been pointed out by Peterson (1. c., p. 45).
There is no noteworthy difference in the pisiform of the present specimen and that
described earlier {1. c., p. 136).

Trapezium. — The trapezium is relatively large when compared with Brontops
dispar. In an earlier publication it was observed that there are “three articu-
lating facets on the ulnar angle; a large median surface for the trapezoid and two
smaller facets separated from the larger by well defined ridges, and articulating,
one with the scaphoid, and the other with Me. II,” (Peterson, 1. c., p. 136). The
trapezium as a whole has actually a greater vertical diameter than in Brontops.
This is chiefly due to the downward projecting process which is apparently absent
in the Oligocene genus. The differences in the trapezium of the present specimen
and the one described earlier are only of very minor importance.

Trapezoid. — The trapezoid of No. 11,071 is narrow, but has a proportionally
greater antero-posterior diameter than in either Eotitanotherium or Brontops. The
surface for the scaphoid is saddle-shaped, as in the titanotheres generally, but the
palmar-radial portion of the facet extends further back, due to an extended tubercle
which is not, however, nearly so well developed in Eotitanotherium or Brontops.
Radially the bone bears a large flat facet for the trapezium, while on the ulnar
side there is, besides the large facet for the magnum, a second very small facet on
the palmar-superior angle, which comes in contact with the posterior elevated
portion of the magnum upon flexion of the carpals. This second facet on the ulnar
face of the trapezoid is very much better developed in both Eotitanotherium and
Brontops. {Cf. Peterson,?, c., p. 136). Distally the entire bone is taken up by
the saddle-shaped facet for Me. II, which is slightly less convex fore-and-aft than
the proximal face. The transverse diameter of the trapezoid in No. 11,071 is less,
and the antero-posterior diameter greater, than in No. 2,865. This is mainly due
to the greater development of the palmar tubercle in No. 11,071 referred to above,
and the smaller development of the radial angle. These characters may be of
specific value, but most probably are only individual differences.

Magnum. — The magnum differs from that bone in Brontops dispar in one or
two important characters. The head of Me. IV does not touch the palmar ulnar
angle of the magnum so as to form a facet, as in Brontops, and the palmar tuberosity
has a relatively greater transverse and a smaller vertical diameter. The latter
character, together with the steep slope of the articular facet for the unciform and
the relatively greater height of the magnum when compared with that in Brontops,
was noted in a former paper (Peterson, 1. c., p. 136). Unfortunately the magnum
of Eotitanotherium is not known, and Me. IV of the same genus is also injured

420

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

along the radial border of the head. There are no differences worthy of mention
between the magnum in Nos. 11,071 and 2,865.

Unciform. — The unciform is relatively higher than in Brontops. The region
of the proximal facets (those for the lunar and cuneiform) are notably elevated
above the palmar tuberosity, when compared with Brontops. In the latter there
is, however, an elevated and hemispherical posterior portion of the facet for the
lunar, which also articulates with the plantar-radial part of the facet for the
cuneiform, not found in DoUchorhinus. These characters, together with the steeper
slope of the articulation for the magnum of this bone in the two genera has already
been observed. (Cf. Peterson, 1. c., p. 136). The articulations for the lunar and
cuneiform in the unciform of No. 11,071 are greater in their antero-posterior
diameters than in No. 2,865, while the palmar tuberosity is less developed. These
are, no doubt, individual differences, which should be regarded as of minor
importance.

Peterson {1. c., p. 137) states that the metacarpals of DoUchorhinus are rela-
tively short, when compared with those in Eotitanotheriuni. On making a com-
parison with the metacarpals in Brontops dispar, on the other hand, it is plain
that those in DoUchorhinus are longer and slenderer in proportion. The head of
Me. Ill rises higher, giving a greater elevation to the magnum than in Brontops.
This feature in DoUchorhinus is more nearly the condition found in the rhinoce-
roses. In DoUchorhinus the radial face of the head of Me. IV only articulates with
Me. Ill, while in Brontops there is a small facet back of that for Me. Ill, which
touches the posterior ulnar angle of the distal articulation of the magnum. This
facet furnishes additional support for the fourth digit in the Oligocene titanotheres
and has already been described above. The shafts of the metacarpals are rather
flat and straight, which is characteristic of the titanotheres. In DoUchorhinus
the distal ends of the metacarpals are not enlarged laterally as much as in Brontops,
while in the fore-and-aft direction they are equally developed in the two genera.
The Carina of the distal trochlea, in the two forms is also equally developed. There
is little or no difference in the metacarpals of No. 11,071 and those of No. 2,865.

The sesamoids are well developed, especially in their plantar-dorsal direction.
They are sometimes found to be coossified and have between them a tendinal
groove on the plantar face oh the coossified bones.

The phalanges are characteristically titanotheroid in all their main features,
that is to say, they are broad, flat, and rather short. Those of the proximal row
are about twice the length of those in the median row. The terminal phalanges
are very short, quite rugose, and truncated anteriorly, indicating a blunt horny
covering.

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 421

Measurements. No. 11,071 No. 11,072

Scapula, greatest length 395 mm.

Scapula, greatest diameter across the blade 205 mm.

Scapula, antero-posterior diameter just above articular surface for humerus 92 mm.

Scapula, greatest antero-posterior diameter of head of scapula 100 mm. 103 mm.

Scapula, antero-posterior diameter of glenoid articulation 73 mm. 78 mm.

Scapula, transverse diameter of glenoid articulation 57 mm. 57 mm.

Humerus, greatest length , 340 mm. 285*mm.

Humerus, length from articulating head to distal end 302 mm. 260*mm.

Humerus, greatest transverse diameter of distal end 77*mm. 100 mm.

Humerus, greatest transverse diameter of trochlea 62*mm. 77 mm.

Ulna, greatest length 315 mm.

Radius, greatest length 328 mm.

Radius, transverse diameter of head 65*mm.

Radius, transverse diameter of distal end (distal end of ulna included) 83*mm.

Manus, greatest length 225 mm.

Carpus, greatest vertical diameter 58 mm.

Carpus, greatest breadth, measured across the top row of carpals 87 mm.

Scaphoid, greatest transverse diameter 43 mm.

Scaphoid, greatest antero-posterior diameter 33 mm.

Scaphoid, greatest vertical diameter 31 mm.

Lunar, greatest vertical diameter 34 mm.

Lunar, greatest transverse diameter 30 mm.

Lunar, greatest antero-posterior diameter 41 mm.

Cuneiform, greatest antero-posterior diameter 25 mm.

Cuneiform, greatest transverse diameter 41 mm.

Cuneiform, greatest vertical diameter 26 mm.

Pisiform, greatest length 52 mm.

Pisiform, vertical diameter of free end 27 mm.

Pisiform, greatest vertical diameter of proximal end 20 mm.

Pisiform, greatest antero-posterior diameter of proximal end 25 mm.

Trapezium, greatest antero-posterior diameter 13 mm.

Trapezium, greatest vertical diameter 27 mm.

Trapezoid, greatest vertical diameter 18 mm.

Trapezoid, greatest transverse diameter 20 mm.

Trapezoid, greatest antero-posterior diameter 31 mm.

Magnum, greatest antero-posterior diameter 48 mm.

Magnum, greatest transverse diameter 18 mm.

Magnum, greatest vertical diameter 38 mm.

Unciform, greatest vertical diameter 40 mm.

Unciform, greatest transverse diameter 41 mm.

Unciform, greatest antero-posterior diameter 42 mm.

Metacarpal II, greatest length 122 mm.

Metacarpal III, greatest length 128 mm.

Metacarpal IV, greatest length : . . . . 115 mm.

Metacarpal V, greatest length 103 mm.

Phalanges, length of the total series, digit II 53 mm.

Phalanges, length of the total series, digit III, approximately 55 mm.

Phalanges, length of the total series, digit IV 62 mm.

Phalanges, length of the total series, digit V 55 mm.

* Indicates distortion and unreliable measurements.

422

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

HIND LIMB.

Pelvis. — The pelvis of Dolichorhinus may be said to combine the characters
of the Oligocene rhinoceroses and the titanotheres. The ilium is evenly rounded
above and the pubic symphysis is heavy and well coossified, with a tendency to
the heavy downward projecting hook at the posterior inferior extremity of the
pubis, as in the titanotheres; while the gluteal surface of the ilium is more concave,
the shaft longer, the sacro-sciatic notch deeper, and the ischium and pubis longer,
as in the rhinoceroses. The author has previously observed {1. c., p. 47) that the
ilium of Eotitanotherium osborni has a relatively longer shaft than is the case in
Brontops. In Dolichorhinus the ilium is broadly expanded across the region of the
gluteal muscles terminating above in a recurved process with its summit evenly
rounded fore-and-aft, enlarged and rugose transversely, and with a liberal antero-
posterior dimension. The point of the ilium consists of an evenly rounded process.
The crest of the ilium is, as stated above, well rounded, while behind the flare is
suddenly contracted into the rather long shaft, producing deep notches above and
below, of which the sacro-sciatic is the deeper partly because of the backward
prolongation of the sacrum and the prominent ischial spine. The acetabulum is
evenly rounded, deep, its upper border heavier than the lower; the cotyloid notch
wide; and the pit for the round ligament rather large. The ischium, though short,
is relatively longer than in Brontops. Its shaft is trihedral in cross-section and
expands suddenly behind, terminating in a truncated end, which is vertically
deep. This vertical depth is due in part to the prominent ischial tuberosity, but
more especially to the ramus, which extends downwards to meet the pubis. The
obturator foramen is large and ovate in outline. The shaft of the pubis below the
acetabulum is well proportioned and the symphysis is solidly coossified. The
ramus on the border of the obturator foramen is rather slender and trihedral in
cross-section.

The pelvis of No. 11,072 is crushed fore-and-aft, especially on the right side,
so that the shaft of the ilium appears short. The ischium is also more or less
affected by this crushing. In No. 3,840 the pelvis is more perfectly preserved and
has been partly used in preparing the above description. (See Plate L.)

Femur. — Four femora were found by Mr. Douglass in the quarry near the
Wagonhound Canyon. These bones vary in shape, but more especially in size,
no doubt due to sex, individual differences, and to crushing in one way or another.
The largest of these four femora is provisionally referred to No. 11,072, described
above. The head is rounded and the pit for the ligamentum teres is well developed,
but the neck is short and affords comparatively limited surface for the insertion of

PETERSON : OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 423

the capsular ligament of the hip-joint. The greater trochanter is slightly higher
than the head and at its top somewhat laterally expanded, a typical titanotheroid
feature. The digital fossa is small, which is also characteristic of Brontops. The
upper anterior face of the shaft has a broad surface indented by a rather shallow
fossa, which extends well downwards. Behind there is a deeper fossa, which is
bordered on the fibular side by a heavy ridge descending from the trochanteric
mass, and on the tibial side by a rather sharp ridge, which begins immediately
below the rim of the articulation and continues downwards to the apex of the
lesser trochanter. The third trochanter is of moderate size in the femur provi-
sionally referred to No. 11,072, while on the bone referred to No. 11,071 it is larger
and gives a twisted appearance to this region of the shaft, viewed from behind.
(See Plate LII, fig. 2.) Below the third trochanter the shaft is D-shaped in
No. 11,072, while in some of the other specimens this region is more or less trihedral
in cross-section. These differences are to some extent due to crushing. The
lower extremity is not greatly expanded, the inter-condylar notch and the articu-
lating surfaces of the condyles being rather narrow. The rotular trochlea is rather
evenly convex from side to side and the lateral borders are thin and sharp.

There is not much difference in size or in the general details of structure in
the femur of Dolichorhinus and Eotitanotherium. In the latter the supracondylar
fossa is, however, shallower, and the fossa above the rotular trochlea deeper and
larger than in Dolichorhinus and in Brontops dispar, as already noted by Peterson,
{1. c., p. 47).

Patella. — The patella is higher than broad as is usual in the titanotheres. The
anterior face of the bone is unevenly convex, the tibial border being heavier than the
fibular. Near the top along the inside border is a large truncated tubercle for
muscular attachments. The articulating surfaces for the rotular trochlea of the
femur are divided by a heavy and vertical ridge. The articulation on the tibial
side of this ridge is slightly larger than that on the fibular side. The patella is
titanotheroid in every respect.

The tibia, fibula, and hind foot were found in close proximity to the smaller
skeleton. No. 11,071 and are provisionally assigned to it.

Tibia. — The tibia is approximately three-fourths the length of the four femora
mentioned in the foregoing description. The spine, which separates the articu-
lating surfaces of the head, is prominent, especially on the fibular side and the
articulating surfaces themselves are well expanded, furnishing a liberal support
for the condyles of the femur. The cnemial crest is not large and sloi)es rather
rapidly in its downward course, the upper part of the shaft being distinctly tri-

424

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

angular in cross-section. The middle region of the shaft may be said to have
four faces, the tibial and fibular being flat, while the posterior and postero-tibial
are more rounded. The lower portion of the shaft is well demarcated, especially
by the prominent ridges in front and on the fibular angle. The distal trochlea is
divided by a heavy rounded ridge. The tibial portion of the trochlea is narrow
and evenly convex fore-and-aft, as well as from side to side, while the fibular
portion slants upward at an angle of 60° or more, so that when the tibia is placed
on the astragalus there is a quite noteworthy outward turn at the ankle-joint.
The distal end of the tibia does not come in contact with the calcaneum.

The tibia in Eotitanotherium osborni described by Peterson {1. c., p. 48) is no
heavier than that bone in Dolichorhinus, but is nearly one-fourth longer. Even
when the crushing of the tibia in Eotitayiotherium is taken into proper considera-
tion it is quite plain that this bone in that genus is not as distinctly marked by
ridges extending up and down on the shaft as in Dolichorhinus.

Fibula. — The upper.end of the fibula is solidly cobssified with the tibia. The
reduction of the shaft is in about the same ratio as in Brontops dispar. The antero-
posterior diameter of the distal end is twice the transverse diameter. The contact
with the tibia is quite rugose, but coossification does not take place. The articu-
lation for the astragalus is liberal in dimension, and on the posterior distal angle
there is located a small facet, which comes in contact with the calcaneum on
flexion of the ankle-joint.

In Eoiiianotherium the ankle-joint does not appear to be so much thrown
outward as in Dolichorhinus and the whole aspect of the hind limb appears lighter.
In Brontops dispar, on the other hand, the hind limb has more nearly the propro-
tions of Dolichorhinus, while the ankle-joint is more in line with the shaft of the
tibia and recalls that of Eotitanotherium.

The hind foot of Dolichorhinus is very nearly complete in No. 11,071, the
sesamoids and phalanges being the only parts not recovered. The relative height
of the fore and hind feet is approximately the same as in Brontops dispar. In
Eotitanotherium the feet, as well as the limbs, are longer and slenderer, as has
already been pointed out by Peterson {1. c., pp. 46-50).

Astragalus. — The astragalus in detail is much like that of Eotitanotherium.
In the latter genus the part below the trochlear groove is, however, longer; the
ectal and cuboidal facets are united on the plantar face; the vertical ridge on the
tibial face is less developed below and the facet for the cuboid has a more direct
distal location. The two last mentioned characters in Dolichorhinus are obviously
more like what is seen in Broritops, where the comparatively large facet for the

PETERSON : OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 425

cuboid is directly distal and the whole inside face of the bone near the articular
facet for the navicular has developed into a heavy, rounded, and rugose ridge. In
Dolichorhinus the ectal and cuboidal facets on the plantar face are distinctly
separated by an excavation as in Brontops, and unlike Eotitanotherium where
these two facets are united, as shown by Peterson. The external or fibular ridge
of the astragalar trochlea is extended further back against the tuber of the cal-
caneum than in Brontops, so that the tibia does not come in contact with the
calcaneum on flexion as in Brontops. On the whole the width of the astragalus
in Dolichorhinus is slightly greater than the length. In Brontops the width is very
considerably greater than the length, while in Eotitanotherium the length of the
bone is greater than the width.

Calcaneum. — The most noticeable and distinctive feature of the calcaneum in
Dolichorhinus is the broad plautar face of the tuber calcis, which is different from
both Brontops and Eotitanotherium. In the two latter the tuber of the calcaneum
is similar in its general details of structure, as well as in its position in the articu-
lated foot. In Eotitanotherium and in Brontops the fibular face of the tuber
calcis, when in the articulated foot, has a decided inward dip, while in Dolichorhinus
the external or fibular face is more nearly vertical. The extremity of the tuber
in Dolichorhinus is also more enlarged than in the other two genera. In Dolichorhinus
the proximal astragalar facet is raised above the upper margin of the tuber calcis
as in Brontops, but there is no directly posterior facet for the lower end of the
tibia, as in the latter. On the fibular angle there is, however, a small facet, which
meets a corresponding facet on the fibula. The greater process of the lower end
is shorter, and the lesser process is longer than in Eotitanotherium. In this respect
it thus appears that the lower end of the calcaneum in Broritops and Dolichorhinus
are more alike, they having their distal processes more nearly on a line at right
angle with the axis of the bone than in Eotitanothcriuyn, in which the facet for the
cuboid is more slanted inwardly and upwardly and the lesser process not de-
scending so low.

Cuboid. — The cuboid in general appearance is more rhinoceroid than ti-
tanotheroid. It is high, rather narrow, with the plantar tuberosity large, hook-
like, and extending well below the articulating surface for the fourth metatarsal.
The facet for the fourth metatarsal occupies the entire distal face as in Dicera-
therium, while in the Oligocene titanotheres there is in addition a facet for Mt. Ill
on the tibial angle of the cuboid. On the tibial face there are four facets. Two of
these articulate with the navicular and are located, one on the angle of the articu-
lation for the astragalus, and the other on the upper portion of a lip-like projection

426 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

on the tibial face of the bone. The other two facets articulate with the ectocunei-
form. One of these takes up the inferior portion of the lip-like projection referred
to above and the other is located on the tibial angle of the facet for Mt. IV. The
proximal face is taken up by the articular facets for the calcaneum and astragalus.
These two facets are separated by a rounded ridge, almost directly fore-and-aft
in position. The facet for the calcaneum takes up two-thirds of the area, while
that for the astragalus covers one-third of the proximal face along the tibial side
of the bone. The dorsal, plantar, and fibular faces are rugose, but quite distinct
from one another, due to the rather prominent vertical ridges on the antero- and
postero-fibular angles.

' In the Oligocene titanotheres the cuboid is more depressed, the proximal
facets placed at greater angles from one another, the distal face with two facets
instead of one, and the tibial face has a long contact with the ectocuneiform. In
Eotitanotherium the cuboid is not known.

Navicular. — The navicular, though relatively somewhat higher, has the
breadth characteristic of the titanotheres in general. The articulation for the
astragalus is evenly concave from before backward, and not basin-shaped, as in
some of the titanotheres. The fibular portion of the facet is also more gently
rounded in a downward direction, while in Brontops there is a more decided ridge
separating the two portions of the facet, and the fibular portion is directed down-
ward at a greater angle. Distally the bone is convex in all directions, not unlike
what is seen in the true titanotheres, and the facets for the cuneiforms are slightly
separated by an almost imperceptible ridge. The fibular face is broadly excavated
in the middle; in front and back of this excavation are facets articulating with
the cuboid. This excavation is, however, not as deep as in the rhinoceroses, for
example Dicer atherium. The dorsal face is gently and evenly rounded, with a
shallow and rugose groove extending nearly across the entire front of the bone.
The tibial and plantar faces are broken in our specimens.

Ectocuneiform. — The ectocuneiform has a greater vertical diameter than the
navicular. The bone is titanotheroid in its general outlines. In detail it differs
slightly from the titanotheres, the most noticeable difference being the presence
of two facets for the cuboid separated by a shallow excavation, whereas in Brontops
the articulating surface is continuous. On the tibial face the bone articulates
with Mt. II and with the mesocuneiform. Distally the articulation for Mt. Ill,
as usual, occupies the entire surface. This facet is evenly concave fore-and-aft,
nearly flat transversely, while in Brontops the surface is gently convex from side
to side. The proximal face has two articulations: the larger, which is gently

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 427

antero-posteriorly concave, articulating with the navicular; the smaller, located
on the postero-fibular angle and articulating with the corresponding facet on the
lower face of the projecting tubercle on the tibial face of the cuboid. The lower
anterior portion of the fibular face is developed into a truncated process. This
process touches the cuboid by an articular facet, which does not extend back-
wards, as generally is the case in the titanotheres. The dorsal face is gently rounded
and rugose, while there is no tuberosity on the plantar surface.

Mesocuneiform. — The mesocuneiform is considerably reduced in size. Its
proximal face is concave from side to side, and very gently concave from front to
back. The articulation for the second metatarsal is nearly straight in the antero-
posterior direction, while laterally it is convex. The antero-fibular angle is de-
veloped into a rounded and blunt process, while the dorso-tibial portion is nearly
a plane surface, due to a vertical ridge, which separates the dorsal and tibial
faces of the bone. The tibial face is much injured in the specimen I am describing.
The fibular face is almost vertical and presents nearly a straight contour fore-
and-aft. There are apparently three facets for the ectocuneiform, one above and
two below. The posterior face is also injured. Whether or not there was an
entocuneiform present, as in Brontops, cannot be determined from this specimen,
due to the injury which the mesocuneiform has received.

Metatarsals. — The metatarsals are shorter and heavier than in Eotitano-
therium. They are also different in general shape, those in the latter genus having
the shafts more rounded or cylindroid, especially the second metatarsals. The
shaft of this bone in Dolichorhinus is throughout more trihedral; the dorso-proximal
portion being especially developed in the fibular direction. The articulation on
the proximal end is evenly concave from side to side to correspond with the cunei-
form, and there is an articulation on the plantar tibial face of the head, possibly
for a rudimentary first metatarsal. If the latter metatarsal was represented,
there was also undoubtedly an entocuneiform. The distal end is very little wider
than the shaft and the articular surface for the phalanx differs in no noteworthy
respect from that in the titanotheres generally.

The chief distinguishing feature of the third metatarsal is its single articulating
surface for the ectocuneiform, while that in Brontops and the titanotheres gen-
erally shares the articulating surface with the cuboid, as stated above. Further-
more the articulations for Mt.IV in Brontops is connected by a prominent ridge
along the upper edge of the head, while in Dolichorhinus this area is deeply ex-
cavated clear through to the proximal articulation, leaving these two facets
widely separated on a lip-like projection on the dorsal and plantar angles of the

428

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

head. The shaft is flat as in the titanotheres, and, as in Mt.II, the distal end is
slightly wider than the shaft. The metapodial keel is confined to the posterior
portion of the articulation.

The fourth metatarsal is slightly arched forward, but not to the extent seen
in Eotitanotherium. The articulation for the cuboid is also less convex fore-and-
aft, the surface being flat, more nearly as in Brontops. From the latter genus it
differs, however, by having the anterior articulation for Mt.III the larger; whereas
in Brontops the posterior articulation is the larger. This may be only an individual
character. The shaft is heavy and trihedral in section. The distal end is no wider
than the lower portion of the shaft and the trochlea is rather narrow, quite convex
antero-posteriorly, and very gently convex transversely. The carina is of medium
size.

Measurements.

Pelvis, greatest length

Femur, greatest length

Tibia, greatest length

Tibia, antero-posterior diameter of head

Tibia, transverse diameter of head

Tibia, transverse diameter distal end, fibula included . . .

Tibia, antero-posterior diameter distal end

Pes, greatest length, phalanges not included

Tarsus, greatest length, tuber of calcaneum included. . . .

Calcaneum, greatest length

Calcaneum, vertical diameter of free end of tuber calcis.
Calcaneum, transverse diameter of free end of tuber . . . .

Calcaneum, transverse diameter of distal end

Astragalus, transverse diameter

Astragalus, vertical diameter

Cuboid, vertical diameter dorsal face

Cuboid, greatest transverse diameter

Navicular, greatest vertical diameter

Ectocuneiform, greatest vertical diameter

Ectocuneiform, transverse diameter

Ectocuneiform, antero-posterior diameter

Mesocuneiform, vertical diameter

Mesocuneiform, transverse diameter

Mesocuneiform, antero-posterior diameter

Metatarsal II, greatest length

Metatarsal III, greatest length

Metatarsal IV, greatest length

* Indicates distortion and unreliable measurement.

No. 11,071
485 mm.
457*mm.
335 mm.
104 mm.
100 mm.
83 mm.
61 mm.
280 mm.
145 mm.
112 mm.
41 mm.
38 mm.
58 mm.
73 mm.
65 mm.
34 mm.
37 mm.
19 mm.
22 mm.

29 mm.
36 mm.
13 mm.
19 mm.

30 mm.
128 mm.
132 mm.
120 mm.

No. 11,072
419*mm.
444 mm.

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OP DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS.

429

RESTORATION OF THE SKELETON OF DOLICHORHINUS

(Plates LV and LVI).

The restoration of the skeleton of Dolichorhinus represented on Plate LVI
is based upon the two skeletons Nos. 11,071 and 11,072, described in detail in the
foregoing pages. The two skeletons are imbedded in half relief on a hard, brown,
sandstone of fine texture (Plate LV). As already stated in the early part of this
paper, the skeleton No. 11,072 consists of the nearly complete skull with lower
jaws articulated and entire trunk. Parts of the fore limbs were found imbedded
nearly in their proper position. No. 11,071 was found somewhat more disarticu-
lated, but the association of the different parts is comparatively easy, since this
specimen is a smaller and younger individual than No. 11,072. This second speci-
men also has the skull and lower jaws attached to the neck, the anterior portion
of the trunk in position, but the posterior portion was disturbed, and the limbs,
though found in close proximity, were disarticulated before final interment. These
two specimens supplement one another most admirably and from them it has
been possible to effect a restoration which is thought to be very nearly correct
in all its main proportions.

The most characteristic feature of the animal is its long and narrow head.
Among the titanotheres, the head of Dolichorhinus is rather unusual in having r,
decided convexity fore-and-aft as well as laterally in the region of the posterior
portion of the f rentals and the parietals. The maxillaries are long and slender
and the nasals are long and deeply excavated laterally as is usual in the long-nosed
titanotheres. To compensate for the elongated head, the neck is proportionally
short. The trunk is typically titanotheroid, the thorax being long and the lumbar
region short. The depth of the thoracic cavity is not excessive, as indicated by the
ribs. The sacrum has usually four coossified vertebrae; this varies, however, as
five centra are sometimes found. The proximal portion of the tail has chevrons
characteristic of the Oligocene titanotheres (Compare Brontops dispar) and the
length of the caudal appendage is approximately that of the latter genus.

As has been stated, the limbs are in part those of No. 11,071 and, as that
individual is slightly smaller, the appendicular portion of the restoration, as repre-
sented on Plate LVI, may be a few centimeters shorter than would possibly
be the case, were all the limb bones preserved in No. 11,072.

Plate LVII represents Dolichorhinus in the flesh to guide the eye, as to the
probable appearance of this curious titanothere. This illustration brings out the
elongated head and the slenderness of the anterior region of the neck in comparison
with the true rhinoceros-like appearance of the trunk.

430

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Measurements.

Height of skeleton at fore limbs 123 cm.

Height of skeleton at hind limbs 114 cm.

Greatest length of skeleton 234 cm.

Length of skeleton from end of pubis to posterior face of seventh cervical 135 cm.

Length of neck 40 cm.

Plate LV represents Dolichorhinus longiceps as finally prepared for exhibition
in the Gallery of Fossil Mammals in the Carnegie Museum. The head, neck, and
trunk remain in the original position in which they were found in the field. A
portion of the left scapula and the humerus belonging to the trunk were found
very nearly in the position in which they are placed in the exhibit, while the lower
part of the fore limb and foot is partly or wholly restored from the opposite mem-
ber. The right fore limb, as stated before, is complete and belongs to No. 11,071.
The left femur is inserted, as probably belonging to specimen No. 11,072. As in
the fore limb, the lower portion of the left hind limb and pes are restored from the
opposite side. The caudals present with No. 11,072 have been worked out in
half relief, in the same manner as the trunk and neck, and are mounted very
nearly in the position in which they were originally found.

REVIEW OF THE SPECIES OF DOLICHORHINUS HATCHER”

IN THEIR ORDER OF PUBLICATION.

1. Dolichorhinus hyognathus (Scott and Osborn).

Palceosyops hyognathus Scott and Osborn, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. N. S., Vol. XVI,
Part III, Aug. 20, 1889, p. 513.

Type: Lower jaw. No. 10,273, Princeton Museum.

Locality: Washakie Basin, Wyoming.

Horizon: Upper Eocene, Horizon B of the Washakie Beds.

Original Description: “In the Washakie beds is found a large species, about
the same size as P. vallidens Cope, which is provisionally referred to Palceosyops
{P. hyognathus, spec, nov., Princeton collection No. 10,273). This is represented
by a lower jaw seven-eighths as large as the type mandible of Diplacodon. As in
the latter, the incisors form a close procumbent series; the tips forming a gently
arched line when seen from above. The symphysis is extremely long (11 cm.)
and shallow; the canines are rather small and semi-procumbent. The molar-
premolar series measures 24.5 cm., the last molar measures 6.5 cm.; in Diplacodon
elatus the same measurement is 10 cm. Unfortunately the premolar crowns are

” Hatcher separated Dolichorhinus from other Eocene titanotheres in 1895. Amer. Nat. Vol.
XXIX, p. 1090.

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 431

broken; it is probable that one or two of the premolars will be found to be like
the molars. The characters of the chin and symphysis are significant of close
relationship to Diplacodon elatus”

Mr. Charles Earle in his important ‘^Memoir Upon The Genus Palceosyops
Leidy, And Its Allies” (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., Vol. IX, 1884, pp. 348-350,
Plate XI, figs. 10, 11), has furnished us with a description and excellent illustra-
tions of the fragmentary type of Dolichorhinus hyognathus.

Vs

Fig. 4. Dolichorhinus hyognathus (Osborn) Type. No. 10,273, Princeton University Museum.
(After Charles Earle.)

From Earle’s description and illustrations together with the description of
Scott and Osborn Dolichorhinus hyognathus is clearly seen to be a distinct species.
The long symphysis and vertical ramus, the rapidly tapering horizontal ramus,
and the apparent lack of the long and descending lobe of the inferior border of
the ramus near the posterior end of the angle are characters which cannot be
dismissed as merely individual. These facts taken together with the opinion
already expressed by Mr. Riggs^^ constrain me to regard D. hyognathus as at
least specifically distinct from any of the species of the Uinta deposits.

2. Dolichorhinus cornutus (Osborn).

Telmatotherium cornutum Osborn, Bull. A. M. N. H., Vol. VII, 1895, pp. 90-94.
Type: Skull No. 1,851, Collection American Museum of Natural History.
Paratypes: Skulls Nos. 1,850, 1,847, 1,848, 1,852, and 1,837^^ Lower
jaws No. 1,857, 1,858, 1854 and 1,855. Collection A. M. N. H.

Field Museum of Natural History, Geol. Ser., Vol. IV, 1912, p. 32.

In a later publication Professor Osborn used the skull bearing No. 1,837 as the type of his species
D. inter medius. (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 611.

432

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Locality. Uinta Basin, eastern part.

Horizon: Uinta Eocene, upper part of Horizon B.

Original Description: “Incisors f. [|]* Premolar-molar series, 208 mm. A
narrow diastema. Upper canines lanceolate. Long premaxillary symphysis.
A well-developed nasofrontal protuberance. Top of cranium completely flattened.
No sagittal crest. An infraorbital process upon malar.

“The type of this species is a fine skull (No. 1,851), while several other well-
preserved skulls from the same levels give us all the cranial characters and the
superior dentition (Nos. 1,850, 1,847, 1,848, 1,852, 1,837). Unfortunately none
of these skulls have the jaws associated with them, but several more or less perfect
jaws, although found apart, agree perfectly in size (Nos. 1,857, 1,858, 1,854, 1,855);
they are all readily distinguished from the jaw of T. hyognathum by the presence
of only two incisors.

Fig. 5. Dolichorhimis cornutus (Osborn). Type. No. 1,851, Amer Mas. Nat. Hist. Side view,
one-fourth natural size. (After Osborn.)

“This species is remarkable for its very long flat-topped cranium and its
incipient knob-like osseous horns borne chiefly upon the nasals but partly upon
the frontals. These horns project laterally and rise slightly above the general
surface, and are best seen in the anterior view. Fig. 10. These characters and the
absence of the fronto-parietal and inter-parietal sutures all point well towards
Titanotherium, but the premolars are still absolutely simple, showing no trace of
the postero-internal cusps which characterize Diplacodon elatus.

“Other striking peculiarities are the upward arching midcranial region, the
extremely long, narrow, and laterally decurved nasals; the strong infraorbital
shelf upon the malars (seen also in T. rnegarhinum) , the slender zygomatic arch,
the low occiput, the backward extension of the posterior nares by the palatines,
and the partial inclosing of the roof of the pharynx by the pterygoids.

“More in detail (No. 1,851) the nasals almost overhang the premaxillaries,
they are laterally compressed above the infraorbital foramina so as to give the
impression of distal expansion; the median fronto-nasal suture extends back
beyond the mid-orbital line, but laterally the nasals terminate just above the
orbits so as to include most of the incipient horn. The premaxillary symphysis

* Inserted by O. A. Peter.son.

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 433

is elongate as in T. validum. The maxillaries are shut off by the very narrow
lachrymals from the anterior border of the orbits. The infraorbital foramen is
placed above in front of the malar suture. The ynalars extend sharply upon
the side of the face and then dip into the outwardly projecting shelf; with an obtuse
postorbital knob. The frontals exhibit a prominent postorbital hook; there is a
delicate lateral ridge marking the limits of the temporal fossa; between these
ridges the cranium is arched both from side to side and antero-posteriorly, pre-
senting a vei’}^ different form from the concave profile of even the oldest known
Titanothere; there is a slight constriction in the posterior third, but the cranium
is even here two inches wide, and there is not the semblance of the crest seen in
T. vallidens; the entire absence of the upper cranial sutures even in the young
individuals (No. 1,847) is a noteworthy Titanothere character. Owing to the
sudden dipping of the superior contour the occiput is rather low and subquadrate
in outline.

Fig. 6. Dolichorhinus cornutus (Osborn). Type. No. 1,851, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Superior
view, one-fourth natural size. (After Osborn.)

“In side view the faint temporal ridges can be traced to the superior angle
of the occiput. The zygomatic arch is very slender; it arches slightly upwards
and very much less strongly outwards than in T. vallidens. The postglenoid process
is very thick in antero-posterior section.

“In palatal view we observe a diastema between the median incisors and a
post-canine diastema of 28 mm. The molar series are placed closely parallel so
that the palate is long, narrow and deeply arched, and the posterior nares opens
far back behind the last molar. The deep and long pterygoids arch towards each
other in the median line, forming a deep fossa.

‘^Foramina. — The alisphenoid canal is very long; the for. ovale is widely
separated from the for. lac. medium; the for. lac. medium and the for. lac. pos-
terius are very small and partly confluent; the condylar foramen is midway be-
tween the condyles and the for. lac. medium.

Lower Jaw. — The most perfect of the lower jaws is No. 1,857; it ragees in
size exactly with the type skull No. 1,851. In proportion it is rather shallow and

434

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

slender, but presents somewhat more angulation of the chin than in T. hyognathus.
The most distinctive character is the extremely long hook-shaped coronoid process
which extends back over the condyle. The symphysis is long and rather shallow.

Fig. 7. Dolichorhmus cornutus (Osborn). Type. No. 1,851, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Anterior
view, one-fourth natural size. (After Osborn.)

Dentition. — Inferior: A very distinctive and progressive feature is the
presence of but two incisors in the lower jaw. The formula is thus If, C}, P|,
M|. A second Titanothere feature is seen in the relatively short, rounded canines
of the lower jaw, which present a wide contrast with the compressed lance-shaped
tusks of T. validum and T. cultridens; an especial feature is the absence of enamel
upon the fang. It is to be noted, however, that the specific reference of these
jaws is not certain.

“Superior: The incisor series of the type (No. 1,851) present a third circle,
but the median incisors are separated by a slight space ; they all exhibit prominent
posterior basal cingula; the lateral incisor is considerably enlarged. The canines
have short, outwardly and forwardly directed but slightly incurved crowns, with
rather sharp borders, a suboval section and posterior basal cingula. Behind a
short diastema is the first premolar, a simple, conical crown with an internal basal
ridge; the second, third and fourth premolars exhibit single blunt or rounded in-
ternal cones, incomplete cingula, a strong antero-external (parastyle) and a feebler
postero-internal (metastyle) ridge. The molars have the generic conformation;
the third molar is the largest of the series, and exhibits a strong parastyle and
mesostyle and a feebler metastyle; there is a strong cingulum at the outer base
of the paracone, and a feebler one at the outer base of the metacone; the hypocone
is feebly developed upon Mk All these teeth are well worn, and the animal was
fully adult.

“The superior dentition of No. 1,850 belongs to a younger animal with
sharply defined characters. Here we see more plainly the resemblances to the
type of T. cultridens. The canines are laniariform, with sharp lateral edges, basal
cingula less marked and enamel continued far down. The outer faces of the pre-
molars and molars are prominent and closely approximated to the internal cusps.
We observe also a trace of the paraconule upon and a distinct paraconule
upon Mk In this specimen the pterygoids are long and not so deep.”

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS.

435

3. Dolichorhinus heterodon Douglass.

Dolichorhinus heterodon Douglass, Annals Carnegie Museum, VoL VI, 1909, p. 310.

Type: Skull. No. 2,340, Collection Carnegie Museum.

Locality: Uinta Basin, Utah. (Six or seven miles northeast of Well No.2)^h
. Horizon: Uinta Eocene. Upper part of horizon “B’’ or lower part of
horizon “C’\

Original Description: “The skull is long, narrow, and moderately high. The
face is short and the brain-case long. The free nasals are long, the posterior
opening of the anterior nares extending well backward toward the orbit. The
lower border of the nasals approach each other, but this is probably in part due
to lateral crushing. The infraorbital foramen is large. The infraorbital shelf is
represented by a protuberance, which is thickened on the free outer surface. If
there were horn-cores above the orbit they were very small. The long brain-case

Fig. 8. Dolichorhinus heterodon Douglass. Type. No. 2,340, Car. Mus. Cat. Vert. Fossils. Side
view, one-fifth natural size. (After Douglass.)

was apparently arched from before backward, the posterior descent to the crest
of the occiput being very steep, though this may be somewhat exaggerated by
crushing. The occipital condyles are very large. The median portion of the
occiput above them is convex while above this there is a large concavity. The
postglenoid processes are not excessively large.

“The premolars are small, the last being very decidedly smaller than the
first molar. The first premolar is not preserved, but it was evidently a simple

Fig. 9. Dolichorhinus heterodon Dougl&ss. Type. No. 2,340, Car. Mus. Cat. Vert. Fossils. Palatal
view, one-fifth natural size. (After Douglass.)

Reference to local stations established by the Barber Asphaltum Company which operated in
that country during the time in which the collection was made upon which Mr. Douglass based his work.

436

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

tooth. In the last three premolars there is a lobe or buttress on the antero-external
portion of the tooth, which makes the anterior margin oblique. The inner cusps
(deuterocones) are low with rounded summits. They are more nearly opposite
the postero-external than the antero-external cusps. There are inner cingula on
and Ph The antero-internal cusp in is quite high and conical. The
postero-internal cusp is due simply to an increase in height of the cingulum.”

Measurements.

Total length of top of skull from end of nasals to crest of occiput 500 mm.

From anterior of orbit to front of nasals 160 mm.

From anterior of orbit to posterior part of narial opening of front of nasals 55 mm.

Width of occiput 128 mm.

Height of occiput 140 mm.

Length of molar premolar series 190 mm.

Length of premolar series 75 mm.

Length of molar series 115 mm.

Length of 20 mm.

Width of P^ 16 mm.

Length of P'^ 21 mm.

Width of P^ 20 mm.

Length of P"* 24 mm.

Width of P‘‘ 27 mm.

Length of 34 mm.

Width of 35 mm.

Length of M'^ 46 mm.

Width of 42 mm.

Length of 48 mm.

Width of 42 mm.

Mr. E. S. Riggs of the Field Museum has found that D. heterodon compares
in many respects quite closely with his proposed species, Mesatirhinus superior
(Field Mus. Publ. Geol. Ser., IV, 1912, p. 26). Further on in the same publica-
tion, p. 35, Riggs states: ‘Tf this figure (given in Douglass’ original paper) of the
nares is correct, the great convexity in the supracranial region is the chief dis-
tinction between this form and Mesatirhinus superior.”

On again consulting the original description and the type of D. heterodon it
appears that Mr. Douglass made no mention of the posterior nares, perhaps
because the specimen is much crushed in that region and no entirely satisfactory
statement can be made in regard to its true condition. However, the post-narial
opening in the palatine region appears shallow and did not function as the post-
narial opening. In other words, it appears that an opening is indicated in the
illustration, where in reality a shallow depression should have been represented,
such as is usually found in more perfectly preserved crania of Dolichorhinus
(See pi. XLVI). The anterior portion of this depression in the type of D. heterodon

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 437

has been much distorted by crushing. By very careful study it is possible to
partly make out the original condition, and it is shown that a thin bony septum
divided the narial from the main oral cavity. This thin bony structure in most
skulls of Dolichorhinus is usually broken and does not, therefore, allow accurate
study. Furthermore, there is between the hamular processes just such a recession
as Riggs speaks of in his description of D. fluminalis. This cavity is partly indi-
cated in Douglass’ figure, which is reproduced in fig. 9. It also may here be stated
that Mr. Douglass with his customary caution explicitly stated that the steepness
of the posterior descent to the crest of the occiput may be exaggerated by crushing.
There can be no question that D. heterodon is correctly referred to the genus
Dolichorhinus.

4. Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI, 1909, p. 312.

Type: Skull No. 2,347. Car. Mus. Cat. Vert. Fossils.

Locality: Uinta Basin, Utah. One-half mile east of Well No. 2, near Bonanza.

Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Lower part of Horizon B.

Original Description: ‘‘This skull in general outline is very much like that
of Dolichorhinus hyognathus, though broader. In describing it I prefer to point
out the characters which distinguish it from that species. Apparently it is some-
what broader proportionally than that of D. hyognathus. The skull is somewhat
crushed, but it evidently was not flattened on top. The present specimen had
no heavy protuberances or horn-cores, though there may have been the slightest
beginning of such. There is a rather narrow shelf, or lateral expansion of the
malars, with rounded outer borders, beneath the anterior portion of the orbit, but
it is not like the infraorbital process of D. hyognathus. The postorbital hook does
not appear to have been long or prominent. Evidently the zygomatic arches
extended laterally outward more than in the last-named species; the postglenoid
processes are not nearly so heavy; the palate is broader; the top of the cranium,
though there is no zygomatic arch (sagittal crest)* becomes narrower anterior to
the crest of the occiput.

“The teeth are very similar to those of Dolichorhinus heterodon, so much
so, that, if only the teeth were known, they might be referred to that species.
They, as well as the skull, are larger.”

As Mr. Douglass states, the skull is somewhat depressed by crushing and
there are numerous fractures in the region of the frontals and parietals, which
are filled with sediment. These fractures most likely account to a considerable
measure for the breadth which Douglass mentions. The breadth of the palate is
no doubt brought about by the same cause. The postorbital hook-like process
is not completely preserved on either side, so that its size or general detailed

Supplied by O. A. Peterson.

438

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

structure cannot be fully ascertained. In the region of the postglenoid process
the type is also imperfectly preserved. One cannot rely too much on the size or
shape of this process in the type.

Fig. 10. Dolichorhmus longiceps Douglass. Type. No. 2,347, Car. Mus. Cat. Vert. Fossils.
Superior view, one-sixth natural size. (After Douglass.)

The rest of the characters given in the original description may, or may not,
be individual or sexual differences of Dolichorhinus cornutus. The difference in
the geological horizon and the fact that no skull with large osseous knobs on the
nasal have as yet been found in lower horizons are, however, of considerable
interest, and may provisionally be accepted as indicating specific differences.

Fig. 11. Dolichormus longiceps Douglass. Type. No. 2,347. Car. Mus. Cat. Vert. Fossils.
Palatal view of cranium. One-sixth natural size. (Redrawn after Douglass.)

Measurements.

Length of top of skull ’ 590 mm.

Length of free nasals 150 mm.

Length of skull posterior to anterior portion of orbit 393 mm.

Length of skull at glenoid articular surface 267 mm.

Width at infraorbital shelves 247 mm.

Length of molar-premolar series 192 mm.

Length of premolar series 88 mm.

Length of molar series 112 mm.

Length of P* 15 mm.

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS.

439

Width of P* 11 mm.

Length of 20 mm.

Width of P^ 20 mm.

Length of P^ 24 mm.

Width of P' 25 mm.

Length of P"* 27 mm.

Width of P^ 31mm.

Length of 30 mm.

Width of about 37 mm.

Length of 37 mm.

Width of 44 mm.

Length of 41 mm.

Width of 43 mm.

5. Dolichorhinus intermedius Osborn.

Dolichorhinus intermedius Osborn, Bull. A. M. N. H., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 611.
Type: Skull No. 1,837, Coll. American Museum of Natural History.

Locality: Uinta Basin, northeastern Utah.

Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon B.

Original Description. '‘Specific Characters,. — Level Uinta B. Distinguished

from D. hyognathus (Scott and Osborn) by (1) its inferior size prnb mb = 179),
mb = 109 mm.; (2) premolars less progressive, with subconic deuterocones;
(3) all cingula less robust; (4) nasals more pointed and less expanded distally;
(5) infraorbital shelf of malar relatively narrow.”

Fig. 12. Dolichorhmus intermedius Osborn. Type. No. 1,837, Amer. Mus. of Nat. Hist. Superior
view, one-fourth natural size. (After Osborn.)

In the foregoing brief description of this species all of the characters except
those mentioned under “(2)” might well represent the individual or sexual differ-
ences existing in D. cornutus. Nevertheless, the species is here accepted, as pro-
posed by Osborn.

440

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

A number of skulls from the Uinta beds in the collection of the Carnegie
Museum are provisionally referred to Dolichorhinus intermedins Osborn. Of these
Nos. 3,094, 3,095, and 3,096 are the best preserved specimens. So far as comparison
based upon Osborn’s description and illustration can be used this material agrees
fairly well with the type in the American Museum.

6. Dolichorhinus superior (Riggs).

Mesatirhinus superior Riggs, Field Museum of Natural History. Geological
Series, Vol. IV, No. 2, p. 26, Plate VI.

Type: Skull No. 12,188, Field Museum of Natural History.

Locality: “Upper Metarhinus Sandstones, White River divide.” North-
eastern Utah.

Original Description: “Specific Characters: Skull 485 x 255 mm., molar series
182 mm., nasals free to a point over last premolar, infraorbital process present,
arches slender anteriorly, nasals infolded at margins, sagittal area expanded,
canines small, P“ and P^ oblique to axis of series. Molars relatively small, strong
hypocone on Mb posterior nares opening opposite the anterior margin of last
molar.”

Fig. 13. Dolichorhinus superior (Riggs). Type. No. 12,188, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Side view,
about one-fifth natural size. (After Riggs.) (Courtesy Field Museum of Natural History.)

From Riggs’ illustrations of Mesatirhinus superior I am impelled to refer the
specimen to the genus Dolichorhinus. The only character, which would cause
hesitancy in placing the type in the genus Dolichorhinus is the position of the
posterior nares. The writer has recently re-examined the type, and finds, as Mr.
Riggs states, that the opening of the postnares is shown as being well forward.
This region in the type is, however, not satisfactorily preserved, and the lower
wall of the narial passage may well have existed as in other specimens. Back of
the anterior margin of the median pterygoid fossa the pterygoids, and the base
of the skull, as Riggs states, are wanting. The facial profile is clearly like that of
the genus Dolichorhinus. The breadth or narrowness of the cranium along the

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 441

sagittal suture in Dolichorhinus are in my opinion purely individual and sexual
characteristics; and the strong hypocone on might well be an individual feature

Fig. 14. Dolichorhinus superior CRiggs) . Type. No. 12,188, Field Museum Nat. History. Palatal
view, about one-fifth natural size. (After Riggs.) (Courtesy Field Museum of Nat. History.)

not especially characteristic of early types of the titanotheres. Finally in com-
paring Mr, Riggs’ illustration of Mesatirhinus superior with his figures of Dolicho-
rhinus fluminalis and other species of Dolichorhinus, one observes striking simi-
larities, which Riggs himself observed {1. c., p. 26).

Fig. 15. Dolichorhinus superior (Riggs). Type. No. 12,188, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Superior
view, about one-fifth natural size. (After Riggs.) (Courtesy Field Museum Natural History.)

It may be stated here that a comparison of Mesatirhinus superior Riggs does
not show close agreement either with Mesatirhinus megarhinus Earle (Jour. Acad.
Sci. Philad., (2), Vol. IX, 1884-1895, pp. 320 et seq., Plate XII, fig. 5) or with
Mesatirhinus petersoni Osborn, Bull. A, M. N. H., Vol. XXIV, p. 608, fig. 12.

442

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

7. Dolichorhinus fluminalis Riggs.

Dolichorhinus fluminalis Riggs, Field Museum of Natural History, Publication
No. 159, Geol. Series, Vol. IV, 1912, p. 33, Plate X.

Type: Skull No. 12,205, Coll. Field Museum of Natural History.

Locality: Uinta Basin, Utah.

Horizon: Uinta Eocene, '‘Amynodon Sandstone” Horizon B.

Original Description: “Specific characters: Skull, small and narrow (520
X 230 mm.), facial region much shorter than cranial, nasals narrow and
slightly tapering, posterior nares opening between hamular processes, post-orbital
process of jugal back of the last molar, molar-premolar series 171 mm.; canines
short and recurved, inci]Dient horn-cores in the form of high narrow ridges.”

Fig. 16. Dolichorhinus fluminalis Riggs. Type. No. 12,205, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Side view,
about one-fifth natural size. (After Riggs.) (Courtesy Field Museum Natural History.)

The chief character of this species according to Riggs is the position of the
postnares. He states that these openings are placed “much further back in D.
fluminalis than in any other described species.”

Fig‘ 17. Dolichorhinus flwninalis Riggs. Type. No. 12,205, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Palatal
view, slightly more than one-fifth natural size. (After Riggs.) (Courtesy Field Museum Natural
History.)

As the result of his studies the writer is of the opinion that the position of
the posterior nares in Dolichorhinus is a character of generic rank. It has been

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 443

seldom observed by students, because of the fraility of this region of the skull. As
in the case of the foregoing species the writer provisionally accepts Mr. Riggs’
D. fluminalis, the original description of which continues as follows: ‘‘The skull
is slender, light, and complex in structure as compared with the massive and
rounded D. cornutus. The molar teeth are no longer in the crown than those of
Metarhinus earli. The jugal process of the maxillaries arises at a point back of
the last molar rather than beside it as in D. longiceps. There is no offset in the
palate between the last molars, though the primary position of the posterior narial
opening is marked by a slight rugosity.

“D. fluminalis is most nearly related to D. intermedins. The skull exceeds in
length the type of that species in the ratio of 520:465 mm. The molar teeth are
proportionately much smaller; the series measures relatively 99:109 mm. The
position of the posterior narial opening is the most distinctive character, appearing
much farther back in D. fluminalis than in any other described species. The two
forms agree more closely in the tapering form of the nasals and in the narrow
recess separating them from the maxillaries.”

Fig. 18. Dolichorhinus fluminalis Riggs. Type. No. 12,205, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Superior
view, slightly more than one-fifth natural size. (After Riggs.) (Courtesy Field Museum of Natural
History.)

Measurements of D. fluminalis taken from Mr. Riggs’ Paper.

Skull, length incisors to condyles

Skull, breadth across arches

Skull, breadth above orbits

Skull, length of free nasals

Skull, greatest breadth of nasals.

Skull, length of molar-premolar series

Skull, length of molar series

Skull, length of crown of canine

Skull, diameter, crown of canine

Skull, narrowest point in sagittal area

520 mm.
233 mm.
116 mm.
137 mm.
57 mm.
171 mm.
105 mm.
32 mm.
18 mm.
44 mm.

444

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

A description of the posterior nares in one or two skulls of Dolichorhinus in
the collection of the Carnegie Museum has already been given on page 409. What-
ever was the cause for the backward shifting of the postnares, it seems probable
that this specialization was brought about in a comparatively short time; perhaps
beginning with the ancestral forms in the Middle Eocene. In Dolichorhinus, and
probably also in Sphenocoelus, the naso-palatine passage back of the palatine plate
has an exceedingly fragile floor and its backward extension is a condition entirely
unusual in the mammalia.

The dentition of these long-nosed titanotheres is complete, functioning freely.
The incisors and canine are not materially changed from those of earlier types
(Compare Palceosyops) , even if they had aquatic habits, as suggested by Mr.
Riggs There is nothing in the dentition to suggest this. Together with the
recession of the posterior nares we have as outstanding features the long nasals,
the convexity of the parietal region, the long and slender upper and lower jaws
in contrast with other titanotheres from the upper Uinta and especially those of
the Oligocene, which are all short-faced with saddle-shaped skulls and crowded
premolars. The limbs of Dolichorhinus are in every way adapted in their general
proportions to terrestrial movement. However, it is entirely possible, as Mr.
Riggs suggests, that these animals at times fed upon aquatic vegetation.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Earle, Charles.

1884-1885. A Memoir upon the Genus Palceosyops Leidy and its Allies. Jour.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., Vol. IX, (2) 1884-1895; pp. 348-350, PI. XI,
Figs. 10, 11. Type of Palceosyops hyognathus referred to Telma-
theriuni Marsh, on pp. 320-329 and PL XI, Figs. 4-7. Description
and figures of PalcBosyops megarhinus Earle.

Osborn, Henry Fairfield.

1889. In Scott and Osborn, The Mammalia of the Uinta Formation. Trans.

Amer. Philos. Soc., N. S., Vol. XVI, August 20, 1889; p. 513. De-
scribes Pcdoeosyojps hyognathus.

Osborn, Henry Fairfield.

1895. Fossil Mammals of the Uinta Basin. Expedition of 1894. Bull. A. M.

N. H., Vol. VII, 1895. Describes Telmatotherium cornutum pp. 90-
94, and Sphenocoelus uintensis, pp. 98-102.

Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Geo. Ser., Vol. IV, 1912, p. 41.

PETERSON: OSTEOLOGY OF DOLICHORHINUS LONGICEPS DOUGLASS. 445

Earle, Charles.

On a Supposed Case of Parallelism in the Genus Paloeosyops. Amer.
Naturalist, Vol. XXIX, 1895, pp. 622-626. Refers to Paloeosyops
megarhinus, Telmatotherium hyognathum, and Telmatotherium cor-
nutum.

Hatcher, J. B.

On a New Species of Diplacodon with a Discussion of the Relations of
that Genus to Telmatotherium. Amer. Naturalist, Vol. XXIX, 1895,
pp. 1084-1090. Describes Diplacodon emarginatus and discusses re-
lationship of the titanotheres. Postscript, p. 1090, divides the genus
Telmatotherium j and establishes two additional genera, Manteoceras
and Dolichorhinus.

Merriam, C. Hart and Palmer, T. S.

1904. North American Fauna. U. S. Dept. Agri., Bull. No. 23, 1904. Do-
lichorhinus Hatcher accepted as valid genus.

Osborn, Henry Fairfield.

1908. New or Little Known Titanotheres from the Eocene and Oligocene. Bull.

A. M. N. H., Vol. XXIV, 1908; pp. 608, et seq. Establishes a new
genus Mesatirhinus, using Paloeosyops megarhinus Earle as the type;
describes Mesatirhinus peter soni; describes Dolichorhinus intermedius;
regards Dolichorhinus cornutus as synonymous with Dolichorhinus
hyognathus.

Douglass, Earl.

1909. Preliminary Description of Some New Titanotheres frorn theUinta De-

posits. Ann. Car. Mus., Vol. VI, 1909; pp. 310 et seq. Describes
Dolichorhinus heterodon; and Dolichorhinus longiceps.

Riggs, Elmer S.

1912. New or Little Known Titanotheres from the Lower Uinta Formation.

Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Geolog. Series, Vol. IV, No. 2, 1912; pp. 25
et seq. Characterizes Dolichorhinoe, describes Mesatirhinus superior;
reviews the genus Dolichorhinus, and describes Dolichorhinus
ftuminalis.

Peterson, 0. A.

1914. Some Undescribed Remains of the Uinta Titanothere Dolichorhinus. Ann.

Car. Mus., Vol. IX, 1914, pp. 129-138. Describes material repre-
senting Dolichorhinus longiceps.

446

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11, 071.

Fig. 1. Side view of skull and hyoid apparatus.

Fig. 2. Crown view of lower dentition.

Fig. 3. Side view of lower jaw.

Fig. 4. Crown view of upper dentition, inferior view of hyoid arch and mandible.

(All figures one-fourth natural size)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, VoL IX,

Plate XLIV.

DolichorJiinus longiceps Douglass.

448

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV.

Dolichorhinus longiceps, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,072. ^

Fig. 1. Side view of skull and lower jaws.

Dolichorhinus intermedins Osborn, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 3,117.

Fig. 2. Palatal view, showing the primary position of the postnares, the median vomerine plate,
and the cranial foramina.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,080.

Fig. 3. Palatal view of skull. The excavations indicated on the right choana were probably
made by Dermestes shortly after the death of the animal.

(All figures one-fourth natural size)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX,

Plate XLV,

Dolichorhinus.

450

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,081.

Fig. 1. Top view of skull.

Fig. 2. Palatal view of skull, showing at a the primary position of the posterior nares; at h the
second depression, or the anterior portion of the choanse, and at c the location of the posterior nares.
Fig. 3. Side view of skull.

(All figures one-fourth natural size)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, VoL IX.

Plate XL VI

Dolichorhinus.

452

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,071.

Fig. 1. Portion of skeleton as found in the quarry.

Dolichorhinus lo7igiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,072.

Fig. 2. Portion of skeleton as found in the quarry. The forelimb of No. 11,072 was removed
before the drawing was made in order to show the anterior part of the thorax. The two skeletons are
represented on the plate in very nearly their relative positions in the quarry.

(Figures one-ninth natural size)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, VoL IX., Plate XL VII

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

454

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION 'OF PLATE XLVIIL

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,071.

Fig. 1. LTnar view of coossified radius and ulna.

Fig. 2. External view of scapula.

Fig. 3. Radial view of humerus.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,072.

Fig. 4. Posterior view of humerus. Near the head is a line across the shaft, which indicates
line of breakage and distortion in the vertical direction.

Fig. 5. Anterior view of the same humerus. Shaft shortened by distortion.

(All figures one-fourth natural size)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX.

Plate XLVIIL

Dolichorhinus.

456

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIX.
Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert., Foss. No. 11,071.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13.
Fig. 14.
PTg. 15.
Fig. 16.
Fig. 17.
Fig. 18.
Fig. 19.
Fig. 20.
Fig. 21.
Fig. 22.
Fig. 23.
Fig. 24.

Anterior view of scaphoid.
Posterior view of scaphoid.
Proximal view of scaphoid.

Distal view of scaphoid.

Proximal view of unciform.
Radial view of unciform.

Anterior view of unciform.
Proximal view of unciform.
Anterior view of lunar.

Proximal view of lunar.

Posterior view of lunar.

Radial view of lunar.

Ulnar view of lunar.

Distal view of trapezoid.
Proximal view of trapezoid.
Anterior view of trapezoid.

Ulnar view of trapezoid.

Ulnar view of trapezium.

Radial view of trapezium.
Oblique radial view of trapezium.
Anterior view of cuneiform.
Proximal view of cuneiform.
Distal view of cuneiform.

Radial view of cuneiform.

Fig. 25. Ulnar view of pisiform.

Fig. 26. Proximal end of pisiform, showing
articulations for cuneiform and ulna.
Fig. 27. Anterior view of metacarpal V.

Fig. 28. Radial view of metacarpal V.

Fig. 29. Anterior view of magnum. M*

Fig. 30. Radial view of magnum. M*

Fig. 31. Ulnar view of magnum. M*

Fig. 32. Distal view of magnum. M*

Fig. 33. Anterior view of metacarpal IV.

Fig. 34. Anterior view of metacarpal III.
Fig. 35. Anterior view of metacarpal 11.

Fig. 36. Ulnar view of metacarpal II.

Fig. 37. Ulnar view of metacarpal III.

Fig. 38. Radial view of metacarpal III.

Fig. 39. Radial view of metacarpal IV.

Fig. 40. Ulnar view of metacarpal IV.

Fig. 41. Dorsal view of phalanges, digit III.
Fig. 42. Dorsal view of phalanges, digit IV.
Fig. 43. Dorsal view of phalanges, digit 11.
Fig. 44. Dorsal view of phalanges, digit V.
Fig. 45. Lateral view of phalanges, digit V.
Fig. 46. Lateral view of phalanges, digit IV.
Fig. 47. Lateral view of phalanges, digit 11.
Fig. 48. Lateral view of phalanges, digit III.

(All figures one-half natural size)

* Some characters repre.sented in the illustrations of this bone are taken from the magnum of C. M. Cat. Vert.
Loss., No. 2865.

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, VoL IX.

Plate XLIX,

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

458

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.

Fig. 1. Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 3,840. Dorsal view of
pelvis and sacrum. The sacrum is partly covered by matrix in the specimen, and this is indicated in
the illustration.

Fig. 2. Do. Side view of pelvis and sacrum.

(Figures are one-fourth natural size)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX,

Plate L.

Dolichorhinus lo-ngiceps Douglass.

460

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Fig. 1. Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 3,840. Ventral view of
pelvis and sacrum.

Fig. 2. Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,072. Lateral view of
first caudal.

Fig. 3. Do. Posterior view of first caudal.

Fig. 4. Do. Anterior view of first caudal.

Fig. 5. Do. Views of anterior caudals as found in the quarry.

(Fig. 1 is one-fourth natural size. All the other figures are one-half natural size.)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. LI,

Plate LI,

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

462

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIE

Fig. 1. Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,071. Anterior view of

femur.

4

Fig. 2.

Do.

Posterior view of femur.

Fig. 3.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss.,

No. 11,072.

Anterior view

of femur.

Fig. 4.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss.,

No. 11,071.

Anterior view

of patella.

Fig. 5.

Do.

Lateral view of patella.

Fig. 6.

Do.

Posterior view of patella.

Fig. 7.

Do.

Fibular view of tibia and fibula.

Fig. 8.

Do.

Anterior view of tibia and fibula.

(All figures one-fourth natural size)

Plate LII.

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, VoL IX.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass,

464

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII.

Fig.

1.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass,

Fig. 15.

Do.

Proximal view of navicular.

C

:. M,

. Cat.

Vert. Foss., No. 11,071.

Fig. 16.

Do.

Dorsal view of navicular.

Fibular view of calcaneum.

Fig. 17.

Do.

Distal view of ectocuneiform.

Fig.

2.

Do.

Dorsal view of calcaneum.

Fig. 18.

Do.

Proximal view of ectocuneiform.

Fig.

3.

Do.

Tibial view of calcaneum.

Fig. 19.

Do.

Dorsal view of ectocuneiform.

Fig.

4.

Do.

Plantar view of calcaneum.

Fig. 20.

Do.

Tibial view of ectocuneiform.

Fig.

5.

Do.

Tibial view of astragalus.

Fig. 21.

Do.

Tibial view of entocuneiform.

Fig.

6.

Do.

Plantar view of astragalus.

Fig. 22.

Do.

Proximal view of entocuneiform.

Fig.

7.

Do.

Dorsal view of astragalus.

Fig. 23.

Do.

Distal view of entocuneiform.

Fig.

8.

Do.

Plantar view of cuboid.

Fig. 24.

Do.

Tibial view of metatarsal III.

Fig.

9.

Do.

Proximal view of cuboid.

Fig. 25.

Do.

Fibular view of metatarsal III.

Fig.

10.

Do.

Dorsal view of cuboid.

Fig. 26.

Do.

Tibial view of metatarsal IV.

Fig.

11.

Do.

Tibial view of cuboid.

Fig. 27.

Do.

Dorsal view of metatarsal IV.

Fig.

12.

Do.

Distal view of cuboid.

Fig. 28.

Do.

Dorsal view of metatarsal III.

Fig.

13.

Do.

Fibular view of cuboid.

Fig. 29.

Do.

Dorsal view of metatarsal 11.

Fig.

14.

Do.

Distal view of navicular.

Fig. 30.

Do.

Fibular view of metatarsal II.

(All figures one-half natural size)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX,

Plate LIII

Dolichorhitnis longiceps Douglass.

466

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV.

Fig. 1. Dolichorhimis longiceps Douglass, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss., No. 11,071. Palmar view
of manus.

Fig.

2.

Do.

Dorsal view of manus.

Fig.

3.

Do.

Dorsal view of pes.

Fig.

4.

Do.

Plantar view of pes.

(All figures one-half natural size)

Plate LIV

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX,

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass,

468

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV.

Articulated skeleton of Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass. Combination of two skeletons Nos. 11,071,
and 11,072, C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss. On exhibition in gallery of Fossil Mammals.

(One-ninth natural size)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX, Plate LV,

Articulated skeleton of Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

470

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE LVI.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.
Restoration of Skeleton.
(One-ninth natural size)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, VoL IX.

Restored Skeleton of Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

472

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE LVII.

Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

Restoration by Sidney Prentice, showing possible appearance in life.
(Greatly reduced)

MEMOIRS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, VoL IX

Restoration of Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass.

INDEX

Abel, “Die Stamme der Wirbel-
thiere,” 399
abramis, Astyanax, 235
Abramites, 117
eques, 117

Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, 4
Acanthopteri, 190
Acestrocephalus anomalus, 165
Acestrorhamphinse, 165
Acestrorhynchus falcatus, 239
Achirus fischeri, 218
klunzingeri, 218
panamensis, 218
acus, Farlowella, 227
Acysta brasiliensis, 368
^Dquidens, 22

iEquidens sequinoctialis, 201
azurifer, 201
biseriatus, 199
marise, 240
metae, 241
rivulata, 201
rivulatus, 199
sapayensis, 198, 200
sequinoctialis, Chsetostomus, 85
affinis, Creagrutus, 146
Creatochanes, 237
Pseudocheirodon, 129
Salminus, 158
Agassiz, Dr. Alexander, 2
agassizi, Pirinampus, 34
Ageneiosus caucanus, 50
dentatus, 50
Agonostomus, 186
Agonostomus macracanthus, 187
monticola, 187
nasutus, 187
Agostini, S., 403, 406
alatus, Gilbertolus, 164
albocosta, Gelchossa, 372
alburnus, Brycon, 130

aliata, Stevardia, 238
Allen, Wm. Ray, 24
alpha, Bryconamericus, 236
altifrons, Cichlasoma, 207
altipinna, Parastremma, 154
amblops, Trachycorystes, 49
Amblystira maculata, 361
marginata, 362
morrisoni, 360
nyctalis, 360, 361
opaca, 361
pallipes, 362
silvicola, 361

American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, 2, 4, 24
americana, Tingis, 366
amphiloxa, Hemicetopsis, 57
amphiloxus, Nematobrycon, 154
Ancistrus annectens, 73
aspidolepis, 75
brevifilis, 225
centrolepis, 87
chagresi, 88
cirrhosus, 88
macrolepidota, 179
medians, 71
melas, 87
planiceps, 77
setosus, 80
spinosus, 87
triradiatus, 224
undecimalis, 75
andrei, Pomadasys, 192
Anguilla chrysypa, 178
Anguillidse, i78
annectens, Hemiancistrus, 73
anomalus, Acestrocephalus, 165
Chaetostomus, 226
Anostomatinse, 116
Apareiodon dariensis. 111
ecuadoriensis, 110
terminalis, 110

473

474

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Apatosaurus louisse, 383, 386
Apistogrammus corumbse, 240
tseniatum, 239
Apodes, 178
archseus, Pygidium, 189
ardua, Leptobyrsa, 376
argenteus, Brycon, 136
Curimatus, 230
Argopleura, 147
chocoensis, 148
conventa, 148
diquensis, 148
magdalenensis, 149
Arizala, Andres, 17
armatus, Centropomus, 191
aspidolei)is, Hemiancistrus, 75
Aspredinidse, 26
Asprilla, Antonio, 17
assimilis, Hexanematichthys, 31
astrigata, Piabucina, 127
Astroblepus, 18, 20
Astroblepus chapmani, 51
chotse, 54
cyclopus, 53
cirratus, 53
santanderensis, 53
fissidens, 54
frenatus, 53
grixalvii, 53, 229
guentheri, 51
heterodon, 54
homodon, 51
latidens, 228
longifilis, 54
micrescens, 54, 229
retropinnis, 52
rosei, 55
simonsi, 55
trifasciatus, 52
unifasciatus, 52
Astyanax, 141
Astyanax abramis, 235
atratoensis, 143
aurocaudatus, 145
bimaculatas borealis, 143
caucanus, 143
daguse, 144
fasciatus, 144
festse, 143
filiferus, 144

heterurus, 145
magdalense, 143
metse, 235
microlepis, 144
orthodus, 143
ruberrimus, 144
stilbe, 143

Atheas elongata, 367
nigricornis, 370
Atherinidse, 188
Atkinson, W. S., 4
atlanticus. Tarpon, 179
Atlantosaurus beds, 383
Atlas of Dolichorhinus, 412
atratoensis, Astyanax, 143
Charax, 159
Curimatus, 102

atricaudata, Gephyrocharax, 156
atricaudatus, Brycon, 131
atromaculatum, Cichlasoma, 204
aureoguttata, Piabucina, 127
aureum, Sturisoma, 96, 227
aurocaudatus, Astyanax, 145
Awaous decemlineatus, 216
taiasica, 215
transandeanus, 216
Axis of Dolichorhinus, 412

Bache Fund, 4, 24
Ball, Dr. E. D., 355
balli, Monanthia, 355
Banneau, Henri, 15
banneaui, Pygidium, 64
barboLiri, Moenkhausia, 234
barrigonse, Hemigrammus, 234
Basilichthys semotilus, 22, 23, 24, 188
Batoidei, 25
Batraclioididse, 217
Batrachoides pacifici, 217
bayanus, Pomadasys, 191
beani, Ctenolucius, 168
beni, Creagrutus, 146, 238
Creatochanes, 237
beta, Bryconamericus, 236
Bibliography of Dolichorhinus, 444
Bidlake, John W., 20
Bierhaus, Mr. Arthur, 4, 13
bimacLilata, Lebiasina, 123
bimaculatus, Astyanax, 143
Biological Survey, 3

INDEX.

475

biseriatus, Jilquidens, 199
bogotense, Pygidium, 61
bogotensis, Gmndulus, 128
boquillae, Cetopsorhamdia, 37
Hemibrycon, 153
boulengeri, Curimatus, 105
branchiomelas, Stolephoms, 179
branicki, Pomadasys, 192
brasiliensis, Acysta, 368
uniseriata, Acysta, 368
Dicysta, 377
Mugil, 186

brevifilis, Ancistms, 225
brevipinnis, Creagrutus, 146
brevirostris, Bryconamericus, 151
Hypopomus, 171, 174
brevis, Rivulus, 183

Brontops dispar, 414, 416, 417, 418, 420, 424
Brontosaurus, 386
Broom, R., 397
brunneus, Rivulus, 183
Bryan, Dr. William Lowe, 15
Brycon, 22, 129
Brycon alburnus, 130
argenteus, 136
atricaudatus, 131
chagrensis, 139
dentex, 134
ecuadoriensis, 138
henni, 135
meeki, 133
moorei, 138
oligolepis, 136
petrosus, 137
rubricauda, 135
striatulus, 139
Bryconamericus, 22
Bryconamericus alpha, 236
beta, 236
brevirostris, 151
cascajalensis, 150
caucanus, 151
cismontanus, 236
deuterodonoides, 236
emperador, 150
ortholepis, 150
peruanus, 23, 151
scleroparius, 152
scopiferus, 150
guaitarse, 151

Bunocephalus colombianus, Eigen-
mann, 26

Bureau of Fisheries, 3
Entomology, 3
Plant Industry, 3

caliense, Pygidium, 61
caliensis, Gambusia, 180
Parodon, 109
Callichthyidse, 65
calobrense, Cichlasoma, 206
canensis, Leptancistrus, 81
canus, Priapichthys tridentiger, 181
capetensis, Loricaria, 91
carapo, Gymnotus, 171, 239
Carnegie, Mrs. Andrew, 383
Carnegie Museum, 3
carnegiei, Pseudancistrus, 79
cascajalensis, Bryconamericus, 150
Gambusia, 180
cataphracta, Loricaria, 88
caucse, Roeboides, 162
caucana, Mollienisia, 183
caucanum, Characidium, 121
caucanus, Ageneiosus, 50
Astyanax, 143
Bryconamericus, 151
Creagrutus, 147
Gephyrocharax, 155
Lasiancistrus, 76
Caudals of Dolichorhinus, 412
caudomaculatus, Creatochanes, 237
centrolepis, Ancistrus, 87
Centropomidse, 190
Centropomus, 190
armatus, 191
ensiferus, 191
grandoculatus, 191
parallelus, 191
pedimacula, 191
cephalus, Mugil, 186
Cervicals, Dolichorhinus, 412
Cetopsidae, 55

Cetopsogiton occidentalis, 56
Cetopsorhamdia boquillae, 37
nasus, 36

Chsetostomus sequinoctialis, 85
anomalus, 226
aspidolepis, 75
cochliodon, 81

476

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

Chsetostomus fischeri, 82
heteracanth us , 75
leptums, 86
leucomelas, 84
loborhynclius, 81
marginatus, 84
nigrolineatus, 81
palmeri, 82
paucispinis, 82
setosus, 80
thomsoni, 85
undecimalis, 75
chagrensis, Brycon, 139
chagresi, Ancistrus, 88
Menidia, 188
Pimelodella, 43, 222
Xenocara, 88
Clialcininse, 156, 158
Chalcinus, 156

magdalense, 156
chapmani, Astroblepus, 51
Pygidium, 61
Characidae, 97

Characidiiim fasciatum, 121, 233
phoxocephaliim, 122
Charax atrotoensis, 159
magdalense, 159
metse, 238
scopoli, 158
charlottse, Mugil, 186
Chasmocra rosse, 220
Cheiridodus hondse, 70
Cheirodon insignis, 128, 129
Cheirodontinse, 127
chocoensis, Argopleiira, 148
Cephyrocharax, 155
Diphyacantha, 184
chotse, Astroblepus, 54
Chromis rivulata, 200
chrysypa, Anguilla, 178
Cichlasoma, 201

altifrons, 203, 207
atromaculatum, 204, 205
calobrense, 206
festse, 206
kraussii, 207
maculicauda, 203
ornatum, 204

gepliyrum, 205
sieboldi, 203

tuyrense, 203
umbriferum, 207
Cichlidse, 194
cinerascens, Rhamdia, 39
cirratus, Astroblepus cyclopus, 53
cirrhosis, Hypostomus, 86
cismontanus, Bryconamericus, 236
Citharichthys gilberti, 217
citurense, Sturisoma, 96
clarias, Pimelodella, 222
Pimelodus, 44
punctatus, Pimelodus, 45
Clupeidse, 178
c-nigrum, Monanthia, 355
Cochliodon plecostomoides, 225
coeruleopunctatus, AHquidens, 197
Coggeshall, A. S., 386
Coggeshall, L. S., 403
Cogshall, Dr. W. A., 5
Coleopterodes, 353

liliputiana, Signoret, 353
colombiana, Poeciliopsis, 181
colombianus, Bunocephalus, 26
Hemibrycon, 153
colombiensis, Thyrina, 188
Compsura gorgonse, 128
comptula, Corycera, 369
condotense, Sicydium, 214
conventa, Argopleura, 148
Copeina metse, 233
osgoodi, 232

Copeland, Thomas A., 17
cornutus, Dolichorliinus, 407, 410, 412, 431
Telmatlierium, 431
corumbse, Apistogrammus, 240
Corycera comptula, 369
rugulosa, 369

Corydoras melanotsenia, 65, 228
metse, 227

craniocephalum, Saccodon, 112
crassilabris, Geophagus, 195
Creagrutus, 145
affinis, 146
beni, 146, 238
brevipinnis, 146
caucanus, 147
henni, 147
magdalense, 146
minutus, 147
notropoides, 146

INDEX.

477

Creatochanes affinis, 237
beni, 238

caudomaculatus, 237
Crenicichla geayi, 240
crocodili, Doras, 46
Ctenolucius, 166
beani, 168
insculptus, 167

cuneiform of Dolichorhinus, 418
curema, Mugil, 186
Curimatinse, 100
Ciirimatus, 21

argenteus, 230
atratoensis, 102
boLilengeri, 105
lineopimctatus, 103
magdalense, 104
metse, 230
mivarti, 107
patise, 104
peruanus, 104
troscheli, 106
Cutbill, Harry D., 15
Cyclops, Astroblepus, 52

daguse, Astyanax, 144
Gobius, 214

Hyphessobrycon panamensis, 141
Joturus, 187
Pseudancistrus, 78, 223
dariensis, Apareiodon, 111
Hemibrycon, 153
Priapichthys, 181
Sternopygus, 173
Dasyatidse, 25
dayi, Roeboides, 163
decemlineatus, Awaous, 216
decora, Leptobyrsa, 375
decurrens, Hemibrycon, 153
dentatus, Ageneiosus, 50
Hemibrycon, 153
dentex, Brycon, 134
deuterodonoides, Bryconamericus, 236
Dicysta braziliensis, 377
hollandi, 377
sagillata, 376
vitrea, 377
Diekin, W. E. H., 15
'‘Dinosaur Peak,” 386
Diphyacantha chocoensis, 184;^

Diphyacanthus, 179
Diplacodon elatus, 432
Diplodocus carnegiei, 383
hayi, sp. nov., 399
longus, 385, 386

Diplodocus, dentition of, 387 ; early
accounts of skull of, 381; eye of,
387 ; food of, 390; orbitosplienoid,
401; origin of word, 380; palatal
region, 392; parietals, 401; pos-
terior articulation of quadrate,
402; posterior region of skull,
397; premaxillary process, 402;
prenarial bones, 402; prevomer,
397; pterygoid and palatine
bones, 393, 396; replacement of
teeth, 391, 392; skull, 379;

vomer, 396.

diquensis, Argopleura, 148
dispar, Brontops, 414, 416, 417, 418,
420, 424

Pygidium, 64, 189
Trichomycterus, 189
Dolichorhinus longiceps Douglass, Os-
teology of, with a Review of the
Species of Dolichorhinus in the
order of their Publication, by O.
A. Peterson, 405-472
Dolichorhinus cornutus, 407, 410, 412,
430, 431
fluminalis, 442
heterodon, 435, 436
hyognathus, 407, 408, 410, 412
intermedins, 431, 439
longiceps, 405, et seq.
superior, 440

Dolichorhinus, astragalus, 424; atlas,
412 ; axis, 412 ; Bibliography, 444 ;
calcaneum, 425; caudals, 414;
cervicals, 412 ; cuboid, 425 ; cunei-
form, 418; dentition, 434; dor-
sals, 413; ectocuneiform, 426;
femur, 422; fibula, 424; generic
characters, 408; hind limb, 422;
humerus; 416; hyoid arch, 411;
lower jaw, 433; lumbars, 413;
lunar, 418; magnum, 419; meas-
urements, 421, 428, 430, 436,
438, 443; mesocuneiform, 427;
metatarsals, 427 ; navicular, 426;

478

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Dolichorhinus — continued.

patella, 423; pelvis, 422; pisi-
form, 418; radius, 417; restora-
tion of skeleton, 429; ribs, 414;
sacrals, 413; scaphoid, 417;
scapula, 415; skull, 408; tibia,
425; trapezium, 419; trapezoid,
419; ulna, 417; unciform, 420;
vertebral column, 412.

Doras crocodili, 46
Dormitator latifrons, 209
maculatus, 209
dormitor, Philypnus, 210
Dorsals of Dolichorhinus, 413
dorsostriatum, Pygidium, 230
Douglass, Earl, 382, 383
dowi, Selenaspis, 29

Earle, Charles, 431
ecuadoriensis, Apareiodon, 110
Brycon, 138
Hyphessobrycon, 141
Leporinus, 119

Edward VII, King of England, 381
Eigenmann, Dr. C. H., 1

Fishes of Northwestern South
America, 1-350

Eigenmannia virescens, 171, 173
elatus, Diplacodon, 432
elegans, Neoheterandria, 184
Orestias, 184
Rivulus, 183

elegantula, Leptobyrsa, 373
Leptopharsa, 370
elongata, Atheas, 367
Pimelodella, 43
Poeciliopsis, 181
Eleotris isthmensis, 210
picta, 210
pisonis, 210
Elopidse, 179

emperador, Bryconamericus, 150
Engraulidae, 178
ensiferus, Centropomus, 191
Eotitanotherium, 417, 418, 419, 420,
422

osborni, 417, 422, 424
episcopi, Gambusia, 180
eques, Abramites, 117
Erythrininae, 169

erythrinus, Erythrinus, 230
Esocidse, 185

Eurypharsa phyllophila, 359
eutsenia, Pimelodella, 43
Expedition, Irwin, 21

falcatus, Acestrorhynchus, 239
Farlowella acus, 227
gracilis, 97

fasciatum, Characidium, 121, 233
Platystoma, 45
Pseudoplatystoma, 45
fasciatus, Astyanax, 144
Felch, M. P., 380
Ranch, 380

Felichthys pinnimaculatus, 29
festse, Astyanax, 143
Cichlasoma, 206
Piabucina, 126
Pseudopoecilia, 184
Field Museum of Natural History, 4
figurata, Monanthia, 354, 355
filamentosa, Loricaria, 90
Pyrrhulina, 122
filetia, Phatnoma, 352
filiferus, Astyanax, 144
fimbriata, Loricaria, 93
fischeri, Achirus, 218
Chsetostomus, 82
Fisher, Mr. Carl G., 4, 17
fisheri, Trachycorystes, 48
Fishes of Northwestern South America,
The, ByC. H. Eigenmann, pp. 1-
350

fissidens, Astroblepus, 54
fluminalis, Dolichorhinus, 442
fluviatilis, Leptophilypnus, 212
Tylosurus, 185
Fossil bones not mineral, 384
Fresh- Water Fishes of Northwestern
South America, (The) Including
Colombia, Panama, and the Pa-
cific Slopes of Ecuador, and
Peru, pp. 1-350
fria, Pseudopoecilia, 184

Gambusia caliensis, 180
cascajalensis, 180
episcopi, 180
nicaraguensis, 180

INDEX.

479

Garfield, Hon. James Rudolph, 383
Garzon, Sr. Cesar P., 20
Gasteropelecinse, 157
geayi, Crenicichla, 240
Gelchossa albocosta, 372
magnifica, 373
Genycharax, 145
tarpon, 145

Geophagus crassilabris, 195
pellegrini, 196
steindaclineri, 195
Gephyrocharax, 155
atricauda, 156
caucanus, 155
chocoensis, 155
intermedius, 156
melanocheir, 156
miniitus, 155

gephyriim, Cichlasoma ornatum, 205
gibbosus, Panaque, 81
gilberti, Citharichthys, 217
Gilbertolus, 164
alatus, 164

Gill, Theodore N., Dr., 392
Glandulocaudinse, 155
Gobiidse, 208
Gobioides peruanus, 217
Gobius daguse, 214
sagittula, 215
Gonzales, Manuel, 4
gorgonse, Compsura, 128
gracilis, Farlowella, 97
grandoculatus, Centropomus, 191
Gregory, Dr. W. K., 379, 407, 408
grisea, Pimelodella, 42
grixalvii, Astroblepus, 55, 229
grosskopfi, Pimelodus, 44
Grundulus bogotensis, 128
guaitarse, Bryconamericus scopiferus,
151

guatemalensis, Hexanematichthus, 29
Roeboides, 161
guavina, Guavina, 212
guentheri, Astroblepus, 51
gymnogaster, Loricaria, 92
Gymnotidse, 171
Gymnotus carapo, 171, 259
macrurus, 172

Hiimmerles, Fridolin, 18
Hsemulidse, 191
harengus, Querimana, 187
hartii, Rivulus, 239
hastata, Odontostilbe, 129
Hatcher, J. B., 380, 382
Hay, Dr. O. P., 398
hayi, Diplodocus, sp. nov., 399
Hemiancistrus, 71
aspidolepis, 75
daguse, 78
holostictus, 73
landoni, 72
wilsoni, 74
Hemibrycon, 152
boquillse, 153
colombianus, 153
dariensis, 153
decurrens, 153
dentatus, 153
polyodon, 153
tolimae, 153

Hemicetopsis amphiloxa, 57
Hemieleotris latifasciatus, 211
levis, 212

Hemigrammus barrigonse, 234
Henderson, H. W., 20
Henn, Mr. Arthur W., 4, 17, 18
henni, Brycon, 135

Hexanematichthys, 30
Phenacobrycon, 147
Hermann, Adam, 381
heterodon, Astroblepus, 54
Dolichorhinus, 435, 436
Heterognathi, 97
heterurus, Astyanax, 145
Hettner, 11, 12

Hexanematichthys assimilis, 31
guatemalensis, 29
henni, 30
labiatus, 31
simonsi, 30
hilarii, Salminus, 158
Hildebrand, Mr. S. F., 3
hildebrandi, Roeboides, 162
Sicydium, 214
Holland, W. J., 351

The Skull of Diplodocus, Mem.
No. 2, pp. 379-403, PI. XL-
XLIII.

480

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

hollaiidi, Dicysta, 377
Neotingis, 367

holostictus, Hemiancistms, 73
homodon, Astroblepus, 51
hondse, Cheiridodus, 70
Hoplias malabaricus, 169, 170, 230
microlepis, 169
liospes, Mugil, 186
hiimeralis, Prochilodus, 113
humerus, Dolichorhinus, 416
Hydrocyninse, 166

livognathus, Dolichorhinus, 407, 408,
410, 412, 430, 431
Palseosyops, 430

Hyoid arch of Dolichorhinus, 411
Hyphessobrycon, 140
daguae, 140
ecuadoriensis, 141
inconstans, 140
metse, 234
jianamensis, 141
daguae, 141
poecilioides, 140

Hypopomus brevirostris, 171, 174
occidentalis, 175
Hypostomus barbatus, 77
cirrhosis, 86
cochliodon, 81
duodecimalis, 75

illudens, Lcptopharsa, 370
Imparfinis microps, 221
piper atus, 221
incilis, Mugil, 186
inconstans, Hyphessobrycon, 140
Indiana University, 5
Indiana University Museum, 3
Indu, C. J., 17
insculptus, Ctenolucius, 167
insignis, Cheirodon, 129
Trachycoiystes, 48
intermedins, Dolichorhinus, 431, 439
Gephyrocharax, 156
Irwin, William G., 4, 24
Isospondyli, 178
isthmensis, Eleotris, 210
Poeciliopsis, 181

Janson, A. R., 351
Jones, Mr. R. B., 19, 20

Joturus, 186
daguae, 187
pichardi, 188
jubata, Loricaria, 90

Kennedy, Dr. Clarence H., 5
klunzingeri, Achirus, 218
kneri, Pygidium, 229
Knudson, Andres, 17
kraussii, Cichlasoma, 207
Kromer, Ed., 17

labiatus, Hexanematichthys, 31
Othonophanes, 139
Landon, Hugh McK., 4, 17, 18, 20
landoni, Hemiancistrus, 72
Pterobrycon, 155
Landonia, 152
latidens, 152

Lane, Hon. Franklin K.. 384
Lasiancistrus, 75
caucanus, 76
mayoloi, 76
planiceps, 77
laticeps, Pygidium, 60
latifasciatus, Hemieleotris, 211
latifrons, Hlquidens, 197
Astroblepus, 228
Dormitator, 209
Landonia, 152
Pygidium, 61

latistriatum, Pygidium, 64
latiura, Loricaria, 91
Lebiasina, 22, 123

bimaculata, 23, 123
multimaculata, 123, 125
leightoni, Sturisoma, 96, 227
Leporinodus, 116
retropinnis, 116
sexdentatus, 117
Leporinus ecuadoriensis, 119
muyscorum, 119
striatus, 118
y-ophorus, 233

Leptancistrus canensis, 80, 81
Leptobyrsa ardua, 376
decora, 376
elegantula, 373, 375
medocina, 375
splendida, 374, 375

INDEX.

481

Leptopharsa illudens, 370
longula, 371, 372
manihotse, 371 •

Leptophilypnus fliiviatilis, 212
leptorhynchus, Sternarchus, 175
Leptoypha, 363
lepturus, Chaetostomus, 86
leucomelas, Chaetostomus, 84
levis, Hemieleotris, 212
Lile stolifera, 178
lilipiitiana, Coleopterodes, 353
lima, Sombim, 46
lineatus, Pseudochalceiis, 140
lineopunctatus, Curimatus, 103
liza, Miigil, 186

Llorente, Captain Maximilian, 17
loborhynchus, Chaetostomus, 81
longiceps, Dolichorhinus, 405-472, 437
longifilis, Astroblepus, 54, 228
longirostris, Prochilodus, 113
Loricaria capetensis, 91
cataphracta, 88
filamentosa, 90
fimbriata, 93
gymnogaster, 92
jubata, 90
latiura, 91
magdalenae, 89
plecostomus, 67
rostrata, 94
seminuda, 91
uracantha, 89
variegata, 93
Loricariidae, 66
loricata, Monanthia, 354
lucidus, Stolephoms, 178
lugubris, Pyrrhulina, 231
lumbars, Dolichorhinus, 413
lunar, Dolichorhinus, 418

macracanthus, Agonostomus, 187
Pomadasys, 192
macrolepidota, Anchovia, 179
macrolepis, Phanagoniates, 128
macrurus, Sternopygus, 171, 239
maculatus, Dormitator, 209
Philypnus, 210
Thoracocharax, 157
maculicauda, Cichlasoma, 203

magdalenae, Astyanax, 143
Chalcinus, 156
Charax, 159
Creagrutus, 146
Curimatus, 104
Hoplosternum, 65
Loricaria, 89
Potamotrygon, 25
Prochilodus, 114
Rivulus, 183
Roeboides, 161
Thoracocharax, 157
Xyliphius, 27

magdalenensis, Argopleura, 149
magnifica, Gelchossa, 373
magnum of Dolichorhinus, 419
malabaricus, Hoplias, 170, 230
manihotae, Leptopharsa, 371
marginatus, Chaetostomus, 84
Maria, Brother Apolinar, 4, 15
mariae, iEquidens, 240
Prochilodus, 231
Stenarchus, 176
marmorata, Phatnoma, 352
marmoratus, Sciades, 222
Symbranchus, 177
Marsh, Prof. Othniel C., 380, 382,
386, 387, 392, 393
Mason, Edward H., 15
Mayolo, J. A., 15, 20
Measurements of Dolichorhinus, 421,
428, 430, 436, 438, 443
medocina, Leptobyrsa, 375
Meek, Dr. S. E., 3
meeki, Brycon, 131
Roeboides, 163
Megalonema xanthum, 35
melanocheir, Gephyrocharax, 156
melanotaenia, Corydoras, 65, 228
melas, Ancistrus, 87
Meluk, Tufik, 17
Mena, Sehor Cesar, 20
Menidia chagresi, 188
■ Mercado, Jorge, 17
Mesatirhinus superior, 440
metse, yEquidens, 241
Astyanax, 235
Charax, 238
Corydoras, 227
Curimatus, 230

482

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

metse, Hyphessobrycon, 234
Ma?nkhausia, 234
Pimelodella, 222
Pygidium, 229

micrescens, Astroblepus, 54, 229
Microbrycon, 155
minutus, 155
Microcyprini, 179
Microeleotris mindii, 213
paiiamensis, 212
Microglanis variegatus, 33
microlepis, Astyanax, 144
Hoplias, 169
microps, Imparfinis, 221
Miller, Thomas, 15
mindii, Microeleotris, 213
minor, Rhoadsia, 155
minutus, Microbrycon, 155
Microgenys, 147
mivarti, Curimatus, 107
modesta, Pimelodella, 42
Moenkliausia barbouri, 234
metse, 234
oligolepis, 235
Mollienisia, 179
caucana, 183
sphenops, 182
Alonanthia balli, 355
c-nigrum, 355
figurata, 354, 355
loricata, 354
monotropidia, 354
parmata, 355

monotropidia, Monanthia, 354
Monsanto, L. M., 15
monticola, Agonostomus, 187
moorei, Brycon, 138
Alorrison beds, 383
Mugil brasiliensis, 186
cephalus, 186
charlottse, 186
curema, 186
hospes, 186
incilis, 186
liza, 186
thoburni, 186
trichodon, 186
Alugilidse, 186

multimaculata, Lebiasina, 123, 125
multiradiatus, Tacliysurus, 29

Museum of Comparative Zoology, 4
mutisii, Eremophilus, 65
muyscorum, Leporinus, 119

Naiades, 390

Nannorhamdia nemacheir, 40
spurrelli, 40
Nannostomatinse, 121
nasus, Cetopsorhamdia, 36
nasutus, Agonostomus, 187
National Academy of Sciences, 379
National Dinosaur Monument, The,
384, 386

National Museum, 4
Neetroplus panamensis, 201
nemacheir, Nannorhamdia, 40
Nematobrycon, 153
amphiloxus, 154
palmeri, 154
Nematognathi, 26
Neoheterandria, 179
elegans, 184
Neotingis, 366
hollandi, 367
Netuma planiceps, 29
nicaraguensis, Gambusia, 180
nigricornis, Atheas, 370
nigromaculatum, Pygidium, 61
nigroventralis, Priapichthys, 180
notropoides, Creagrutus, 146
Nyctotingis osborni, 363

occidentalis, Cetopsogiton, 56
Hypopomus, 175
Rceboides, 162
Ocoassen, Frank, 17
Odontostilbe hastata, 129
oligolepis, Brycon, 136
Moenkhausia, 235
Orestias, 7, 24
elegans, 184

ornatum, Cichlasoma, 204
Ornithorhynchus, 397
orthodus, Astyanax, 143
ortholepis, Bryconamericus, 150
Osborn, Prof. Henry Fairfield, 2, 380,
381

Osborn, W. P., 351

osborni, Eotitanotherium, 417, 422, 424
Nyctotingis, 363

INDEX.

483

osgoodi, Copeina, 232
Osteology of Dolichorhinus longiceps
Douglass, with a review of the
species of Dolichorhinus in the
order of their publication. By
0. A. Peterson, 405-472
Othonophanes labiatus, 139
othonops, Hemicetopsis, 56
Otocinclus spectabilis, 227

pacifici, Batrachoides, 217
Palseosyops hyognathus, 430
palmeri, Nematobrycon, 154
panamense, Sturisoma, 94
panamensis, Achirus, 218
Hyphessobrycon, 141
Microeleotris, 212
Neetroplus, 201
Piabucina, 126

Plecostomus plecostomus, 67, 69
Priapichthys, 181
Panaque gibbosus, 81
parallelus, Centropomus, 191
Parastremma altipinna, 154
sadina, 154

parmata, Monanthia, 355
Parodon caliensis, 109
suborbitalis, 108
Parodontinae, 108
patise, Curimatus, 104
pectinatus, Pristis, 25
pediculatus, Pseudancistrus, 78, 224
pedimacula, Centropomus, 191
pellegrini, Geophagus, 196
Percesoces, 186
perrotteti, Pristis, 25
peruanus, Bryconamericus, 23, 151
Curimatus, 104
Gobioides, 217
Rivulus, 179, 183
Perugia xanthus, 35
Peruvian Bureau of Engineers, 6
Peterson, 0. A., 382
petrosus, Brycon, 137
Phanagoniates, 128
macrolepis, 128
Phatnoma filetia, 352
marmorata, 352
spinosa, 352
varians, 352

Phenacobrycon, 147
henni, 147

Philypnus dorrnitor, 210
maculatus, 210

phoxocephalum, Characidium, 122
phyllophila, Eurypharsa, 359
Piabucina, 123, 124
astrigata, 127
aureoguttata, 125, 127
erythrinoides, 125
festse, 126
panamensis, 126
pichardi, Joturus, 188
picta, Eleotris, 210
Pimelodella, 22

chagresi, 43, 222
clarias, 222
elongata, 43
eutsenia, 43
grisea, 42
metse, 222
modesta, 42
yuncensis, 42
Pimelodus clarias, 44
grosskopfi, 44
punctatus, 45

pinnimaculatus, Felichthys, 29
piperatus, Imparfinis, 221
Pirinampus agassizi, 34
pisiform of Dolichorhinus, 418
pisonis, Eleotris, 210
pittieri, Sicydium, 214
piurse, Pygidium punctulatum, 63
Plagioscion surinamensis, 193
planiceps, Lasiancistrus, 77
Netuma, 29

Platystoma fasciatum, 45
plecostomoides, Cochliodon, 225
Plecostomus bicirrhosus, 69, 73
daguse, 223
festse, 68, 69
guacari, 69
hondse, 70

plecostomus, 67, 69, 223,
panamensis, 67, 69
spinosissimus, 67, 68
tenuicauda, 67, 69
plecostomus, Loricaria, 67
Plecostomus, 67, 223
Pleuronectidse, 217

484

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Poeciliidse, 179

poecilioides, Hyphessobrycon, 140
Poeciliopsis, 179

colombiana, 182
elongata, 181
isthmensis, 182
poeyanum, Pygidiiim, 62
poeyi, Stolephoms, 179
polyodon, Hemibrycon, 153
Pomadasys andrei, 192
bay anus, 191
branicki, 192
macracanthus, 192
sinuosus, 192
sch^ui, 192
Potamotrygon, 25

magdalense (Dumeril), 25
Potamotrygoninse, 25
Prentice, Sidney, 407
Preservation of American Antiquities,
An Act for the, 384
Pre vomer, in Diplodocus, 397
Priapichthys, 179
Priapichthys dariensis, 181
nigroventralis, 180
panamensis, 181
tridentiger, 181
canus, 181
Pristidse, 25
Pristis pectinatus, 25
perrotteti, 25
Prochilodime, 112
Prochilodus, 112

humeralis, 112, 113
longirostris, 113
magdalense, 112, 114
marise, 231
steindachneri, 115
stigmaturus, 112, 114
Protistius semotilus, 189
Pseudochalceus lineatus, 140
Pseudocheirodon affinis, 129
Pseudancistrus carnegiei, 79
daguse, 78, 80
pediculatus, 78, 80, 224
setosus, 79, 80

Pseudopimelodus transmontanus, 32, 33
zLingaro, 32

Pseudoplatystoma fasciatum, 45
Pseudo]ioecilia, 179

festse, 184
fria, 184

Pterobrycon landoni, 155
Pterygoplichtliys undecimalis, 75
punctatum, Hoplosternum, 66
punctulatum, Pygidium, 62
Pygidiidse, 57
Pygidium, 22
archseus, 189
banneaui, 64
bogotense, 61
caliense, 61
chapmani, 61
dispar, 64, 189
dorsostriatum, 230
kneri, 229
laticeps, 60
latidens, 61
latistratum, 64
metse, 229
mutisii, 65
nigromaculatum, 61
poeyanum, 62
punctulatum, 23, 62
piurse, 63

quecliuorum, 24, 62
regani, 64
retropinne, 65
semotilus, 189
spilosoma, 64
stellatum, 60
stramineum, 61
striatum, 64
t senium, 61
unicolor, 61
venulosum, 64
Pyrrhulina filamentosa, 122
lugubris, 123, 231
semifasciata, 122

quadrizonatus, Thalassophryne, 217
quecliuorum, Pygidium, 62
Querimana harengus, 187

radius of Dolichorhinus, 417
regani, Pygidium, 64
Resolution for Biological Survey of
Panama Canal Zone, 3
Restoration of the Skeleton of Dolicho-
rhinus, 429

INDEX.

485

retropinne, Pygidium, 65
retropinnis, Astroblepus, 52
Leporinodus, 116

Review of the Species of Dolichorhinus
Hatcher, 430-444
Rhamdia cinerascens, 39
sebae, 39, 222
wagneri, 38
Rhoadsinae, 154
ribs of Dolichorhinus, 414
rivulata, Chromis, 200
rivulatus, iEquidens, 199
Riviilus brevis, 183
brunneus, 183
elegans, 183
hartii, 239
magdalenae, 183
peruanus, 179, 183
Roeboides, 159
caucae, 162
dayi, 163

guatemalensis, 161
hildebrandi, 162
magdalenae, 161
meeki, 163
occidentalis, 162, 163
rosae, Chasmocra, 220
rosei, Astroblepus, 55
rostratus, Sternarchus, 176
ruberrimus, Astyanax, 144
rubricauda, Brycon, 135
rugulosa, Corycera, 369

Saccodon craniocephalum, 112
wagneri, 112

sacrals of Dolichorhinus, 413
sadina, Parastremma, 154
sagillata, Dicysta, 376
sagittula, Gobius, 215
Salas, Dr. R. A., 15
Salmininae, 158
Salminus, 158
affinis, 158
hilarii, 158

salvini, Sicydium, 213, 214
santanderensis, Astroblepus cyclopus,
53

sapayensis, Ailquidens, 198
Sarcura, 25

scaphoid of Dolichorhinus, 417

scapula of Dolichorhinus, 414
Schwarz, Dr. E. A., 362
schyri, Pomadasys, 192
Sciades marmoratus, 222
Scisenidse, 193

scleroparius, Bryconamericus, 152
scopiferus, Bryconamericus, 150
sebse, Rhamdia, 39, 222
Secretary of Agriculture, 3
Commerce & Labor, 3
War, 3
Selachii, 25
Selenaspis dowi, 29
semifasciata, Pyrrhulina, 122
seminuda, Loricaria, 91
semotilus, Basilichthys, 188
Protistius, 189
Pygidium, 189
setosus, Pseudancistrus, 80
sexdentatus, Leporinodus, 117
Sicydium condotense, 214
hildebrandi, 214
pittieri, 214
salvini, 213

Siebenthal, Miss Maud, 5
sieboldi, Cichlasoma, 203
Sievers, 9
Siluridse, 27

simonsi, Astroblepus, 55
Hexanematichthys, 30
simus, Bryconamericus, 150
sinuosus, Pomadasj^s, 192
Skull and Lower Jaws of Dolichorhinus,
408

Smith, H. H., 351
Sorubim lima, 46
spectabilis, Otocinclus, 227
Sphenocoelus, 409, 410
sphenops, Mollienisia, 182
spilosoma, Pygidium, 64
spinosa, Phatnoma, 352
spinosissimus, Plecostomus, 67
spinosus, Ancistrus, 87
splendida, Leptobyrsa, 374, 375
spurrelli, Nannorhamdia, 39
Sternarchus, 177

Stanford, Jr. University, Leland, 4
steindachneri, Prochilodus, 115
Geophagus, 195
stellatum, Pygidium, 60

486

MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Sternarchus leptorhynchus, 175
mariae, 176
rostratiis, 176
spurrelli, 177
Sternfeld, Richard, 390
Sternopygiis dariensis, 173
macrurus, 171, 172, 239
Stevardia, 238
aliata, 238

stigmaturus, Prochilodiis, 116
stilbe, Astyanax, 143
Stolephorus branchiomelas, 179
lucidus, 178
poeyi, 179

stramineiim, Pygidium, 61
striatulus, Brycon, 139
striatum, Pygidium, 64
striatus, Leporinus, 118
Stlibel, A. 18
Sturisoma aureum, 96, 227
citurense, 96
leightoni, 96, 227
panamense, 94
tamanae, 95

suborbitalis, Parodon, 108
superior, Dolichorhinus, 440
Mesatirhinus, 440
surinamensis, Plagioscion, 193
Symbranchia, 177
Symbranchidae, 177
Symbranchus, 177
marmoratus, 177
Synentognathi, 185

Tachysurus multiradiatus, 29
t^niatum, Apistogrammus, 239
t^nium, Pygidium, 61
Taft, President, 3
taiasica, Awaous, 215
tamanae, Sturisoma, 95
Tamaya, Sr. Jose, 20
Tapir us terrestris, 411
Tarpon atlanticus, 179
tarpon, Genycharax, 145
Teleonemia albomarginata, 359
aterrima, 356
brevipennis, 357
chapadiana, 356
chilensis, 358
hasemani, 357

limbata, 356
morio, 356
simulans, 358
triangularis, 359
variegata, 357
Teleostomi, 26

tenuicauda, Plecostomus, 67, 69
terminalis, Apareiodon, 110
terrestris, Tapirus, 411
Tetragonopterinae, 140
Thalassophryne quadrizonatus, 217
thoburni, Mugil, 186
thomsoni, Ch^tostomus, 85
Thoracocharax, 157
maculatus, 157
magdalense, 157
Thyrina colombiensis, 188
guatemalensis, 188
Tigava jansoni, 364
mollicula, 365
notabilis, 364
Tingis americana, 366
Tingitidae, 351 et seq.,
tolim®, Hemibrycon, 153
Tornier, Dr. G., 390
Trachycorystes amblops, 49
fislieri, 48
insignis, 48

transandeanus, Awaous, 216
transmontanus, Pseudopimelodus, 32,
33

trapezium of Dolichorhinus, 419
trapezoid of Dolichorhinus, 419
trichodon, Mugil, 186
Trichomycterus dispar, 189
tridentiger, Priapichthys, 181
trifasciatus, Astroblepus, 52
triradiatus, Ancistrus, 224
troscheli, Curimatus, 106
tuyrense, Cichlasoma, 203
Tylosurus fluviatilis, 185

umbriferum, Cichlasoma, 207
Unciform of Dolichorhinus, 420
undecimalis, Centropomus, 191
Pterygoplichthys, 75
unicolor, Pygidium, 61
unifasciatus, Astroblepus, 52
unionensis, Centropomus, 191
United States National Museum, 3, 381

INDEX.

487

University of Illinois, 4, 24
uracantha, Loricaria, 89

varians, Phatnoma, 352

varians iinicarinata, Phatnoma, 353

variegata, Loricaria, 93

variegatus, Microgianis, 33

Vasquez, G. Otero, 17

venulosum, Pygiclium, 64

Vertebral column of Dolichorhinus, 412

virescens, Eigenmannia, 171

vitrea, Dicysta, 377

Vomer of Diplodocus, 396, 397

Wagneri, Rhamdia, 38
Saccodon, 112
Wagon-hound Canyon, 405

Walcott, Charles D., 3, 384
Williston, Dr. Samuel Wendell, 379-381
Williston Memorial Volume, 379
Wilson, Charles E., 4, 17
Wilson, President, 384
wilsoni, Hemiancistrus, 74

xanthus, Perugia, 35
xanthum, Megalonema, 35
Xenocara chagresi, 88
Xyliphius magdalense, 27

Y-ojihorus, Leporinus, 233
yuncensis, Pimelodella, 42

Zapata, Dr. Filipe, 15
zungaro, Pseudopimelodus, 32

V

.•<«rr.w.

.!»> »>

> ^ ) )) » V

i % »>. ♦-!;'> ^Vi > >)i/ >.> ■* ,> J

it

>>* > >

> m r,) » »,» >,>

^ T A, v > >» >>

k >.■>.«» '»)> ^ i»»'i

»># i »)» »

\ 'X > -1

>»

- '■>' J,

p 'i ')

te> v:

,>j) . 'k)!

1 > }>U

► ■»

\ Ji))

S > J j) > > ? ffl»

i > ) > "> ^>> *> > 1
'i ) • )):' , )} Mt )

3 9088 00895 8068